
Class. 
Book. 



I If 



<^< 



Cop)TightN^. 



COPYRIGHT DEPOSIT 



AROUND ™ WORLD, 

aAKDEN OF EDEN, liATTEK 
DAY PROPHECIES 

AND 

MISSIONS. 




REV. W/B. GODBEY. A M.. 



AUTHOR OF 

New 'Jestament Commentary, New Testament Translation. Poot-ppints: 

of Jesus in the Holy Land, and many other Booki 

and Booklets on Holiness. 



God's T?evivalist OFricE, 
Mcunt of Blessings, Cincinnati, Ohio. 



Copyrighted, 1907, by (jou's Revivalist Office. 



H^ 



LIBRARY of OONaWESSl 

Two Copies Recs)»ao 

DEC 12 i90r 

Oapyrigni entry 

CLASS /4 ' XXc, Siil 

COPY B. 



Contents. 

CHAPTER. PAGE. 

The Embarkation 5* 

I. England, London, the British Empire .... 8 

II. Paris, France 19 

III Italy, Etruria 28 

IV. The Iron Kingdom, Papacy, Little Horn 33 

V. Greece, the Brazen Kingdom 49 

VI. Constantinople, the Key to the Orient 69 

VII. Vesuvius, Naples 80 

VIII. Egypt 89 

IX. Babylon, the Gold Kingdom Ill 

X. Damascus, Lebanon, Baalbek 116 

XI. Phoenicia 138 

XII. The Holy Land 142 

. XIII. Mounts Carmel and Tabor 146 

XIV. Nazareth, Oana, Hathepher 155 

XV. The Sea of Galilee 169 

XVI. Nain, Shunem, Gilboa 179 

XVII. Gideon's Victory 191 

XVIII. Awful Doom of Ahab's Dynasty 203 

XIX. Dothan and Samaria 218 

XX. Sychem and Shiloh 241 

XXI. Bethel and Peniel 256 

XXII. Ram-allah, Ramah, and Nob 277 

XXIII. Mizpah and Gibea of Saul 292 

XXIV. Jerusalem 300 

XXV. Environments of Jerusalem 309 

iii 



IV 



CONTENTS. 



CHAPTER. PAGE. 

XXVI. Jericho, Jordan, Dead Sea , , 320 

XXVII. Bethel and Hebron 330 

XXVIII. Jerusalem to Joppa 352 

XXIX. The Jews 367 

. XXX. The Garden of Eden 384 

XXXI. Arabia, Mohammed, Little Horn 39fi 

XXXII. Persia, the Silver Kingdom 430 

XXXIII. India ., .' 414 

XXXIV. South India, the Deecan 432 

XXXV. Central India, Bombay 456 

XXXVI. North l"-lia 479 

XXXVII. Indian Miscellanies 515 

XXXVIII. Burmah, Rangoon, Adoniram Judson 533 

XXXIX. Singapore and Oceanica 538 

XL. China and Thibet 545 

XLI. What Shall We Do With China and Thibet?. . 555 

XLII. Japan 565 

XLIII. The Hope of the Sun-Rise Empire 576 

XLIV. Hojiolulu and the Ilawaiians SSflT 



THE EMBAEKATION. 

Dear Sister Mary Storey, of precious memory, wl-o 
accompanied Sister Miriam Miller, the India m^^^ 
sionary, going out from tlie "Mount of Blessings," 
and quite a number of the dear saints from Bethany 
Gospel Church, in New York City, with a vast multi- 
tude of otliers accompanying their friends, had assem- 
bled on the wharf; then the bell-ringer went through- 
out the ship, thus notifying all on board who were 
not going with us to get off, as the ship was going 
to sail. Meanwhile, the saints on the wharf and 
aboard the ship sang a number of inspiring full sal 
vation songs, *'God Be With You Till We Meet Again" 
among them. 

Oh, how the melodious voice of our elect Sister 
Storey rang through the multitude, as they sang re 
sponsively to the 'Texas Boys,** while the ship was 
slowly moving out of the docks. Little did we think 
that we would never hear that sweet voice again 
till the good old Ship of Zion lands us on the shining 
shore. What was my surprise when I met Brother 
and Sister Bolton in San Francisco, and they told 
me Sister Storey had gone to glory. 

While she was to walk through the valley of death, 
before we made the round, we were destined to meet 
terrible ordeals in our pilgrimage. The young men 



6 THE EMBARKATION. 

had awful seasickness; two of them not only suf- 
fered with that terrible tropical fever which kills 
people so quickly, but it was their lot, as well as that 
of your humble servant, to pass through the ordeal 
of cholera, which means a square loot into the face 
of the grim monster every time. While the cholera 
had me in his cruel embrace, a thief stole all of my 
money. 

THE ATLANTIC OCEAN. 

This great and beautiful ocean, three thousand 
miles wide, and eight thousand miles long, is, this 
day, the great theatre of universal commerce. God 
hfis permitted me to cross it five times. We now 
need only one week. When Columbus crossed it in 
1402, it took seven weeks. We have awful storms 
on this ocean, much worse than on either the Pacific 
or the Indian. When I crossed it the second time, 
in 1895, a storm struck us five hundred miles east 
of Gibraltar and never let up till one thousand, five 
hundred miles east of New York, occupying five days 
and nights; meanwhile, we never caught a glimpse 
of sun, moon, or star. Terrible and universal was 
the storm on board. My heart was perfectly restful 
and tranquil, knowing that if the ship went down 
I would go up. 

There is no doubt as to the discovery of America 
by the Norwegians nine hundred years ago, who at 
that time were the greatest navigators in the world. 
They called it Vineland, because it abounded in wild 
grapevines. They continued to sail hither and thither, 
without compass or steam-engine for about one hun- 
dred years, when they lost sight of it forever. Doubt- 



THE EMBARKATION. 7 

less the Indians massacred all of the colony they had 
established, so alarming the few sailors who had 
knowledge of the land that they never again returned. 
This fact does not dim Ihe lustre of the crown of 
glory so deservedly won by Christopher Columbus, 
as the discoverer of this great new world, October 
twelfth, fourteen ninety-two, as at that time no human 
being in the known world had the faintest knowledge 
of this continent. "Isfe plus ultra" (no more beyond) 
stood subscribed on the rocks of Gibraltar; notify- 
ing all the navigators of the Mediterranean to turn 
back, resting assured that the Atlantic Ocean was a 
shoreless deep. 



CHAPTER I. 

ENGLAND^ LONDON, THE BRITISH BMPIBB. 

Our ocean voyage was delightful, but for some sea- 
sickness. Sister Miller and John Roberts, of our 
party, and not a few besides, were thus affected. 
Having disembarked in Liverpool, we boarded the 
train for London. Darting along after the iron horse 
at full speed, fifty miles an hour, we were delighted 
with the scenery of this beautiful island. How mys- 
terious that this little spot rules great continents 
thronging with hundreds of millions! 

Travel through England with your eyes open and 
you will find the key that unlocks the mystery. You 
will see not an inch of waste land-=-no washes, no 
brambles, nor thistles; but the whole earth spread- 
ing out in continuous gardens, meadows, parks, 
orchards, and fruitful fields, all in a high state of 
cultivation. This is enforced by the law. If a man 
abuses, neglects, or impoverishes his land, it is taken 
out of his hand and a supervisor appointed to take 
care of it for him. Oh, that it was so in America! 

How it grieves me continually in my peregrinations 
from the Atlantic to the Pacific to see the misuse 
of the fertile fields of this great new world, which 
God reserved to these latter days for the home of His 
saints and as the basis of supply for the thousands 
of missionaries sent out to the ends of the earth to 
prepare the Bride for the speedy coming of her 
glorified Spouse. If I were a statesman, I would cer- 
tainly do my best to protect our virgin soil from the 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. ^ 

I'eckless destnietion barbarically inflicted by the till- 
*:rs of the earth. Note this, and pray for the awak- 
ening of this great Yankee nation to desist from 
raising corn, swine, and tobacco, those wholesale 
<mpoverishers of our soil, and to grow the cereal 
orains, frnits, vegetables and grasses of all kinds, 
especially clover and bluegrass, which enrich rather 
'ban exhaust the fertility of the earth. 

We now in our precipitated run found ourselves 
rushing into great London, thronging with her seven 
millions of people; followed by Peking, with her four 
millions; then New York, with her three and a half 
millions; Canton, with her three millions; Paris, with 
her two and a half millions; Chicago, Tokyo, and 
Berlin, with their two millions each; Vienna, with 
her one and three-fourth millions; Constantinople and 
Calcutta, with their million and a quarter each; Bom- 
bay and Philadelphia, with their million each; and 
a host of cities in all parts of the earth rapidly ap- 
proximating the million population. 

London was founded by Julius Caesar, the great 
Roman, when he conquered the Britons, B. C. 35. It 
was the capital of the Roman colony which occupied 
England. When Rome was conquered by the Goths, 
Huns, Vandals, and Heruli, the barbaric ancestors 
of the Russians, after a war of three hundred years, 
the heavy, iron grip which had held her provinces a 
thousand 3'ears everywhere relaxed. Then England 
became the bone of contention among her neighbors, 
overrun anon by Norwegians, Swedes, Saxons, and 
especially by the Danes, and consequently filled with 
l>olitical emotion. 



10 Around the World, Garden op Eden, 

In the ninth century, the boy king, Alfred, after- 
ward noted for his heroism in the deliverance of his 
country from Danish despotism, was compelled to 
become a fugitive for his life, tramping in disguise 
and begging his bread. On one occasion calling at a 
house, the old materfamilias put him to work for his 
board. In the promiscuous drudgery, neglecting some 
corn cakes she ordered him to bake, so that they 
burned, he soon encountered her displeasure so that 
she scolded furiously and threatened to cudgel him, 
little dreaming that she was treating her king with 
such gross indignity. 

In the eleventh century, William the Norman (for 
his wisdom and heroism, in history cognomened 
"William the Conqueror,") comes to the front, and 
ranks along with Alfred the Great in the illustrious 
glory of founding the British Empire, afterwards so 
richly shared by Queen Elizabeth. 

"Fierce, hardy, proud, 

In conscious freedom bold, 
Those stormy seats 

The warrior druses hold. 
From Norman blood 

Their lofty line they trace. 
Their lion courage 

Proves their generous rac©w" 

When you go to London (as you probably will, 
since it is the world's metropolis), go at once to 
St. Paul's Cathedral (easily found, as it occupies a 
whole square and towers high and conspicuously 
above the city). Climb to the pinnacle, from which 
you will enjoy a bird's-eye view of the city, your guide 
pointing out and naming the places of interciat 



LxiTTER Day Prophecies and Missions. 11 

I went first to Westminster Abbey, the sepulchre 
of the kings, heroes, poets, orators, and mighty men 
of the British Empire; they will show you the stone 
on which all the kings and queens have been crowned. 
It is said to be the very identical stone on which 
Jacob rested his head on Mount Bethel, when he fled 
from his brother Esau. This beautiful tradition 
evanesces when we visit the Holy Land and walk 
over Mount Bethel and find nothing but limestone, 
whereas this celebrated coronation stone is sand, evi- 
dently having been carried from Scotland, as it is 
chemically identical with the sandstone of that coun- 
try. 

As you peregrinate the Abbey, you will be thrilled 
with interest as the guide points out the tombs and 
gives you the names you so often read in history. 
A panorama of thrilling history will i)ass before you, 
electrifying you with the memory of the illustrious 
dead. The guide will show you the sepulchre of Queen 
Elizabeth and of Bloody Mary, the former, buried 
directly over the latter, significantly illustrating the 
glorious victory of Protestant freedom over Roman 
despotism. You will see the tomb of Cromwell, the 
Revolutionist, who beheaded Charles the First, de- 
throned the dynasty and took the throne himself. 
Soon after he died and was buried with royal honors, 
a reaction took place; the people rose up and restored 
the kings and condemned Cromwell as a traitor and 
usurper, so they took him out of his royal sepulchre, 
hung him, cut his head off and cast him into an un- 
fathomable abyss. 

The guide will point out for you Poet's Corner, 



12 Around tiik Would, (iauden of Eden, 

where you will see a great liost of the celebrated 
English poets, e. g., Milton, Shakespeare, and I*ope, 
who have electrified the world by their poetical genius. 
While England was deluged with poetry, it became a 
current maxim that poets had no common sense. On 
one occasion, in the presence of the crowd, a street 
loafer tantalized Alexander Pope with this maxim, 
who peremptorily responded : 

"I frankly own your general rule, 
That every poet is a fool ; 
But you yourself may serve to show It, 
That every fool is not a poet." 

I was gratified to see John and Charles Wesrey 
there honored among the kings and master spirits of 
the British Empire; in connection with a tablet to the 
former was superscribed his trite maxim, "The world 
is my parish." 

ISear the Wesleys in the nave of the building, you 
will find the tomb of David Livhigstone, honored of 
God to precede Bishop Taylor in the apostleship of 
Africa. One time the Presbyterians of Scotland, com 
manding the service of their best preac-hers, held .i 
long protracted meeting, making a united revival 
effort; but they wound up despondent, pronouncing 
the meeting a failure because they had but one con 
vert, and he the son of a poor widow, whose seedy 
apparel was the index of his obscurity. The name of 
the lad was David Livingstone. 

Hitherto, up to Livingstone's time, great Africa, 
five thousand miles long and thirty-five hundred miles 
wide, was thought to be a desert, inhiil)ited only by 
wild beasts and reptiles; unexplored except about a 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 13 

hundred miles from the coast, no one daring to inter- 
penetrate the interior lest he be devoured by a lion 
or a boa-constrictor. 

Livingstone, stopping vi^ith Robert Moflfat at Cape 
Town, on the southern coast, weds his daughter, takes 
her by the hand and boldly sets out to carry the Gos- 
pel into the interior. The woman is heroic to her 
trust till she wears out and dies. He buries her 
under a green tree and goes on his way preaching 
the unsearchable riches of Christ to the naked sav- 
ages. The decades roll by. Mr. Bennett, editor of the 
New York Herald^ ventilates ever and anon in the 
columns of his paper the subject of "Livingstone Lost 
ill the Wilds of Africa," till he develops a great sen- 
sation in America and Europe. This ultimately ends 
in the enterprise of sending Henry M. Stanley, of St. 
Louis, Mo., to hunt for him. 

No man except Livingstone could travel in the in- 
terior of Africa without an army; so when Stanley 
with his army landed at Zanzibar on the east coast 
of Africa in 1873, he proceeded at once to interpene- 
trate the wilds in search of Livingstone, who had for 
thirty years been lost, unheard of In the civilized 
world. By an exceedingly felicitous providence, 
Stanley soon comes upon him and saj's, "I have come 
to take 3^ou back to the civilized world." But Liv- 
ingstone responded, "I cannot go with you ; my work 
is in Africa." So he remains three years longer, when 
angels came and took him to Heaven. The negroes 
put his body in a hammock and carried him on their 
shoulders two thousand miles to Zanzibar, where a 
British ship took the corpse and the pall-bearers and 



14 Around the World, Garden of Eden, 

carried them to London. They put him in a hearse 
and carried him throughout the city, with greater 
demonstration than had ever been made over the kings 
and heroes, and finally honored him with a royal 
interment after he had been dead nineteen months. . 

The heroic ministry of Livingstone in Africa re- 
vealed that continent to the civilized world ; not, as 
they supposed, a sandy desert, but vast territories 
of fertile valleys, lofty mountains covered with pri- 
meval forests, and rich soil irrigated by majestic 
rivers and innumerable tributaries. Thus was opened 
an asylum for the crowded nations of Europe and 
Asia, into which they have been pouring ever since; 
thus we arie all indebted to David Livingstone for 
opening up this new world, with its two hundred 
millions of lost people, who are this day crying for 
the Bread of Life. Truly Ethiopia is stretching out 
her hands. 

We now proceeded to the Tower. It was founded 
by William the Conqueror, in the eleventh century. 
It was the nucleus of the city on the right bank of 
the Thames, and at first the royal residence and the 
barracks; eventually the Royal Palace was built and 
this continued to be used as a barracks and prison. 
It covers thirteen acres of ground, and contains sev- 
eral taverns and great buildings. During the cen- 
turies of blood and persecution, they had a subter- 
ranean passage through which they sent the prison- 
ers from the boats to their dismal dungeons in the 
Tower; there to suffer till bloody death set them free. 

Many princes of the blood royal were confined in 
this Tower. Queen Elizabeth was here a prisoner; 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 15 

and nothing but the death of Bloody Mary saved her 
liead from the cruel axe, and promoted her to the 
throne. Here Lady Jane Grey, suffered in prison till 
they led her out and cut her head off; first inflicting 
on her the awful shock of looking on the headless 
body of Lord Dudley, her royal husband. On this 
same bloody scaffold, Anne Boleyn, one of the six 
wives of Henry the Eighth, was beheaded by order of 
the king. This was but three years after he had 
illegally divorced Katherine Howard, in order to marry 
Anne; whose beheading was the result of the king's 
fancy for her maid of honor, Jane Seymour, whom he 
married the day following Anne's death. 

Among those there beheaded was Walter Raleigh, 
the talented statesman and philosopher. Another 
noble spirit who perished on that bloody scaffold was 
John Fisher, Bishop of Rochester, who, when sud- 
denly led out to his awful doom, fortuitously opening 
his Greek Testament with these words, "Lord, let me 
open to a Scripture which shall comfort me in this 
trying hour," found his eye resting on 1 John iv, 18, 
''Perfect love casteth out fear." Closing the book he 
said, "Lord, it is quite enough for time and for eter- 
nity." Then with a single stroke of that cruel axe, 
which I have had in my hand, that noble head, so 
well stored with classical and Biblical lore, was sev- 
ered from his body, 

Tn this Tower you see all around you in vivid pan- 
orama the history of the Middle Ages, before the 
use of firearms, when warriors fought with sword 
and spear, and hand-to-hand combat was the order 
of the battlefield. In those bloodv davs thev made 



16 Around the World, Garden of Eden, 

coats of mail, investing the warrior, and even'hia 
war horse, with shining steel, proof against the sword, 
spear, battle-axe and any missile; so the mounted 
hero could ride with impunity into the dense phalanx 
of the enemy. 

In this Tower you will see the embalmed heroes of 
by-gone centuries in their panoplies, pressing the bat- 
tle on the glory field. There you will see Queen 
Elizabeth mounted on her war horse, hastening to 
St. Paul's Cathedral to give thanks to God for His 
signal mercy in sending that awful storm which de- 
stroyed the Spanish fleet, the fleet sent by the Pope 
and co-operated with by the Catholic world to defeat 
Protestant England and restore the power of the 
Pope, which had evanesced. This was when John 
Knox, the heroic leader of the Scotch Covenanter?, 
prayed Bloody Mary down from the throne of Eng- 
land, and Elizabeth, the Protestant sovereign, sue 
ceeded her. 

We next proceeded to St. Paul's Cathedral, where 
on all sides we found the history of the British Em- 
pire in statuary. There we see Arthur Wellesley, 
Duke of Wellington, who defeated Napoleon Bona- 
parte at Waterloo, thus consummating the final down- 
fall of the latter. We also saw General Wolfe, who 
was killed on the battlefield of Quebec. 

"Slowly and sadly we laid him down, 

From the field of his fame fresh and gory ; 

We carved not a line, we raised not a stone; 
We left him alone in his glory. 

No useless cofRn enclosed his breast; 

Nor in sheet nor in shroud we bound him ; 
But he lay like a warrior, taking his rest, 

With his martial doak around him. 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 17 

We buried him darkly by the dead of night, 
The sod with our bayonets turning; 

By the struggling moonbeam's misty light, 
And our lanterns dimly burning." 

We then went to the British Museum, where we 
s;iw the artistic world in specimens gathered from 
all nations. We there enjoyed a most extraordinary 
educational privilege, actually inspecting, examining, 
and getting acquainted with the arts and inventions 
of all nations and ages. While it has cost the British 
Government millions of dollars, to our astonishment^ 
it is all open free to the people, and clerks are in 
every room, politely giving you any instruction you 
need. As an educator, colonizer, civilizer and evan- 
gelizer,. Britain stands at the front of the world ; 
ruling six hundred millions of people, not like pagans 
and Mohammedans, but according to the precious 
Word of God revealed in the Bible. 

Egypt is the oldest of the nations, Assyria next, 
followed by Greece and Rome. In the Museum, every 
nation has its department, from Egypt to Greenland, 
including all the nationalities that have existed on 
the earth. You can see their arts and inventions, 
sepulchres and religions. When you go to London, 
not only attend this Museum, but do not stint your- 
self for time, as you will be much edified with the 
great wonders you there see. 

Then we went to the animal museum, where we 
actually saw all the animals throughout the whole 
world; looking perfectly natural, though of course 
lifeless. Not only will you see all terrestrial animals, 
but you will see all the inhabitants of the ocean, 



18 Around the World, Garden op Eden. 

from the great whale eighty feet long and thirty feet 
around his body, to the infinite diversity of all crea- 
tures great and small, which inhabit the briny deep. 
You will also see the entire bird creation, from the 
great ostrich down to the humming bird and the in- 
sects. Of course, we never can travel in all countries 
and see all of the animals alive; therefore it is a 
grand privilege to peregrinate this Museum and con- 
template them in their infinite diversity of forms, 
species and genera. 

We now proceeded to the Art Gallery, where we saw 
in life size the portraiture of all the great and mighty 
men and women of the British Empire, from the 
days of Alfred the Great and William the Conqueror 
down to the present. As London is the metropolis 
of the world, and Britain stands at the front of all 
nations in her patronage of the arts, sciences, liter- 
ature, civilization, and Christianization, when the 
Lord permits you to visit London, do not be hasty 
and stint yourself of the time necessary to appre- 
ciatively take in these wonderful sights. 

In the Tower of London you will visit the crown 
room, where you will see the golden crowns of all the 
kings from William the Conqueror down to King 
Edward, the present incumbent. Three times when I 
visited the old world, in 1895, 1899, and 1905, I walked 
around and gazed upon those crowns, which were 
guarded by soldiers, because of their immense finan- 
cial value. I rejoiced in the Lord because I have a 
crown more valuable than earthly gold, safe in the 
New Jerusalem, where soldiers are not needed to 
guard it. Reader, be sure you are ready for the 
crowning day. 



CHAPTER II. 

I 

PARIS, FRANCE. 

When Julius Caesar conquered the Britons in Eng- 
land and the Gauls in France (then called Gaul), 
B. C. 35, and founded London on the Thames, he also 
founded Paris on the Seine. 

While London is the greatest city in the world, 
Paris is the most beautiful, exhibiting a perfectly 
.stellate form, radiating out from the center in all 
directions. If you would enjoy a nice bird's-eye view 
of the city, preparatory to its peregrinations, you 
would do well to climb Napoleon's Tower at the 
center, from which the city radiates in all directions. 
However (if you are not afraid of that which is high), 
you can ascend the Centennial Tower, which will 
carry you up in the air nearly one thousand feet. It 
is higher than any other superstructure of human 
art on the face of the whole earth. 

When the ferruginous grip of Rome on the whole 
world relaxed, upon the barbarian invasion of A. D= 
476, France, with many other Roman provinces, repu- 
diated the authority of her fallen majesty; then the 
Franks, a powerful nation living beyond the Rhine, 
invaded the country and took possession of it under 
the name of France. Their king, Olovis, proved enter- 

19 



20 Around the World, Garden op Eden, 

prising and the nation prospered; the Clovian kingh 
continuing until the rise of the Louis.' Meanwhile 
the nation became quite commercial, the ships ascend- 
ing the Seine up to the city. 

When the Moslems rolled the tide of Saracen con 
quest over Asia and Africa, they killed out Chris- 
tianity and all other religions, as their motto rang 
out everywhere, "The Koran or death." Having over- 
run Arabia, Palestine, Syria, Egypt, and all northern 
Africa, and crossed the Strait of Gibraltar Lud swept 
over Spain with their besom of destruction, they 
crossed the Pyrenees, and they poured into France, 
a heterogeneous host of wild Arabs, Tartars, Turks, 
Syrians, Egyptians, and Scythians. They determined 
to conquer the whole world, exterminating Chris- 
tianity from the face of the earth, but France makes a 
most formidable and persistent stand against them, 
led by the undauntable hero, Charles, surnanied Martel, 
(which means hammer), because he hammered the 
Saracens in the battle of Tours till he utterly broke 
them in signal defeat, and they precipitately ske- 
daddled from the field, crestfallen and despondent. 

This signal victory of Christianity over Mohammed 
ism took place A. D. 733, giving the Moslems a down 
ward trend which so encouraged the Christians that 
it eventually culminated in the Crusades, which lasted 
two hundred years, and were a most desperate strug- 
gle on the part of Christendom to recover the Holy 
Land. This they did in a measure by capturing Jeru- 
salem, under the leadership of Godfrey, A. D. 1099, 
but onb slicceeded in holding it eighty-eight years. 
Then they were signally defeated in the battle of 



Latter Day I'iiopiieciks AiXd Missions. 21 

Hatton on the west coast of the sea of Galilee, where 
Saladin, the greatest military man in the world, so 
signally defeated the Christians as to drive them out 
of Palestine, and they have never gotten back. The 
victory of Charles Martel over the Saracens in the 
battle of Tours marks the terminus of the first great 
period of Moslem conquest, running a hundred and 
fifty years, and verifying the first great woe spoken 
of in Revelation ix, 1-12. 

During the Crusades, France took a very active 
part, really leading the first great campaign in the 
recovery of the Holy Land. In the ninth century 
King Charlemagne exhibited a brilliant military 
career and a burning zeal for Christianity, actually 
founding the Holy Roman Empire, the dominion of 
the Pope. If you ever enter St. Peter's Cathedral in 
Rome, you will see his bronze statue, exhibiting him 
mounted on his war horse on the veranda. 

After the Crusades, the French Government drifted 
into an oppressive despotism. One-third of all the 
real estate belonged to the nobility, another to the 
Roman Catholic Church, and both were free from tax- 
ation, while the remaining third belonged to the com- 
mon people, who had all the work to do and all the 
taxes to pay and owned only one-third of the property ; 
therefore, the burdens actually became unbearable, 
resulting in an awful popular revolution, which broke 
out in 1789. It was like a bursting volcano, sweeping 
everything before it, shaking all official dignitaries 
from their thrones, smashing into smithereens law 
and order, and deluging Paris and other cities in 
blood. 



22 Around the World, Garden op Eden, 

This revolution moved on like a hurricane till the 
government got into the hands of the infidel philoso- 
phers, such as Voltaire, Tom Payne, and others, who 
did their best to destroy the Bible and exterminate 
Christianity from the globe; Voltaire actually predict- 
ing that the Bible would be banished from the world 
and unknown within one hundred years. Instead of 
the verification of this diabolical prophecy, within the 
period predicted for the Bible's extermination, the 
very room in which he wrote that prophecy had be- 
come a Bible depository. During the sweep of this 
.atheistical revolution, Danton, Murat and Robespierre 
had been promoted to the head of the government. 
Determined to succeed, they resorted to the power 
of death to suppress all opposition to their adminis- 
tration. 

A man by the name of Guillotine had invented a 
machine somewhat after the fashion of an old-style 
cutting-box, to cut off a human head at a single stroke. 
Matters reached such a combination that blood was 
constantly flowing from the guillotine; and they 
passed an ordinance banishing the Bible forever, clos- 
ing the churches and abolishing the Sabbath; keeping 
every tenth day for recreation and rest. The terror 
of these men became utterly intolerable, till the peo- 
ple rose up in their majesty and slew them. After 
this the people resumed the Sabbath, restored the 
Bible, and reopened the churches. This awful "Reign 
of Terror," whose history is written in blood, lasted 
three years and a half, verifying John's prophecy, 
Revelation eleventh chapter. There two witnesses, 
which represent the Church's regeneration and sancti- 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 23 

fication, are slain and lying dead three days and 
nights; then they rise from the dead and mount up to 
Heaven. These prophetic days always stand for 
years. 

At the zenith of this awful revolution, a million of 
innocent people having perished by the guillotine in 
three and a half years, Napoleon Bonaparte, a Cor- 
sican, and really the greatest military man in the 
world, comes to the front and magnetizes all by his 
wonderful brilliancy in belligerant tactics. He 
quickly becomes the magnet, everywhere swaying the 
popular tiind. The old troubles are soon forgotten 
amid the brilliancy of Napoleon's victories. They are 
looking to him for the liberties for which they have 
fought ten years. He soon conquers Italy, even ar- 
resting and imprisoning the Pope, putting his brother 
Joseph on the throne. 

Unexpected to all, he leads his army into Egypt, 
signally defeats the Pasha in the Battle of the Pyra- 
mids, and returns to France, hailed by all as the long- 
souight deliverer. The Chamber of Deputies proceeds 
to crown him Emperor of France and King of Italy. 
The brilliancy of his victories actually dazzles the eye 
of the world. The battle of Jena eventually brings 
down all Europe at his feet. He divorces his noble 
wife, Josephine, in order to wed Maria Louisa, the 
beautiful daughter of the Austrian king, thus uniting 
with the splendor of his military glory the eclat of 
royalty. Yea, Europe, Asia and Africa tremble at 
the mention of his name and monarchs doflf their 
tu'owns and evacuate their thrones on his approach, 
yet great Russia, belting the icy north, takes no 



24 Around the World, Garden of Eden, 

stock in the brilliant Frenchman. The polar bear 
growls and snaps at the mention of his name, as he 
was really aspiring, in the succession of Alexander 
the Great, at the sovereignty of the world. 

He is bound to cross swords with the Czar. Know- 
ing the severity of a Russian winter, be begins his 
preparations early in the spring, pushing them with 
all possible energy for the invasion of Russia. This 
was the greatest of all his campaigns. He sets out 
from Paris early in June, so as to have the summer 
before him to consummate the work; as he well knew 
that a Russian winter would freeze French soldiers 
to death. On and on he marches till he reaches the 
river Tilsit, the border of his dominions (including 
those of his father-in-law, the king of Austria, and 
of the Russian Empire). He meets the Czar on a 
raft in the middle of the river, amid the awful roar 
of artillery fired from both armies, on either bank. 
He said he met the Czar to settle the affairs of the 
nations; but they did not succeed. Therefore, march- 
ing on, he actually now invaded Russia. The Cossacks 
fired on him from all sides, besetting his march like 
lightning hanging on the skirts of the clouds. T\\o. 
end in view was simply to retard his march as much 
as possible, they having no idea that they could defeat 
him and drive him out. 

It is now October and the elements are threatening 
rhe awful Russian winter so much dreadei ; his 
enemies having adroitly retarded his march that the 
winter might conquer him; whi^h they knew they 
could not do. Already the glittering spires of nncient 
Moscow are heaving in view, when suddenly he finds 



Latter Day Puophecies and Missions. 25 

himself assaulted by the imperial army, formidably 
entrenched amid the hills of Borodino. An awful 
battle of three days and nights ensues; the hills are 
heaped with the dead, and the valleys deluged with 
rivers of bloods. Eventually, after the Russian bat- 
teries have been cleared three times and their places 
promptly supplied by others walking over heaps of 
the dead, Marshal Ney. the bravest of all Napoleon's 
officers, in command of the old guard, on which Na- 
poleon could perfectly rely, comes like a sweeping 
cyclone, storms the batteries and decides the battle 
in favor of Napoleon. Now the imperial army is de 
feated and the city belongs to Napoleon and his tri 
umphant host. Therefore, they proceed to take posses 
sion. Soon a fire breaks out in different parts of the 
city. Napoleon's men do their best to extinguish it, 
as the protection of the city was their only hope to 
survive the severity of a Russian winter. But alas I 
the fire breaks out in innumerable places, and rhe 
whole city is wrapped in an ocean of flame. 

The Russians were so patriotic that they burned 
their city,, the ancient cradle of their race, in order 
to save their country. While they could not conquer 
Napoleon, they knew the winter could. Soon a snow 
eight to ten feet deep covers the whole earth; his only 
hope is escape in flight. Napoleon gets in a sledge 
and darts away for Paris, arriving first of all and 
the herald of his own defeat. This was the ruin of 
Napoleon. The sovereigns of Europe hold a convon 
tiou, repudiating and pronouncing him the common 
enemy of Europe. The king of Austria forsakes the 



26 Around the World, Garden of Eden^ 

cause of his son-in-law. They banish him to the isle 
of Elbe. 

Soon a reaction takes place in France, the Napoleon 
party constantly increasing. Ere long the news 
reaches Paris that Napoleon has left Elbe and is 
coming home. The Chamber of Deputies meets and 
makes all possible preparation to intercept his land- 
ing, by an army which they commit to Marshal Ney. 
When the emergency comes, Ney and his army all 
surrender to Napoleon, the nation rising up and bid- 
ding him welcome home. 

This stirs all Europe. Formidable preparations for 
war become the order of the day. In the terribly 
bloody battle of Waterloo, Napoleon, after his thril- 
lingly brilliant military career of twenty-five years, 
goes down under the sweeping victory of the English 
army, commanded by Arthur Wellesley, Duke of Wel- 
lington; and is banished to the lonely rock of St. 
Helena, where he languishes a little while and dies 
of a broken heart. 

Meanwhile an awful storm is sweeping over the siea ; 
that man who carried the storm everywhere he went, 
left the world, to stand before the infinitely just God 
who has decreed that those who do not reign in right- 
eousness shall perish from the earth. He left with 
his friends around his bed this significant statement: 
"Alexander, Cyrus, Ciesar, Tamerlane and myself all 
founded empires with the sword, which have utterly 
perished and vanished away. Jesus Christ founded 
a kingdom with love which has stood to this day, 
growing stronger all the time, and it will stand for^ 
ever." 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 27 

Under the leadership of Napoleon, France came to 
the front of the world and there remained till his 
fall. When you visit Paris, the most important sight 
is the tomb of Napoleon. When I was there in 1899, 
I saw a panorama of his victorious battles, which was 
as real as life and exceedingly edifying. When I 
visited the city again in 1905, I spoke of it, and they 
said it was sixteen miles out of the city. 

France is celebrated for her semi-tropical climate, 
much warmer than England, her neighbor, and Amer- 
ica, in the same latitude, consequently the vine does 
splendidly there, producing a variety of the finest 
grapes, from which come the choicest wines, which 
are transported into all countries, giving France uni- 
versal notoriety as the "land of wine." 

This phenomenon of climate owes its explanation 
to the influence of the Gulf Stream, so named because 
it originates in the Gulf of Mexico. It flows out be- 
tween Cape Sable and the island of Cuba, assumes a 
north-eastern trend, and crosses the Atlantic Ocean; 
eventually changing its course and bearing toward the 
south, it diverges against the coast of France. Thus 
with its mighty volume of tepid water from the Gulf 
of Mexico, this oceanic river, five hundred miles wide, 
moderates the entire atmosphere of France, bringing 
it down to the temperature where semi-tropical fruits, 
the fig and the olive, flourish. 



CHAPTER III. 



ITALY, ETRURIA. 



As we dashed along the International Railroad 
from Paris to Rome, electrified by the beautiful 
fields, gardens, parks, cities and villages, we found 
ourselves climbing the rugged Apennines. Event- 
ually we reached the largest tunnel 1 remember in the 
world (and you know I have traveled around it), 
twelve miles in length. Tt is said that the sovereigna 
of France and Italy met in the center of that tunnel, 
held a religious meeting and dedicated the road to 
God. That was certainly very beautiful and com- 
mendable in the princes of the earth, even if they 
were Roman Catholics. 

As we roll down the mountain slopes we soon real- 
ize that we are once again in the sunny fields of 
Italy, that land so celebrated in oratory and song, 
for the geniality of its climate. It is fortified from 
the north wind by the great Apennine range, so old 
Boreas cannot jump over, and from the west winds 
by the towering Alps, so that the mild zephyrs meet 
an inseparable blockade; meanwhile the great east 
and south are unobstructed. The rising sun, his noon- 
day glory, and his afternoon beauties, combine their 
splendor in perpetual blessings of perennial spring, 
summer, and autr.nin ; thus transforming Italy into 
an earthly paradise, (he sauitarium of the world. We 

28 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 29 

have no sooner descended the Apennines, than in 
addition to the vine, the fig, and the olive, we every- 
where see the mulberry (not wild, but cultivated), 
and know that silk is one of the great industries 
of the land. Thus it continues on through Italy, 
Greece, Syria, and Palestine. Id this run we traverse 
the land of Etrurla, so celebrated in the songs of 
the poets. 

While the Greeks in their day stood at the front 
of the world's civilization, the Etruscans were second 
to them. These Etruscans were a flourishing nation, 
having made great progress in the arts and sciences 
before Romulus and Remus ever founded Rome. In 
the London Museum of the Fine Arts, there is a 
special apartment given to the Etruscans' tombs. 
When you enter the door and turn to the left, you 
will see Greek statuary on either side as you walk 
through the long room. When you reach the end you 
will descend a stairway to the Etruscans' tombs in 
the room below. They are really wonderful for their 
artistic beauty and skill. How they made them I 
know not, as I have never seen any others like them. 
They consist of statues of the dead executed in beau- 
tiful stone, which were placed over the sepulchres. 

According to Herodotus, who wrote five hundred 
years B. C, these Etruscans were Asiatic Lydians, 
who had emigrated thither about eight hundred years 
B. C. There is quite a controversy among arclia3olo- 
gists in reference to their extraction. Some believe 
them to be Asiatics, others Greeks, and still others 
rgard them as Autochthonoi, L e., having originated 
by spontaneous generation of the soil. This was a 



30 Around the World, Garden of Eden, 

current opinion among pagan philosophers; but, of 
course, not received by any Christian, as the Bible 
forever settles the common origin of every human 
being from Adam. Acts xvii, 26, "Of one (man) God 
made every race of people." 

The solution of the problem in reference to the 
origin of these Etruscans involves the simple fact 
of their having emigrated from Greece to Asia at an 
early day — prehistoric, and, as related by Herodotus, 
having also emigrated from Lydia to Italy at a sub- 
sequent period. This is corroborated by the fact 
that they were Japhethites, whereas the Lydians were 
Shemites. The fact of their antecedency to the 
Romans in Italy is abundantly confirmed by a nota- 
ble incident which occurred during the reign of Tar-" 
quinius Priscus, the first king of Rome. When the 
surrounding nations recognized the belligerent char- 
acter of the Romans, they entered into a conspiracy 
for their extermination. Having fought long and 
hard, with apparently no availability of success, as 
his enemies were too many for him, and beside had 
set awfully against him, in utter desperation of his 
own resources, Tarquinius appealed to the immortal 
gods. 

At that time the goddess Circe, in the land of 
Etruria, was the most celebrated divinity King Tar- 
quinius had ever heard of. Therefore he sent a dele- 
gation of his most honorable senators to bring her 
from that far off land all the way to Rome, that she 
might stand before the king. On arrival, he falls 
down at her feet and pleads with her to help him in 
his awful dilemma, as his enemies are too strong and 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 31 

about to utterly exterminate him from the earth. She 
proceeds to commune with the gods and consult the 
omens. Then she returns, and standing before the 
king delivers her lugubrious message: "Rivers of 
blood rush red on my sight, and mountains of the 
dead I everywhere behold! There is but one surviv- 
ing hope; buy these twelve magical books which I 
hold in my hand, from them learn wisdom, and you 
will defeat your enemies and save youT country," 
at the same time demanding a princely sum of money 
for them. The king hesitates, and asks her if she 
cannot take less. At this she turns aside and lays 
four of them on the fire; the astounded king seeing 
them burn to ashes. Again she consults the omens, 
stands before the king, and delivers the same horrific 
message of blood and ruin, exhorting him to buy the 
books and learn wisdom from the gods and save his 
country; to the king's astonishment demanding the 
same enormous price for the eight, as for the original 
twelve. Again the king flickers at the price, when 
she turns at once and burns four more of the books. 
The third time she seeks enchantment and communes 
with the gods, only to repeat the same appalling 
message of swift destruction inevitably pending, 
which he can only avert by the wisdom he can learn 
from those magical books, and, to the king's aston- 
ishment, heroically demanding the same price for the 
surviving four, as for the original twelve. 

At this moment the thought flashes through the 
king's mind, "This is my last chance, one more burn- 
ing seals my doom." Therefore, hesitating no longer 
he closes the contract, pays the princely sum, takes 



8J Around the WouiiD, Garden op Eden. 

the books, learns wisdom, defeats all his enemies, and 
aaves his country, which continued to push her con- 
quests to the ends of the world, till she actually con- 
quered the whole earth. 

Sinners, learn once for all, every time you reject 
the Holy G'tost, though the terms of utter and eternal 
self abnegation and perfect consecration seem ever 
so hard, you have been burning the books and sealing 
your doom for irretrievable woe. 



CHAPTER IV. 

THE IRON KINGDOM, DAN. IV, 33. THE PAPACY j THE 
LITTLE HORN, DAN. vii. 

The iron horse, with his bowels of fire and breath 
of steam, indefatigably pursues his undeviating way 
toward the noonday sun, carrying us through a most 
delightful region of country, by the ancient poets 
felicitously denominated the "Elysian Fields," till we 
find ourselves once more at great Rome, the most 
celebrated city in the world's history. She ruled the 
world a thousand years, and for twenty-five hundred 
years was, politically and ecclesiastically, the most 
prominent power in all the earth. Again I proceed 
with my comrades to find lodging in the Capital Hotel. 

When you visit Rome, go at once to Pinceo Heights, 
where you will be much edified by the innumerable 
busts and statues of sages, philosophers, statesmen, 
poets, orators, and heroes. You will need several 
hours there to peregrinate the park and look into the 
faces of the mighty dead, with many of whose names 
you will recognize quite a familiarity, as you cer- 
tainly have some acquaintance with Greek and Roman 
history. The reason I advise you to come hither is 
because from these heights you will enjoy a bird's-eye 
view of the city; your guide pointing out to you the 
imijortant sights you will proceed at once to visit, 

33 



34 Around the World, Garden op Eden, 

e. g., St. Peter's Cathedral, the Coliseum, the Pan- 
theon, Caesar's Palace, the Capitol, etc. 

St. Peter's Cathedral is eight hundred and thirty- 
five feet long, three hundred and thirty feet wide, four 
hundred and forty-eight feet high, and built exclu- 
sively of the finest marble in the world. It cost two 
hundred millions of dollars, and occupied two hun- 
dred 5'ears in building. 

When the bloody persecutions broke Out in Rome 
in A. D. 68, pursuant to the Neronian edict for the 
extermination of the Christians, they had already 
beheaded Paul; then the Christians besought Peter to 
escape from the city and prolong his life, as they 
felt they needed him so much. Therefore, while walk- 
ing down the Appian Way, beneath the twinkling 
stars of night's dead hour, he suddenly meets Jesus 
walking rapidly into the city. Turning, he shouts, 
"Domine, quo vadisf' (Lord, whither goest thou?) 
Jesus, looking on him, says, "Peter, I have come to 
Rome to be crucified again," and suddenly vanishes 
out of sight. Peter takes the hint, turns around, 
goes back, and tells the saints the Lord wants him 
to be crucified in Rome. When I was there in 1899, 
I went to that spot, which is now marked by a beau- 
tiful white stone church, superscribed, ^'Domine, quo 
vadis?" 

History says they crucified Peter on the Campus 
Martins, where his cathedral now stands, marking the 
spot. His sepulchre is near the center of the church, 
in which they have his remains in a gold coflSn, which 
I saw. His bronze statue is also there for the saints 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 35 

to kiss. They have kissed the great toe of his right 
foot till they have almost worn it off. 

Among the many sights, where we see in statuary 
a world of history, you will recognize Pope Leo the 
First going out to meet Atala, the great leader of 
the barbarian armies, which, after three hundred 
years of war, took the city A. D. 476. He is begging 
him to spare the city, but in vain. I was interested 
in the statue of St. Dominique, the author of the 
Inquisition, which burnt millions of martyrs; he is 
standing with a mad-dog by his side and a bundle of 
blazing fagots in his mouth. I was also interested in 
looking at the "Holy Door," which is never opened 
but once in every twenty-five years, when the Pope 
breaks it open with a silver hammer (as it has no 
latch), walks out through it, and standing on the 
veranda, prays for the whole world and forgives their 
sins. Therefore, if you are twenty-five years old, you 
have the consolation that your sins have been for- 
given at least once. You will also see on the veranda 
the statue of Charlemagne, the founder of the Holy 
Roman Empire in the ninth century, mounted on his 
war horse. Suffice it to say this is all pompous, 
carnal, and blasphemous idolatry. 

Again I was in the Maratinie Prison, where Paul 
was incarcerated. They show us a fountain in that 
prison which they say sprang up miraculously when 
Paul wanted water to baptize the jailer, who had 
been converted through his ministry. Again, I stood 
in the old Judgment Hall on Capitoline Hill, where 
Nero, the cruel emperor, condemned Paul to die. As 
he was a Roman citizen, it was unlawful to crucify 



36 Around the World, Garden of Eden, 

him. Tlierefore tliej honor him with decapitatioD b,y 
a sword and a degree of privacy, as they led him out 
of the city. Again I followed him from the Judgment 
Hall of his condemnation to the spot where they cut 
his head off. It is marked by a large convent. Again, 
T drank from the three fountains of beautiful, living 
water, which are said to have miraculously leaped 
up out of the earth when his head struck the ground. 
They say it bounded thrice, and a fountain sprang 
up at each of the three places. St. Paul's Cathedral 
is the most beautiful building 1 ever saw. It cost 
fifty-five millions of dollars and took twenty-five years 
to build. Tn it you will see Paul, Peter, and other 
apostles in gigantic statuary, and high up on the 
interior corridors all of the popes (289), beginning 
with Peter and running down to Leo XIII, who was 
on the throne when the edifice was completed in 1900. 
Peter was no pope ; Boniface III being the first, whom 
Procas, King of Italy, crowned A. D. 606. 

We now go to the great Coliseum, eighteen hundred 
feet in circumference, and one hundred and sixty feet 
high, a solid wall up to the eaves, and with seating 
capacity for one hundred thousand spectators. It is 
a perfect ellipse, having the properties of a whisper- 
ing gallery so the voice was easily heard throughout 
the building. This immense work wns performed by 
Jewish captives, led thither by the omperor Titus, 
nfter he had destroyed Jerusalem and blotted out 
tlieir nationality forever. Having sold into slavery 
all that survived the sword, pestilence, and famine, 
these were left on his hands, after the market was 
fully supplied. He led them to Rome and there, 



Latter IDay pROPiiECiES and Missions. oT 

held in slavery, forced them to build this, the greatest 
theatre ever on earth, and along with the walls and 
hanging gardens of Babylon, the Colossus of Rhodes, 
the temple of Diana at Ei)hesus, the temple of Jupiter 
Olympus at Athens, the pyramids of Egypt, and the 
Sphinx, denominated the seven wonders of the world. 
After Nero's edict for the extermination of the 
Christians went forth, A. D. 68, the great entertain- 
ments of the Coliseum became the casting of the 
Christians to the wild beasts. The multitudes might, 
by pouring out their money, have the privilege of see- 
ing the Christians eaten up by lions, bears, panthers, 
tigers, hyenas, and wolves, which they kept in lairs 
under the mountain hard by and brought out well 
starved, so they would be voraciously hungry and 
devour the Christians with the utmost greediness. 
1 have often stood in the Coliseum and gazed upon 
the arena where myriads of Christians were eaten 
by the wild beasts. They call the north gate the 
"Gate of Life," because they brought the martyrs in 
through it alive; and the south gate the "Gate of 
Death," because through it they carried out the 
bones after the flesh had been devoured by the greedy 
monsters. I have looked upon the old tunnel, through 
which they brought in wild beasts from their Inirs 
in the contiguous mountain. In A. D. 68, Rome took 
fire and burned six days and seven nights, like an 
ocean of flames; meanwhile Nero sat upon a lofty 
tower, played his fiddle and sang "The Destruction 
of Troy,^' thus impressing all the people with his 
own criminality in causing the conflagration. In 
order to rid himself of the accusation, he charged the 



38 Around the World, Garden op Eden, . 

Christians with it, and issued his edict for their 
extermination. Then mart3a's' blood began to flow, 
and continued in crimson rivers till stopped by the 
conversion of the emperor Constantine, A. D. 321. 

As Rome is built on seven great hills, originally the 
Forum was in a valley between them as a matter of 
convenience. During the centuries of desolation 
which followed her fall under the barbarian invasion, 
A. D. 476, up till Victor Emmanuel, in' 1870, entered 
the city with his army and shook down the Pope from 
his temporal dominions, which marks the revival 
epoch in the history of the city; the population having 
increased from one hundred and fifty thousand to 
four hundred thousand; the old Forum had been so 
filled up with debris that it was actually lost arid 
the site unknown. When I was there in 1895 they 
had discovered it and were cleaning it out; an im- 
mense job, as it was actually covered with debris 
forty feet deep. When I saw it again in 1899, they 
were still working hard, having made great progress 
and brought to light many ruins of deep interest. 
When I saw it in 1905, they had completed the work 
of exhumation, revealing the grand old Forum where 
the countless hosts used to gather and listen to the 
thundering eloquence of Cicero, Cato and the senates, 
deliberating on the destinies of the nations. That 
Forum was literally surrounded by magnificent tem- 
ples and palaces. It is now exceedingly edifying to 
hear the instructions of your guide as he points out 
all these objects of thrilling interest. 

When the barbarians captured the city, A. D. 470, 
they spent a whole week gathering the gold and silver 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 89 

from the temples and palaces. The emperor actually 
lived in a golden house, surrounded by five thousand 
senators, living in silver houses. Rome had conquered 
all nations and gathered the gold and silver from the 
ends of the earth. When the barbarians had finished 
their work of spoliation, the great Palatine Hill, 
which was occupied by the palaces of the Caesars, was 
so mutilated and utterly desolated as to superinduce 
the abandonment of all that portion of the city. 
Therefore, spoliation, desolation, and dilapidation ran 
riot till 1870, when Victor Emmanuel succeeded the 
Pope, and the revival began. 

You will be thrilled with interest in exploring 
Caesar's palace and the environments. Down at the 
base of the Palatine Hill you will see the cave into 
which it is said the wolf, having found Romulus 
and Remus when exposed to die, carried them and 
nursed them with her own milk. Memorial wolves are 
still kept at the capital, commemorative of this wonder- 
ful tradition in reference to the origin of great Rome, 
beginning in so small and unpretentious a way and 
gradually broadening until she enveloped the whole 
world and ruled all nations with a rod of iron. 

Within a few paces of this cave where the wolf 
fostered Romulus and Remus, stands the altar erected 
to the unknown God. You remember that Paul saw 
the same kind of an altar in Athens and mentioned it 
in his sermon on the J^reopagus, Acts seventeenth 
chapter, using it as an argument in favor of Chris- 
tianity, showing them that they were already wor- 
shiping the very God whom he preached. Here we 
see how the light of nature consented, and the Holy 



40 Around the World, Garden op Eden, 

Ghost enabled the Greeks and Romans to rise above 
their idolatry and worship the true God of the uni- 
verse, in the utter absence of any Bible to reveal Him. 

We now find ourselves in the Pantheon, so named 
because the emperors of two thousand years ago 
erected it for the worship of all the gods. It is a 
most elegant superstructure, perfectly circular, two 
hundred feet in diameter and two hundred feet high, 
with no windows, but a circular aperture on top in 
the center, thirty-six feet in diameter. Though the 
sun shines down into the temple and the raius fall 
without obstruction, there is always plenty of room 
around the walls dry and comfortable. I have been 
in it three times, in 1895, 1899, and 1905, every time 
finding worshipers in it. The very fact that it was 
built for the worship of all the gods, opened it freely 
for all dei:!ominations of Christians. 

You will now go with me to the Apostle Paul's 
hired house, where he spent a solid biennium preach- 
ing the Gospel to all who, in the providence of Gol, 
might drop into his city mission. You will find it 
easily, as it is just across the street from the Capital 
Hotel. I was gratified to find it still used as a Chris- 
tian church. Worship was going on while I was in it. 

I also went to see the "Holy Stairwny." It is near 
St. John's Church. They claim that this is the identi- 
cal stairway on which Jesus stood before Pilate's Tri- 
bunal; they claim that it was carried from Jerusalem 
to Rome by the angels during the Crusades. When 
Martin Luther went to Rome on a pilgrimage, seeking 
light and grace of God for which his soul had been 
hungering and thirstipg, the priest started him off in 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 41 

the direction of penance and asceticisms for the good 
of his soul. Among- other means of grace, he availed 
himself of this "Holy Stairway," and was climbing up 
and down those twenty-two steps on his bare knees, 
already denuded and bleeding, when he heard a voice 
from Heaven (as he always believed) saying, "The 
just shall live by faith." He at once rises to his feet,^ 
walks down, leaves Rome, returns to Germany and 
goes to preaching justification by faith alone, with all 
his might. This produced a wonderful sensation, as 
it was to the people a new doctrine, since it had long 
been buried in the rubbish of priest-craft and dead 
legalisms. 

His Bible School in Wittenberg attracted the lovers 
of truth and righteousness from far and near, so that 
they came walking from all parts of Germany to see 
and hear for themselves whether the wonderful re- 
ports which had reached them were true. Of course, 
the Roman Catholics, who had everybody in their 
grip, did their utmost to suppress this heresy. When 
the bishoj) had exhausted his resources in vain, he 
appealed to the Pope to help him, who wrote to him 
to stop that man's mouth with gold at once, believing 
every man had his price and could be bought with 
gold. But when the bishop did his best to purchase 
Luther with gold and utterly failed, he T^/rote to the 
Pope, "Holy father, that German bea: . don't love 
gold." Then the Pope sent his bill of excommunica- 
tion to Wittenberg, which really made Luther an out- 
law and liable to be burned at any time. But Luther 
burned the Pope's bill on the public squnre. while the 
panic stricken multitude gazed with paradoxical sur 



42 Around the World, Garden of Eden, 

prise and awe. Then the Pope summoned Luther to 
meet him and his cardinals in the city of Worms. 
The people did their best to keep Luther from going, 
knowing that thej aimed to burn him alive; but all 
remonstrance failing, he mounted his mule and set 
out, saying, ''I will enter Worms if there are as many 
devils in it as there are tiles on the roofs." Sure 
enough, he meets the Pope and his cardinals, with 
all their pomp and pageantry of sacerdotal dignity. 
The multitude is like the sands of the sea. The prose- 
cution begins, and Luther, with the sword of the 
Spirit, proves more than a match for them all. In the 
heat of the controversy an uproar is raised, which 
they expect to result in burning him. 

Amid the universal commotion and stampede, he is 
seized and carried away by a mob, whom he sup- 
posed to be his enemies, but fortunately they were his 
friends suh rosa, lest he should prove unmanageable. 
They hurry him away to a lonely old castle on the 
summit of a lofty mountain, where they put him down 
in a deep dungeon and keep him a year; meanwhile 
he translates the New Testament out of the Greek 
into the German. By the close of the year, the seed 
he had sown had sprung up and produced a copious 
crop, so that the princes of Germany assembled at 
Augsburg and openly protested against the authority 
of the Pope, thus founding the Protestant Church, 
which has flooded the world with light, wisdom, truth, 
righteousness, and glory. 

Romulus and Remus, exposed on the banks of the 
Tiber to die of starvation, or to be devoured by the 
wild beasts, found and fostered by a wolf, who carried 



Latter Day Prophecies axd Missions. 4o 

them to a cave, as above mentioned, and fed them 
with her own milk, grew rapidly and soon became the 
nucleus of a tribe. Pioneers roaming the primeval 
forest fell in with them, and then others, thus rapidly 
increasing in numbers. But they have no wives; 
therefore, they make a great festival and institute 
theatrical games and invite the Sablnes, a neighboring 
tribe, to attend. 

In the midst of the festivities and the theatrical 
performances, each Roman having spied her out, 
seizes the woman whom he desires to become his wife. 
All the men stampede, return home, are equipped with 
all expedition and return prepared to whip the 
Romans and rescue their wives and daughters. But 
the Romans seduously use the time courting their 
intended wives; so by the time their fathers and 
brothers have returned to rescue them, vi et armis, the 
women have fallen ic love with their captors and 
prefer to stay with them. Therefore, when the Sabines 
returD and attack the Romans, in the midst of the 
battle the women rush forth, with streaming eyes 
and eloquent voices, embracing their fathers and 
brothers on the one side and their newly wedded hus- 
bands on the other, and with importunate cries im- 
plead them to be reconciled to each other. This 
proves a glorious success and gives a boom to the 
newly born Roman nation, destined in the roll of 
seven hundred and fifty-three years to absorb every 
other nation and fill the world. 

The Romans made war their religion, building a 
beautiful temple to Janus, the war god, whose open 
doors indicated war, and closed, peace with al! the 



44 Around the World, Garden of EdbN, 

world. The doors of this temple stood wide open for 
seven hundred and fifty-three years, except three times ; 
first, during the reign of Numa Pompilius; second, 
immediately after the first Punic war; and, third, 
during the reign of Augustus Caesar; from the simple 
fact in the last case that they had conquered all 
nations and there was not an enemy on earth against 
which to march an army. 

The prophet had predicted that the Savior's birth 
would be the herald of peace on earth; therefore, all 
wars must cease at the time of His advent, as He is 
the Prince of Peace. So God used the Romans to 
fulfill this prophecy. They had conquered all, and 
the world was filled with peace, when the angel band 
hovering over the manger of Bethlehem sang their 
triumphant song, redolent with heavenly melodies, 
to a world four thousand years deluged with blood 
and tears. 

"Hark, a glad voice the lonely desert cheers ; 
Prepare the way, a God, a God appears ! 
Lo ! earth receives Him from the bending skies, 
Sink down ye mountains, ye valleys rise! 
With heads declined, ye cedars, homage pay. 
Be smooth, ye rocks, ye rapid floods give way ! 
The Savior comes! by ancient bards foretold; 
Hear Him, ye deaf, and all ye blind, behold!" 

When Constantine, the emj^eror, was converted to 
Obristianity, A. D. 3'21, he built a Christian church 
on the Circus Maximus, in full view of the altar super- 
ppribed to the unknown God, and the cave in which 
the wolf had nourished Romulus and Remus. 

Daniel's chronological image, standing before the 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 45 

prophet in gigantic majesty, with golden head, silver 
breast and arms, brazen abdomen and thighs, and 
great iron legs, traveling to the ends of the earth and 
crushing everything beneath their tread, is here 
brought to mind. You see when God gives the inter- 
pretation through Daniel, that the Chaldean, under 
Nebuchadnezzar, is the golden head; the Medo-Per- 
sian, under Cyrus, the silver breast and arms; the 
Greek, under Alexander the Great, the brazen abdo- 
men and thighs; while the great iron legs are the 
Roman kingdom, going to the ends of the earth and 
subduing all nations, crushing them down beneath its 
iron heel. Therefore, Rome was the fourth kingdom 
destined to rise upon the earth after the fall of the 
theocracy at Jerusalem, 587 B. C. This great iron 
kingdom did subdue all nations, filling the whole 
earth with a hard, unmerciful, military despotism. 

Read Revelation thirteenth chapter, and you will 
see the Roman beast with his seven heads and his ten 
horns. Rome was first a kingdom, then a republic, 
followed by the tribuneships, triumvirate and dicta- 
torship ; ultimating in the empire which was the sixth 
head. This is the head that was "wounded unto 
death." The deadly wound healed when the empire 
fell, A. D. 476, and the papacy, which was the 
seventh head, arose and took its place. 

As Rome had conquered all nations, she had gath- 
ered the gold and silver from every land and pilel 
it up in Cspsar's palace. Those barbarous nations of 
the great North, the Goths, Huns, Vandals, and 
Heruli, had long smelt the gold and silver on the 
seven hills of Rome; they had fought for three hun- 



46 Around the World, Garden op Eden, 

dred years. When they took the city, they did not 
want the goverment but the money; so they spent a 
whole week, gathering the gold and silver from the 
gorgeous temples, shrines, and palaces, after which 
they returned to their own land, loaded with the 
precious metals; common soldiers were now million- 
aires. 

You see how the Pope had to wait until Csesar fell 
before he could take the throne of the Roman world, 
2 Thessalonians, second chapter. The world verily 
could not have a Caesar and a Pope at the same time. 
Caesar would have killed the Pope; therefore Caesar 
must fall before the Pope can rise. Here you see how 
the sixth head of the beast, which was the empire, 
was wounded when the barbarians took the city; but 
healed in the papacy, which is the seventh head and 
continues to this day. In Revelation xiii, 11, you see 
another beast comes up out of the earth, having two 
horns like a lamb, but speaking as a dragon. This 
is the ecclesiastical hemisphere of the papacy. The 
Pope claims to be that innocent lamb ; yet his haughty 
speech is the virulence of the dragon. Daniel says 
that one of these horns was much higher than the 
other, and the largest horn came up last. This long 
horn is Roman Catholocism, and the Greek, the 
shorter horn. 

Daniel seventh chapter, is a vivid description of the 
"little horn," which keeps pushing in all directions, 
till it becomes the greatest power in all the earth. 
And it says, "These horns fell before the little horn." 
Since the world rejected God's administration of love 
and mercy and desires for itself human rule, the gov- 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 41 

ernments are symbolized by wild beasts, c. g., the lion, 
the bear, the eagle, etc. The horn consequently sym- 
bolizes political power, as human governments do 
their execution by brute force. Daniel says that when 
this little horn came up, three out of the ten horns, 
which were ten kingdoms, fell before this little horn. 
These were the kingdoms of the Lombards, the Austro- 
Goths, and Ravenna, which were absorbed into the 
Holy Roman Empire, *. e., the Pope's dominion. The 
reason why the papacy is called the little horn is 
because the Pope's dominions were always small; but 
when, in his arrogance, he claimed dominion over all 
the kings of the earth, then Daniel's predictions in 
reference to the little horn towering, expanding, and 
dominating over all others were literally fulfilled. 

If you will study the seventh chapter of Daniel, 
you will see that the Pope is to be the antichrist of 
the tribulation. By what authority do we so con- 
clude? There you see that the antichrist is the 
eighth head of the Roman beast, and the Holy Ghost 
positively says he will be one of the seven. As the 
empire which fell under the barbarian invasion in 
A. D. 476 was the sixth head, and was succeeded by 
the papacy, which is the seventh, you now perceive 
how the identity of the papacy and this eighth head, 
which is antichrist, follows as an irresistible and 
logical sequence. This arises from the simple fact 
that the eighth head is to be one of the seven, and 
the papacy is the only surviving head of the seven ; 
therefore, it is the eighth head, which is the antichrist 
of the tribulation. In many prophetical Scriptures 
it is denominated ''the beast," and is necessarily iden- 



48 Around the World, Garden of Eden, 

tical with the papacy. Anti means instead of. There- 
fore, antichrist means a substitute for Christ, *. e.. 
an usurper of the throne of Christ; which is the veri- 
table character of the Pope, and has been in all ages. 
When Christ takes up His bride, thus removing all 
truly sanctified people from the earth, then, when 
all the kingdoms of the earth shall fall (Daniel vii, 9), 
the Pope will claim every throne in antagonism to 
Christ, the only legitimate ruler of the earth. 

You see that this antagonism will continue until 
the last great battle of Armageddon, Revelation nine- 
teenth chapter; when Satan will array all the kings 
of the earth against the Lord Jesus and we shall see 
their enemies go down in blood beneath the sword of 
Prince Immanuel, who will ride in triumph over His 
conquered enemies. Finally, you will see the beasts, 
i. e.. the papacy and the false prophet, Islamism, 
arrested and cast into the lake of fire. Notice the last 
verse of this chapter and jovl will see that all the 
people who shall survive the great battle of Arma- 
geddon will be slain by the sword, proceeding out 
of the mouth of our glorious Christ, which simply 
means they will be gloriously saved by the precious 
Word of God. It is cheering to think that this will 
be the happy lot of all who survive the great tribu- 
lation. - 



CHAPTl'.R V. 

GREECE, CORINTH, ATHENS: THE BRAZEN KINGDOM. 

Bidding adieu to Rome, around which ten thousand 
historical, political, and ecclesiastical memories lin- 
ger, we pursue our eastbound journey. Darting along 
through the coast ranges of rugged mountains, our 
train dashing through cragged steeps, near frightful 
precipices and yawning chasms, and anon, through a 
dark tunnel, we are instantly relieved by an instan- 
taneous sunburst. The head grows dizzy, as we look 
down into the profound abyss beneath our feet; then 
in alternation at the tunnels and bridges which char- 
acterize our precipitated flight through the dizzy 
heights of the towering mountains and over the yawn- 
ing depths of the chasms away beneath our feet. 
From dewy morn till dusky eve, we thus dash along 
till the thundering billows of the Adriatic Sea, tlio 
terror of sailors, notorious as a prolific storm-breeder, 
salute our ears. We bid adieu to the iron horse ano 
hasten to embark for Greece. 

The night has gone and noonday is fast culminat- 
ing, when our ship casts anchor at the largest islan.l 
in that sea, Corfu, the only landing place between 
Brindici, Italy, and Patras, Greece. 

There, in the providence of God, our faith was tried 
and encouraged by His providential deliverance. 
Cook's agent at Brindici had made a mistake in our 



50 Around the World, Garden of Eden, 

tickets, for which we had paid at New York, We had 
paid for the whole tour around the world, receiving 
orders for tickets, which had to be made out by the 
agent at every place where we made a change. When 
we reached Corfu, behold the ship's officers were for 
putting us off, as that was the terminus of our ticket. 
At this juncture God came to our relief in the per- 
son of a wise man understanding many languages, 
who at that time was serving Miss Elizabeth Bedford, 
daughter of Dr. A. H. Bedford, of Nashville, Tenu., 
(of precious memory to all Southern Methodists). 
At that time, in the providence of God, he was with 
us on the ship, escorting a company of girls to the 
Holy Land. In much crossing the sea he has become 
a celebrated tourist, and had employed Brother Solo- 
mon, of Turin, Italy* to serve them as escort. The 
latter recognized the trouble in which we were embar- 
rassed, that of being forced to disembark and being 
left among strangers on that lonely island in the 
middle of the sea, instead of sailing on to Gr2: -e as 
we had contemplated. He slipped away to the clerk's 
office, examined the record, and saw that we were 
credited one hundred and eighty-one francs, precisely 
the price of four tickets from Brindici, Italy, to 
Patras, Greece. Then he hurried back to the deck 
where the ship officers were endeavoring to put us all 
off because our tickets said Corfu instead of Patras. 
He at once espoused our cause and told them that he 
had seen their book, and their record showed that 
we had paid our fare all the way to Greece. Cook's 
agent at Brindici had made a mistake, for which we 
were not to blame. He just told them outright they 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 51 

should not put us oft", and told us not to get off. Then 
they acquiesced and carried us on to Greece. We all 
recognized the hand of God in our deliverance, and 
praised Him for raising up Brother Solomon, whom 
we had never before seen, to interpose in our behalf, 
and by his wisdom (for he certainly had the right 
name) to deliver us from our serious trouble, for 
which there seemed to be no remedy, as they had the 
record against us, and we did not understand their 
language. 

Again it was my privilege to sail near the celebrated 
island of Ithaca, immortalized in history as the king- 
dom of Ulysses, the great Grecian hero so celebrated 
in the songs of Homer. Homer was the first to write 
poetry outside of the Bible, and to this day they 
recognize prints of his poetry in every age and nation, 

"Achilles' wrath, to Greeks the direful spring 
Of woes unnumbered, heavenly goddess, sing. 
That wrath, which hurled to Pluto's gloomy reign 
The souls of mighty chiefs untimely slain ; 
Whose bones, unburied on the naked shore, 
Devouring dogs and hungry vultures store ; 
Declare, oh, muse, in what ill-fated hour, 
Sprang the fierce wrath from that offended power, 
Since great iVtrides and Achilles strove; 
Such was the sovereign power, and such the will of 
Jove." 

Homer wrote the Iliad, consisting of twenty-four 
books, or parts, of which the abos'e is a specimen at 
the beginning. Thus vividly in his thrilling poetry 
he describes the ten years' siege and final destruction 
of celebrated Troy. This took place twenty-eight hun- 
dred years ago, during the Heroic Age of Greece. Ten 



52 Around the World, Garden of Eden, 

years having flown, and all efforts to reduce the im- 
pregnable walls having failed, the city was finally 
captured by the stratagem of a wooden horse, invented 
bA' the crafty Ulysses. Tt was a huge monster in the 
shape of a horse, and filled with armed men and left 
in front of the city. Then the Grecian army sailed 
awa}' in pretended abandonment of the siege. They 
stopped on an island in the vicinity; having left Sinon 
to play deserter to the Trojans, and to persuade them 
to take down the walls of the city and bring this 
wooden horse into it, assuring them that the Greeks 
had left it as an offering to Minerva, the guardian 
divinity of the city, whom they had grossly offended 
by the ten years' siege. This done, Sinon unlocks the 
door and those redoubtable heroes pour out of the 
wooden horse, assault the city, and set it on fire; the 
ambushed Greek army, seeing the signal and hasten- 
ing to the scene, consummates the destruction of the 
venerable city which they had besieged for those ten 
long years. 

After the fall of Troy, the Greek army all set out 
to return across the stormy sea, so perilous in that 
age, when navigation was in its infancy and the 
mariner's compass and steam engine not even dreamed 
of. A storm overtakes them and disperses their fleet, 
separating the ships of Ulysses from the army. While 
the balance returned to Greece, he, with his men, 
is tossed upon unknown seas, wrecked upon strange 
coasts, and spends ten years roaming over the sea 
and passing through most wonderful adventures with 
giants, demi-gods and unknown barbaric nations. 

Honier wrote a poem of twenty-four books describ 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 55 

i]io- the wonderful adventures of Ulysses during these 
ton years. The name of the volume containing these 
books is the Odyssey, which is simply the Greek for 
Ulysses, which is Latin. 

When Ulysses' part of the Grecian army was driven 
away in that storm, it was supposed they were lost 
at sea, as they did not return to Greece. 

Then the young princes of Greece, recognizing the 
widowhood of his beautiful and accomplished wife, 
Queen Penelope, immediately began to give her atten- 
tion, proposing matrimony in the high hope that her 
royal husband was dead. This she positively refused, 
assuring them that Ulysses was alive and coming 
home. Thus they continued to visit the palace and 
to urge the subject of wedlock, insisting that she 
should make a selection and enter into matrimony. 
Their perpetual visits became a source of intolerable 
annoyance; meanwhile they were devouring the sub- 
stance of the kingdom. She is in a serious dilemma, 
and afraid to refuse them, lest they war on her king- 
dom and capture it in its feeble condition during the 
absence of the king. Therefore she resorts to strata- 
gem to postpone her answer, constantly anticipating 
the return of her husband, which the suitors treat 
with the utmost ridicule, assuring her that he is dead 
and buried beneath the dark billows of the thunder- 
ing sea. 

Though Penelope had never received a word from 
him since the return of the Greeks from Troy, who 
reported that he was driven away by the storm and 
never afterward seen or heard from, yet she is per- 
fectly confident that Ulysses is alive and will come 



54 Around the World, Garden op Eden, 

home in due time. In order to postpone her answer 
to the suitors till the arrival of her husband, she tells 
them that she is weaving a great web for a burial 
shroud for her father-in-law, Laertes, the superan- 
nuated king of Ithaca, who was quite old and would 
certainl}^ die soon. At that time the art of weaving 
cloth was so rare and little known that it was con- 
sidered a grand accomplishment and honor to a queen 
to understand and execute it. But as yt^r after year 
passed away and still she made the same excuse, the 
suitors suspected a stratagem and watched at night. 
They found that she actually ravelled out what she 
had woven in the day-time, in order to prolong the job. 

Ten years have rolled away, in addition to the ten 
at the siege of Troy, when behold, Ulysses comes home ! 
He is in disguise as a beggar, lest the suitors would 
find him out and kill him in order to get his noble 
queen; he gives her the wink to humor the delusion 
of the suitors, as she recognizes him. Homer says his 
old dog identified him after an absence of twenty 
years, fawned on him and dropped dead, the rapture 
of his joy being too great for mortal life. Having 
spent a few days in the palace, unnoticed by the 
suitors, who simply passed him by as an old beggar, 
he manoeuvres to get up a prize-fight, in which he 
slays them all, throws off his disguise, identifies him- 
self and re-enters his kingdom with the joyous wel- 
come of his subjects, who had in loyal patience waited 
for him for twenty years. 

In this romantic history, we receive beautiful and 
profitable light on the interesting problem of our 
Lord's return to His kingdom, to the infinite joy and 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions, 55 

glorious relief of His waiting bridb, as well as the 
destruction of His enemies, who have long ago monop- 
olized this world, congratulating themselves with a 
false consolation that He will never come back. The 
formal churches have all entered into wedlock with 
the worldling suitors who began to make love to them 
soon after our Lord ascended from Mount Olivet. 
Their cultured preachers stand in the pulpit and 
assure them that the world is in the morning, and the 
coming of the Lord not nigh; yet, each revolving day 
brings our glorified Ulysses and His long expected 
Millennium nlgher; meanwhile Penelope toils and 
waits with longing and unfaltering anticipation for 
His sudden and glorious appearing. 

Our ship lands at Patras, and thus, the third time 
in the providence of God, I am permitted to put my 
feet on the classic coast of Greece, to gaze upon her 
vine-clad hills, and contemplate her majestic moun- 
tains, every one of which has been immortalized in 
legendary lore and brightened with poetic genius. Our 
train is now running along the bank of the beautiful 
Ionian Sea, while the plains all around are covered 
with vineyards burdened with luscious fruit, as it is 
the grape harvest, and oh, how we enjoy them ! 
Meanwhile the hills all around are crowned with the 
venerable olive-trees, burdened with their copious 
crops of growing fruit. This beautiful sea, two hun- 
dred miles long, is only twenty to thirty wide. There- 
fore as we run along the south bank, we enjoy a 
grand view of Sparta, the land of Leonidas, who, 
with three hundred heroes, held the straits of Ther- 
mopylae against the whole army of Xerxes, two mil- 



66 Around thr World, Garden op Eden, 

lion, five hundred thousand. It is the celebrated land 
of Lycurgus, second only to Moses in the history of 
the world's legisUitiiro. After his laws had long re- 
ceived the obodicnco of his people, and life's evening 
admonished him that his end was nigh, Lycurgus 
manoeuvered to. draw his people into a promise to 
obey his laws until he returned from a proposed 
journey he was about to take. Then he went away 
and never did come back, preferring to bleach his 
bones beneath a foreign sky rather than release them 
from the obligation to obey his laws. Consequently 
history says the Lycurgian code remained in force 
fourteen hundred years. 

A Greek citizen was riding with me, who had been 
to England and could talk some broken English. He 
informed me that Parnassus, the highest mountain 
in Greece, was among those on which I was then 
gazing in the land of Sparta, bej^ond the Ionian Sea. 
On the summit of this towering mountain is the 
fabulous Pyerian fountain, whose waters have the 
power to inspire the true genius of poetry. It is said 
that the longing aspirants after this enviable endue- 
ment, e. g., Pindar, Sapho, and many others, climbed 
up the rugged heights of Parnassus that they might 
drink from this magic fountain the true genius of 
poetry and oratory, which hold the multitudes spell- 
bound and mold the destinies of nations. 

"A little learning is a dangerous thing ; 
Drink deep, or taste not the Pyerian spring ; 
As light draughts intoxicate the brain, 
But drinking deeply sobers it again." 

We all see the verification of this poetry in the 



Latter Day PnoPHECiEs and Missions. 57 

ogotism and vanity superinduced by superficial learn- 
ing; while we frankly witness the consolitorj fact 
that liberal education conduces to humility and 
gravity. 

We now reach the eastern terminus of the Ionian 
Sea, and find ourselves running through the city of 
Corinth, in sight of the Cenchrea where Priscilla 
and Aquila had an apostolic church. This is new 
Corinth, having been built since the railroad came, 
within the last thirty years. It is about two mile.? 
from old Corinth, where Paul held that eighteen 
months' protracted meeting, the providence of God 
giving him the largest church of his ministry. In 
Paul's day, Corinth stood on a beautiful plain stretch- 
ing out from the Isthmus of Corinth, connecting 
Achaia (south Greece), with Hellas (central Greece), 
and separating the Ionian Sea on the west from the 
JEgean on the east, and containing a hundred thou- 
sand inhabitants. It was not only beautiful for situ- 
ation, but adorned copiously with various specimens 
of the fine arts, and an infinite diversity of statuary. 
It was really the Paris of the ancient world, and un- 
fortunately, like modern Paris, awfully cursed with 
the terrible sins of adultery and fornication, as you 
see clearly revealed in the Pauline epistles. Like 
other ancient cities, it was located at the base of a 
precipitous mountain, Acro-Corinthus (citadel of Cor- 
inth) ; as in that day all nations were belligerent, and 
in the absence of firearms they could successfully 
defend themselves against a great army if they would 
climb a precipitous mountain. When I was there in 
1895, New Corinth contained a few thousand people 



58 Around the World, Garden of Eden, 

and was being built out of the ruins of the magnificent 
ancient oity which, during the ages of desolation, had 
been ruthlessly spoliated. Then some of the old ruins 
were still on the grounds, and especially on the cita- 
del. When I was there in 1905, they were about all 
carried away, and the beautiful site of the ancient 
city Avas nil turned into a vast wheat field. If you ever 
pass that way you will see the Acro-Coriuthus from 
the train a long way off. Corinth on its new site 
along the sea and by the railroad contains about 
thirty thousand inhabitants, and is rapidly growing. 

We are now dashing along the bank of the ^^gean 
Sea, bound for Athens. The classic mountains and 
plains are everywhere fraught with thrilling memories. 
When the Greeks gained their independence in the 
Revolutionary War, which resulted in their emanci- 
pation from Turkish thralldom, Athens onlj^ con- 
tained seven thousand inhabitants. It now, with the 
suburbs, is estimated at three hundred and fifty thou- 
sand. The city is really charming for its beauty and 
elegance. Fortunately, great Mount Pentelicus, which 
abounds in an apparently exhaustless supply of 
splendid marble, overshadows the great and beautiful 
plain, on Avhich the city stands, hard by the Pyerus, a 
most delightful harbor. This harbor is perfectly secure 
for ships in all sorts of w^eather and makes Athens 
not only a great commercial city, but a center for 
tourists from all parts of the world. 

One reason Avhy the city is so beautiful is because 
she is largely built of marble. The ancient Greeks 
excelled all the world in the fine arts, and if j'ou will 
visit Athens you will find the modern nation credit- 



Latter Day Prophecies and Mirsio::s. 53 

ably vindicating its consanguinity with its illustri- 
ous predecessors by the copious and magnificent adorn- 
ments of the modern city. Not only does the city 
abound in beautiful marble edifices, but the finest 
statuary becomes the source of perpetual edification 
to the tourist. 

When I was there in 1895 the Stadium, so cele- 
brated in the days of her ancient glory, and which 
you see so frequently referred to in the Pauline 
epistles, illustrative of Christian pilgrims running 
for heavenly glory, was utterly desolate, every stone 
having been carried away during the ages of desola- 
tion. They told me that the nations were agitating 
the enterprise of restoring the Stadium and large 
sums had already been subscribed. When I was there 
in 1899, about one-third of the great and beautiful 
amphitheatre, formed materially at the base of Mount 
Hymetta, on the bqnk of the classical river Illysus, 
was supplied with beautiful marble seats, and they 
had already begun to hold their annual meetings 
there, thus renewing them after an interregnum of 
fifteen hundred years. When I was there in 1905, 
they had just completed the seating of the amphi- 
theatre; a thousand feet long and four hundred feet 
wide, with seating capacity for a hundred thousand 
spectators; all of the seats of beautiful marble, and, 
to the honor of the architects, most elegantly exe- 
cuted. The Stadium is nine hundred feet long and a 
hundred and twenty-five feet wide, and so located that 
all the occupants of the amphitheatre enjoy a perfect 
view of the performances. In the olden times, none 
but native Greeks were permitted to contest for the 



60 Around the World, Garden op KDE^f, 

prize. Now the contest is open to all nations. Paul 
v^ery pertinently^ and forcibly refers to the Ohnipic 
races, illustratively- enforcing the wonderful reality 
of full salvation. When I learned that the privilege 
was no longer restricted to Greece, but free to the 
whole world, I was impressed with the glorious real- 
ization now contemplated by all Christendom, /. c, 
the speedy evangelization of every nation, so that we 
will have the heavenly racers coursing through every 
land. 

We learn in Acts seventeen that while Paul was 
preaching in the synagogue on the Sabbath, and 
throughout the intervening week promiscuously on 
the streets, some of the auditors became interested 
enough to conclude that he had something really 
worth their appreciation as a people standing at the 
top of the world, the honored teachers of all nations. 
Consequently they escort him to the Areopagus, a 
great auditorium erected on the hill of Mars for the 
discussion, ventilation, and investigation of all mat- 
ters of interest, appertaining to religion, philosophy, 
erudition and every ramification of spiritual and in- 
tellectual achievement. The gravest audience of phi- 
losophers, astrologers, and sages beneath the sky hold 
their grave councils here. For the encouragement of 
everything good, and the fortification of the people 
against all error in philosophy and heresy in religion, 
everything new must there be proclaimed, thoroughly 
ventilated and adjudicated, before it was propagated 
among the people. Thus Paul is complimented by hav- 
ing the most intellectual and cultured audience on 
the face of the whole earth. In his peregrinations 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 61 

day after day through the city Paul had been investi- 
gating their shrines, temples, and altars, thus diag- 
nosing their religion. 

The JEreopagus is only separated from the Acropolis 
by a low ravine. Like the Acro-Corinthus at Corinth, 
the Acropolis at Athens is a precipitous mountain 
of solid rock, two thousand feet high, for security and 
defense in time of war. It was covered all over with 
magnificent temples. On the pinnacle stands the 
great temple of Minerva, the goddess of litera- 
ture, after whom the city was named; Athena 
is Greek and Minerva Latin, the names of the 
celebrated goddess in the two different languages. 
This temple is standing to-day, though it was seri-- 
ously damaged by Turkish artillery in the siege of 
1832, which resulted in Grecian independence. It is 
of great dimensions and supported by fifty-two cylin- 
drical columns. The temples of Diana, Hercules and 
Nikee are yet standing on the Acropolis; the latter, 
which means victory, having been erected to the 
goddess of victory when they so signally triumphed 
over Xerxes. He marched against the Greeks with 
an army of two millions, five hundred thousand, and 
had his throne erected on a lofty mountain overlook 
ing the bay of Salamis, where his innumerable fleet 
had rendezvoused. Feeling sure that his force would 
have no trouble to destroy the little insignificant 
Greek flotilla, he avails himself of the comfortable and 
safe situation from which to enjoy the utter ruin of 
the Greek maratime forces. To his unutterable sur 
prise and trepidation, he sees his own magnificent and 
innumerable fleet boarded, fired, sunk and ruined 



62 Around the Woruj, Garden of Eden, 

by the Greeks under the leadership of Themistoeles, 
aud is glad of the cli nice «u skedaddle for his life. 

Standing on the /lOieopagus, overshadowed by the 
magnificent temple of Minerva and in full view of 
the temple of T. 'seu.-- >^ii the plain below, which is 
standing this day in a perfect state of preservation, 
we see innumerable shrineh all around, as they had, 
under the leadership of Alexander, conquered the 
whole world and adopted the gods of all nations, and 
then honored them with teujples and shrines in their 
magnificent metropolis. It is related that at one time, 
Jupiter (in Greek mythology the chief god of the 
universe), was suffejiiig from a pain in his head. He 
asked Vulcan, his blacksmith, who forged thunder- 
bolts for him in the volcani(s tires of Mount ^tna, 
to strike his head with .1. sledge-hammer; this done, 
the beautiful goddess MiiK-rva leaped out. Therefore 
she was the goddess of literature and philosophy, as 
you see from the source where she came that she was 
all intelligence. 

Paul began his discourse to the Athenians by a 
complimentary reference to their piety; "I perceive 
that in all things you are very religious, for as I 
passed along, observing your devotions, I found an 
altar superscribed, 'To the unknown God.' Therefore, 
Him whom you ignorantly worship, do 1 preach unto 
you." I have been to Athens three times, but have 
never found that altar. Perhaps it has perished with 
innumerable other altars and shrines during- the ages 
of desolation, or perchance I did not liave a compe- 
tent guide. 

On the plain between the Acropolis and the river 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 63 

Ulysses you will find the ruins of the temple of the 
Olympian Jupiter. It was one of the seven wonders 
of the world, four hundred feet long, a hundred and 
twenty-five feet wide and supported by cylindrical 
columns of fluted marble ninety feet high. Near this 
site is Lord Byron's monument, erected to his honor 
by the grateful Greeks, because he heroically came 
from England, fought, bled, and died in the war 
for their emancipation. Hear him sing as he comes 
to the scene of war: 

"Great shades of chiefs and sages, 

Behold the coming strife; 
Hellenes of past ages, 
Oh, spring again to life." 

Again, I went into the prison in which the great 
philosopher, Socrates, was incarcerated for preaching 
the truth of Christianity; though only walking in the 
dim light of nature and conscience. He had no Bible, 
but he certified to them that "the Divinity made inti- 
mations to him," which was none other than the wit- 
ness of the Holy Spirit. They condemned him on a 
charge of heresy, for which they had Paul stand be- 
fore the grave assembly of the Areopagus, charging 
him with introducing "new gods." Paul was more 
successful than Socrates, in the fact that he succeeded 
in preaching sufficient conviction on them to para- 
lyze persecution; they let him go away and leave 
them ; whereas, in case of Socrates, they condemned 
him to die by drinking the deadly hemlock. When the 
weeping executioner delivered him the fatal draught, 
he blessed him and told him not to weep, for he was 



64 Around the World, Gaudex ov Euen, 

going up above the stars to dwell with the Divinity 
for whose communications he was persecuted unto 
death, because he had the fidelity aud courage to give 
his testimony. This prison is on the hill of the Muses. 
The nine Muses recognized by the Greeks were none 
other than the nine gifts of the Holy Spirit. We also 
visited the hill of the Nymphs, those little divinities 
that thronged the hills and valleys of classic Greece. 
An observatory has been built on the summit of that 
hill, a congenial memento of its ancient celebrity. 

When the Greeks so signally triumphed over the 
Persians under Xerxes, who marched against them 
with the largest army ever mustered on the earth, 
he feeling perfectly certain that he would settle tJhe 
Greeks forever, and thus gain undisputed dominion 
of the world, as the Greeks were the only unconquerod 
nation, they were much encouraged. Alexander, suc- 
ceeding his father Philip on the throne of Macedonia, 
when only twenty-one years old, and dividing out 
the royal treasure, or only thirty-five thousand dollars, 
equally among his soldiers, only thirty-five thousand 
constituting the royal army, said in response to their 
inquiry, "What have you left for yourself?" "^ly 
hopes." When they say, "What are your hopes?" 
"Why," says he, "to conquer the Persian Empire, and 
possess the whole world." 

Therefore Alexander sets out, boldly invading the 
Persian Empire. On the fields of Granicus he meets 
the imperial army of Persia, fights a decisive battle 
without losing a man, and leaves forty thousand Per- 
sian soldiers dead on the field. Terrible is the shock 
which pervades the Persian Empire. P^ventually they 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 65 

rendezvous another immense army and meet on the 
field of Issus. They fight three days without ceasing; 
winding up the battle with a hundred thousand Per- 
sians left dead on the field, and Alexander's loss al- 
most nothing; his soldiers wounded considerably, but 
the deaths a mere handful. 

The battle of Issus was an awful stunner to the 
whole Persian Empire, and it was a good while be- 
fore the Emperor faced Alexander again. This time 
he levied soldiers from all the one hundred and twenty 
provinces of his world-wide empire, extending from 
India to Ethiopia, Darius in person commanding the 
innumerable host. A battle of seven solid days en- 
sues. Three hundred thousand Persians were left 
dead on the field, and the innumerable host was so 
utterly defeated and disorganized that they skedaddled 
promiscuously in all directions; meanwhile the loss of 
Alexander was comparatively insignificant. Darius 
is so alarmed that he flees clear away into India. 
Alexander pursues and finally overtakes him on the 
bank of the Indian Ocean. There Darius interviews 
hirn with a proposition to divide the world between 
them, half and half. Then Alexander points to the 
bright Indian sun, in his overmastering effulgence, 
and says, "Do you see that sun?" He responds, 
"Yea." "Then," says Alexander, "could this world 
!iave two suns like that? You know it could not; 
they would utterly burn it up. Neither can it have 
two kings; so I must have it ali." Thus he settled the 
destiny of the world; took it all, and wept because 
it was all he could get. 

We read the Bible and see clearly how wonderfully 



66 Around the World, Garden op Eden, 

God was among the Jews, who grew oblivious to the 
fact that He is ruling over all nations. Of the won- 
derful Hebrew history, we have the inspired record; 
whereas in case of all other nations the history of 
God's dealings with them is unwritten. As you read 
the preceding sketch of Alexander's conquests of the 
world, you see clearly the hand of the Almighty, giv- 
ing him every nation under Heaven. What is the 
solution of this wonderful phenomenon? You see 
preceding it another phenomenon, equally revelatory 
of the Divine presence among the Greeks, though they 
had no Bible. With no facilities superior to their 
neighbors, you see them rise to the top of the literary 
world and step lightly and triumphantly over the 
pinnacles of poetry, oratory, philosophy, and the fine 
arts ; the children of the kings coming from every 
nation to receive instruction at the feet of the Athen- 
ian philosophers. The grand culmination of all their 
literal achievements was focalized in the formation, 
development and perfection of the Greek language, 
the finest vehicle of human thought that ever came 
into use in the history of the world; in vivacity, 
brevity, comprehensibility, brilliancy, eloquence, and 
power, surpassing every other language articulated 
by mortal tongues. 

Then we see His wonderful providence in giving 
Alexander all the nations of the earth; this was the 
normal method of disseminating the Greek language 
throughout the whole world, as the legitimate sequence 
of this universal conquest was the establishment of 
the Greeks in the administration of every nation under 
heaven. I traveled six thousand miles in India alone, 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 67 

evangelizing from place to place, and without a 
guide; from the simple fact that I found the English 
language everywhere. The English people have ruled 
that country a hundred and fifty years, and their 
language has become universal. The Alexandrian con- 
quest took place 325 B. C, thus giving ample time 
for the Greek language, spoken by the rulers of the 
different countries, to radiate out from every capital, 
interpenetrate every nation and become universal. It 
was God's preparation for the coming of His Son into 
the world. Jesus and His apostles preached and 
wrote in the Greek language. The New Testament, 
the compendium of God's saving truth, was written in 
Greek, and carried into all nations. As all languages 
undergo radical changes and revolutions by use, God 
in His great mercy soon took this language from the 
people, lest they might change it and turn it over to 
become the companion of the inspired Hebrew of the 
Old Testament. The Bible through the ages has re- 
mained as pure as when dispersed by infallible wis- 
dom ; consequently we can all go to this incorruptible 
thesaurus of saving truth and receive the infallible, 
inspired oracles, translate them into the six hundred 
thousand languages and dialects used by the sixteen 
hundred millions of people this day inundating our 
little planet, and thus reveal to them the truth by 
which they are saved. 

Homogeneous with this fact we this day see the 
English language rapidly becoming universal. It is 
one among the many signs of our Lord's near ap 
proach to this world. When He was on the earth 
before, the Greek language was universal. So I have 



C8 Around the World, Garden of Eden, 

no doubt but that English will be spoken in all the 
earth at the time of His second advent, e. g., this con- 
tinent was settled not only by the English, but by 
Germans, Swedes, Norwegians, French, Spanish, Por- 
tuguese, and Italians. How do you account for the 
phenomenon that they all gave up their language and 
read in the English? They do not want their chil- 
dren to speak their language, but to learn and speak 
the English. Rest assured that the hand of the 
Almighty is in it. Throughout great India, with her 
three hundred millions of people, the English lan- 
guage is spoken; though the English people in that 
country, as I was informed by Brother Jones, of 
Allahabad, India, a missionary in that country for 
thirty-two years, in all the empire would not exceed 
one hundred thousand. The English language is rap- 
idly prevailing in China and in Japan. We do not 
say the other languages are not to be spoken, as in 
India this day one hundred native languages are 
spoken by the people; but we simply mean that the 
English language will become universal, proving the 
great vehicle of evangelization and Christian com- 
munion and fellowship in all the earth. 

This land of Greece is Daniel's third kingdom of 
brass, which was to bear rule over all the earth. 
Daniel ii, 39. 



CHAPTER VI. 

CONSTANTINOPLE, THE KEY TO THE ORIENT. 

From Athens we sail over the ^gean Sea, through 
the Dardanelles and the Sea of Marmora, to Constan- 
tinople. As the city stands on eleven majestic hills, 
it is very conspicuous from the sea. It has a splendid 
harbor, consisting of a segment of the Sea of Mar- 
mora, another of the Golden Horn, and another of the 
Bosphorus. As you approach it you will enjoy a 
splendid view from the ship a long time before your 
arrival. I know of no other city in the world which 
upon approach exhibits so gorgeous a spectacle. Those 
high hills are occupied by buildings magnificent and 
tall; especially do splendid mosques with their lofty 
minarets dot the city all over and penetrate the blue 
sky, shining like glittering diamonds. 

This city is the capital of the Turkish Empire; the 
only political upholder of the Mohammedan religion 
in all the world. These enthusiastic Moslems pray 
five times a day; the priests climbing the minarets, 
and standing shouting aloud, ''There is but one God 
and Mohammed is His prophet." I have been much 
associated with the Mohammedans in my Oriental 
travels. Their zeal and fidelity to their religion are 
certainly very commendable. I have often hired them 
to serve me as guide and escort; when the hour of 
prayer arrives they go at it; whether aboard ships, 
or arranged in the desert, or treading the streets of 

€9 



70 iVROUND THE WORLD, GaRDEN OF EdEN, 

the citj^ 01- halting on Jordan's bank, they promptly 
proceed with their prayers; their excessive genuflec- 
tions and manipulations render them very conspic- 
uous. 

Standing on the deck of your ship before disem- 
barkation, let us take a bird's-eye view of the city. 
Turn your face toward the rising sun; you see three 
great hills occupied by magnificent buildings, with 
minarets rising from the mosques here and there. 
These hills, with about a dozen small islands in the 
Sea of Marmora, constitute Asiatic Constantinople; 
bounded on the right by the Sea of Marmora, on the 
left by the Strait of Bosphorus, and containing one- 
fourth of the city, whose population is estimated at 
one and a quarter millions. Now turn your face to- 
ward the polar star. You see before you five majestic 
hills densely occupied by the city. Many great build- 
ings, public as well as private, especially mosques 
and the new Royal Palace, now shine in their splendor 
before your contemplative eyes. This division of the 
city contains five-twelfths of the entire population. 
It is bounded on the right by Bosphorus Strait, on 
tlie left by the Golden Horn, and fronts on the harbor. 
Turn again and face the setting sun. You see three 
great lofty hills, densely crowded with magnificent 
buildings and containing one-third of the entire popu- 
lation of the city. Among the public buildings in 
this section are the old Royal Palace and a number 
of splendid mosques; among them that of Saint 
Sophia, the most costly in the city. This division is 
bounded on the left by the Sea of Marmora, and on 
the right by the (jolden Horn, an inlet from the Sea 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions, 71 

of Marmora. It interpenetrates the continent of 
Europe about six miles; its width at the base being 
one thousand, two hundred feet, where the water is 
very deep and the anchorage of ships, even in the 
worst weather, perfectly safe, and gradually it tapers 
to an apex and throughout exhibits the shape of a 
horn, consequently its name. 

Constantinople is of all cities on the globe the most 
doggy. Some one said there were ten thousand in the 
city. They much encumber the sidewalks and the 
streets, many of which are very narrow. They keep 
up such an awful roar at night that visitors find sleep 
almost impossible, till they become used to the canine 
music. The solution of this is that the dog is sacred 
in the Mohammedan religion ; therefore you must be 
very careful not to hurt them however much they 
annoy you, lest you get into trouble. There is a dog 
mosque in the city, where hundreds of them are daily 
fed by public charity. Another phenomenon of the 
city is the great buffalo used for draught purposes, 
with great availability. The buflfalo is so big and 
strong that a pair of them will pull a paradoxical load 
up those streets, which are the steepest I ever saw in 
a city. It seems that there has been no effort made 
to cut down the hills, but they have erected immense 
buildings on them just as they came from the hand 
of the Creator. Fortunately the place is not earth- 
quaky; if so, the city would have been shaken down 
long ago. These majestic hills certainly do augment 
the beauty of the city, adding a pictorial rest and 
romantic physique. 

Constantinople was founded six hundred and fifty- 



72 Around teee World, Garden op Eden, 

eight years B. C, eighty-five years after the founding 
of Rome, and during the reign of Nebuchadnezzar at 
Babylon. Byzas, a Megarian citizen of Europe, was 
the founder. It received his name, Byzantium, and 
retained it nine hundred and eighty-six years, till 
refounded by the Emperor Constantine. During the 
Chaldean Empire, it was too young and insignificant 
to attract the attention of the world's rulers, and we 
have no record of the Persian Empire, which succeeded 
the Chaldean, ever giving it any special attention. 
When Alexander conquered the world, three hundred 
and twenty-five years B. C, of course he took it in. 
and it was really overshadowed by his native land. 
When the Romans succeeded the Greeks in the do 
minion of the world, of course, with all other conn 
tries, it dropped under the eagle's pinions. 

A. D. 328, Constantine visited the place, and 
diagnosed the situation, felicitously located as it is 
at the junction of the two continents, by the Strait 
of Bosphorus, which is only five hundred yards wide 
and one hundred and fifty feet deep. Consequently it 
was destined to become the key to Asia. For some 
time the emperor had been realizing that Rome was 
infelicitously located, too far west, and eccentric in 
her relation to the universal empire over which she 
swayed the imperial sceptre. Julius Ca?sar, in the last 
century B. C, contemplated changing the capital from 
Rome to Nicomedia in Greece, and as he was so enter- 
prising he would very likely have done it if he had 
lived, but he was killed by those whom he regarde;l 
as his best friends, just at the time he had reached 
the very acme of despotic power. With his fall, his 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 73 

magnificent air-castles all vanished into nonentity. 
When Constantine came to Byzantium and communi- 
cated his enterprise of moving thither the world's cap- 
ital, it enthused all the people so that they almost 
died of joy. As Rome is originally built on seven 
hills, Constantine, desiring to make it as much like 
Rome as possible, laid off seven hills, walking round 
them, claiming to be guided by the Unseen One. The 
people accompanied him, and marked oflE the place 
for the city wall right where his feet had trodden. 
He named it New Rome; but the name proved an 
utter failure. As the people were so grateful to him, 
they unanimously gave it his name, Constantinople, 
simply adding polls, which is the Greek word for 
city. Thus Constantinople supercedes Byzantium, 
after almost a thousand years from its founding by 
Byzas. 

Really this was the grand epoch in the Christian- 
ization of the world. Rome was crowded with pagan 
temples, when Constantine was converted to Chris- 
tianity, A. D. 321. He did his best to stop all idol- 
atry in Rome, succeeding very largely, but not fully, 
there still being some pagan temples which he could 
neither close nor turn into Christian churches. But 
when he moved the capital to Constantinople he suc- 
ceeded gloriously along that line. The people were so 
delighted to have the world's capital brought to their 
town, and so carried away with the course pursued 
by the emperor, that he had no trouble to get them 
all to give up their idolatry and turn Christians. Con- 
sequently there was not a single pagan temple per- 
mitted in Constantinople, though the inhabitants had 



74 Around the World, Garden op Eden, 

all been idolaters seven hundred years, and most of 
them nearly a thousand years. 

Constantine himself founded Saint Sophia, the first 
Christian church in the city; several others quickly 
following. Of course, the removal of the capital gave 
it a wonderful boom, rapidly swelling into the metro- 
I)olitanship it has enjoyed through subsequent ages. 
The capture and fall of Rome under the barbarian in- 
vasion, A. D. 476, continued to boom Constantinople; 
however, those were dark, bloody days. The Roman 
Empire was the only upholder of ancient civilization, 
and when it was destroyed by the barbarians ancient 
civilization passed away, and a period of darkness 
and barbarism supervened which lasted a thousand 
years. During this time not one man in a thousand, 
nor a woman in twenty thousand, could read or write. 
However, Constantinople was the most prosperous 
city in the world for the reason that the power and 
influence of Rome which had ruled the world a thou- 
sand years were largely transferred to Constantinople 
through Julian the Apostate. He succeeded Constan- 
tine on the imperial throne, giving an awful backset 
to Christianity and a corresponding boom to pagan- 
ism; yet his influence was not felt much at Constan- 
tinople, from the simple fact that there were no 
pagan temples there. He was quickly succeeded by 
Theodosius the Great, who was both a mighty warrior 
and statesman and a zealous Christian. 

In the fifth century, while Constantinople was really 
prospering on the ruins of Rome, Justinian the Emper- 
or came to the front of the world and immortalized 
himself as a military chieftain. He was exceedingly 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 75 

zealous for Christianity, and actually expended five 
million dollars rebuilding Saint Sophia with wonderful 
magnificence; at that age of the world five million 
dollars were more than fifty millions now. He had 
cut down the wages of his soldiers and his government 
officers in order to make this wonderful expenditure. 
Rome had fallen and Constantinople was at the front. 
While Justinian thus came influentially to the front 
of the world, and his name has descended to posterity 
emblazoned with military glory, I am sorry to say, 
he deserves not the encomium which the world has 
lavished upon him; he never led a campaign or fought 
a battle. But his general, Belisarius, led his armies, 
fought his battles, and won his victories ; he conquered 
the Vandals of Africa and the Goths of Italy, the for- 
mer the conquerors of the world. When the barbar- 
ians who had conquered Rome came and coiled around 
Constantinople like a huge boa-constrictor, and the last 
hope had fled, Justinian had to call home Belisarius 
from his conquests in Africa and Italy. He attacked 
the barbarians, signally defeated them and relieved the 
city. After he had passed his eightieth year and re- 
tired as superannuated, to rest upon the laurels he 
had so richly and deservedly won, the barbarians, hear- 
ing that the grand old hero was worn out and had re- 
tired, came again in vast numbers and besieged -the 
city ; then Justinian was forced to call Belisarius from 
his resting place to deliver him from his enemies. 
Then Belisarius walked out with his staff and gathered 
around him a few of the faithful veterans of his hap- 
pier years. They attacked the barbarians, signally 
defeated them and relieved the city. 



76 Around the World, Garden of Eden, 

Of course the praise of everybody rang out in com- 
mendation of the venerable hero, used of God for this 
glorious deliverance from barbarian pillage and sub- 
jugation. This aroused the jealousy of the Emperor, 
who, as history certifies, to our unutterable astonish- 
ment, had the eyes of Belisarius cruelly torn out of 
their sockets and all of his princely fortune confis- 
cated; thus reducing his noble benefactor to blindness 
and pauperism. As certified by history, this great 
general and philanthropist, when more than ninety 
years old, might be seen walking the streets of Con- 
stantinople led by a child, bearing a wooden cup and 
begging alms of the people. Oh, what a pity that Jus- 
tinian, amid the religious zeal which adorned the 
church of Saint Sophia with five millions of dollars, 
did not get the Holy Ghost to sanctify all of the 
envy and jealousy out of him! 

Those were stormy centuries; the Dark Ages having 
settled down upon the world like a nightmare with 
her sable pinions, eclipsing every ray of by-gone civil- 
ization during the ninth century. The Saracens and 
the Tartars were both playing sad havoc with the 
world, deluging it with blood and heaping it with the 
slain. They both wanted Constantinople, and either 
would have captured it, if not intimidated by the 
other. In the eleventh century the Crusaders, under 
the leadership of Godfrey, a great military chieftain 
and a noble Christian, captured Constantinople on 
their way to Jerusalem, which they conquered and 
wrested from the Moslems, A. D. 1099. But they 
were only able to hold the Holy City by the hardest 
fighting for eighty-eight years; when, signally de 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 77 

feated by the Moslems in the battle of Hatton, they 
were driven out of Asia. In 453 the Turks, under the 
leadership of their sultan, Mohammed II, conquered 
Constantinople, took possession of it and made it 
their capital, and have held it ever since. 

The subjugation of Constantinople played sad 
havoc with all the Christian churches in the city, 
turning them into Mohammedan mosques, transform- 
ing and rebuilding them. Saint Sophia was so costly 
and valuable that they did not make much change 
in it ; simpl}' building a most costly minaret, a minaret 
being regarded by the Moslems as a sine qua non. 
Though Constantinople is the capital of the Turkish 
Empire, the only Mohammedan government in the 
world, yet it is certified that one-half of the whole 
population are Christians. The Mohammedans would 
kill them all of they could; but they are afraid of 
Christian influence, their rulers trembling night and 
day lest the Christian powers supplant them forever. 

Constantinople is felicitously located at the junc- 
ture of Asia and Europe. Asia means east, and 
Europe means west. America is an augmentation of 
Europe. Therefore, when we speak of the eastern 
nations, we always mean Asia; when we speak of the 
western nations, we always mean those of Europe and 
America. In the prophecies, Africa means south. 
Constantinople is the intermediate link between the 
east and the west, and from our standpoint, the key 
to the great Orient; therefore it has always been the 
bone of contention among the nations. 

The Bear's mouth has long been watering to devour 
the Turkey, and would do so unhesitatingly if the 



78 Around the World, Garden of Eden, 

Lion would only take his eyes off of him, Russia is 
the king of all the world, Daniel tenth and eleventh 
chapters, destined ere long to supplant the king of 
the south. If you will read these chapters, you will 
find that while the revelation is perfectly clear, con- 
firmatory of the conclusion that the "king of the 
north" will subdue the "king of the south," yet it will 
not be vi et armis. but by "flatteries," i. e., by diplo- 
macies. This prophecy is now receiving its literal 
fulfillment daily. When I visited the Holy Land in 
1895', the Bear was the biggest thing I saw there. 
When I returned in 1899, I saw at once he had grown 
to double his former magnitude. When there the 
third time, in 1905, he had again doubled his magni- 
tude. Peter the Great, the founder of the Russian 
Empire, predicted that the Bear would lie down on 
the bank of the Indian Ocean. While the Turks are 
so particular with other nations, that it is with great 
difficulty we travel among them, e. g., I had to get a 
passport from the United States Congress, which I 
presented on arrival at Constantinople, and which 
they took and gave me a teskara, which I had to pre- 
sent everywhere I went; yet the Russians, as I am 
authentically informed, travel all over that country 
(vithout eithp-r passport or teskara. Besides, they 
enjoy privileges of shipment in the waters of Constan- 
tinople, participated in by no other nation. 

At present Russia is under a cloud, depreciated by 
the world because of her defeat by the Japanese. This 
does not militate against the fulfillment of Daniel's 
prophecy, as the defeat was a providential castigation 
for her maltreatment of the Jews. You see how God 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 79 

used a weak nation to give her a thrashing, thus humil- 
iating her in the eyes of the whole world. The famine 
which prevailed in Russia several years ago, was 
close on the track of a terrible persecution which she 
had inflicted on the Jews, and so, evidently a casti- 
gation for the same. Another phase of this matter 
is found in the fact that Russia is seeking water out- 
let in the east; whereas Constantinople, w'hich is cen- 
tral in her empire, is the eligible place for her ship- 
ment. 



CHAPTER VII. 

VESUVIUS, NAPLES. 

Far back in by-gone eternity, a volcano was set 
up in the middle of the sea which continued to 
pour its fiery lava skywardly in scoriaceous vol- 
umes till it piled up a great mountain fresh from 
the bowels of the earth, full of all the fertilizing ele- 
ments. It spread out two hundred thousand acres of 
soil, rich as Eden, inviting the tillers of the earth 
to pitch their gardens from base to summit and to 
accumulate fortunes from an infinite variety of trop- 
ical fruits. Oh, how ineffably delicious the grapes, 
figs, oranges, pomegranates and olives, which super- 
abound along with a vast variety of delicious nuts 
and inexhaustible crops of all the edibles peculiar 
to the tropical, semi-tropical, and temperate zones. 
There is a chestnut indigenous to that mountain 
which I do not believe grows anywhere else on the 
earth. It differs from the American chestnut by its 
great magnitude, being four times the size. They 
export it in vast quantities. When I sailed thence 
to Egypt in 1895, our ship was loaded, I am satisfied 
to say, with thousands of bushels, carrying them into 
Egypt. 

The city of Herculaneum is still entombed in its 
volcanic sepulchre, wrapped in the scoriaceous wind- 
ing sheet in which old Mt. Vesuvius, eighteen hundreJ 
and twenty-seven years ago, in a noonday moment, 

80 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 81 

mantled it to await the judgment trump. The city 
of Naples has subsequently been built over it, and 
when I was ascending the mountain our carriage ran 
over it. Many eruptions have taken place during by- 
gone centuries, burying villages and cities; yet Naples 
only grows the faster; extending out in all direc- 
tions over the mountains. She now contains seven 
hundred thousand inhabitants. 

When I was there in 1895, the flames were ascend- 
ing up in fearful volume from the mouth of the 
crater, so they were visible many miles away. We 
saw the fearful sight from the sea as we approached 
the city; consequently there was no going to the 
crater. When I was there in 1899, the smoke was 
ascending constantly in great columns, but no fire 
was visible without; therefore people were going to 
see the crater. About forty persons went with me. 
We spent three hours ascending the mountain in car- 
riages drawn by three horses up the macadamized 
road, zigzagging amid the gardens which everywhere 
occupied the mountain. The soil is so rich and pro- 
ductive that none of it is permitted to lie idle. 

It is a significant fact everywhere verifiable that vol- 
canic soil is the most productive in the world, as it 
always superabounds in saltpetre, which is the really 
fertile element in all soils. The reason why cultivated 
soils become sterilized and unproductive is because 
the saltpetre is exhausted by the growth of the crops. 
For that reason tobacco utterly ruins land very 
quickly, because saltpetre is largely absorbed in its 
production. The same fact is largely true in the 
growth of corn. The secret of successful farming 



82 Around the World, Garden op Eden, 

consists in perpetuating the fertility of the land. This 
is secured by cultivating fertilizing crops, e. g., the 
cereal grains and grasses, especially rye, clover, and 
blue grass. There is a great dereliction on the part 
of the United States Government, in not protecting 
our soil as they do in Europe, especially in England. 

Great Vesuvius has a vast diversity of climate; 
tropical at the base on the south side; semi-tropical 
on the east and west; and temperate on the north. 
The climate changes as we ascend the mountain, 
therefore the gardens which enclose the mountain on 
a41 sides abound in an infinite variety of vegetables 
and delicious fruits; no end to the grapes, which are 
exceedingly delicious; figs, olives, pomegranates, 
apricots, pears, peaches, apples and a great variety 
of berries. 

Not only is the mountain wrapped in gardens, but 
residences everywhere abound; the volcanic stone is 
at hand, sufficing for building purposes of every kind. 
Really the volcano is the father of the city, which is 
now the largest in Italy, which bids fair soon to reach 
a million, despite the constant threatenings of the 
roaring, thundering, pent-up fires of the volcano, weary 
of their prison and longing to leap away into the open 
air. It is astonishing to see the perfect lassitude, 
unconcern and improvidence of the city, apparently 
utterly unconscious of the danger it is in, liable any 
moment to be wrapped in fiery winding sheets and 
to have multiplied thousands buried in one common 
sepulchre beneath the floods of molten lava, which are 
ready every moment to roll over them. 
. Our weary horses, after three hours of hard toil, 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 88 

reach their destination where they get rest at the lower 
terminus of the wire rope railroad. This now carries 
ns up an ascension of twenty-nine hundred feet, run- 
ning us over the hypotenuse of a right angle triangle 
about forty-five degrees to the perpendicular, and 
dumps us off at the base of the cone up which we have 
a walk of five hundred feet, through ashes and cinders 
so hot that we had to step rather quickly to keep our 
feet from burning. It is so steep, and we sank down 
so deep in the ashes, that it was really laborious walk- 
ing. This we could relieve ad libitum, as a great gang 
of coolies was there with ropes for us to take hold of 
and let them pull us up, for filthy lucre. Though some- 
what in life's evening, still being a pretty good walker 
I declined their help, though I found the ascension 
difiicult and laborious. There were a few women in 
our party, whom those guides carried in their arms 
and on their shoulders. All of this time, we feel the 
mountain trembling and hear the awful roar beneath 
our feet, reminding us of the judgment ordeals, to 
which we are all rapidly hastening. 

We have now reached the summit of the cone, the 
apex of the mountain. Standing on the verge of the 
open crater about two hundred feet in diameter, we 
look down to the apex of the inverted cone, about three 
hundred feet below, and see the fire flaming; mean- 
while the whole earth is trembling and O, how tremen- 
dous the roar beneath our feet, which reminds me of a 
great monster breathing hard. Every few seconds 
volumes of dense black smoke are discharged, lurid 
flames and red hot rocks, some of them weighing fifty 
to one hundred pounds, fly away up in the air and fall 



84 Around the World, Garden op Eden, 

back into the flaming water; meanwhile fire is falling 
all around us, the guides watching and helping us to 
keep it from burning our clothing. All the while we 
can scarcely breathe for coughing because the air is 
so filled with brimstone; our guides doing their utmost 
to render us comfortable, telling us it is good for our 
health and not to mind it. This experience I can never 
forget. It was the most alarming environment of my 
life. Many of our party stayed but a moment and 
retreated. I was in a dilemma ; for of my two travel- 
ing companions who had accompanied me from 
America and were standing on either side, the one 
was urging to leave at once and the other was utterly 
unwilling to leave. As we had ridden in the same 
carriage, which was waiting our return at the ter- 
minus of that wire rope railroad, it was really im- 
portant for us to keep together. For this 1 plead 
hard, and with great difficulty effected a compromise 
between them, prevailing on the one to stay till we 
could persuade the other to go. In due time' we all 
left together, praising God for His merciful provi- 
dence, as an eruption at that time would certainly 
have wrapped up all in burning winding sheets. 

It is exceedingly dangerous to go to the crater, as 
those eruptions very frequently take place, many 
people having lost their lives at different times dur- 
ing the history of the volcano. In 1905, my three 
traveling companions, "The Texas Boys," went, but 
I stayed in my room and read my Greek Bible, my 
visit six years antecedently having satisfied me for- 
ever. They reported to me a recent eruption, pouring 
out a river of lava two hundred yards wide, fifteen 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 85 

feet deep, and two miles long. They had to walk over- 
it, stepping quickly, to keep it from burning their 
feet, as it takes a long time for it to cool off. Great 
changes had taken place since I was there; the crater, 
even, having changed its location ; destroying the 
upper station and a section of the railroad. 

While I stood there on the verge of the crater, look- 
ing down into the flaming abyss, contemplating the 
vast volumes of ascending smoke, and almost suffo- 
cated with the brimstone which filled the air, I did 
wish all the pseudo-Christians, preaching no-Hellism 
throughout the world, e. g., Seventh Day Adventists, 
Millennium Dawners, Universalists, and backslidden 
orthodox folks, were there to see our Savior's awful 
description of Hell literally verified in the unfathom- 
able abyss of fire and brimstone. I believe a visit to 
the crater of Vesuvius would do the poor, deluded 
heretics more good than all of our arguments. 

Our Savior is the plainest preacher ever on the 
earth, and He most explicitly and clearly tells us over 
and over about the Hell of unquenchable fire and 
brimstone. It is awfully wicked to tinker with His 
Word and try to take the force out of it. To preach, 
means to proclaim a message already delivered to us, 
and not to manufacture something by the power of 
our own intellect; as all such are counterfeit heralds 
of their own Gospel, instead of the precious truth 
of God, which alone can save. 

Satan well knows that if he can take Hell out of 
the Bible, he will not longer have to divide the world 
with Christ, but he will get it all in solid columns; 
each successive generation walking off the earth and 



86 Around the World, Garden of Eden, 

plunging headlong into the lake of tire and brimstone, 
of which Christ has so faithfully warned us. The 
power of sin is so inconceivably strong in fallen hu- 
manity that only the people who fear Hell give it 
all up and make their escape. The Bible says this 
fear is the beginning of wisdom, hence those who have 
it not never begin the life of holiness, the only way 
to Heaven. It is horrific to see how dunib the preach- 
ers are on the plain, unmistakable truth, appertaining 
to the Hell which certainly awaits the wicked. I fear 
multitudes of them will land in Hell from the simple 
fact that they failed to warn the wicked of their 
danger, as God positively says that in that case the 
wicked shall die, but He will require their blood at 
the hands of those whom He has sent to warn them 
of their danger. A mutilated and emasculated Gospel 
is Satan's greased plank, over which to slide people 
into Hell. 

I do believe that our Lord shows "unlearned and 
ignorant men" (Acts iv, 13) how to carry the Gospel 
to the world, because He knows they will be simple- 
hearted enough to deliver the message just as He 
gave it to them; while minds stored with vast human 
learning would be very likely to tinker with the mes- 
sage and try to improve it according to their theology, 
instead of simply serving the office of a Gospel herald, 
who dares not do anything to the message, but faith- 
fully delivers it as he received it. The reason why 
we need Bible schools everywhere is because the de- 
nominational theological colleges all teach their stu- 
dents to bend the Bible to their creed. Woe unto the 
Bible schools, when they cease to teach and preach 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 87 

the Bible, just as God gave it, never daring to soften 
the hard nor smooth the rough ! 

I have three times visited the city of Naples, the 
most of which is actually built on Mt. Vesuvius, and 
all of it directly under its smoking crater. We people 
at a distance think if we lived there we would be in 
constant fear of the awful doom which overtook Her- 
culaneum and Pompeii, the predecessors of Naples. 
Eighteen hundred years ago they were suddenly 
buried alive in one vast, fiery sepulchre ; whereas many 
eruptions have subsequently taken place, destroying 
cities and villages. Though, while sojourning in the 
city my thoughts have almost constantly been exer- 
cised upon their situation, I have never seen the 
slightest manifestation of uneasiness or dread on the 
part of any person living there. We absentees are 
astonished when we contemplate the utter indifiference 
and freedom from all alarm, characteristic of those 
seven hundred thousand people. 

Do you know that the sixteen hundred millions of 
people who now throng this world are in the very 
same peril, and environed by the greatest conceivable 
incentives to fear God and be every moment ready for 
eternity? Do you not know that this whole world 
is a volcano; a globe of molten lava, with a thin crust 
formed on the outside not so thick in proportion to 
its diamater as the shell of an egg in proportion to its 
magnitude? Meanwhile four hundred other volcanoes 
are helping Vesuvius, to keep us all reminded of our 
perilous environments. I am just come directly from 
Japan, where we have a great empire consisting en- 
tirely of volcanoes, mostly now extinct, buft not all, 



88 Around the World, Garden of Eden. 

for I saw some of them active. While I was there 
an earthquake, which is a volcanic eruption, suddenly 
buried eleven thousand people on the Island of For- 
mosa. I was also among the Hawaiian Islands, all 
of which are volcanoes. I passed San Francisco but 
a few days before her awful destruction by the earth- 
quake. God is constantly warning us by the roar, 
the smoke, fire and quaking; thus keeping us con- 
stantly posted and duly warned to be ready to meet 
Him. Reader, are you now ready to see Him coming 
in the clouds? 



CHAPTER VIII. 



EGYPT. 



Sailing from Constantinople southwardly, through 
the Sea of Marmora, the Dardanelles, and the ^gean 
Sea, our ship cast anchor at Abilene, as you remem- 
ber, one of Paul's preaching places. They told me she 
has a population of one hundred and fourteen thou- 
sand and still some Christians among them. We has- 
tened on to Smyrna, where one of the seven churches 
of Asia Minor was located. It was a poor village at 
that time, suburban to Ephesus, which was the me- 
tropolis of all western Asia. Among the seven 
churches, five of them were terribly castigated by the 
Apocalyptic prophet for apostasy and dereliction. He 
boldly threatens Ephesus that if she does not repent 
He will come and take her candlestick away, i. e., 
that she will lose her organization and evanesce from 
the earth. This awful prophecy has been sadly ful- 
filled. The great and magnificent city has long since 
been destroyed and is without an inhabitant. 

If you will read the appeals of the Holy Spirit in 
the first three chapters of Revelation, you will find 
two of these churches, Smyrna and Philadelphia, 
fully approved, not an allegation against them. They 
alone have survived the awful calamities of the dark 
ages of Mohammedan invasion, as the Mohammedans 
have long possessed that country, doing their utmost 
to exterminate Christianity from the earth. While 

89 



90 Around the World, Garden of Eden, 

Ephesus with her metropolitan church has utterly 
perished, Smyrna has not only survived, but from a 
poor suburban village has grown into a magnificent 
city of three hundred and fifty thousand inhabitants, 
second only to Constantinople, in the great Turkish 
Empire. I made special inquiry in reference to Chris- 
tianity, knowing how terrifically the tide always sets 
against every Christian church in Mohammedan 
lands. They informed me that of the three hundred 
and fifty thousand population, three hundred thou- 
sand are Christians. Of course, that is to be under- 
stood in a- political rather than a religious sense; 
simply meaning they believe and sympathize with 
Christianity, and are not members of the Mohamme- 
dan church. This is certainly a wonderful manifes- 
tation of Divine providence and mercy. 

We have again crossed the Mediterranean Sea and 
find ourselves once more in the land of the Pharaohs. • 
We disembark at Alexandria, this being my fourth 
visit to this city, in the providence of God. This city 
was founded by Alexander the Great, when he con- 
quered the world three hundred and twenty-five years 
B. C. Its location at the mouth of the great River 
Nile, the longest river in the world, whose source was 
never discovered till 1891, though the river has always 
been the best known in the world, abundantly vindi- 
cates the wisdom of its founder. With a population 
of three hundred and twenty-five thousand, it is said 
to have more shipment in proportion to its magnitude 
than any other city in the world. 

Alexander is a compound Greek word meaning a 
chosen man. This is significantly true in the case of 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 91 

the mighty Grecian, indubitably the elect of God to 
put the Greek language in every court beneath the 
skies, so that it would radiate into all nations and be 
universal when our Lord came on the earth; really 
a sine qua non of the world's successful and expedi- 
tious evangelization. 

In this city we have three sights worthy the appre- 
ciation of every traveler: Alexander's tomb, and that 
of the Apostle Mark. The former was first buried 
in Greece in a gold coffin, but subsequently moved to 
Alexandria and buried in pomp and royalty, but 
without the gold coffin, as that would have been 
stolen soon or late, thus disturbing the dead. Mark 
was dragged through the streets by the cruel mob, till 
an angel hand transported him from the battle-field 
to the mount of victory. Oh, what a contrast between 
these two interments! The one in all the possible 
pomp of royalty, and the other simply laid in the 
earth by the loving hands of a few despised and per- 
secuted Nazarenes, themselves looking bloody martyr- 
dom in the face, as the same demoniacal rabble was 
still thirsting for blood. 

Alexander's world-wide empire fell to pieces within 
a year after he was gone. The kingdom for which 
Mark was dragged by the feet through the filthy 
streets till he took his upward flight, though at that 
time small, weak and contemptible in the eyes of the 
world, now has more subjects than were in the world 
when Alexander claimed it all, and is marching on 
with more heroic tread than ever before. She is 
electrified in contemplation of her triumphant King's 
speedy return on the throne of His millennial glory 



92 Around the World, Garden of Eden, 

to fill the world with triumphs of His final victory, 
whose lustre will brighten the eyes of contemplative 
saints and angels through all eternity. 

Another sight you cannot afford to miss is Pom- 
pey's Pillar, ninety-four feet high and eight feet in 
diameter, a perfect monolith, he\yn out at the cata 
racts of the Nile and carried down the river on a 
flotilla; a distance of seven hundred mijes. It stands 
on a pedestal ten feet high, and is crowned with ;i 
caption ten feet square, giving an altitude of one 
hundred and four feet. As you gaze on it, you solilo- 
quize, how did they ever get it up in its position, 
where it has stood alone these two thousand years 
and weathered the storms'! Echo answers, how? T 
am satisfied that the world to-day has no mechanical 
power competent to do the work. Rome, the great 
iron kingdom of Nebuchadnezzar's chronological 
image, has in this monument abundantly vindicated 
her claim to the championship of the ages. lu point 
of magnitude and strength, Rome has surpassed all 
nations and ages and borne away the banner. This 
solid shaft, ninety-four feet long, a perfect cylinder, 
eight feet in diameter, and mounted on a pedestal 
ten feet high, oh, what inconceivable weight! How 
did they handle it ? 

Egypt was one of the last countries in the world 
to be conquered by the Romans, as the Ptolemies, her 
last dynasty, were celebrated for their wisdom and 
power. But finally, like all other nations, they had to 
fall before invincible Rome; Cleopatra, the accom- 
plished queen, being the last sovereign. She was de- 
feated in the decisive battle of Actium, which decided 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 93 

the world in favor of Roman rule, and ended ulti- 
mately in the enthronement of Augustus Csesar. 
(Jlf'opatra, with her soldiers, terrestrial and marine, 
had espoused the cause of Mark Anthony; he having 
lost the battle, then followed her to Egypt. This iden- 
tified her with the enemies of Augustus; consequently 
fhe Roman armies came against her. When she saw 
that her doom was sealed, rather than adorn the 
(.'ompous triumph in Rome, she committed suicide by 
exposing her arm to the bite of the venomous asp. 
The kingdom thus falling into the hands of the 
Romans, they erected this stupendous monument to 
the memory of Pompey, the celebrated rival of Julius 
Caesar. 

As we ascend the Nile valley on the train to Cairo, 
as it is date harvest, we see a world of palm trees 
bending under the copious crops of their delicious 
fruit, grown in Egypt in so vast quantity that it 
actually supplies the world. It is so very sweet and 
delicious that I used to think they put sugar on it. 
That is a mistake. The sweetness is owing to the 
wonderful power of the tropical sun in that land of 
cloudless skies where rain never falls, but where the 
earth is abundantly irrigated by the great and beauti- 
ful Nile overflowing its banks and deluging the whole 
country. It seems that the palm is the most fruitful 
tree I ever knew. It bears fruit when very young, 
good and copious, and like all the rest, sweet and 
delicious; this is when the tree is so small that you 
have no trouble to gather the fruit, standing on the 
ground. The tree is said to live a thousand years, 
some of them much longer, bearing delicious fruit as 



94 Around the World, Garden of Eden, 

long as it lives. It has no limbs and frequently grows 
a hundred feet high. 1 used to wonder how they ever 
got up to gather the fruit without a solitary limb to 
support and expedite the climber. This was my third 
visit to Egypt, and as it happened to be in date harvest 
I soon learned how they climb these tall trees. They 
go up and down about as fast as I would walk on the 
ground. In that hot country the laborers all go bare- 
foot. They trim the leaves otf the trees every year ; the 
stem of them is very large, about ten feet long, with 
inumerable leaflets extending out on each side. They 
cut ofif this great leaf about an inch from the trunk, 
leaving the little stub which gets very hard and dry 
and forms an elegant step for the bare foot of the 
climber. Besides, he throws a rope around his back 
and the tree, which keeps him from falling. As he 
walks up the tree, he lifts up that rope to a higher 
place, to suit his position every step he takes; thus, 
with astonishing rapidity and apparently perfect se- 
curity, he climbs the tree to the umbrella top, where 
all the fruit grows on peduncles projecting out from 
the tree immediately above each leaf. He takes up 
with him a great basket in the form of a hemisphere. 
In this, with great rapidity he gathers the fruit and 
then lets it down with a rope. These leaves are the 
timber of that country, augmented by the trees which 
may chance to die. The main stem of the leaf gives 
you a strong pole, about an inch in diameter and 
eight or ten feet long, which the poor people use in 
building their mud houses, as well as kraals for their 
herds and flocks. 
The Nile valley, I trow, is the finest farming land 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 95 

in the world. It is said to sell for four hundred 
dollars an acre. It produces four crops a year; as 
they have no winters. Since Britain got possession of 
the country in 1882, the land is fast falling into the 
hands of the English nobles. Dikes run all over the 
country as a subtitute for roads; they run boats over 
them and gather up the marketable produce; as Egypt 
in the days of Rome was pronounced the granary of 
the world, so this day she exports large quantities of 
the cereal grains, fruits, and cotton. I have been there 
in May and June when it seemed that the whole world 
was a harvest-field; the barley ripening in May and 
the wheat in June. I have been there twice in the fall ; 
when they were harvesting the cotton everywhere and 
the cornfields in their verdant beauty were waving 
like the sea, and the palm trees were bending under 
their abundant harvest. 

Such was my abstraction in contemplating the won- 
derful fruits of the Nile valley on either side of the 
car, that before I knew it I actually found myself in 
great old Cairo with her seven hundred thousand in- 
habitants, rapidly increasing and promising quickly 
to join the already long catalogue of cities with a 
million. Cairo stands on the right bank of the Nile 
and is about twenty miles long. The Nile drove the 
people out of old Memphis, twenty-five miles up the 
the river, coercing them to abandon the situation and 
move to higher grounds; this river, by its periodical 
inundations, never washing away the soil but always 
depositing an additional strata, not only elevates its 
own bed but the surrounding country. It flooded all 
cellars and much of the city of Memphis, necessitating 



J)6 Around the World, Garden of Eden, 

immigration to higher ground. Therefore abandoning 
their home city, they float down the river carrying 
their houses with them and rebuild on a beautiful 
l)lateau on the other side of the Nile. 

The citadel of Cairo, occupying a lofty eminence, 
with back toward the desert and overlooking the city, 
is ttie place for you to go on you arrival if you would 
conveniently enjoy a bird's-eye view, before you proceed 
toward general peregrination. On this citadel they 
show us Jacob's well, which Joseph dug for him that 
he might have an abundant supply of good water 
during the seventeen years he lived after Joseph 
brought him down from Canaan during the famine. 
The well is sixteen feet square and said to be two 
hundred and eighty feet deep. I have been there three 
times, both in the summer and fall, and found an 
abundance of water. 

There you see the Mameluke's Leap. These mame- 
luke warriors, originally the bodyguard of the king, 
manipulated and manoeuvred as years went by to 
augment their power, till eventually they really be- 
came the rulers of the country, the Pasha being only 
the nominal ruler conservative of their caprices for the 
aggrandizement of their own official influence. One 
hundred and fifty years ago, the Pasha constructed a 
scheme for their destruction. He complimented them 
by an invitation to a royal banquet on the citadel, and 
at the same time made clandestine preparations to 
capture and kill every one of them. The day arrives 
and they come in royal pomp and pageantry, mounted 
on their gallant war steeds. When they all get in 
and are having a jolly time in festivity and social 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 97 

merriment, the impregnable iron gates having been 
securely closed, the signal is given for his soldiers to 
begin the work of death. The result is that only one 
escapes and he mounts his horse over a great stone 
wall, plunging down a yawning precipice of one hun- 
dred and sixty feet. He killed the gallant steed but, 
paradoxical to say, the mameluke escaped with his 
life; thus sadly to fly away alone and tell the mourn- 
ful doom of his gallant comrades. 

Again we go up the Nile to old Cairo and enter 
the house where they certify that Joseph and Mary, 
with the infant Savior, lived in Egypt, fugitives from 
Herod's cruelty. The house is used as a Coptic church : 
these Copts being the ancient people • of Egypt, and 
consequently the authors of the wonderful artistic 
specimens seen on all sides. We not only find these 
at hand but they adorn the museums of London, Rome, 
and Naples. These Copts are not negroes, neither do 
they show Ethiopian relationship; their complexion is 
a light brown and their countenance bright and cheer- 
ful, as abundantly revealed in their statuary. They 
were evidently of Semitic-Japhetic extraction. 

They also show us the place where Moses was born 
and hidden by his parents in the ark of bulrushes on 
the banks of the Nile; and where he floated down the 
river to Heliopolis (which means city of the sun) : in 
the Bible it is called the city of On. There the Egypt- 
ians worshiped the sun, moon, and stars with great 
fervency and lavish enthusiasm; here was a magnifi- 
cent temple to the sun, Heliopolis being the ecclessias- 
tical and Memphis the political capital of the country. 

From this Pharaoh's daughter went down to the 



98 Around the World, Garden op Edbn, 

river to enjoy her morning bath, attended by her 
maid servants; then the ark was discovered, having 
halted in an eddy. As her royal husband, according 
to history, had fallen before the enemy in the Ethio- 
pian war, thus leaving her in widowhood without an 
heir to the throne soon to be vacated by her venerable 
father, she yielded to her anxiety for a son. Charmed 
by the beauty of the child and her sympathies moved 
by his plaintive cry, she conceived the idea of feigning 
maternity and adopting him for her own son. Felicit- 
ously, in the providence of God, and through the 
medium of his little sister Miriam, who had pursued 
her little brother floating on the placid river, keeping 
her eye on him, the princess is enabled to secure the 
mother herself to nurse her own babe, she being bliss- 
fully ignorant of the consanguinity. Meanwhile the 
child's father Amram receives the lucrative appoint- 
ment of superintending the royal gardens; while Joch- 
abed is delighted to nurse her own baby boy. There is 
an argument in favor of the conclusion that the 
Egyptians enjoyed common racehood with the Isra- 
elites, whose Semitic descent is clearly revealed in the 
Bible. 

' Now we cross the Nile and go to the pyramids, 
which though a dozen miles distant are seen so very 
conspiciously from Cairo; seeming very nigh because 
they are so large. Since my tour in 1899, the growth 
of the city has been rapid, as is the case throughout all 
Egypt; the whole country having gotten on a boom, 
since it fell into the hands of the English in 1882 ; all 
along the road to the pyramids buildings are springing 
up. I used to travel on donkeys and carriages in that 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 99 

city, whereas we now have the electric trains. Once 
more the great pyramids, those paradoxical mementoes 
of antediluvian industry, lift their lofty apices before 
me, penetrating the blue sky. 

When I first reached them in 1895 my spirit bounded 
to climb the highest one, five hundred and fifty feet, 
to its pinnacle. I did not know the danger I was en- 
countering or perhaps I would have declined. The peo- 
ple there make their living by serving tourists as 
guides and helpers. They wanted me to climb it so 
they could get money for helping me. Though 1 had 
three stalwart bedouin Arabs helping me, one on my 
right, another on my left and the third at my back, 
yet it was the hardest work of my life, developing 
muscular soreness from which it took me quite awhile 
to recover. I found it necessary to rest several times 
during the ascension which, with the slope of the 
building and the necessary zigzags, was perhaps one 
thousand, five hundred feet. Finally at the apex, I 
took a good rest ; much edified with the views. I en- 
joyed gazing hither and thither, not only oyer the 
city of Cairo and the great royal cemeteries with which 
these pyramids are identified, being the tombs of the 
Pharaohs, but also to old Memphis and the vast sur- 
rounding country. I gazed out over the gr«at deserts 
on either side of the Nile valley until my vi<«ion was 
eclipsed in cerulean ether. Nine great pyramids and 
hundreds of smaller ones are in full view. 

As my young men companions had never before been 
there, of course, they must climb the pyramid. Mean- 
while I seated myself in the shade from the burping 
Egyptian sun, and enjoyed a chair in front of a plKto- 



100 Around the World, Garden of Eden, 

graphic gallery, the proprietor entertaining me by his 
conversation. My eye was constantly fixed on the 
young men; meanwhile my heart was holding on tG 
God for the safe keeping of His providential hand upon 
them. Thus resting and aAvaiting their return, the 
photographer told me that quite recently, while sitting 
in a similar manner before his oflBce and gazing on 
some men (for women never climb it), who had 
ascended to the apex and were now carefully descend- 
ing, he saw one of them miss his step, lose his balance, 
and fall. He vigorously endeavored to regain his 
position, but, signally failing in spite of all his stal- 
wart efforts to regain his hold, the last hope took her 
flight and he came tumbling down the pyramid, reach- 
ing the ground dashed into smithereens and crushed in- 
to jelly. As he told me this, oh, how it intensified my 
prayer for my comrades there in the same altitude, 
where this man, in spite of all the efforts of himself and 
guides, was dashed into pieces. If they had told me 
of such a catastrophe before I climbed it, doubtless I 
would have declined to do so, as I really had reached 
an age at which I do not believe any one ought to 
attempt this perilous undertaking. 

Near this great pyramid, Cheops, is the Sphinx, the 
monolithic statue of the god of the pyramids, having 
the body of a lion, one hundred and twenty feet long 
and sixty feet high, and the face of a virgin. Remem- 
ber that this wonderful statue was cut out of the solid 
rock, and all in one piece, which deservedly gives it a 
place among the seven wonders of the world. The 
pyramids, the walls and hanging gardens of Babylon, 
the temple of Diana at Ephesus, the temple of Jupiter 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions, 101 

Oljmpus, the Colossus at Rhodes, and the Coliseum at 
Rome, constitute the other six of the seven wonders 
of the ancient world; the still greater wonders of 
Baalbek, Syria, not having been built, were therefore 
absent from the catalogue. 

Within a few paces from the Sphinx is the temple in 
which it was worshiped; in fact, it is also a world's 
wonder. I believe it to be the most beautiful super- 
structure I ever beheld, as every piece is a monolith 
cut out of the beautiful red granite at the cataracts of 
the Nile, nicely polished, smooth as glass, and adjusted 
in place. It has been standing ever since the ante- 
diluvian ages in which these great wonders were made. 

Coins have been found in these pyramids bearing 
superscriptions which give the date of their erection. 
They clearly certify that the pyramid of Cheops, the 
largest one, which we have been climbing, covering 
thirteen acres of ground and five hundred and fifty 
feet high, was built three thousand seven hundred years 
B. C. ; this is according to Bishop Usher's chronology, 
which is generally used. This pyramid was built only 
three hundred years after Adam was created. You 
say that is too short a time, as there were not people 
enough in the world at so early an age. To this 1 
would respond: the Septuagint, i. e., Greek Old Tes- 
tament, chronology gives two thousand two hundred 
years as the antediluvian period instead of one thous- 
and six hundred ad fifty-six, as given in Bishop Usher's 
chronology. The authorities all lean to the Septuagint. 
and believe the antediluvian world was two thousand 
two hundred years long. This would make the world 
nearly a thousand years old when the pyramids were 



102 Around the World, Garden of Eden, 

built. There is no defalcation as to their antediluvian" 
origin, as such is true according to the most authentic 
history; besides, the world has no mechanical powers 
now competent to build them. Calculators certify that 
it would take twenty thousand men a hundred years, or 
one hundred thousand men twenty years to build old 
Cheops. The antediluvians somewhat relieve this 
dilemma, as the people in those times were so much 
stronger than now. They lived ten times as long and 
in all probability had ten times the physical strength. 
The pyramids are the tombs of the Pharaohs. In 
that great, royal cemetery there are contained ten to 
twenty thousand acres of land. It is in the desert for 
two reasons; the one, because in the plain of the Nile 
the water would rise; the other, because in the desert 
land is abundant and cheap. Great tombs were exca- 
vated under the ground, often running down deep, 
with many rooms in them, great and beautiful, and 
nicely polished marble sarcophagi (stone coffins), some 
of them weighing a hundred audi thirty' thousand 
pounds. Two hundred years ago they began to dis- 
cover these subterranean tombs, and to take out the 
mummies and sell them to the museums in different 
parts of the world that they might have them on 
exhibition. When the coffins were light enough to 
handle, they carried them out also, but many of them 
are so large that they cannot do anything with them 
and just have to leave them there in those great sub- 
terranean sepulchers where they found them. All of 
these are called the tombs of Sahara. In many of 
these tombs you will see vast hieroglyphics, the first 
alphabet ever known in the world, these Egyptians 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 103 

having the honor to have invented it. You would be 
much interested in studying the hieroglyphics in these 
great subterranean sepulchers. 

The people are still exploring that great royal ceme- 
tery, hunting the tombs and taking out the mummies 
and other things which are left there. Since I was 
there in 1899, some Frenchmen have discovered a tomb 
to which one has to descend by a spiral iron stairway, 
with one hundred and fifteen steps, to a depth of 
about one hundred feet. Of course when they discov- 
ered the tomb there was no way of descension, for the 
people who made it had purposely put it down so 
deep that they did not think it would ever be found; 
it was entirely covered over and there was no sign of 
it. These Frenchmen, having discovered it, went 
down and there found three mummies, evidently the 
king, queen, and their son, all embalmed and in a 
perfect state of preservation. They also found in these 
sarcophagi two hundred thousand dollars in gold and 
other valuables, which they took out and appropriated. 

The ancient Egyptians were an exceedingly intel- 
lectual people, sanguinely believing in immortality, 
consequently they embalmed people in order to make 
the body last forever. The very fact that they put 
princely sums of gold in the coffin with them was an 
evidence that they believed they would live again, and 
so provided for them in this life. O, how vain are all 
our efforts to perpetuate happiness in this world. 
Here you see how these people, having toiled hard, 
laid up those two hundred thousand dollars and other 
valuables in those stone coffins, at the same time hav- 
ing their bodies embalmed, so that they would survive 



104 Around tub World, CiaudkiN of Eden, 

decay and live forever. But though the shaft had been 
diligently dug safe down into a hundred feet of earth, 
leaving no superficial evidence or supcrstruetural en- 
trance to mark the place, nothing but the sands of the 
desert to drift over it so that the coming generations 
would never find the spot, still, people whom they had 
never known, found the cozy resting place and not only 
spoliated all their treasures, but even exhumed them 
and sold them and their coffins for money: Thus thrill- 
ingly is illustrated the vanity of all transitory things, 
the futility of all our efforts to lay up treasures on 
earth, and the profound wisdom of Him who warned 
us not to do it. 

Egypt is the oldest country in the world, the 
richest spot beneath the skies. She was first to be 
populated before the flood, and first afterward; she 
was first to organize a human government on the 
earth, therefore she is the leader of the nations. Her 
antiquities ante-date those of all other nations on the 
globe, so that all others in the arts, sciences, liter- 
ature, philosophy, and every ramification of human 
wisdom and erudition follow the Egyptians. Hence 
they stand at the front in all the museums of ancient 
curiosities, whether in their own land or elsewhere. 
Their wonderful works of art have been carried away 
into all countries that have made any progress in 
civilization, as they were veritably the world's leaders, 
having the oldest civilization on the globe. 

If any man could recover the Egytian art of eiubalm- 
ing, he would through that alone be made a millionaire. 
It is really strange that amid the wonderful achieve- 
ments in chemistry, philosophy, and invention of 



Latter Day Propheciiik and Missions. 106 

modern timos, Egyptian (Miibalnient can nevoi- be re- 
covered. It is certainly humiliating to the boasted 
\yiseacres of the present age to be constrained to con- 
fess that the Egyptians in the departments of science 
and .art were aliead of them, having most im]>ortant 
knowledge which with I hem evanesced from (he world. 

They were not only an exceedingly intelligent, in- 
ventive i)eo])le, bnt were very bright spiritually and 
cheerful in their disposition, as you see abundantly 
evinced in their portraiture and statuary, where 
they had no written Word to guide them. Their re- 
ligion was a high-toned, elevated, intellectual ty])e; 
the sun, moon, and stars, the luminaries of the world, 
being their most i)rominent obje(;ts of worship. They 
worslii])ped the sun under several different names; one 
indicating the rising sun, and still another the noon- 
day sun. The name of the sun was Osiris, and of the 
moon, Tsis; the one, the glorious king of the day, and 
the other the beautiful and lovely queen of the night. 
Doubtless the cloudless sky of their native land, and 
the wonderful brightness of the sun, moon, and stars, 
beneath those clear, cerulean skies, a brilliancy and 
glory utterly inconceivable by us Occidentals, rearec' 
amid clouds and fogs; had much to do with the bril- 
liancy of their intellec-tual api»rehension, the fervency 
of the devotion which they rendered to those objects 
of adoration, and the acquirement of that intellectual 
penetration which left all the world and walked out, 
the only pioneer of the arts and sciences and inven- 
tions; whi(-h laid the foundation of the first civiliza- 
tion on the fac^e of the earth. 

We now reach old Memphis, where Pharaoh sat 



106 Around the World^ Garden of Euen, 

upon his throne, surrounded by the tallest peers of 
the tall peers of the proudest court beneath the skies; 
believing himself to be the son of the queen, and 
where Moses stood before him, with Aaron by his 
side, and preached to him the Gospel, demanding the 
emancipation of his people out of bondage. There 
Joseph was carried by the Israelites and sold to 
Potiphar, the captain of Pharaoh's guard. There he 
was exposed to the awful temptation of Potii)har's 
wife, for which virtuous resistance he was cast into 
the gloomy dungeon, where he suffered in filth and 
waste matter seven long years. 

How do we know the spot of the royal palace, as 
the capital was long ago taken down and moved to 
Cairo? Because its very spot is providentially w^U 
marked this day by the gigantic statues of Raraeses 
II, and his father, Rameses I, which are still on the 
ground. The former, forty feet high, is a thing of 
exquisite beauty, chiseled out of the beautiful red 
granite marble at the cataracts of the Nile. As it 
is perfectly symmetrical, it is ten feet across Hie 
shoulders, thirty feet around the chest, and the whole 
body is large in proportion; it of course weighs at 
least fifty thousand pounds. It was too heavy to be 
moved, and therefore was left on the ground, signifi- 
cantly marking the site of the royal palace, in which 
it stood upright, the admiration of every beholder. 
The astounding magnitude of these statues was in 
order to enhance the majesty of the king, 

Elameses II was the Sesostris of history, who con- 
quered the world eight hundred years before Nebu- 
chadnezzar and stood at the head of it in the days of 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 107 

Moses. The latter, in the capacity of prince royal, 
having received a thorough education in military 
tactics, had served his country in leading the Egyp- 
tian army in the Ethiopian war. During the forty 
years of his absence in Midian with Jethro, his 
father-in-law, had been consummated the triumph of 
the Egyptians which gave them the dominion of the 
world. 

In my travels I have se6n the beautiful red marble 
statue of this Ramses II, in the museum in London, 
Paris, Rome, and Naples. I have seen many of these 
statues in Egypt, as the country has many which 
have been made at great cost, elegantly executed, 
smooth as glass, and every one really a thing of 
exquisite beauty. A statue of his father, Rameses I, 
is near the one above described. It is forty-five feet 
tall, perfectly symmetrical and chiseled out of white 
marble. In the providence of God, these statues being 
too heavy for transportation, will forever mark the 
spot where glittered the palace of the Pharaohs, and 
whither Moses and Aaron went to preach the precious 
truth of God and plead with them to let Israel go. 
As we walk over the very ground trodden by these 
holy pilgrims, patriarchs, and prophets, I always feel 
that Heaven is very nigh. 

We now take you to the Museum of Egyptian An- 
tiquities in Cairo. Here we see room after room full 
of mummies, and actually find ourselves associating 
with people who lived and walked over that land four 
thousand years ago. Could they but rise and talk to 
us about the people and the affairs when they were 
living, oh, how stenographers would come from the 



108 Around the World, Garden op Eden, 

ends of the earth to chronicle the history! There T 
saw Rameses I, II, III and V. I suppose the mummy 
of Rameses IV had perished. Rameses II, the Pharaoh 
on the throne in the days of Moses, from his personal 
connection with that mighty man of God, especially 
attracted my attention. I found him a very fine 
looking man, with regular features, about six feet 
high, and his countenance exceedingly impressive, in- 
dicative of extraordinary intelligence. ' How could he 
be there, as the Bible says he was drowned in the 
Red Sea? Because, as Rememberit said, the bodies of 
the Egyptians did rise and float. Therefore they 
could take him out and embalm him ; and, besides, 
we have no assurance that he commanded his army 
in person on that occasion. Pharaoh was a name com- 
mon to the royal family. Some one did command the 
Egyptian army in pursuit of Israel. It is very likely 
the lot fell upon a younger man, as doubtless Pharaoh, 
Rameses II, at that time was in life's evening. There 
in the museum we see mummyized crocodiles and 
other animals, which were worshiped by the Egyp- 
tians; also mummyized babies and people of all ages. 
We now visit the Zoological Garden, where we see 
a world of living animals. There are a number of 
African elephants, which are not so large as the 
Asiatic, which abound in India, now the largest ani- 
mals in the world, some of them said to weigh ten 
thousand pounds. We see all the ferocious animals 
which abound in Africa, lions, tigers, panthers, 
hyenas, bears, and an ample assortment of animals 
inhabiting the torrid zone, which is really the great 
home of the animal kingdom. We see all of the 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 109 

bipeds, gorillas, ourangoutang, baboons, and an end- 
less variety of monkeys. Also the feathered tribes 
throughout the world, i. e., the great ostrich, the con- 
dor, eagles, pelicans, and an innumerable species of 
birds. Some of them are exceedingly beautiful, 
adorned with most gaudy plumage. It seemed that 
everything was there, even down to the little hum- 
ming-bird. There are also great reptiles which have 
always abounded in Africa ; they have actually proved 
a formidable impediment to its settlement, as the 
bite of many is certain death, while the great boa- 
constrictor swallows you whole. 

Port Said was nothing but a group of gamblers till 
they constructed the Suez Canal; then it immedi- 
ately built up into a populous town. Though it is 
only thirty-six years old, it now contains sixty thou- 
sand inhabitants. It is very beautiful, being built 
after the American and European style. The land 
is very beautiful, level and eligible for building, but 
quite costly, because it all had to be reclaimed from 
the sea, which daily rolled her flood-tides over it deep 
enough to swim a horse; thus rendering it utterly 
uninhabitable. The building of the great walls, which 
serve as artificial embankments against which the 
breakers dash with impunity and go back to the sea 
whence they came, was very costly work. However, 
building there is delightful, as the climate of Egypt 
is so dry that all kinds and shapes of stone and 
bricks are consolidated into concrete with cement, 
which becomes like solid rock. Therefore all aren- 
aceous, calcareous, and argillaceous substances avail- 
able for building purposes only need calcareous cement 



110 Around the World, Garden op Eden, 

to consolidate them into concrete, and your wall is 
complete. This work requires an immense quantity 
of water, which you have no trouble to command, 
because the sea is so nigh that whenever you dig 
down deep enough for the foundation it comes right 
in and you have all the water that you want. They 
build houses very tall, with many stories, utilizing this 
cheap material and economizing territory. 

We have there some splendid and hopeful Gospel 
work; the Peniel Mission, established by Sister Fer- 
guson and her noble husband, and Brother Studd, of 
Los Angeles, Cal. It is in charge of our noble elect 
sisters Richardson and Triplett, with some splendid 
native workers. They have a school of one hundred 
girls and little boys, having been under the necessity 
of turning over the large boys to the Presbyterians 
for the want of room. They could have a glorious 
school of two hundred if they could erect or purchase 
a suitable building. I feel that the saints are going 
to meet this emergency soon and thus permanently 
and efficiently establish this Gospel work. Money ex- 
pended for real estate, by purchase or building, will 
be a safe investment financially; the city is growing 
rapidly, and the value of property is enhancing. Do 
not forget to pray for this mission and to help it 
financially, as the Lord prospers you. That Suez 
Canal, whose hither terminus is at Port Said, is, in 
my judgment, the most lucrative enterprise in the 
world. It abbreviates the distance from Europe to the 
great Orient, i. e., India, China, Japan, and Oceanica, 
by one-half. The tonnage of vessels passing through 
it is pouring in a princelv fortune continually. 



CHAPTER IX. 

BABYLON: THE GOLD KINGDOM. 

Having sailed from Egypt to Beyrout, the most con- 
venient office of Cook's Agency to Babylon, J was very 
anxious to visit the scene of Israel's captivity, and the 
second great power that fought its way to the front 
and ruled the world, eight hundred years after Egyp- 
tian supremacy, under Rameses II, the first mau to 
conquer and rule the world. As we now pass from 
the scene of Israel's bondage under the oldest kingdom 
of the world, we would be so glad to go to the scene 
of her captivity under the second great power, that 
whipped the first and all other nations, and fought 
her way to the top of the world. 

When I went to the Orient in 189.5, I was anxious 
to extend my tour to Babylon, as she was prominent 
among the historic countries which I visited in con- 
nection with the Holy Land; but my way was ^tterly 
obstructed. Babylon is far away in the Turkish Em- 
pire, where life is in constant peril, to say nothing 
about your money, which is indispensable to a for- 
eign tourist. There was no public conveyance and 
the only chance to go would have been overland on 
horseback, with an armed escort, which would have 
been too costly. When I went again in lSl)9, ] found 
decisive encouragement in the railroad which had 
been built from Beyrout over the great mountains, 

ill 



112 Around the World, Garden of Eden, 

Lebanon and Anti-Lebanon, to Damascus. But still 
the Cook Company had no tour to Babylon, as they 
have to almost every other place in the world, and 
there was no chance to go without that armed escort, 
which would simply mean financial bankruptcy. So 
I had to give it up again. Then I waited six years 
and all the time worked on my tour and did my best 
to get to Babylon. Yet the Cooks had no tour to it, 
and my only chance was the armed escort, which, I 
found on investigation, would cost me more from 
Beyrout to Babylon and back (one thousand miles) 
than my whole tour around the world, in which I 
traveled about thirty-five or forty thousand miles. 
Therefore, with great reluctance, I gave it up the 
third time. As I am now seventy-three, it is hardly 
probable I will ever go, from the simple fact that 
there is no public conveyance to it, and a private con- 
veyance with the armed escort would be too costly, 
and besides awfully hard physically, and with life in 
constant peril. 

The railroad since I was there in 1899, has been 
extended to Aleppo, the metropolis of North Syria. 
It is believed that in a few years it will run to Bag- 
dad, which is within two or three days of Babylon bv 
horses. When the railroad reaches Bagdad, I believe 
the Cooks will put Babylon on their universal tours. 
In that case they will either run the railroad out to 
Babylon, or provide other conveyance. Then tourists 
will begin to pour thither as to other places of great 
and thrilling historic interest; thus bringing Babylon 
back into the civilized world; whereas she has been 
practically out of it for two thousand years. The 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 97 

merriment, the impregnable iron gates having been 
securely closed, the signal is given for his soldiers to 
begin the work of death. The result is that only one 
escapes and he mounts his horse over a great stone 
wall, plunging down a yawning precipice of one hun- 
dred and sixty feet. He killed the gallant steed but, 
paradoxical to say, the mameluke escaped with his 
life; thus sadly to fly away alone and tell the mourn- 
ful doom of his gallant comrades. 

Again we go up the Nile to old Caiit) and enter 
the house where they certify that Joseph and Mary, 
with the infant Savior, lived in Egypt, fugitives from 
Herod's cruelty. The house is used as a Coptic church : 
these Copts being the ancient people of Egypt, and 
consequently the authors of the wonderful artistic 
specimens seen on all sides. We not only find these 
at hand but they adorn the museums of London, Rome, 
and Naples. These Copts are not negroes, neither do 
they show Ethiopian relationship; their complexion is 
a light brown and their countenance bright and cheer- 
ful, as abundantly revealed in their statuary. They 
were evidently of Semitic-Japhetic extraction. 

They also show us the place where Moses was born 
and hidden by his parents in the ark of bulrushes on 
the banks of the Nile; and where he floated down the 
river to Heliopolis (which means city of the sun) : in 
the Bible it is called the city of On. There the Egypt- 
ians worshiped the sun, moon, and stars with great 
fervency and lavish enthusiasm ; here was a magnifij- 
cent temple to the sun, Heliopolis being the ecclessias- 
tical and Memphis the political capital of the country. 

From this Pharaoh's daughter went down to the 



98 Around the World, Garden of Edbn, 

river to enjoy her morning bath, attended by her 
maid servants; then the ark was discovered, having 
halted in an eddy. As her royal husband, according 
to history, had fallen before the enemy in the Ethio- 
pian war, thus leaving her in widowhood without an 
heir to the throne soon to be vacated by her venerable 
father, she yielded to her anxiety for a son. Charmed 
by the beauty of the child and' her sympathies moved 
by his plaintive cry, she conceived the idea of feigning 
maternity and adopting him for her own son. Felicit- 
ously, in the providence of God, and through the 
medium of his little sister Miriam, who had pursued 
her little brother floating on the placid river, keeping 
her eye on him, the princess is enabled to secure the 
mother herself to nurse her own babe, she being bliss- 
fully ignorant of the consanguinity. Meanwhile the 
child's father Amram receives the lucrative appoint- 
ment of superintending the royal gardens ; while Joch- 
abed is delighted to nurse her own baby boy. There is 
an argument in favor of the conclusion that the 
Egyptians enjoyed common racehood with the Isra- 
elites, whose Semitic descent is clearly revealed in the 
Bible. 

Now we cross the Nile and go to the pyramids, 
which though a dozen miles distant are seen so very 
conspiciously from Cairo; seeming very nigh because 
they are so large. Since my tour in 1899, the growth 
of the city has been rapid, as is the case throughout all 
Egypt; the whole country having gotten on a boom, 
since it fell into the hands of the English in 1882 ; all 
along the road to the pyramids buildings are springing 
up. I used to travel on donkeys and carriages in that 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 99 

city, whereas we now have the electric trains. Once 
more the great pyramids, those paradoxical mementoes 
of antediluvian industry, lift their lofty apices before 
me, penetrating the blue sky. 

When I first reached them in 1895 my spirit bounded 
to climb the highest one, five hundred and fifty feet, 
to its pinnacle. I did not know the danger I was en- 
countering or perhaps I would have declined. The peo- 
ple there make their living by serving tourists as 
guides and helpers. They wanted me to climb it so 
they could get money for helping me. Though 1 had 
three stalwart bedouin Arabs helping me, one on my 
right, another on my left and the third at my back, 
yet it was the hardest work of my life, developing 
muscular soreness from which it took me quite awhile 
to recover. I found it necessary to rest several times 
during the ascension which, with the slope of the 
building and the necessary zigzags, was perhaps one 
thousand, five hundred feet. Finally at the apex, I 
took a good rest; much edified with the views. I en- 
joyed gazing hither and thither, not only over the 
city of Cairo and the great royal cemeteries with which 
these pyramids are identified, being the tombs of the 
Pharaohs, but also to old Memphis and the vast sur- 
rounding country. I gazed out over the gr^at deserts 
on either side of the Nile valley until my vision was 
eclipsed in cerulean ether. Nine great pyramids and 
hundreds of smaller ones are in full view. 

As my young men companions had never before been 
there, of course, they must climb the pyramid. Mean- 
while I seated myself in the shade from the burning 
■ Egyptian sun, and enjoyed a chair in front of a ph'^to- 



loo Around the World, Garden of Eden, 

graphic gallery, the proprietor entertaining me by his 
conversation. My eje was constantly fixed on the 
young men; meanwhile my heart was holding on tG 
God for the safe keeping of His providential hand upon 
them. Thus resting and awaiting their return, the 
photographer told me that quite recently, while sitting 
in a similar manner before his office and gazing on 
some men (for women never climb it), who had 
ascended to the apex and were now carefully descend- 
ing, he saw one of them miss his step, lose his balance, 
and fall. He vigorously endeavored to regain his 
position, but, signally failing in spite of all his stal- 
wart efforts to regain his hold, the last hope took her 
flight and he came tumbling down the pyramid, reach- 
ing the ground dashed into smithereens and crushed in- 
to jelly. As he told me this, oh, how it intensified my 
prayer for my comrades there in the same altitude, 
where tliis man, in spite of all the efforts of himself and 
guides, was dashed into pieces. If they had told me 
of such a catastrophe before I climbed it, doubtless I 
would have declined to do so, as 1 really had reached 
an age at which I do not believe any one ought to 
attempt this perilous undertaking. 

Near this great pyramid, Cheops, is the Sphinx, the 
monolithic statue of the god of the pyramids, having 
the body of a lion, one hundred and twenty feet long 
and sixty feet high, and the face of a virgin. Remem- 
ber that this wonderful statue was cut out of the solid 
rock, and all in one piece, which deservedly gives it a 
place among the seven wonders of the world. The 
pyramids, the walls and hanging gardens of Babylon, 
the temple of Diana at Ephesus, the temple of Jupiter. 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions, 101 

Olympus, tlie Colossus at Rhodes, and the Coliseum at 
Rome, constitute the other six of the seven wonders 
of the ancient world; the still greater wonders of 
Baalbek, Syria, not having been built, were therefore 
absent from the catalogue. 

Within a few paces from the Sphinx is the temple in 
which it was worshiped; in fact, it is also a world's 
wonder. I believe it to be the most beautiful super- 
structure I ever beheld, as every piece is a monolith 
cut out of the beautiful red granite at the cataracts of 
the Nile, nicely polished, smooth as glass, and adjusted 
in place. It has been standing ever since the ante- 
diluvian ages in which these great wonders were made. 

Coins have been found in these pyramids bearing 
superscriptions which give the date of their erection. 
They clearly certify that the pyramid of Cheops, the 
largest one, which we have been climbing, covering 
thirteen acres of ground and five hundred and fifty 
feet high, was built three thousand seven hundred years 
B. C. ; this is according to Bishop Usher's chronology, 
which is generally used. This pyramid was built only 
three hundred years after Adam was created. You 
say that is too short a time, as there were not people 
enough in the world at so early an age. To this 1 
would respond: the Septuagint, i. e., Greek Old Tes- 
tament, chronology gives two thousand two hundred 
years as the antediluvian period instead of one thous- 
and six hundred ad fifty-six, as given in Bishop Usher's 
chronology. The authorities all lean to the Septuagint. 
and believe the antediluvian world was two thousand 
two hundred years long. This would make the world 
nearly a thousand years old when the pyramids were 



102 Around the World, Garden op Eden, 

built. There is no defalcation as to their antediluvian 
origin, as such is true according to the most authentic 
history; besides, the world has no mechanical powers 
now competent to build them. Calculators certify that 
it would take twenty thousand men a hundred years, or 
one hundred thousand men twenty years to build old 
Cheops. The antediluvians somewhat relieve this 
dilemma, as the people in those times were so much 
stronger than now. They lived ten times as long and 
in all probability had ten times the physical strength. 
The pyramids are the tombs of the Pharaohs. In 
that great, royal cemetery there are contained ten to 
twenty thousand acres of land. It is in the desert for 
two reasons; the one, because in the plain of the luls? 
the water would rise; the other, because in the desert 
land is abundant and cheap. Great tombs were exca- 
vated under the ground, often running down deep, 
with many rooms in them, great and beautiful, and 
nicely polished marble sarcophagi (stone cofflns), some 
of them weighing a hundred andi thirty thousand 
pounds. Two hundred years ago they began to dis- 
cover these subterranean tombs, and to take out the 
mummies and sell them to the museums in different 
parts of the world that they might have them on 
exhibition. When the coffins were light enough to 
handle, they carried them out also, but many of them 
are so large that they cannot do anything with them 
and just have to leave them there in those great sub- 
terranean sepulchers where they found them. All of 
these are called the tombs of Sahara. In many of 
these tombs you will see vast hieroglyphics, the first 
alphabet ever known in the world, these Egyptians 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 103 

having the honor to have invented it. You would be 
much interested in studying the hieroglyphics in these 
great subterranean sepulchers. 

The people are still exploring that great royal ceme- 
tery, hunting the tombs and taking out the mummies 
and other things which are left there. Since I was 
there in 1899, some Frenchmen have discovered a tomb 
to which one has to descend by a spiral iron stairway, 
with one hundred and fifteen steps, to a depth of 
about one hundred feet. Of course when they discov- 
ered the tomb there was no way of descension, for the 
people who made it had purposely put it down so 
deep that they did not think it would ever be found; 
it was entirely covered over and there was no sign of 
it. These Frenchmen, having discovered it, went 
down and there found three mummies, evidently the 
king, queen, and their son, all embalmed and in a 
perfect state of preservation. They also found in these 
sarcophagi two hundred thousand dollars in gold and 
other valuables, which they took out and appropriated. 

The ancient Egyptians were an exceedingly intel- 
lectual people, sanguinely believing in immortality, 
consequently they embalmed people in order to make 
the body last forever. The very fact that they put 
princely sums of gold in the coffin with them was an 
evidence that they believed they would live again, and 
so provided for them in this life. O, how vain are all 
our efforts to perpetuate happiness in this world. 
Here you see how these people, having toiled hard, 
laid up those two hundred thousand dollars and other 
valuables in those stone coffins, at the same time hav- 
ing their bodies embalmed, so that they would survive 



104 Around the World, Garden op Eden, 

decay and live forever. But though the shaft had been 
diligently dug safe down into a hundred feet of earth, 
leaving no superficial evidence or supcrstructural en- 
trance to mark the place, nothing but the sands of the 
desert to drift over it so that the coming generations 
would never find the spot, still, people whom they had 
never known, found the cozy resting place and not only 
spoliated all their treasures, but even exhumed them 
and sold them and their coffins for money. Thus thrill- 
ingly is illustrated the vanity of all transitory things, 
the futility of all our efforts to lay up treasures on 
earth, and the profound wisdom of Him who warned 
us not to do it. 

Egypt is the oldest country in the world, the 
richest spot beneath the skies. She was first to be 
populated before the flood, and first afterward ; she 
was first to organize a human government on the 
earth, therefore she is the leader of the nations. Her 
antiquities ante-date those of all other nations on the 
globe, so that all others in the arts, sciences, liter- 
ature, philosophy, and every ramification of human 
wisdom and erudition follow the Egyptians. Hence 
they stand at the front in all the museums of ancient 
curiosities, whether in their own land or elsewhere. 
Their wonderful works of art have been carried away 
into all countries that have made any progress in 
civilization, as they were veritably the world's leaders, 
having the oldest civilization on the globe. 

If any man could recover the Egytian art of embalm- 
ing, he Avould through that alone be made a millionaire. 
It is really strange that amid the wonderful achieve- 
ments in chemistry, philosophy, and invention of 



Latter Day Propheci?:s and Missions. 106 

modern times, Egyptian embalment can never be re- 
covered. It is certainly humiliating to the boasted 
wiseacres of the present age to be constrained to con- 
fess that the Egyptians in the departments of science 
and art were ahead of them, having most important 
knowledge which with them evanesced from the world. 

They were not only an exceedingly intelligent, in- 
ventive people, but were very bright spiritually and 
cheerful in their disposition, as you see abundantly 
evinced in their portraiture and statuary, where 
they had no written Word to guide them. Their re- 
ligion was a high-toned, elevated, intellectual type; 
the sun, moon, and stars, the luminaries of the world, 
being their most prominent objects of worship. They 
worshipped the sun under several different names ; one 
indicating the rising sun, and still another the noon- 
day sun. The name of the sun was Osiris, and of the 
moon, Isis; the one, the glorious king of the day, and 
the other the beautiful and lovely queen of the night. 
Doubtless the cloudless sky of their native land, and 
the wonderful brightness of the sun, moon, and stars, 
beneath those clear, cerulean skies, a brilliancy and 
glory utterly inconceivable by us Occidentals, rearet". 
amid clouds and fogs; had much to do with the bril- 
liancy of their intellectual apprehension, the fervency 
of the devotion which they rendered to those objects 
of adoration, and the acquirement of that intellectual 
penetration which left all the world and walked out, 
the only pioneer of the arts and sciences and inven- 
tions; which laid the foundation of the first civiliza- 
tion on the face of the earth. 

We now reach old Memphis, where Pharaoh sat 



106 Around the World^ Garden of IOuen, 

upon his throne, surrounded by the tallest peers of 
the tall peers of the proudest court beneath the skies; 
believing himself to be the son of the queen, and 
where Moses stood before him, with Aaron by his 
side, and preached to him the Gospel, demanding the 
emancipation of his people out of bondage. There 
Joseph was carried by the Israelites and sold to 
Potiphar, the captain of Pharaoh's guard. There he 
was exposed to the awful temptation of Poti[)har's 
wife, for which virtuous resistance he was cast into 
the gloomy dungeon, where he suffered in filth and 
waste matter seven long years. 

How do we know the spot of the roya! palace, as 
the capital was long ago taken down and moved to 
Cairo? Because its very spot is providentially well 
marked this day by the gigantic statues of Rameses 
II, and his father, Rameses I, which are still on the 
ground. The former, forty feet high, is a thing of 
exquisite beauty, chiseled out of the beautiful red 
granite marble at the cataracts of the Nile. As it 
is perfectly symmetrical, it is ten feet across the 
shoulders, thirty feet around the chest, and the whole 
body is large in proportion; it of course weighs at 
least fifty thousand pounds. It was too heavy to be 
moved, and therefore was left on the ground, signifi- 
cantly marking the site of the royal palace, in which 
it stood upright, the admiration of every beholder. 
The astounding magnitude of these statues was in 
order to enhance the majesty of the king. 

Rameses II was the Sesostris of history, who con- 
quered the world eight hundred years before Nebn 
chadnezzar and stood at the head of it in the days of 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 107 

Moses. The latter, in the capacity of prince royal, 
having received a thorough education in military 
tactics, had served his country in leading the Egyp- 
tian army in the Ethiopian war. During the forty 
years of his absence in Midian with Jethro, his 
father-in-law, had been consummated the triumph of 
the Egyptians which gave them the dominion of the 
world. 

In my travels I have seen the beautiful red marble 
statue of this Ramses II, in the museum in London, 
Paris, Rome, and Naples. I have seen many of these 
statues in Egypt, as the country has many which 
have been made at great cost, elegantly executed, 
smooth as glass, and every one really a thing of 
exquisite beauty. A statue of his father, Rameses I, 
is near the one above described. It is forty-five feet 
tall, perfectly symmetrical and chiseled out of white 
marble. In the providence of God, these statues being 
too heavy for transportation, will forever mark the 
spot where glittered the palace of the Pharaohs, and 
whither Moses and Aaron went to preach the precious 
truth of God and plead with them to let Israel go. 
As we walk over the very ground trodden by these 
holy pilgrims, patriarchs, and prophets, I always feel 
that Heaven is very nigh. 

We now take you to the Museum of Egyptian An- 
tiquities in Cairo. Here we see room after room full 
of mummies, and actually find ourselves associating 
with people who lived and walked over that land four 
thousand years ago. Could they but rise and talk to 
us about the people and the affairs when they were 
living, oh, how stenographers would come from the 



108 Around the World, Garden op Eden, 

ends of the earth to chronicle the history! There I 
saw Rameses I, II, III and V. I suppose the mummy 
of Rameses IV had perished. Rameses II, the Pharaoh 
on the throne in the days of Moses, from his personal 
connection with that mighty man of God, especially 
attracted my attention. I found him a very fine 
looking man, with regular features, about six feet 
high, and his countenance exceedingly impressive, in- 
dicative of extraordinary intelligence. How could he 
be there, as the Bible says he was drowned in the 
Red Sea? Because, as Rememberit said, the bodies of 
the Egyptians did rise and float. Therefore they 
could take him out and embalm him ; and, besides, 
we have no assurance that he commanded his army 
in person on that occasion. Pharaoh was a name com- 
mon to the royal family. Some one did command the 
Egyptian army in pursuit of Israel. It is very likely 
the lot fell upon a younger man, as doubtless Pharaoh, 
Rameses II, at that time was in life's evening. There 
in the museum we see mummyized crocodiles and 
other animals, which were worshiped by the Egyp- 
tians ; also mummyized babies and people of all ages. 
We now visit the Zoological Garden, where we see 
a world of living animals. There are a number of 
African elephants, which are not so large as the 
Asiatic, which abound in India, now the largest ani- 
mals in the world, some of them said to weigh ten 
thousand pounds. We see all the ferocious animals 
which abound in Africa, lions, tigers, panthers, 
hyenas, bears, and an ample assortment of animals 
inhabiting the torrid zone, which is really the great 
home of the animal kingdom. We see all of the 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 109 

bipeds, gorillas, ourangoutang, baboons, and an end- 
less variety of monkeys. Also the feathered tribes 
throughout the world, *, e., the great ostrich, the con- 
dor, eagles, pelicans, and an innumerable species of 
birds. Some of them are exceedingly beautiful, 
adorned with most gaudy plumage. It seemed that 
everything was there, even down to the little hum- 
ming-bird. There are also great reptiles which have 
always abounded in Africa ; they have actually proved 
a formidable impediment to its settlement, as the 
bite of many is certain death, while the great boa- 
constrictor swallows you whole. 

Port Said was nothing but a group of gamblers till 
they constructed the Suez Canal ; then it immedi- 
ately built up into a populous town. Though it is 
only thirty-six years old, it now contains sixty thou- 
sand inhabitants. It is very beautiful, being built 
after the American and European style. The land 
is very beautiful, level and eligible for building, but 
quite costly, because it all had to be reclaimed from 
the sea, which daily rolled her flood-tides over it deej) 
enough to swim a horse; thus rendering it utterly 
uninhabitable. The building of the great walls, which 
serve as artificial embankments against which the 
breakers dash with impunity and go back to the sea 
whence they came, was very costly work. However, 
building there is delightful, as the climate of Egypt 
is so dry that all kinds and shapes of stone and 
bricks are consolidated into concrete with cement, 
which becomes like solid rock. Therefore all aren- 
aceous, calcareous, and argillaceous substances avail- 
able for building purposes only need calcareous cement 



110 Around the World, Garden of Eden, 

to consolidate them into concrete, and your wall is 
complete. This work requires an immense quantity 
of water, which you have no trouble to command, 
because the sea is so nigh that whenever you dig 
down deep enough for the foundation it comes right 
in and you have all the water that you want. They 
build houses very tall, with many stories, utilizing this 
cheap material and economizing territory. 

We have there some splendid and hopeful Gospel 
work; the Peniel Mission, established by Sister Fer- 
guson and her noble husband, and Brother Studd, of 
Los Angeles, Cal. It is in charge of our noble elect 
sisters Richardson and Triplett, with some splendid 
native workers. They have a school of one hundred 
girls and little boys, having been under the necessity 
of turning over the large boys to the Presbyterians 
for the want of room. They could have a glorious 
school of two hundred if they could erect or purchase 
a suitable building. I feel that the saints are going 
to meet this emergency soon and thus permanently 
and eflSciently establish this Gospel work. Money ex- 
pended for real estate, by purchase or building, will 
be a safe investment financially; the city is growing 
rapidly, and the value of property is enhancing. Do 
not forget to pray for this mission and to help it 
financially, as the Lord prospers you. That Suez 
Canal, whose hither terminus is at Port Said, is, in 
my judgment, the most lucrative enterprise in the 
world. It abbreviates the distance from Europe to the 
great Orient, i. e., India, China, Japan, and Oceanica, 
by one-half. The tonnage of vessels passing through 
it is pouring in a princelv fortune continually. 



CHAPTEH IX. 

BABYLON: THE GOLD KINGDOM. 

Having sailed from Egypt to Beyrout, the most con- 
venient office of Cook's Agency to Babylon, J was very 
anxious to visit the scene of Israel's captivity, and the 
second great power that fought its way to the front 
and ruled the world, eight hundred years after Egyp- 
tian supremacy, under Rameses II, the first mao to 
conquer and rule the world. As we now pass from 
the scene of Israel's bondage under the oldest kingdom 
of the world, we would be so glad to go to the scene 
of her captivity under the second great power, that 
whipped the first and all other nations, and fought 
her way to the top of the world. 

When I went to the Orient in 189.5, I was anxious 
to extend my tour to Babylon, as she was prominent' 
among the historic countries which I visited in con- 
nection with the Holy Land; but my way was utterly 
obstructed. Babylon is far away in the Turkish Em- 
pire, wbere life is in constant peril, to say nothing 
about your money, which is indispensable to a for 
eign tourist. There was no public conveyance and 
the only chance to go would have been overland on 
horseback, with an armed escort, which would have 
been too costly. When I went again in ISDO, 1 found 
decisive encouragement in the railroad which had 
been built from Beyrout over the great mountains, 

111 



112 Around the World, Garden op Eden, 

Lebanon and Anti-Lebanon, to Damascus. But still 
the Cook Company had no tour to Babylon, as they 
have to almost every other place in the world, and 
there was no chance to go without that armed escort, 
which would simply mean financial bankruptcy. So 
I had to give it up again. Then I waited six years 
and all the time worked on my tour and did my best 
to get to Babylon. Yet the Cooks had .no tour to it, 
an.d my only chance was the armed escort, which, I 
found on investigation, would cost me more from 
Beyrout to Babylon and back (one thousand miles) 
than my whole tour around the world, in which I 
traveled about thirty-five or forty thousand miles. 
Therefore, with great reluctance, I gave it up the 
third time. As I am now seventy -three, it is Iiardly 
probable I will ever go, from the simple fact that 
there is no public conveyance to it, and a private con- 
veyance with the armed escort would be too costly, 
and besides awfully hard physically, and with life in 
constant peril. 

The railroad since I was there in 1899, has been 
extended to Aleppo, the metropolis of North Syria. 
It is believed that in a few years it will run to Bag- 
dad, which is within two or three days of Babylon b.y 
horses. When the railroad reaches Bagdad, I believe 
the Cooks will put Babylon on their universal tours. 
In that case they will either run the railroad out to 
Babylon, or provide other conveyance. Then tourists 
will begin to pour thither as to other places of great 
and thrilling historic interest; thus bringing Babylon 
back into tlie civilized world ; whereas she has been 
practically out of it for two thousand years. The 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 113 

return of Babj^lon to the historic world will actually 
prove a sunburst on itinerism and thrill the tourists 
of every land with enthusiasm to visit the seat of the 
Golden Kingdom, number one in Nebuchadnezzar's 
chronological series revealed to him by the Almighty 
in his wonderful dream. 

If we could go to Babylon now we could not ex- 
plore it; because the great river Euphrates, which was 
kept in the channel by artificial embankments of 
solid masonry, has long ago broken over and flooded 
the city, and inundated those beautiful and fertile 
lands spreading out on either side, once the garden 
of the world, and thus turned them into dismal 
swamps. When it is reached by public conveyance 
and put on Cook's regular tours, then people will 
migrate thither, and build hotels to entertain the trav- 
elers who will come from all parts of Christendom, 
delighted to include it in their tour to the Holy Land; 
as I so much desired to do in all three of my trips. 

They will also prepare facilities necessary for ex- 
ploration, L e., boats for the Euphrates, and other 
waters branching out from him which are deep enough 
to need them. They will have to do a great deal of 
bridging in order to indentify the ruins of the city. 
Oh, how the German archaeologists will leap into the 
open door and proceed at once to Babylon, as they 
are working now at Ephesus, Baalbek and Capernaum, 
and bring floods of light on the interesting history of 
by-gone ages. These antiquarians for historic and 
scientific purposes gladly enter every open door along 
the line of history, whether sacred or secular. Oh, 
how they would delight to go to Babylon, explore and 



114 Around the World, Garden op Eden. 

identify those cyclopean walls, three hundred and fifty 
feet high and eighty-seven feet broad; and the titanic 
tower of Babel, the enterprise of Nimrod, which he 
wickedly conceived in order to defeat the Almighty 
in case He should send on the earth another flood. 
How they would delight to locate tlie hanging gardens 
and the royal palace, where Belshazzar, in his mid- 
night revelry with his thousand lords -and wives and 
concubines, saw the handwriting on the wall. 

The truth of the matter is, it would repay richly 
the railroad company to make Babylon their terminus 
instead of Bagdad. It would also richly remunerate 
the Cook Company when the railroad men stop at 
Bagdad, to take up the enterprise and extend it on to 
Babylon at their own expense. Babylon, with her 
wonderful historic interest, the seat of the Golden 
Empire, once the capital and metropolis of the whole 
world, has slumbered in oblivion long enough. It is 
high time she was exhumed and again revealed to the 
civilized world. Her historic, scientific, and arch- 
aeological interest would amply justify the enterprise. 
If this is not done in time for me to visit that place, 
whose interests, both sacred and secular, have so 
thrilled my heart and enthused my aspirations to add 
her to the already long catalogue of my explorations, 
I hope this chapter may be used by the Holy Spirit 
to stir up those who ought to be interested, as I am, 
to agitate this matter when I am gone. I verily be- 
lieve that it is going to be done, and that the time 
of Babylon's redemption from the historic sepulchre 
in which she has slumbered two thousand years is at 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 115 

hand. Really the greatest barrier is the awful despot- 
ism of that dark, diabolical Turkish Empire, which is 
doing everything possible to keep Christians out. They 
know that if Babylon was exhumed, Christians would 
pour thither from the ends of the earth. Our only 
hope in this matter is, as in everything else, to catch 
them with filthy lucre, which they love so dearly, as 
they are always ready to take backsheesh. Let every 
reader hold up this enterprise before God. 



CHAPTER X. 

DAMASCUS, LEBANON, BAALBEK. 

Again we land at Beyrout, the beautiful new city 
of a hundred thousand, and the commercial successor 
of old Tyre and Sidon, which soon after the flood were 
founded on that coast a short distance south. It is 
a very beautiful city, built after the European style, 
and a great place for ship landing. When I first came 
to the Holy Land in 1895, I landed at Beyrout arid 
was imprisoned ten days, because our ship had sailed 
hither from Egypt, against which the whole Turkish 
Empire was quarantined on account of the plague, 
Black Death. This time, for the same reason, I am 
imprisoned again, but fortunately for only one day. 
If you ever travel in the Turkish Empire you need 
not be surprised if you have the experience of the 
Lord's prisoner. Here I am delighted to meet Brother 
Shukrey, my dear old guide, who to my delight served 
me during both of my former tours. Now, responsive 
to my notification, he has arrived from his home in 
Jerusalem, again to escort us through Syria and 
Palestine. 

Till a dozen years ago all the travelers in this coun- 
try went on a camel's back, over the great mountains, 
Lebanon and Anti-Lebanon, to Damascus, the capital 
of Syria, and the oldest city in the world. Now it is 

116 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. ■[-['] 

our privilege to make the trip on the railroad, which 
is constructed on the rack and pinion system. It now 
climbs these craggy steeps, often zig-zagging to and 
fio, forming loops and crossing its track. 

Oh, how T always enjoy my travels on Mount Leb- 
anon, so celebrated in the blessed Bible, where God 
tells us the righteous shall grow like the palm-tree 
and flourish like Lebanon. The soil of this mountain 
Vv^as originally wonderfully rich. It is still exceed- 
ingly fertile and productive, growing the vine, olive, 
fig, and other delicious fruits in great abundance. 
We also see vast fields of mulberr}' to feed the silk 
worms, as this is an industry by which the i)eople 
bring vast quantities of money into their country. I 
saw a number of large silk factories. 

The mountain is terraced from base to summit and 
thus protected from the wash. The most of the great 
cedars wihch covered this mountain in the days of 
King Solomon have long ago retreated before the 
farmer, giving room for the many varieties of de- 
licious fruit trees, as well as the cereal grains. On 
this mountain we have all varieties of climate. Hence 
the tropical fruits at the base; those of the tem])erate 
zone higher up, and still higher great wheat-fields. 
This mountain rises to an altitude of ten thousand 
feet and wears a beautiful white snowy cap. Between 
the Lebanon and the Anti-Lebanon intervenes the 
beautiful valley of Baca, an extended plain about 
twenty-five miles wide and three thousand eight hun- 
dred feet above the sea level, a delightful farming 
region, as the land is rich and level. Mount Anti- 
Lebanon is much more rugged than Lebanon, and con- 



1]8 Around the World, Garden of Eden, 

sequently has a much smaller proportion of tillable 
land. The scenery is very picturesque, romantic and 
edifying. 

As we run over this mountain, our guide calls at- 
tention to Zenobia's aqueduct, which carries the pure, 
limpid water from the snowy heights of this moun- 
tain to Palmyra, her beautiful capital, which is none 
other than the "Tadmor, which Solomon built in the 
wilderness." This celebrated queen reigned in the 
fifth century. When her royal husband, Odenatus, 
died, she succeeded him on the throne of Palmyra, and 
immortalized herself in history, not only for her wis- 
dom in administration, which proved so conducive to 
the prosperity of her kingdom, but for her genius and 
heroism in militarj^ tactics. She invaded and con- 
quered other countries, both in Asia and Africa ; push- 
ing on her conquests till the Emperor Aurelian found 
it necessary to march his army against her, much to 
his regret, because of her womanhood. In history she 
ranks along with Cleopatra, the queen of Egypt, as a 
great civil administrator and military chieftain. We 
also passed near two temples which she built on this 
mountain. 

In this run it is my privilege again to see the tomb 
of Abel, the first martyr to truth and righteousness, 
whom Cain slew. Meanwhile we are dashing along 
amid crags and precipices; we look away toward the 
rising sun and behold! Damascus bursts upon our 
vision. This city is said to have been founded by 
Shem, the eldest son of Noah, soon after the flood. It 
still thrives, while other ancient cities have perished. 
Damascus, said to be the oldest city in the world, has 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 119 

survived a thousand revolutions, stood many sieges, 
and been captured by many invading armies, while 
the ages have rolled along. It has never been utterly 
destroyed; though often reduced to a mere village, 
it has ever revived again. 

Oh, the desolating wars that have swept over this 
city! David conquered it and added it with its terri- 
tory to his kingdom, after a bloody war in which 
twenty thousand Damascenes were slain. It was the 
capital of the Syrian kings who waged exterminating 
wars against Israel throughout all the centuries, till 
she was carried away into captivity by Shalmanesser 
and Sennacharib, kings of Babylon. Though Syria 
was really included with Canaan in God's gift to 
Israel, still Israel never conquered it till David as- 
cended the throne, and then she only held it during 
his administration. As God permitted Syria to cas- 
tigate Israel for her sins, her history is indissolubly 
interwoven with that of the Hebrews. 

When God spoke to Elijah in the cave on Mt. 
Horeb, sending him back to Isreal to anoint Elisha 
as his successor, he was also to anoint Jehu as king 
over Israel, and Hazael to^ be king over Syria. This 
order was verified by Elisha when, coming to Damas- 
cus, he met Hazael, Benhadad's minister, sent to en- 
quire of him in reference to his recovery from a severe 
spell of sickness. Giving him his response he broke 
out in tearful lamentation. Hazael asking him why 
he wept so, he responded, "I am weeping over the 
shocking cruelties you are going to perpetrate against 
not only the men, but the women and children of 
Isreal." To this Hazael resj)onded with horror, "Do 



120 Around the World, Garden op Eden, 

you think your servant is a dog, that he would do 
such things?" Hazael was sincere; he was utterly 
shocked at the very idea of committing those atro- 
cities, and yet he did all that Elisha predicted. 

Going back to the palace and entering into the 
king's chamber, where he was alone, lying sick in his 
bed, he took a wet cloth and putting it over his face 
smothered him to death ; then he took his kingdom and 
long reigned over Syria. Meanwhile he prosecuted 
exterminating wars against Israel, actually taking 
from them the territory east of the Jordan, including 
Ramoth-Gilead. He also perpetrated all those horrific 
diabolisms against not only the men, but the women 
find children of Israel, which had been foretold by 
Elisha. The case of Hazael vividly illustrates human 
Tepravity. When he met Elisha in the interest of the 
king's recovery, he was actuated by good motives, 
sympathetic with his suffering king. Then he felt 
utterly outraged when the prophet predicted that he 
would be guilt}^ of sins horrific enough to make a 
demon blush. Yet the years rolled on; environments 
all changed; he was king of Syria, and, engaged in an 
exterminating war with Israel, became so ambitious 
to conquer that he actually resorted to every conceiv- 
able cruelty to subdue the people and expedite his 
victory. The legitimate conclusion of the case of 
Hazael is that unsanctifled people can have no idea 
what they will do. So long as the devil nature is in 
your heart, you are actually liable to do anything 
Satan himself would do. Then hasten, O reader, to 
i^et rid of it, under the cleansing blood. 

When Mohammed, a great man if he was a false 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 121 

prophet, first came to Damascus, he was so charmed 
with the beauty of the city, its gardens and environ- 
ments, that he climbed a spur of Anti-Lebanon, so 
that he might enjoy a comprehensive view of the city 
and surrounding country. Standing there and turning 
his strong eagle eyes toward the east, he diagnosed the 
scenes before him, the splendid edifices, palaces, tem- 
ples, and especially the beautiful and magnificent 
gardens, in which infinite varieties of most delicious 
fruits are produced. Those two beautiful rivers, 
Abana and Pharpar, descending from the snowy 
lu'ights of Anti-Lebanon, are ingeniously captured bj^ 
the horticulturists, divided up and distributed among 
the gardens, and rolling their limpid rills in different 
directions among those prolific trees thej^ everywhere 
abundantly irrigate the fertile soil ; thus is developed 
the productiveness of each tree to the superlative de- 
gree. Mohammed, seeing all this, lifted up his voice 
and shouted aloud, "^Surely this is paradise." As we 
descended the mountain and I gazed upon this vener- 
able city, the oldest in the world, the splendor of the 
scene reminded me of Mohammed's ipse dixit. 

On arrival we hasten to the house of Judas, on 
Strait Street, where Saul of Tarsus was gloriously 
converted, after the three days of fasting and praying 
which followed his knock-down conviction on the road. 
I found every convenience for the baptism he received 
at the hands of Ananias, as the house is supplied with 
water from the river iVbana. Then I say to my guide, 
^'Now escort us to the house of Ananias." This street 
is the straightest, broadest, and best in the city; the 
center of the bazaars. We soon leave it and follow 



122 Around the World, Garden of Eden, 

our Euide; winding about through the crooked, nar- 
row, irregular streets and allies till we arrive in a 
house which we at once recognize from the seats used 
for religious meetings. Though this is a Mohamme- 
dan city, the house of Ananias is used for a Christian 
church. Again we all bow together in prayer. Then 
I asked the guide to take me to the place where Paul 
was let down through a window in a basket over the 
wall; thus making his escape from Araeta, who had 
all the gates diligently guarded lest he might make 
his escape, and was meanwhile ransacking the city 
to find and kill Paul. 

Again, we visit the house of Naaman the leper. As 
they still have lepers in that country, who are not 
allowed to associate with people,, lest they also con- 
tract that awful disease, Naaman's house is now used 
for the lepers' quarters. You remember how Naaman 
got mad when Elislia ordered him to go and dip him- 
self seven times in the Jordan, rejecting the remedy 
with contempt, going away in a rage, and exclaiming 
to the retinue of honorable servants who accompanied 
him, mounted upon the ten camels loaded with valu- 
able presents to remunerate Elisha for his contem- 
plated cure, "Are not Abana and Pharpar, rivers of 
Damascus, better than all the waters of the Jordan?" 
Then his servant speaks to him, insisting that he go 
and try it anyhow, reminding him that he has nothing 
to lose by the experiment, but everj^thing to gain. 

They loved him much -because he was a great and 
good man, and had actually delivered Syria from the 
subjugation of her enemies, by his wonderful wisdom 
and valor as a statesman and military lactician. Yet 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 123 

this leprosy had broken out on his body, as doubtless 
his blood was tainted by heredity, and the servants 
knew it would kill him if not cured. It was a notori- 
ous fact that none but God could cleanse the leper. 
Therefore, yielding to the importunities of his ser- 
vants, they all face about and proceed directly to the 
Jordan. He plunges once and looks, as it was a local 
affection having only begun, and he sees the leprous 
spot still there. He tries it again and again, till the 
sixth time, and there is no change. His servants ex- 
hort him to go ahead. Now he plunges the seventh 
time beneath Jordan's rolling wave. Rising into the 
clear light of day, he looks in vain for his leprosy. 
It has utterly evanesced. The running sore and the 
old scab cannot be found. The skin is smooth and 
bright like that of a little child. Oh, how they all 
shout the victory, mount their camels and hasten 
away to bear the good news to the king. 

But the princely fortune which Naaman brought, 
and the prophet utterly refused, proved a temptation 
too much for Gehazi, Elisha's boy preacher, who un- 
fortunately yielded to the love of gold and fine cloth- 
ing. Naaman's leprosy took hold of him never to 
let go. 

If you would go to Damascus and drink from the 
beautiful, limpid rivers, Abana and Pharpar, which 
flow through the city, as I have done, and then go to 
the Jordan, stand upon his bank and gaze upon the 
muddy waters, as his fall is so great that he stirs up 
the black mud till his waters are so muddy that you 
cannot see an inch below the surface, you would not 
be surprised at the insult which Naaman felt he had 



124 Around the World, Garden op Eden, 

received; so appreciative and proud of his own coun- 
try which he had delivered from her enemies, was he, 
that he thought the rivers of Da.mascus were much 
better than the mudd}^ waters of the Jordan. 

As Damascus is the oldest city in the world, and my 
traveling companions had never been there, we take 
ample time to give it quite an exploration. We go into 
the factories and see them making swords and all sorts 
of implements; also vessels of gold and silver and 
precious stones; and all sorts of furniture that you 
can think of, adapted to every class of people in tne 
whole world, from the king on his throne to "the maid 
servant behind the mill." The manufacturers of Da- 
mascus are really wonderful and celebrated throughout 
the whole world. There are said to be ten thousand 
looms in Damascus, all run by hand. As silk is the 
f reat export of Syria, that is the principal material 
used in factories; besides all sorts of woolen gooas. 
We thought it important to enjoy a look into oriental 
life and selected this city as a specialty for our con- 
venience in the diagnosis of such life, in its multi- 
tudinous forms and phases. Much of their manu- 
facture really excelled in beauty, sunstantiability, com- 
fort and durability. We visited their mosque, one of 
the largest and finest in the world. We were much 
interested in visiting the tombs, where I was delighted 
and edified especially with that of Saladin, who was 
certainly the greatest military man in the world in his 
day. He lived in the eleventh century. He con- 
quered the Crusaders who had fought two hundred 
years to recover and hold the Holy Land, having done 
so under the leadership of Godfrey, a great and good 



Latter Uay Prophecies and Missions. 125 

man who finally captured Jerusalem, A. D. 1099, and 
held it eighty-eight years, amid constant war. Then 
they were signally defeated by Saladin in the battle 
of Hatton, on the west coast of the sea of Galilee. 
Their defeat was so decisive that they fought no more, 
but retreated out of Asia never to return. 

When Saladin and Ms hosts, though they were 
staunch Mohammedans, thus triumphed over the Cru- 
saders and drove them out of the Holy Land, he as- 
tonished the world by his clemency toward the Chris- 
tians in not taking any of their churches from them, 
but in letting them keep them all, as hitherto. When 
on the battle-field, his enemy commanding the army 
sent against him had his horse killed, leaving him on 
foot, Saladin sent him out another as a present. Liv- 
ing in a barbarous age, and a barbarian himself, yet 
he was a great man, and good according to his light. 

We now visit the Christian quarters, and as wo 
walk through them and see the finest buildings in the 
city, we remember the awful slaughter of 1860, whop 
the Druses, a blood-thirsty and barbaric people, fanat- 
ical Mohammedans, murdered one thousand four hun- 
dred Christians in cold blood. It is said the Chris- 
tians' quarters were deluged with blood and lieape:! 
with the slain. While this bloody massacre was going 
on, the governor of the city with his army kept still, 
making no efCort to prevent it. So soon as the neAvs 
reached France, they sent an army with all expedi- 
tion to Damascus, who arrested the governor and all 
of his officers, not for committing the massacre, for 
they did not, but for their non-intervention in pre- 
venting it. They condemned and hanged them. Then 



126' Around the World, Garden of Eden, 

when the Sultan sent another governor to Damascus 
to till the vacancy, the first thing he did after his 
arrival was to join the Christian church and receive 
baptism ; he and all his officers, you see, fearing the 
sad fate of their predecessors. 

Not only did the French hang the governor and his 
officers, but they demanded of the Sultan an asylum 
for the Christians, whither in the future, in case of 
danger, they might fly and find safety. They selected 
Mount Lebanon, so sacred to every Bible reader, as a 
possession for the Christians. An especial territory 
there was laid off, its boundaries fixed, and it was 
given to the Christians. Though surrounded by the 
Turkish Empire on all sides, it is an independent com- 
monwealth with its own Christian governor and offi- 
cers; the former selected by the Christian powers of 
Europe. So there the Christians have a home of their 
own, within the great Turkish Empire, where they can 
live in peace and safety. They have a little army of 
eight hundred soldiers to protect them from all moles- 
tation. I saw them drilling when I was there. They 
have one hundred and fifty thousand people, and an 
ample supply of that good rich land of Mt. Lebanon, 
where they are doing well and living in peace; their 
country producing not only a good living, but ample 
exports of silk (which is their great industry), wine 
and oil to bring in plenty of money from other 
countries. 

This little, independent territory has two capitals ; 
Babda, the winter capital, down at the base of the 
mountain, near the sea, where there is no winter, and 
Tpsedin. high up on the mountain, the summer cap- 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 127 

ital, where there is no summer heat, but perennial 
spring and autumn. I was really delighted with this 
little state. If Christendom had stood still, when 
tliev murdered those fourteen thousand, the Turks 
would have taken courage and massacred all the Chris- 
tians in the Empire and taken their property. We 
see here an illustration of what we must do in China 
It is a burning shame for the Christian powers to fold 
their arms and let the Chinese murder our mission- 
aries. 

When I was in Damascus in 1899, we mounted 
horses and traveled directly to Jerusalem, taking, 
ample time to explore the country on the road. A 
short distance south of Damascus, our guide halted 
us, notifying us that we were on the spot where our 
Savior, in His glory, shone down on the persecuting 
Saul of Tarsus, prostrating him on the earth. We all 
thanked God, took courage and went on our way re- 
joicing. This time we did not go that way, though 
my young men were anxious to visit that hallowed 
spot; we declined on account of the heat there. 

We now reach Baalbek by railroad ; the road having 
been built since I was there six years ago. We hear 
much about the seven wonders of the world : the 
Coliseum of Rome, the Temple of Jupiter at Athens, 
the Colossus at Rhodes, the Temple of Diana at 
Ephesus, the walls of Babylon, the Pyramids of Egypt 
and the Sphinx amidst the Pyramids; but if you ever 
visit Baalbek, you will stand awe-stricken and spell- 
bound; your bewilderment will be unutterable; you 
will be actually lost in wonderment ineffable, seeing 
sights unparalleled in all your observation and reall.t 



128 Aroukp the World, Garden of Eden, 

unlicai-d of, imless, perchance, you have read about it. 
What would you think of a stone hewn out, a soliil 
monolith, seventy-two feet long and sixteen feet 
square and weighing two billion pounds? You at 
once recognize the fact that there is no power on 
earth competent to move it and maniijulate it. You 
will see this at Baalbek. You will see great stones 
high up in the cyclopean walls, weighing one billion 
five hundred million pounds. You will see great cyl- 
indrical stones seven feet in diameter and twenty feet 
long, occupying their places in the columns which sup- 
port those titanic temples, one hundred feet from the 
ground. The walls of the citadel enclose the largest 
temple ever built on earth, including the Pantheon, and 
contain the shrines of two hundred and fifty Olj-mpian 
gods. They are eighty feet high and sixteen feet 
broad at the base, contaJning stones so large and heavy 
that mathematicians and scientirls have labored in 
vain to explain the phenomenon . or to solve the prob- 
lem. The reason Avhy Baalbek was not included with 
the seven wonders of the world, is because these gigan- 
tic temples and walls have not been commonly known 
among average people. 

However, there is no doubt as to the ante-diluvian 
origin of Baalbek, which moans city of Baal, because 
it was built for the worshij) of Baal the sun god. 
When I was there in 1899, I read a book which identi- 
fied Baalbek with the city which Cain founded when 
God drove him away from the human home, because he 
killed his brother. 

As there seems to be no possible exegesis of these 
wonders from the facilities of post-diluvian times, 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 129 

(hey relegated them to be antediluvians; they who 
lived ten times as long as we and in all probability 
liad ten times the physical strength. Besides, they 
liad an animal, the mastodon, several times the size of 
the elephant, which has never lived on the earth since 
the flood. It is supposed that they utilized this animal 
for draught purposes, bringing it into availablity in 
the main manipulation of these great stones. 

I acquiesced in the exegesis, and so recognized in 
my book, '^Foot-prints of Jesus/' the tradition that 
Cain founded the city. I find plausibility in the evi- 
dences that Adam and his family were living in this 
region of country, believing as I do that Adam was 
created in the Holy Land; as Syria adjoins it, when 
driven out of Eden they came up into this country. 
The same conclusion is corroborated by the presence 
of Abel's tomb here in Syria. They also showed us 
Noah's tomb, only twenty miles from Baalbek. Cain 
was a worshiper of the sun god, Baal, as abundantly 
evinced in the bloodless ofifering consisting of fruits 
and flowers, the products of the sun, which he brought 
before God. He was a worshiper of this god of nature, 
and a Unitarian, while Abel worshiped the God of 
grace. 

When I returned in 1905, I found much light on the 
mysteries which had utterly staggered me- six years 
previously. The German archaeologists, the greatiest 
antiquarians in the world, had gotten there soon after 
I left and spent the six years excavating and exhuming 
these wonderful ruins; earthquakes had shaken them 
down till only six columns out of the three hundred 
of the great Temple of the Sun are still standing. The 



130 Around the World, Garden of Edbn, 

first earthquake was in the fifth century, the second 
in the eleventh century, and the third in 1759. The 
last quake actually lasted twenty-seven days. These 
greatest monuments of idolatry that have ever been 
built on the earth, with the expenditure of hundreds 
of millions of dollars, not only antagonized the true 
religion, but actually defied the power of the Almighty ; 
therefore He put down His foot and shook them from 
their bases till they were constrained to tumble to the 
earth. The stones so paradoxically large and heavy 
and fitted together wth a most perfect mechanism were 
considered actual proof against earthquakes ; therefore 
God actually continued that last earthquake twenty- 
seven days, till he utterly demolished them, only leav- 
ing six out of the three hundred columns of the great 
temple to perpetually notify coming generations of the 
mighty works which idolatry had performed on the 
earth, and at the same time of His own mighty works. 

Those German archaeologists have exhumed vaslJ 
quantities of the ruins and are still at it, actually 
expending princely fortunes, so much to their credit, 
to transmit all possible light on history and science. 
By these excavations they have solved the problem 
which had long staggered the whole scientific world. 
The solution however is not scientific but only histor- 
ical. The exhumed columns bear the superscription of 
Nero, Commodus, Adrian, Vespasian, Tiberius, Tra- 
jan, and Aurelian; thus revealing the fact that these 
wonderful superstructures were erected by the Roman 
emperors during the first three centuries of the Chris- 
tian Era. 

Rome was the great iron kingdom of prophecy, 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 131 

Dauiel ii, 33, iron being the strongest metal in all the 
world ; hence the Romans were to eclipse all other 
people in all ages for their physical strength and me- 
chanical powers. Here we see they have written their 
history ineffacably on the escutcheon of time for all 
future generations to read and know that they were 
the strongest people ever on the earth, and never will 
have any equal. While we know by the history super- 
scribed on these stones that the Romans did erect 
these walls and rear up these temples, yet the mys- 
lery as to how they did it remains unsolved. The 
greatest mathematicians and scientists have come to 
Baalbek and labored days and weeks in the vain at- 
tempt to formulate mechanical powers and machinery 
by which that work could be done. Utterly failing, 
they have given up in despair and gone away. Thus 
the Romans, having conquered the world and ruled it 
a thousand years, have left these mighty works, show- 
ing to their successors their superiority in having 
wrought achievements which they are utterly incom- 
petent to duplicate, or even to explain. Thus Rome has 
vindicated her claim to be the iron kingdom, in power 
eclipsing all her predecessors and successors. 

The Bible says that Solomon built a house in the 
forests of Lebanon. From this it is concluded that he 
built Baalbek, which is on the plain of Baca between 
the mountains of Lebanon and Anti-Lebanon; a suit- 
able location, because protected by the former from 
pirates issuing from the sea on excursions of robbery, 
and by the latter fortified against robbers from the 
continent. In those times they had no banks in which 
to keep their money, while the world in her youth, with 



182 Around the World, Garden op Eden, 

her virgin soil unexhausted and her gold and silver 
mines knowing no failure, had much need of a safe 
despositum for her precious metals. In these temples 
they kept their wealth. They had golden images of 
their gods, and silver shrines, which it would have 
needed an army to protect, unless impregnably secured 
by human art. They had great and pompous proces 
sions and festivals at Baalbek, in which the golden 
images of their gods were taken from the temples 
and carried through the streets. 

Not only were these temples built of stones so very 
large and heavy as to be impregnable, but they were 
surrounded by the great citadel whose walls were six- 
teen feet thick and eighty feet high, and entered only 
by a subterranean passage, so that a few men could 
actually prevent the entrance of a great army. 

We have every evidence that King Solomon did some 
building at Baalbek. When the Queen of Sheba made 
him tliat memorable visit and brought him the million 
of dollars in gold, it is said that he reciprocated the 
compliment by building her a magnificient temple at 
Baalbek. The Solomonic period of Baalbek was fol- 
lowed by the Phcenician. The Phcenicians excelled in 
the mechanical arts of their day. In all of these won- 
derful superstructures, there was never any mortar 
used; everything being executed by perfect precision, 
so that these great stones fitted on each other to the 
breadth of a hair. 

The Phoenician was followed by the Grecian, when 
Alexander conquered the world ; and the Greeks were 
succeeded by the Romans; thus all nations in their 
turn, when they came to the front of the world, took 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 133 

the lead in erecting these wonderful superstructures. 
As Baal was the name of the sun god, who was wor- 
shiped pre-eminently at Baalbek, when the Greeks 
came to the front they changed the name to Heliopolis, 
from Eelius, the sun, and polis, city. The place 
retained this name, Heliopolis, a thousand years, 
during the occupancy of the Greeks and Romans. In 
A. D. 634, when it fell into the hands of the Arabs, 
they dropped Heliopolis and restored the ancient name, 
Baalbek. 

When I used to read in the Bible so much about the 
worship of Baal, I wondered who he was that he 
should be so very influential. When I learned that he 
was the sun god, my astonishment at his popularity 
evanesced. It is certain that Baal was the most 
popular divinity in all the world for the first forty- 
five hundred years. At this we are not astonished 
because the sun is the most gloriously overwhelming 
and demonstrative entity in the world; besides, he is, 
in the providence of God, the author of light, heat, 
life, and all phases of material prosperity. Therefore 
I do not wonder that he, with the moon, in the Bible 
denominated "Queen of Heaven," and the other beauti- 
ful constellations, did win from the simple children of 
nature the early homage of their hearts. When we con- 
sider the wonderful brightness of the oriental firma- 
ment, which is inconceivable by people who have al- 
ways lived in the western hemisphere, the trend of the 
nations to worship heavenly bodies becomes still more 
obvious. 

The proximity of Baalbek to the Holy Land was 



134 Around the World, Garden of Eden, 

the great reason why the Israelites were constantly 
going away into idoltary. Israel trended faster into 
Baal worship than Judah, from the fact that she was 
located directly between Judea and Syria, where Baal- 
bek wielded an overwhelming inflnence, being the great 
center of Baal worship for all the nations of the earth. 
Therefore their grand festivals exhibited a wonderful 
pomp and pageantry, as they went out on processions 
carrying the golden images of their gods glittering in 
the efifulgent beams of the bright oriental sun. 

The government of Baalbek was always sacerdotal : 
the high priest of Baal being the chief executive. 
Baalbek was no mean city; at one time during the 
Roman administration, she had a population of one 
hundred thousand, and was a great city for that age 
of the world. Besides she had three hundred suburban 
towns in her territory and under her government. 
Really this city was harmonious to Jerusalem in her 
theocratic government, and consequently the better 
adapted to compete with the latter in her aspirations 
for the religious metropolitanship of the world. 

In the distribution of the world to the apostles, 
according to Matthew xxviii, 19, Syria was allotted 
to Philip, who going thither heroically preached, 
boldly confronting the aristocratic combinations of 
idolatry concentrated at Baalbek. They did not stand 
him very long, till they nailed him to a cross and 
crucified him. Beginning with this apostle, Baalbek 
has quite a roll of martyrs. Saint Eudoxia was born 
of pagan parents, A. D. 101; she was early converted 
to Christianity and became a bright and shining light, 
so that the Catholics, after centuries, canonized her. 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. ]S5 

She heroically suffered martyrdom there in her native 
city. Saint Barbara has also written her name ineffa- 
cably on the bright roll of God's martyrs. She was a 
native of Baalbek, having descended from pagan par- 
ents. When the emperor Constantine was converted 
to Christianity, A, D. 321, he very soon went to Baal- 
bek, the great metropolis of pagan worship in all the 
world. There he boldly witnessed for Jesus and ac- 
tually succeeded in giving a great impetus to Chris- 
tianity, even stopping the worship of idols at that 
place, where they had been worshiped from the days 
of Cain, He was succeeded by Julian the Apostate, 
so named because he went back into idolatry, and 
of course his influence greatly revived the old pagan- 
istic worship at Baalbek. 

The heathens were so enraged against the Chris- 
tians who had given such an awful backset to their 
religion under the preceding administration that now, 
encouraged by having the emperor on their side, they 
broke out in terrible fury against the Christians, 
massacring them without mercy. Saint Cyril, an able 
preacher of the Gospel, whose writings I have in my 
library, had long been pastor of the church in that 
city. They got so mad at him that they actually tore 
him to pieces like wild beasts, and history says, turn- 
ing cannibals, they pte his liver. They took the Chris- 
tian virgins and diabolically mutilated them; after- 
ward killing them and feeding their flesh to swine. 
Fearing lest the hogs would not eat it, they cut it up 
and mixed barley with it to induce the animals to 
devour it. 

In A. D. 634, an Arab chief by the name of Abou 



126 Around the World, Garden of Eden. 

Obeida, having invaded Sjria and conquered Damas- 
cus, came on and laid siege to Baalbek. Herbur, the 
Roman governor, though quite bold, proved to be a 
very weak general. After signal defeats by the 
Arabs, his own people killed him. It was not long 
until the Arabs took the city and restored to it its 
ancient name Baalbek. Its capture by the Arabs 
wound. up its long career of forty-five hundred years 
in the capacity of the world's metropolis of idol wor- 
ship. The Arabs were Mohammedans, therefore they 
stopped the worship of idols in the great temples, and 
turned the citadel into a fortress, introducing Mo- 
hammedan worship in another building. 

After the conquest of the Arabs, Baalbek continues, 
ever and anon, to sufifer terribly from the invasions 
of barbarian armies. The Saracens completely over- 
ran, subjugated and awfully impoverished the people. 
The Tartars also came and treated the people horrifi- 
cally cruel; Gengis Khan, their barbaric leader, actu- 
ally turning the people over to his soldiers that they 
might rob and brutalize them ad libitmn. During 
those dark and bloody ages, marauders in bands ever 
and anon came through that country, robbing and 
murdering indiscriminately. Besides, they had a flood 
which terribly destroyed things. They also, in the 
lifth and in the eleventh centuries, were visited by 
earthquakes, which seriously damaged the city, the 
temples and the wall of the citadel. Finally, in 1759, 
they had another earthquake, the one which lasted 
twenty-seven days, and which sunk down three hun- 
dred columns of the great temple, leaving but six 
which stand to this day. 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 137 

In Baalbek we see the best the world could do in 
the way of religion without God. They had focalized 
the wealth and influence of all nations. Now travel- 
ers exploring all the historic countries of the old world 
go thither and see the utter futility of man's reli2;ion; 
even though it be fortified by all the gold that ever 
glittered and all the encomiums which the whole world 
can confer. 



CHAPTER XI. 



PHOENICIA. 



The territory of Phoenicia was never large; though 
she was one of the first nations to develop from the 
Semitic stock, there in Syria where Adam and Eve 
had lived. Her principal cities were Tyre and Sidon, 
of which you read so much in the Bible ; Ezekiel, Jere- 
miah, Isaiah, and others copiously pour on Tyre and 
Sidon their awful warnings, because of their pride 
and vanity. These cities, like Damascus, were among 
the first to be founded after the flood ; they were mara- 
time commercial cities, and constituted the water out- 
let for Damascus and Jerusalem. The Phoenicians 
were an exceedingly intelligent people; actually the 
inventors of the alphabet, which they formulated from 
the Egyptian hieroglyphics. 

At an early day, before there were any factories in 
the world, they learned to make beautiful red cloth, 
deriving the coloring principle from a fish which they 
caught in the sea. When the people of that time wore 
any clothing it was generally simply the skins of wild 
beasts. These beautiful red garments made by the 
Syrians attracted the eyes of all the kings of the 
earth, who alone were able to buy them ; unless a man 
became so rich that he could play king at his own ex- 
pense. The gold and silver mines were then fresh and 
unexhausted ; there were but a few people in the world, 

188 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions, 139 

who, having choice of all the land, only cultivated the 
richest; consequently these Phoenicians got their own 
price for their clothing and became immensely rich. 
This explains the reason why their pride and vanity 
actually ran away with them. Where riches, pride, 
pomp, and pleasure have the run wickedness always 
abounds, consequently the Tyrians and Sidonians hav- 
ing become immensely rich gave way to pride and sen- 
suality; they were enthusiastic workers in the great 
temple of Baalbek. 

The Phoenicians were the world's pioneers in the art 
of navigation. They were not only very shrewd in the 
invention of ships, but they were very heroic and ad- 
venturous in sailing over the briny deep. There they 
were on the coast of the greatest sea in the world, the 
Mediterranean, which, with its branches, the Adriatic, 
Ionian, ^gean, the Dardanelles, Marmora, the Bos- 
phorus, and the Euxine (afterward called the Black 
Sea) contains about twenty-five thousand miles of 
sea-coast; this they colonized very successfully. They 
were actually the most stirring and enterprising nation 
on the globe in their day and proved the most in- 
vincible rivals of the Romans. Carthage, on the north 
coast of Africa, which was one of the Phoenician colo- 
nies, proved the most terrible antagonist to Rome, 
whose battle-cry was "All the world." Rome knew not 
how to let anything else live on the globe. She had the 
insatiable maw of the Scylla, that formidable whirl- 
pool off the coast of Italy, which drew down all the ships 
coming within her suction power, and swallowed them 
forever. The Romans fought Carthage one hundred 
and forty years. Cato, the greatest statesman of his 



140 Around the World, Garden of Eden, 

day, habitually wound up all of his powerful senatorial 
orations with the maxim, ''^Carthago delenda est/' 
(Carthage must be destroyed). 

Several generations of Romans thus grew up with 
the understanding fastened on them ineradicably, that 
Carthage was to be destroyed. The Carthagenians 
gave the Romans the most heroic fight of all the na- 
tions of the earth. Hannibal, their mighty warrior, 
crossed the Alps in the rigor of winter, pouring down 
his thundering legions into the sunny fields of Italy 
as suddenly as if they had risen up out of the earth. 
He met the imperial army on the fields of Cannae; an 
awful battle ensued in which the Romans fought he- 
roically, but suffered terribly; finally, in signal defeat, 
they had to yield to the invincible tide of Hannibal's 
army. History says that eighty senators of the blood 
royal were left dead on the field, and Hannibal gath- 
ered three bushels of golden rings from the slaughtered 
knights of Rome. 

Now' listen, and never forget it ! The Roman armies 
having sufi'ered awful defeat at Cann?e, they resort to 
stratagem to effeminate the Carthagenians. They re- 
ceive them all with generous hospitality into the 
wealthy and luxurious city of Capua and entertain 
them like kings. They eat and drink, revel and de- 
bauch; thus evanescing their hardihood, effeminating 
their constitutions, glutting their appetites, and de- 
bauching their digestive organs. The result is signal 
defeat by the Romans; then Hannibal, giving way to 
despondency, committed suicide. From this notable 
epoch the Carthagenians wane and the Romans rush 
forward to glorious and final victory, verifying the 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 141 

senatorial battle cry, "Carthage must be destroyed." 

The awful fulfillments of Hebrew prophecies against 
Tyre and Sidon received a decisive beginning in the 
conquest of the world by Nebuchadnezzar. He be- 
sieged Tyre fourteen months, finally conquering; Sidon 
having already fallen beneath his invincible arms. 
Three hundred years had rolled away and these once 
magnificent cities had largely recovered from their 
desolation, when Alexander the Great comes against 
them. During his siege of Tyre, which lasted long, 
they actually built a mole through the sea and moved 
the city to an island ; yet the mighty Grecian knew not 
how to give up anything, therefore Tyre and Sidon 
suffered a second subjugation. From this they never 
revived very much ; but the downward trend was contin- 
uous. Eventually the Saracens conquer and expoli- 
ate them. Ere long the Tartars desolate them, show- 
ing neither distinction nor mercy to age or sex. When 
I saw them in 1905, Tyre was as she has been for quite 
awhile, verifying Israel's prophecy, "Tyre shall be- 
come a rock on which the fishermen shall dry his net." 
Tyre at present has but about five hundred inhabitants 
and they are poor fishermen, drying their nets on the 
rocks. The ships no longer stop there as in the olden 
time, when it was the Alexandria of the Mediterranean. 
Sidon, like Tyre, went into desolation till about twen- 
ty years ago, when the Mohammedans rebuilt it some- 
what and now it contains about two thousand inhabi- 
tants. If infidels would acquaint themselves with his- 
tory and see how the prophecies have been fulfilled 
in case of ancient cities, they would certainly see the 
falsity and emptiness of their boasted infidelity. 



CHAPTER XII. 



THE HOLY LAND. 



Thither I always longed to go, and tread the vine 
clad hills, drink from the milk and honey rills, and en- 
joy the luscious fruits of Canaan. God has opened the 
way for me to go there three times. I must go to the 
Holy Land once more; but I expect to find it on a 
nearer route, straight up toward the stars, instead of 
sailing towards the rising sun. But, reader, I know 
you want to go to the Holy Land in this world, beyond 
the mighty ocean and the great sea, where pilgrims' 
feet have trodden in ages gone by, those who now play 
on their golden harps amid the jasper walls of the new 
Jerusalem. Bible students cannot afford to forego 
the privilege of facilitating their Biblical study by a 
visit to the Holy Land, and all the other prominent 
historic countries, which we took in on that voyage. 

Feeling it pertinent, I will here give you some di- 
rections which will prove helpful in case you embark 
upon that enterprise, as I feel you will. All who read 
this book I am sure want to see the land afar off, about 
which your precious Bible talks so much; you long 
to walk about where Abraham, Isaac, Jacob, the proph- 
ets and apostles did walk, but most of all you want to 
stand on the earth trodden by the Prince of salvation, 
who came from Heaven to redeem you from death. 
Oh, how delightful to put your feet on the same rocks 

142 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 143 

and the same earth as that trodden by the Lord of 
glory when He descended from Heaven to redeem you 
from death. Oh, you say, what will it cost? I cannot 
answer that question for you. I have made it three 
times at the cost of four hundred dollars each time, 
equal to one thousand, two hundred dollars. Most 
people pay that amount' for one tour. When I was 
talking of going all who had been there and knew any- 
thing about it, assured me I could not make it for less 
than one thousand dollars; therefore it is not worth 
while for you to interview others in reference to cost, 
as it is not a matter with others but yourself. In my 
three trips to the Orient, I have always traveled sec- 
ond-class, thus economizing one-half. You can do the 
same, but even in that case, you will be sure to spend 
much more than myself, as I am an economical travel- 
er. 

I give you some information here which is bound 
to do you good. I have always bought my tickets 
from Thomas Cook and Son, 261 Broadway, New York; 
every time purchasing the round trip. Write them 
and they will take great pleasure in answering all 
your questions and giving you all desired information. 
But you need correspondents at Jerusalem. When I 
went in 1895, landing at the depot at Jerusalem, the 
bright face of Eolla Floyd at once shone on me. He 
is a dear Christian man, born and reared in America ; 
one of our own people. He has been there forty years, 
is well acquainted with the whole country, prepared 
to answer any question you may desire, and will take 
great pleasure in so doing. If you will write a letter 
directed to Eolla Floyd, Jerusalem, Palestine, he will 



144 Around the World. Garden of Eden, 

get it and take great pleasure in writing you every- 
thing you want to know. If you desire him to escort 
you, as he is now in life's evening, you will have to ex- 
cuse him from personally serving you; but rest as- 
sured that ho will supply you with a competent guide 
who will go with you everywhere and show you ev- 
erything, explaining all as he goes. When he met me 
in 1895, I at once committed myself to him. He put 
me in a delightful German hotel, which' I here especial- 
ly recommend to you. It is kept by Brother Fast, a 
noble Christian gentleman. I have visited Jerusalem 
three times; in 1895, 1899, and in 1905, spending ten or 
twelve days each time and always staying at the Fast 
Hotel. 

Brother Floyd sent me Shukrey Hishmeh, a native 
Syrian born in Jerusalem and educated in the lan- 
guages of the different nations, purposely to serve 
tourists as a guide. He is a noble Christian gentleman, 
all right in every way and served me with perfect sat- 
isfaction. When I went again in 1899, Brother Floyd 
was sick in bed but I went to see him, asking him to 
take charge of me as formerly, nnd he at once sent for 
Brother Shukrey to serve as guide. I was perfectly 
delighted to see him again after an absence of five 
years. When I went the third time, in 1905, I wrote 
from London directly to Shukrey to meet me and my 
three traveling companions at Beyrout, Syria, and take 
charge of us. This he did promptly, serving us a 
month with perfect satisfaction. Address him, 
Shukrey Hishmeh (dragoman), Jerusalem, l*alostine, 
asking him everything you want to know about your 
tour; he will with great pleasure give you all desire! 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. H5 

information. If you so desire he will meet you on ar- 
rival and serve you as escort, taking you to all the 
sights, and explaining everything to you patiently, 
kindly, and lovingly. You can rely on him perfectly. 
He will not beat you out of a cent or let any one else 
defraud you. If you commit your affairs to him, you 
will be perfectly satisfied in the end and enjoy the 
privilege of giving him a written recommendation to 
all who shall follow you in the peregrination of the 
Holy Land. Feeling assured that my readers will all 
want to make this tour and that many of them will 
put their aspirations into practice and go to the Holy 
Land, it is my duty to give you this information. God 
bless you in your laudable enterprise to visit the na- 
tive land of our Savior, as well as of the patriarchs, 
prophets, apostles and holy Hebrew nation. 



CHAPTER XIII. 



MOUNTS CARMEL AND TABOR. 



In 1895 I disembarked at Joppa ; in 1899 at Beyrout, 
Syria. Going by rail thence to Damascus and travel- 
ing by horse through the country, we entered the Holy 
Land at Caesarea Philippi, the most northern terminus 
of our Savior's evangelistic peregrinations. When I 
went again in 1905, I disembarked at Haiffa, a beauti- 
ful growing city of thirteen thousand on the coast of 
Palestine, belonging to the tribe of Asher which you 
can see from the map lies along the sea-coast. Sail- 
ing down from Beyrout, passing Tyre and Sidon on the 
sea-coast, we sail past Ptolemy, so named from Pto- 
lemy Philadelphus, the king of Egypt, who took great 
interest in the Jews, encouraging them in convening 
in his kingdom. He had their most learned rabbis 
translate the Old Testament out of the Hebrew into 
the Greek, for the special use of his subjects who could 
read the Greek but not the Hebrew. That translation 
which proved of infinite value in the perpetuation of 
the promulgation of the Scriptures, is called the Sep- 
tuagint, which name is in honor of its seventy trans- 
lators, Ptolemy was powerfully fortified by the Cru- 
saders during the eighty-eight years they occupied 
the Holy Land, from 1099 to 1187. The fortifications 
were also somewhat augmented by Abraham, pasha of 
Egypt about one hundred and twenty-five years ago; 

146 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 147 

also used by Napoleon Bonaparte about that time. The 
plain of Ptolemais, a nice and beautiful land along the 
sea, with the city belonged to the tribe of Asher. This 
city contains thirteen thousand inhabitants. 

Haiffa is a beautiful growing seaport of fifteen thou- 
sand; it has a splendid harbor, which cannot be said 
of Joppa where navigation is dangerous. The plain of 
Haiffa is beautiful, level, with rich land and, along 
with great Mount Carmel, equal to any in Asher. From 
Haiffa we traveled over a macadamized road up to the 
summit of Carmel, where we entered Elijah's convent 
and saw the Carmelites worshiping in their church. 
They were so named because they originated, as they 
claim, through the ministry of the prophet Elijah on 
Mount Carmel, which was a favorite resort with him, 
as well as with Elisha; both of them spending much 
time on that mountain, which was exceedingly fertile, 
and dotted all over with thriving villages. 

We again gazed from the place where the contro- 
versial sacrifices were offered by Elijah and the proi)h- 
ets of Baal, in order to settle the long-contested prob- 
lem, "Is Jehovah, or Baal, the sun-god, God?" The 
controversy had for some time turned with a sweep- 
ing popular tide in favor of Baal ; the people believing 
that he was really the true God of Israel, as he was 
the god of the whole material world on which the sun 
shines, that, of course, including Israel with all the 
balance. Such had been the intensity of the contro- 
versial strife that they had slain all the prophets of 
the Lord, except Elijah, and those whom Obediah had 
hidden and fed till they could get away. Now Elijah 
has come out of his long exile where the ravens fed 



148 Around the World, Garden of Eden, 

him three years, and boldly facing about proposes a 
fair investigation in the presence of all the people who 
are still orthodox enough to recognize the fact that 
the true God always answers by fire. Therefore it is 
mutually agreed that the fire response will settle the 
long controversy. 

Opening the investigation in the early morning 
Elijah gives the prophets of Baal the preference of 
time; they plead on till three o'clock in the afternoon 
without avail, when Elijah, offering his sacrifice, calls 
on the God of Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob. The fire 
sweeps copiously down from Heaven, as in the case 
of Abel's sacrifice, consuming the victim, the wood, 
the stone, and the water that filled the trench all 
around the altar: then the tide of faith sweeps the 
multitude aud they all shout, "Jehovah is God." Now, 
thoroughly convinced of the false attitude which all 
this time has been occupied by te prophets of Baal, 
Elijah, availing himself of the theocratic ministration, 
proceeds at once to exercise the oflice of prophet-judge, 
and commanding the people to arrest the prophets and 
not to let one escape, then takes them down to the 
river Kishon and slays them all. 

Because of Israel's idolatry in following the proph- 
ets of Baal, the heavens had been locked and the rains 
withheld three and one-half years. Now that they have 
returned to Jehovah, and Ahab and his people have 
again become loyal, Elijah is ready to pray for rain. 
Mount Carmel is near the sea from which all the rains 
come; therefore Elijah sends his servant to the moun- 
tain's summit to watch the scene and notify him if he 
sees a cloud. Eventually he sees one the size of a 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 149 

man's hand; to real faith, truly an omen of approach- 
ing rain. Therefore he tells Ahab to get down from 
the mountain quickly for the rain is coming. Sure 
enough, it does come, descending in torrents; mean- 
while Elijah performs the part of a royal courier, run- 
ning before Ahab all the way to Jezreel, about thirty 
miles. Great is the rejoicing among the people; that 
was truly a day of victory in Israel. 

As we pass along and look at all these historic 
places, that of the altar, the place where the prophets 
were slain in the river Kishon, and whence Ahab fled 
in his chariot, all the while that notable place, "Haro- 
sheth of the Gentiles," is in full view. It was the place 
where Sisera, chief commander of the Jabin army, was 
rendezvoused. Because he had nine hundred chariots 
of iron he had held Israel in bondage and awfully op- 
pressed them for twenty years, as they were utterly 
incompetent to cope with the formidable chariots which 
dashed furiously into the solid phalanx, cutting it all 
to pieces. 

Mount Oarmel is very conspicuous from the sea as 
well as from the land; at a great distance showing up 
as a long ridge, and reminding me of a potato ridge. 
Meanwhile we also see Mount Tabor which is twenty 
miles distant, across the plain of Megiddo, at the base 
of Mount Carmel, and the plain of Esdraelon, at the 
base of Tabor. You will see these two mountains at 
a great distance from all parts of the country: while 
Mount Carmel looks like a sweet potato ridge. Tabor 
is perfectly round, reminding you of a potato hill. 
Carmel is in Asher and Tabor in Zebulon. 

In consequence of that invincible host of nine hun- 



150 Around the World, Garden of Eden, 

dred Syrian chariots, Jabin, the king of Hazor, had 
successfully held Israel in bondage twenty years. It 
seemed that the spirit of liberty was dead, and that 
the star of hope had gone down in the gloom of an 
eternal night: no man in Israel had the courage to 
raise the standard of revolt. Amid these gloomy en- 
vironments, when the black darkness of despair had 
settled down on the land from Dan to Beer-sheba, be- 
hold Deborah, a mother in Israel, is found sitting un- 
der the palm-tree administering judgment to the peo- 
ple; that means revolution. She sends out heralds to 
blow the trumpet in Zebulon and Napthali. Ten thou- 
sand rally; redoubtable braves who would rather die 
than longer bear the yoke of bondage. She moves to 
the summit of Tabor and sends for Barak, whose very 
name means thunderbolt, (therefore he ought to be 
brave). On arrival he asks her what she wants. She 
says, "I want you to lead these ten thousand men 
against Sisera." His heart failing him, he asks to be 
excused; then she says, "Will you be my second if I 
take the lead?" Of course, he is too brave to let an 
old woman turn him down in that way, therefore he 
responds in the affirmative, "Yes, mother, till I die in 
my tracks." 

The policy of an ordinary general would have been 
to remain on the summit and fight on the defensive; 
the very opposite was the mind of Deborah, whose 
first command is, "Forward, march down the moun- 
tain." That means they were going to meet Sisera on 
the open plain. How strange! the ten thousand 
obeyed the command. Oh, how quickly would nine 
hundred seize their own chariots and settle the fate 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 151 

of the ten thousand pedestrians; but they marched di- 
rectly across the plain to meet Sisera on the open 
campus, where there was no visible possibility of es- 
caping the awful impending destruction. Now while 
they are marching on, and Sisera is coming up the 
river Kishon, with his army to meet them, behold the 
elements scowl and the winds howl, and with wonder- 
ful rapidity a cloud arises from the sea, black as mid- 
night, and pours a deluging water-spout on Sisera 's 
army; no rain falling on Deborah or her ten thousand. 

1 was In one of those water-spouts not far ^rom 
that place during m}' tour in 1905, for like them, we 
were near the sea. It came up so quickly there was no 
time to get away and fell on us a pouring deluge; my 
horse became unmanageable; fortunately it was soon 
over and I hastened to my hotel and changed my ap- 
parel. 

So this deluging water spout, with awful thunder- 
ings and forked lightnings, poured down on Sisera 's 
army, setting the horses wild and utterly incorrigible; 
those spikes projecting out from the chariots on each 
side literally butchering the men by wholesale. Mean- 
while the descending flood inundates the river till he 
overflows his banks, drowning the wounded men who 
have fallen on all sides, and, utterly blinded by the 
darkness of the storm, naught is thought of by the rest 
but to escape for life. Sisera, leaving his chariot, runs 
for his life. He entered the village of the Kenites, 
the people of Hobab, the father-in-law of Moses. Hobab 
had come to see Moses while he was leading Israel 
through the wilderness, and Moses had said to him, 
"We are traveling to the promised land, come with us 



152 Around the World, Garden op Eden, 

and we will do thee good, for God has spoken good 
concerning Israel." Then Hobab consented and went 
with him; Moses insisting, "Thou wilt be eyes for us, 
as we travel through the wilderness." 

When Jael, a young woman of the Kenites, looks out 
at her door and sees Sisera running with all his might, 
and looking to her begging for a drink, she bids him 
come in and gives him a large bowl of rich milk, which 
he, faint with hunger and thirst, gulps down vorac- 
iously. The soporific potion quickly lulls him to 
sleep, and stretched out on the dirt floor in a back 
room, his loud snoring convinces the woman of his 
sound sleep; then in one hand taking a great iron 
spike, used to fasten the door, she slips to him with 
a wooden mallet in the other hand. Setting the spike 
on his temple, she strikes with a furious blow, succes- 
sively repeating the stroke, driving the spike through 
his skull and brain and down into the ground, killing 
him with a single blow of her hammer. 

She returns to the door looks out, and sees Barak 
running with all his might hot on the track of Sisera. 
Saluting him, she shouts, "Come in and see the desire 
of your heart." Then he enters and she escorts him 
into the back room and shows him the great Sisera, the 
terror of Israel, who had held them in bondage twenty 
years, lying dead. Thus glorious victory has come to 
Israel through the instrumentality of mother Deborah 
and young sister Jael, the former leading the army, 
and the latter with her own hand slaying Sisera, the 
most formidable military chieftain in the world, thus 
bringing glorious deliverance to Israel. 

This victory is a stunning argument in favor of 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 153 

women's ministry. The true translation of Psalm 
Ixviii, 11, "The Lord gave the word and the women 
who published it were a great host," corroborates this 
history of Israel's glorious deliverance. It is to the 
burning shame of King James' translation that omit- 
ted the feminine gender in the above Scripture, thus 
committing an awful sin and falsifying the Word of 
God. That beautiful prophecy, "How beautiful are the 
feet of the women who preach the Gospel of good 
things," also corroborates the preceding, Isaiah lii, 7. 
In my peregrinations around the world, I found more 
women, than men preaching the Gospel to the poor 
heathen. After Sisera's defeat, Israel had rest forty 
years. 

Mount Tabor has a wonderful celebrity in the history 
of Israel. From time immemorial it has been a con- 
spicuous place, where armies have rendezvoused. The 
Crusaders fortified it potently and occupied it nearly 
all the time they were in the Holy Land. Origen, 
the most learned man in his day, who lived and wrote 
in the third century, pronounced it the Mount of Trans- 
figuration. In this he was evidently mistaken, as the 
Word says they were alone on that mountain, involv- 
ing the conclusion that it was uninhabited, whereas, 
history authenticates that there was a town on Mount 
Tabor at the time of the Transfiguration ; however, the 
Crusaders, following Origen, built the three tabernac- 
les, one for Jesus, one for Moses, and one for Elijah, 
on Mount Tabor. I have been in them all. 

Mark says that when Jesus came down from the 
Mount of Transfiguration, He and His disciples trav- 
eled through Galilee; whereas Mount Tabor is far 



154 Around the World, Garden of Eden. 

down the southern border of Galilee, and they would 
have to travel through it to reach him before the 
Transfiguration, as they were away up in Caesarea 
Philippi in Syria, beyond the northern border of Gali- 
lee. The Sunday School lessons make an awfully ran- 
dom shot in pronouncing Hermon the Mount of Trans- 
figuration, which is far up north, fifty miles beyond 
Csesarea Philippi, the most northern terminus of our 
Savior's evangelistic peregrinations. . Beside, it was 
too cold for them to spend the night on the summit of 
Hermon. Travelers are all warned against it lest 
they suffer from cold. The name of the mountain is 
not given ; doubtless withheld purposely, as our Savior 
knew it would be idolized if known. There is no doubt 
but it was one of the peaks of the Anti-Lebanon range 
which runs all the way down, rising up to our right 
as we descend the Jordan valley. There are plenty 
of mountains along the road; doubtless the real one 
is near the northern border of Galilee; so when they 
descended they traveled immediately through Galilee 
to Capernaum. 



CHAPTER XIV. 

NAZARETH^ CANA^ HATHEPHER. 

This cliapter concerns scenes all in the tribe of Zeb- 
ulon. We now reach Nazareth, the most honored city 
in the world; complimented with the residence of our 
Savior for thirty years. It was so insignificant in 
Old Testament history times as never to receive a 
solitary mention. It was proverbial for its 
ignominy; giving currency to the expression 
which really became proverbial that "No good 
thing can come out of Nazareth." They often had used 
that argument against the claims of Jesus; not simp- 
ly to the Messiahship, but to a place among the proph- 
ets. His enemies boldly challenge Him to search the 
Scriptures and see if any prophet comes out of Naza- 
reth. In their arguments they brought up the proph- 
ecies, giving Bethlehem as the birth-place of the Mes- 
siah; to their shame being ignorant that He was real- 
ly born in Bethlehem. Thinking He was born in Naza- 
reth they vociferated against Him, clamorously con- 
demning Him as a Nazarene, pertinaciously maintain- 
ing that no prophet was to come out of Nazareth. So, 
while Nazareth was at the bottom of the roll of honor 
in the old dispensation, she is now at the top, and ever 
will be. 

When I was there in 1899, Nazareth had seven thou- 
sand inhabitants ; in 1905 she had twelve thousand and 

155 



156 Around the World, Garden of Eden, 

half of them Cliristians. Many splendid buildings had 
been erected during the six years of my absence; 
among them a Kussian Bible college at the cost of one 
hundred thousand dollars; also two magnificent Latin 
convents. The great industry of Nazareth is the man- 
ufacture of soap; quite homogeneous with her glor- 
ious spiritual encomium in the expurgation of the sins 
of the world by the cleansing blood, so forcibly sym- 
bolized by soap which is the physical, purifier of the 
world. 

Again, I visited the Church of the Annunciation, oc- 
cupying the spot where Mary stood when the arch- 
angel Gabriel announced the wonderful conception of 
our Savior. We also were in Joseph's carpenter-shop 
where, in beautiful statuary, we see Jesus in stripling- 
hood, toiling at the bench with His foster father, while 
His mother is sitting by looking at them work. That 
statue of Jesus looks lovely beyond description. We 
also go to the fountain whence He doubtless carried 
water for the family thousands of times during the 
thirty years of His minority. There is no mistake 
about this as that is the only fountain in the city. 
We also visit again that old synagogue, a substantial 
one story building, where He worshipped for thirty 
years and whence they drove Him out after He had 
received the Holy Ghost, under John's ministry, be- 
cause He was too fiery and they could not stand Him. 
We also go to the precipice whence, in their wrath, 
they aimed to hurl Him down and break His neck, 
but His divinity interposing, rescued His humanity. 

If they were to turn you out of your church, would 
you ever go back? Do not say no, lest you make an 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 157 

awful mistake. Here you see Jesus, our infallible 
leader, whom they not only turned out of His church 
in which He had spent His life, but did their best to 
kill, and would have succeeded if the Divine had not 
come to the rescue of the human and delivered Him out 
of their hands, after staying away a whole year, go- 
ing back and giving them another trial, only again 
to be run off. Therefore you see that you are to be 
xGi-y careful about leaving your church for a little 
persecution, because Jesus spent His whole life in 
the church of the dispensation in which He was born, 
though they not only twice ran Him out but finally 
killed Him. Eemember, we are to endure all sorts of 
contempt, opposition and persecution in our church 
for Jesus' sake. 

Now we reach Cana, which is four miles east of Naz- 
areth. I have often been there and always visited the 
fountain whence the water came which Jesus turned 
into wine. That is an unmistakable identity because 
there is but one in the city. The site of the bride's 
house where the wedding took place and the miracle was 
performed is disputed by the Greek and Latin Chris- 
tians, each having built a convent on the spot claimed. 
I am satisfied the Latins are correct in this case. When 
Mary told them to do everything He said, led by the 
Spirit to anticipate the pending miracle, after the noti- 
fication that the wine was out, nothing having been 
done to the great quantity of water (one hundred and 
twenty-six gallons), with which they filled the six 
jars standing by Jesus, He told the servants to draw 
out and give to the master of ceremonies that he might 
taste it. Upon tasting it, he was utterly astonished 



158 Around the World, Garden of Eden, 

because it was delicious, i. e., the article was first class. 
Then he observed that it was customary to use the 
best wine first, so that if they had any left it would 
be the inferior; at the same time he observed to the 
groom "that he had reserved the best of the wine to 
the last of the feast." 

The theology of this miracle is exceedingly beautiful 
and exegetical of the gracious economy universally ver- 
ified in Christian experience; clearly, lucidly, and co- 
piously vindicatory of the second work of grace. Water 
throughout the Bible symbolizes regeneration, John iii, 
15, "Born of water and of the Spirit," Here you see 
nothing at all was done to the water in those vessels; 
the quantity of which was so large that it would.be 
impossible to play off some fraudulent strategy, ma- 
nipulating away the water and substituting the wine. 
You see the six vessels filled with water to the brim, 
setting by, just as they have been since they were 
brought from the fountain. Jesus commands the ser- 
vants to draw it out and hand it to the master of cere- 
monies. Now you see how we get sanctified ; the wine 
here, and everywhere else, symbolizes the Holy Ghost, 
Ephesians iv, 18, "Be not drunk with wine, wherein 
there is riot." Now behold the miracle of grace so beau- 
tifully symbolized by this great miracle of turning the 
water into wine. Just as the servants drew out the 
water and handed to the master of cermeonies, i. e., the 
boss of the festival, so we perceive in our altar ser- 
vices. Here we have a lot of people down at the altar 
seeking sanctification ; they already have regeneration, 
i. e., the water of life. We exhort them in utterly eternal 
and unconditional abandonment to God, to take sane- 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 159 

tification by simple faith, and to rise and testify to it 
before the leader of the meeting, i. e., the pastor of the 
church. Before this abandonment and trust for the 
blessing, the seekers h5,ve nothing but regeneration; 
just as those servants at the wedding festival had noth- 
ing but water, which they had carried from the foun- 
tain ; but when they handed it to the boss, and he had 
tasted it, behold it was wine. Now see the parallel. 
These people at the altar had nothing but regeneration ; 
then how can they testify to sanctification which they 
do not possess? In just the way we get everything from 
God; not by anything that we can do, but by simple 
faith. Therefore these regenerate people seeking sanc- 
tification have nothing to do but to consecrate fully, 
trust for sanctification, and testify to it before the 
leader of the meeting. Faith is made perfect by tes- 
timony. True faith will tell its own story. So long 
as there is a lingering doubt, testimony will be futile, 
not having a right name. You will rise and hand the 
leader of the meeting a drink; but when he takes it, 
he will find it is not wine but water. When your con- 
secration is thorough and your faith free from doubt, 
you testimony will be clear as the New Jerusalem bells, 
and the evangelist upon hearing it, electrified with joy, 
will join with you in a shout of victory. 

Cana, the native place of the apostle Nathaniel, is in 
full sight of Hathepher, the birth-place and now the 
tomb of the prophet Jonah, who in a most wonderful 
manner symbolizes all Israel. God commanded Jonah 
to go and preach to Nineveh, the greatest Gentile city 
in the world, and the predecessor of Babylon in the 
metropolitanship of the Assyrian Empire, the great 



160 Around the World, Garden op Eden, 

and formidable rival of Egypt, the oldest nation and 
the first to have an organized government. This was 
under Barneses II, the Pharaoh before whom Moses 
and Aaron stood, the Sesostris of history; and the 
king who conquered the world eight hundred years be- 
fore Nebuchadnezzar. During the ascendency of 
Egypt, the Assyrians were constantly growing and 
spreading over Asia. Judea is directly on the road 
from Assyria to Egypt and that is the reason why she 
was so much troubled with invasions by these two 
great powers, as well as others. Assyria fought eight 
hundred years for the mastery of the world, Egypt 
being her most formidable rival. 

In the days of Jonah, the population of the world, 
compared with the present, was small ; there were no 
great cities, in modern estimation, Nineveh, with a 
hundred and twenty thousand, standing at the front. 
Babylon, her rising rival, was destined in two hun- 
dred years more to supersede and destroy her, per- 
suant to the awful belligerent policy then prevalent 
in the whole world. But to-day the world is not great- 
ly ameliorated in that respect, and sad to say she is 
flooded with iniquities which have supervened in the 
track of the arts and inventions. The latter have been 
a positive blessing, but Satan's negative side has util- 
ized the same in withering and blighting curses; sweep- 
ing their pestilential syroccos over every land and in- 
undating the world with a prelude of Hell. 

After Jonah's memorable experience in the storm, 
and in the stomach of the whale, he unhesitatingly 
takes a bee-line for Nineveh; utterly oblivious of the 
five hundred miles over which he must trudge, a for- 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 161 

lorn pedestrian, and regardless of wild beasts, sav- 
ages, rugged mountains, burning deserts, and flooded 
rivers. Oh ! the millions, who in all ages have succeed- 
ed Jonah in ocean storms and the abdomens of sea 
monsters. What a pity we do not obey God at the 
start, thus economizing the bloom of youth and vigor 
of manhood which are so often wasted in battles with 
cyclones and monsters, but which might be expended 
in the Lord's blessed work. 

God chose the Jews out of all the nations of the 
earth to become the happy and honored custodians of 
a precious revealed truth, exemplifying it in their 
lives and carrying it to the ends of the earth. It was 
His benediction of light, love, peace, joy and happi- 
ness to all nations. Instead of leaping with enthusi- 
asm to welcome His Son, their own blessed Messiah, 
for whom they had watched and prayed for four thou- 
sand years, receiving with joy the glad tidings of. re- 
demption, and under the commission for the evangeli- 
zation of the whole world turning into a nation of Gos- 
pel preachers, and thus radiating to all nations of 
the earth the joyous news of the wonderful salvation ; 
instead of this they rejected and slew the Prince of 
life. All nations had so far been groping in the dim 
lights of nature, providence, conscience and the Holy 
Spirit, in the absence of the written Word ; meanwhile 
fondly dreaming of the God whose handiwork they de- 
lighted to contemplate in the broad oceans, towering 
mountains, majestic rivers, fruitful fields and cerulean 
skies, the last illumined by the glorious constellations 
spanning the hemisphere from pole to pole. 



162 Abound the World, Garden of Eden, 

As the Jews were untrue to their trust, therefore the 
awful storm of Roman extermination came sweeping 
and thundering from the west, overtaking them with- 
in a. third of a century after the bloody tragedy of 
Calvary; selling them into slavery, and leading into 
captivity every one who survived the sword, pestilence 
and famine. Thus you see the great whale, i. e., the 
world, swallowed them all, except the small minority 
who had received their blessed Christ, not one of whom 
got swallowed by the whale; they alone escaped the 
destruction of Jerusalem, by flying away to Pella, 
a Gentile city. There they met a glad welcome by the 
converts of the Legionaire, whom our Lord so wonder- 
fully saved in Gadara by casting out the ten thousand 
demons, and calling him to preach the everlasting Gos- 
pel to his own people. History says God wonderfully 
blessed his labors, so that he had quite a host of Gen- 
tile converts who were glad to receive their Jewish 
brethren when they fled from the awful storm which 
swept their native land with the besom of death, slav- 
ery and captivity. 

The Roman policy was a rule of ruin. That awful 
military despotism made it a rule, when they found 
a people utterly ungovernable, to blot their national- 
ity from the face of the earth, selling them all into 
slavery to defray the expenses of the war which had 
been prosecuted for their national extermination. Pur- 
suant to their murderous economy, having waited on 
the Jews thirty-three years to give up their rebellion, 
while they were following those false Christs who 
continued to arise through all of those years after the 
ascension of our Lord into Heaven; having waited 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 163 

till patience was worn out, and forbearance ceased to 
be a virtue, the sturdy old emperor, Vespasian, sitting 
on his diamond throne in his golden house at Rome, 
and supported by five thousand senators all around 
him, living in their silver houses, issued his edict for 
the extermination of the Jews. In a seven years' war, 
they rigidly carried out this awful edict and a great 
nation dropped out of the world ; i. e., the whale swal- 
lowed not only Jonah, but the whole nation which 
Jonah represented, and whose obliteration from the 
national escutcheon of the world was so vividly sym- 
bolized and adumbrated when the whale swallowed 
Jonah. Jonah thus escaped from the storm, but his 
individuality was lost. If an enrollment of all the 
people and all the animals had been made during the 
three days he spent in the stomach of the whale, Jonah 
would not have been counted; the whale only would 
have been enrolled. 

Ever since the Romans destroyed the Hebrew nation- 
ality, A. D. 73, the Jews have had no country, no home, 
no nationality on the face of the earth. Why? Be- 
cause they are still in the maw of the world. The 
signs of their ejectment out of the whale's stomach are 
potent in all lands. God says in the prophecies, "I 
will send the hunter to drive you and fishers to draw 
you out of all lands." One-half of all the Jews are in 
the great Russian empire. See how they are now 
hunting them and driving them out with sword and 
firearms. Meanwhile, a dozen great colonization so- 
cieties are laboring constantly to gather them from 
the ends of the earth and restore them to the fruit- 
ful mountains and fertile plains of the Canaan for 



164 Around the World, Garden of Eden, 

which their fathers forsook Egypt, passed through the 
sea, and trod the burning sands of the howling wilder- 
ness. 

When Jonah was ejected from the whale's abdomen 
and, to his infinite delight, found himself once more 
on terra firma, he unhesitatingly struck a bee-line for 
Nineveh; no longer was he intimidated by the mag- 
nates of the world's metropolis, before whom God had 
commnaded him, an illiterate Galilean farmer, to 
stand and proclaim awful pending doom. He thought 
they would kill him for prophesying evil. But oh, 
how he was mistaken! Having traversed the city 
three days with his only sermon hanging on his lips, 
"Yet forty days and Nineveh shall be destroyed," ter- 
rible conviction, a real nightmare from the eternal 
world, settled down on the people, not sparing the 
king. He issued his proclamation, commanding all 
of his people to fast and pray three days and nights 
covered with sackcloth and ashes, prostrate on the 
ground, and to feed none of the animals until the 
time; let the fast be universal, if perchance God may 
repent, {i. e., change His purpose,) and grant them 
mercy. You see he had them all repent without any 
assurance that they would receive mercy, as Jonah's 
sermon had but one sentence in it, and that was wrath 
unmixed with mercy. 

God help us all to profit by the wisdom of the Nine- 
vitish king who laid aside his crown, descended from 
his throne,, covered his head with sackcloth and ashes, 
lay prostrate on the ground, and commanded all his 
subjects to do likewise. The result was that God 
h^c.rd their cries, saw their tears, and spared their 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 166^ 

lives. After that generation had passed away, the 
city again lapsed into wickedness, was destroyed by 
the Babylonians two hundred years subsequently, and 
is this day a heap of ruins; a mournful memento of 
the awful doom which will inevitably overtake the 
wicked who are too proud to repent. These people 
were not profited by the example of their predecessors 
who repented under the preaching of Jonah, but, as 
is generally the case, they hardened their hearts, stif- 
fened their necks, rushed heedlessly against Jehovah's 
buckler, and perished forever. When they extend 
the rail-road on to Bagdad, which already runs to 
Aleppo, the metropolis of North Syria, and the Cook 
Co. shall take up Babylon and put it in their tours 
around the world, which I believe will come in a few 
years, then I know they will extend it on to the ruins 
of Nineveh, including that also in Cook's tours. In 
my three trips to the Orient, I all the time was anxious 
to visit the ruins of the ancient cities which have 
played so conspicuous a part in the drama of universal 
history, and which stand to-day so conspicuous in the 
long catalogue of historic reminiscences. They are 
confirmatory of biblical inspiration, and revelatory 
of the signal prophetic fulfillments of God's righteous 
judgments against the wicked. 

Ignorance and wickedness always go hand-in-hand. 
Sanctified learning is the handmaid of true religion. 
If you would have your religion a success and your 
heavenly hope gloriously verified, you must not fold 
your arms, complacently adopting the diabolical max- 
im "Ignorance is bliss, it is folly to be wise." I have 
known preachers to condemn and denounce human 



106 Around the World, Garden of Eden, 

learning in toto. We frankly admit that unsanctified 
learning is a curse rather than a blessing, because it 
is in the hands of Satan who will use it for your 
damnation. But remember God says "My people per- 
ish for lack of knowledge," O. T, "Study to show thy- 
self approved of God, a workman not to be ashamed, 
rightly dividing the word of truth," N. T. 

We also from the case of Jonah learn another profi- 
table lesson ; that is that sanctified people must beware 
of infirmities. Jonah was the Lord's prophet when 
He commissioned him to preach to the Ninevites. Of 
course he was a Christian in his dispensation. Not 
having the perfect love which casts out fear, he yield- 
ed to the cowardice which sanctification alone can take 
out of the heart. In the whale's stomach he had three 
days and nights to get his consecration to the point 
of receptive faith. Therefore his ministry, subsequently 
to his ejectment by the sea-monster, was on the sancti- 
fied plane. But you see the trouble he got into when 
his prophecy was not fulfilled, and when his diagnosis 
of course put him in the exceedingly unenviable atti- 
tude of a false prophet ; therefore he became very blue 
in contemplation of the situation. Of course God knew 
the Ninevites would repent under Jonah's ministry and 
in that case He would spare them. Then why did He 
not tell Jonah? The reason is very obvious. That 
would have softened the message and been very likely 
to superinduce a superficial repentance which is worth- 
less. Consequently Jonah just threw open his big 
mouth and roared like a lion all over the city, "Yet 
forty days and Nineveh shall be destroyed"; himself 
believing that the awful doom would come. Therefore 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 167 

his heart broke with sorrow and his eyes flowed like 
rivers, winging his proclamation with lightning and 
thunderbolts, and giving his awful message the force 
of battering-rams and cyclones. 

When God sanctified me thirty-eight years ago, He 
made me a cyclone of fire. I went to the hardest and 
most wicked places and often preached ten solid days 
on the doom of the wicked, saying nothing about love 
or mercy, actually treating the matter as if there were 
no Savior. Consequently I saw Ninevite conviction; 
the old, the young, the rich and poor all alike falling 
like dead people and crying to God; this awful night- 
mare conviction having settled down on everybody. 
Then I descended from Mt. Sinai and hastened to Cal- 
vary; no longer preaching Hell, but the dying love 
of Jesus, until they all swept into the kingdom with 
shouts of victory. 

Oh, what a universal commotion among the scat- 
tered children of Abraham in all the earth! Accord- 
ing to Ezekiel, as you see revealed in chapter thirty- 
seven, the Jews will be gathered into the Holy Land 
before they are converted to Christianity. This con- 
clusion is obvious from the dry bones, illustrative of 
utter physical death and symbolic of spiritual death. 
They are gathering now with wonderful rapidity, al- 
ready seventy-five thousand Jews in a population of 
one hundred thousand in Jerusalem alone. They are 
dotting the whole country with their colonies and 
rapidly rebuilding all of the ancient cities. I trow, 
when the Lord comes to take away His bride, He will 
so re^'eal Himself to His consanguinity as to superin- 
duce a repentance which will roll over Palestine like a 



168 Around the World, Garden of Eden. 

flood, sweeping everything before it. This will be the 
consummation of their rejectment from the world, 
which is so rapidly progressing initially in their gath- 
ering back to their native land. When the Jews are 
converted to Christianity they will be the best and 
most faithful witnesses of their once rejected Messiah 
and go out at once, like Jonah to Nineveh, and tell the 
world about their wonderful Christ, whom to their sor- 
row they so long ignored, while in the stomach of the 
whale. 

When this strong and beautiful metaphor of Isra- 
el's redemption, symbolized by the wonderful experi- 
ence of Jonah, shall supervene, and millions of Abra- 
ham's children shall turn evangelist and rush to the 
heathen Ninevehs in all the earth, ringing the procla- 
mation of repentance, oh, what a sunburst on Christen- 
dom will follow in the wake of these swift messengers 1 
It will be like resurrection angels blowing the Gospel 
trumpets till the nations sitting in darkness shall all 
hear the felicitous proclamation, "Awake from the 
slumbers of pagan night and hasten to the bright- 
ness of the glorious Sun of Righteousness rising on 
thee with healing in His wings!" 



CHAPTER XV. 



THE SEA OF GALILEE. 



Oh, what a charm rings in the very mention of this 
wonderful Galilean sea, over whose placid waters Jesus 
with His disciples so often sailed! Ever and anon 
He had to rebuke the storms which are so common on 
that sea. In all of m}' sailing over it I have reminded 
my party to take hold of our glorious Captain in pray- 
er, for tranquil seas. These petitions have been wonder- 
fully answered. Oh, how beautiful is this sea when per- 
fectly calm, not a ripple corrugating its cerulean sur- 
face. The reason why this sea is so proverbial for 
storms is because it is seven hundred feet below the 
Mediterranean Sea thirty miles west; this depression, 
as it is entirely inland, as a natural consequence is 
environed by highlands on all sides. In the Holy Land 
the west winds are very strong, as they have an un- 
broken sweep of fifty-five hundred miles across the At- 
lantic and through the Mediterranean, the long way. 
Therefore uprising against the Palestinian shore with 
tremendous force, they sweep on over the continent, 
frequently passing over the sea of Galilee without 
dropping down, thus leaving us a placid calm, while 
the storm is howling above our heads. But frequently 
the strong winds moving horizontally from the sum- 
mit of the highlands on the west coast, by the time 
they cross that sea, drop down so low that when they 

169 



170 Around the World, Garden of Eden, 

strike the eastern mountains, instead of rising and 
passing over them and moving on in the even tenor of 
their way, they are deflected either to the right or to 
the left, in which case they fly round in the subsidence 
occupied by that sea, thus assuming a giratory motion, 
and actually developing a cyclone, to the awful detri- 
ment of navigation. In this case, as you read in the 
Scriptures, the waves roll over the ship and fill it full, 
and if voyagers are not good swimmers, they are very 
likely to be drowned. 

These storms of which we read so frequently during 
our Savior's ministry, afforded grand opportunities to 
illustrate His Divinity, hj simply speaking to them, in 
which case they always acquiesced at once and a uni- 
versal calm supervened, evoking the astounded ejacula- 
tions of His disciples, "Who is this who commands the 
sea and the storm, and they obey Him?" During His 
ministry He needed these tornadoes to multiply His 
opportunities to enforce the conviction of His Messiah- 
ship. When we sailed over that sea, as we all perfectly 
believed in Him, the storms were not needed and would 
certainly have deluged us with water and imperiled 
our lives. Therefore the sea, in His mercy, was per- 
fectly tranquil, smooth as glass, and oh, how beautiful 
as we glided over it from shore to shore; generally 
making our Savior's track as revealed in the New Tes- 
tament, a specialty. 

This sea is sixteen and one-half miles long and 
eight miles wide. It has no influx, except the river 
Jordan, which enters due north and is lost in the sea, 
till he passes out due south, without perceivable in- 
crease of volume, and goes on his way to his final des- 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. ]71 

tination in the Dead Sea. There are two large springs 
flowing into this sea directly upon the base of the 
contiguous mountain, but none from the surrounding 
country excepting the Jordan. The Hot Springs on 
the south-west coast, near the city of Tiberias, are 
an important sanitarium, as in other countries. The 
water is hot enough for all culinary purposes, cooking 
eggs very quickly and stewing meat and all kinds of 
vegetables in due time. They flow out from the base 
of a majestic hill on whose summit Herod Antipas, 
who was king in the time of Jesus and who beheaded 
John the Baptist, had a palace. He also had another 
over in Perea, on the east coast of the Dead Sea. Our 
attention was directed by the guide to the battle- 
field, off the south-east coast, where Herod met his 
father-in-law, the king of Arabia, who fought him for 
divorcing his daughter. Herod had received her in 
wedlock, but now, in order that he might wed Herodias, 
his brother Philip's wife, he divorced her. God was 
in that battle, and Herod was signally defeated, which 
with the decapitation of John the Baptist paved the 
way for his downfall. By these and other acts of 
maladministration, incurring the displeasure of Csesar, 
he was summoned to Rome to answer charges ad- 
duced against him; deposed by the Emperor, he, with 
his wicked wife, was banished to Logdunun, then the 
wild wes.t, where they perished miserably in lonely 
exile. 

When I first reached the Sea of Galilee, I said to 
my guide, "Have them row us at once to Capernaum," 
cur Savior's home during the two and a half years of 
His Galilean ministry. Jesus said He had no home. 



172 Around the World, Garden op Edbn, 

but what I mean is that when they drove Him away 
from Nazareth, He came to Capernaum and made it 
His headquarters, not only preaching in the cities 
and villages which crowded the bank of this sea sev- 
enty-five miles all around, but out into the surround- 
ing country in all directions, radiating, peregrinating 
and returning again to Capernaum. This city was the 
honored nativity of the apostles John and James, the 
sons of thunder. It was also the residence of Peter, 
who was the senior apostle, about forty years old, 
when called to the ministry. I trow his house was 
the home of Jesus. When we often read about His 
going into the house, doubtless it was Peter's residence. 
Pursuant to the awful woes Jesus pronounced on 
Capernaum, Matthew eleventh chapter, she utterly 
perished from the earth and through long, rolling 
centuries was without an inhabitant. As the Jews 
are so rapidly reviving all of that country, about a 
dozen years ago they began to revive Capernaum. 
When I was there in 1905, I saw the ruin of a great 
and beautiful synagogue which the German Archseolo- 
gists had exhumed during the six years of my absence 
from the Holy Land. Formerly it was utterly buried 
in the debris accumulated from the great mountain 
which hangs over it, doubtless the Mount of Beati- 
tudes, on which our Lord preached that wonderful 
sermon. 

If you visit the Holy Land you will certainly go 
to the Sea of Galilee, where Jesus did abide and preach 
so much, all around about. As you approach along the 
macadamized road from the west, you will come to 
Mount Hatton, from which you will have a grand 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 173 

view of the sea. This mountain is celebrated in history 
for the decisive battle fought on it between the Cru- 
saders and the Moslems, ui.der the command of Sala- 
, din, the greatest military chieftain in the world in 
I his day. The battle resulted in the overwhelming de- 
feat of the Crusaders, so they fought no more, but 
retreated out of Asia never to return. They had fought 
two hundred years, all Christendom being combined 
in a desperate effort to recover the Holy Land and 
rescue our Savior's patrimony from the infidels. A 
million Europeans bleached their bones on Asiatic 
soil, and though they conquered Jerusalem, under God- 
frey, in 1099 A. D., they only held it eighty-eight years 
and were driven out, A. D. 1187. The reason why this 
failure supervened was because the prophecy, Daniel 
viii, 25, specifies "He shall be broken without hand," 
referring to Mohammed, the false prophet. Hence 
the futility of all human efforts to drive the false 
prophet from the earth. God alone can break him. 

Since the Crusaders, and all Christendom, in an 
effort to break him, fought two hundred years, but 
finally retreated in despair, the hand of God has vis- 
ibly entered upon the work of destroying the false 
prophet. He began to break him in the signal defeat 
of the three hundred thousand Moslems, by John 
Sobieski and his Polish army of seventy thousand, 
at Vienna, in 1683, where the Moslem's tide was arrest- 
ed and has been rolling back ever since. There God 
put His hand on the false prophet and began to break 
him and will continue till the final fulfillment of this 
prophecy. Revelation xix, 20, where you see the beast, 
*. e.^ the papacy, and the false prophet, i. e., Mohammed, 



174 Around the World, Garden of Eden, 

are arrested and cast alive into the lake of fire that 
bumeth with brimstone. 

Whereas your guide will most likely tell you that 
you are on the Mount of Beatitudes, where our Lord 
preached His wonderful sermon, I am satisfied it is 
a mistake. If you will read it through, you will find 
He entered Capernaum as soon as He wound up that 
wonderful discourse. Mount Hatton, where the battle 
was fought, is ten miles from Capernaum ; hence the 
normal conclusion is that the Mount of Beatitudes was 
more convenient than Hatton. I am satisfied that it 
was the great mountain that hangs over Capernaum 
from the north. When I was there in 1899, I rode over 
that mountain, purposly exploring it with reference 
to our Savior's ministry. The Word says that when 
He went up into the mountain His disciples came to 
Him, and that He left the multitude below on a pla- 
teau, *. e., a bench in the side of the mountain. I found 
the conformation of the mountain suited that descrip- 
tion, the level plain on the southern slope nicely veri- 
fying the Bible description. Capernaum is directly at 
the base of this second mountain, so that He might 
enter the city immediately after closing His sermon. 

There is no doubt but that the great and beautiful 
synagogue, which has been exhumed in Capernaum by 
the German Archaeologists, is the one which the centu- 
rion had built for the Jews, as he lived in the city. 

From Capernaum we sailed to Bethsaida, on the 
north-west coast of the sea. It was the nativity of 
Peter and Andrew and Philip. Though having given 
the world these three great apostles, it so rejected our 
Lord's ministry as to become the subject of a terrible 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 175 

woe, which you will read in Matthew the eleventh 
chapter. Pursuant to this it utterly perished, like 
Capernaum, and for the same reason, and the main 
site to this day remains desolate; however, a convent 
has been built near by by a Christian man. This city 
was blessed by a great spring which flows out from 
the base of the Mount of Beatitudes into the sea of 
Galilee. 

On the west coast of the sea we again visited th*^ city 
of Magdala, the nativity of Mary Magdalene, who was 
named from it, and out of whom our Lord had cast 
seven demons when He rescued her from Satan. In the 
catalogue of our Lord's feminine apostles, Mary Mag- 
dalene stands at the head of the column, followed by 
Mary, the wife of Alphseus, and the mother of James 
the less, Salome the mother of James and John, the 
sons of thunder, Susanna, and Johanna, the wife of 
Chuza the steward of King Herod. We also sailed a- 
cross the sea, landing on the east coast and visiting 
Gadara, where our Savior cast the legion of demons, 
(ten thousand), out of the poor demoniac; at the same 
time calling him to preach, and giving him his own 
country for his field of labor. 

On the same coast we visited the place where they 
tell us our Lord appeared to His apostles early in the 
morning, after that memorable night of fruitless toil, 
during which they had caught nothing. But when, 
at His bidding thy cast the net on the right side of 
the ship, they enclosed one hundred and fifty-three fine, 
large fishes. Though the draught was so encouraging, 
they quit the business forever, as there they met their 
risen Lord, who already had their breakfast waiting; 



176 Around the World, Garden of Eden, 

this, I trow, those Herculean stalwarts did enjoy after 
rowing the ship, casting the net and pulling it through 
the waters all night long. There Jesus put Peter to 
a terrible interview, asking him, "agapas me?/H. e., "Do 
you love me with Divine love," i. e., "Peter, have you 
been reclaimed from your Gethsemane backsliding?" 
This was a hard question and Peter evades it by re- 
sponding, "PMlose" "I love thee as a friend.'' Je- 
sus responds to him, "Feed my lambs," and the second 
time, "Shepherdize my sheeplings." Then Jesus re- 
peats the same interrogative the third time, "Do you 
love me with Divine love?" When Jesus repeats the 
same interrogative, "Do you love me with human love," 
leaving His own word agapo, which means Divine love 
and taking Peter's word which he had used every time, 
phileo, which means to love as a friend with human 
love, this breaks Peter's heart because of our Lord's 
insinuation against the sincerity of his human love, 
thus indirectly reminding him of his late apostasy and 
denial. Our Lord here forcibly illustrates to us an ex- 
ceedingly profitable lesson, differentiation between hu- 
man and Divine love: the latter is the very essence of 
saving grace, and the former actually graceless; yet 
the two are often mistaken the one for the other. At 
this point Satan deludes millions, hallucinating them 
with the fond delusion that they are Christians be- 
cause they love the Lord and His people; at the same 
time it is only human love. They are ignorant of Di- 
vine love, which we cannot exercise by our natural 
volition, as it is an exotic in the heart of God, and 
only received as the Holy Ghost, in God's condescend- 
ing, redeeming mercy, pours it into our hearts. 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 177 

The sea of Galilee, including the west and the south 
coasts, is in the tribe of Zebulun. The north coast, 
including the city of Capernaum and the Mount of 
Beatitudes, is in the tribe of Naphtali, extending as 
far north as Dan, the northern terminus of Palestine, 
while Beer-sheba, far down south in the tribe of 
Simeon, is the southern terminus. Hence the proverb, 
"from Dan to Beer-sheba"; as we say, from Maine to 
Florida, meaning the whole country. These coasts of 
the sea belonged to the Gentile Gadarenes, hence it 
was called the Galilee of the Gentiles, and it was said 
that they saw great light. No wonder, when they 
saw Him who is the Light of the world. 

The sea of Galilee is clear, limpid and delightful 
fresh water. The people living on its coasts never dig 
wells but use the sea water for all purposes. Pilgrims 
visiting it are accustomed not only to drink it but to 
bathe in it; they look upon it as sacred, because our 
Lord sailed over it so much, when treading every shore 
He preached the Gospel to the many cities and vil- 
lages, which, in that day of Israel's prosperity, so 
densely populated that region. Sailing on that sea 
we have a conspicuous view of old Ohorazin, though 
ten miles distant on the mountain slope. In the days 
of Christ it was large and prosperous, but like Caper- 
naum and Bethsaida it rejected the ministry of our 
Lord, and was consequently included in the awful 
anathema pronounced against the three, in Matthew 
eleventh chapter, where Jesus tells them that it will 
be more tolerable for Tyre and Sidon, those heathen 
cities that never heard the Gospel, as well as Sodom 
and Gomorrah, in the day of judgment, than for them. 



178 Around the World, Garden of Eden. 

assuring them that if His mighty works had been 
wrought in those great heathen cities, which had per- 
ished from the earth, they would have survived to 
this. day. 

My heart always clings around the sea of Galilee ev- 
ery time the Lord ever lets me make a visit. In 1899, 
when the time came to leave, my young men refused to 
go, so we had to stay another day and spend all the 
time riding about over the sea, stopping at all the plac- 
es of historic notoriety on every coast. In 1905, we all 
left it with great reluctance, my young men, (the 
Texas Boys), almost refusing to go. Oh, what a hal- 
lowed influence lingers there, filling the land, sea, 
and sky with an unearthly enchantment. The last 
time I was there, as the sun was retreating from the 
world, I looked upon this beautiful sea, and a hundred 
and fifty miles away to Mount Hermon, up in Syria, 
where the Jordan rises, and beheld his snowy summit, 
bespangled with all the variegated tints of the rain- 
bow, red, orange, yellow, green, blue, indigo and violet. 
Oh, how indescribable it seemed, reflected in super- 
natural beauty and ineffably gorgeous glory, on the 
sea of Galilee. As I am now in life's evening, and it 
is not probable that I will ever again visit the Holy 
Land, I can say that of all the hallowed spots I have 
ever seen the sea of Galilee, which is the most promi- 
nent spot in our Lord's ministry, rises pre-eminent, 
surpassed only by Calvary. 



CHAPTER XVI. 

NAIN^ SHUNEM^ AND GILBOA. 

This chapter is still in the tribe of Zebiiliin. The 
city of Nain is on the north-west slope of Mount Little 
Hermon, and exceedingly conspicuous from the sum- 
mit of Mount Tabor, which has been crowned by a 
city for perhaps more than two thousand years. 

There is a notable death in the city of Nain, the 
only son of a poor widow, her support in this life 
and her hope of inheritance in Israel, sickens and 
dies, despite all possible medical effort. The sympa- 
thetic heart of Jesus takes Him all the way from 
Capernaum, about thirty miles, to comfort the bleed- 
ing heart of that poor widow. Already the funeral 
procession has advanced out of the city, bearing the 
corpse to the sepulchre, when attention is arrested by 
the approach of Jesus and His disciples, accompanied 
by a great crowd. Meeting the bier and putting His 
hand on it, He nods to the pall-bearers to halt. Their 
astonishment is unutterable, as they had never known 
a corpse interrupted on its way to the sepulchre be- 
fore, yet an indefinable awe constrains them to heed. 
Setting down the bier in the road, they stand aside. 
Jesus proceeds to lift the pall from the face of the 
dead, revealing the physiognomy of the pallid, ghast- 
ly corpse. He now speaks in a voice that makes the 
mountain tremble, "Young man, I say unto thee, 

179 



180 Around the World, Garden of Eden, 

Arise!" He opens his eyes and, seeing his mother, 
a light flashes over his face and the redness of life 
and youth begin to supersede the pallid horrors of 
death. Jesus takes him by the hand and lifts him 
up. Now he reaches out his arms and embraces his 
mother. 

Meanwhile, a sensation is going on in the city 
among the people who see the procession disturbed on 
its way to the sepulchre, a matter entirely a phenome- 
non and never before heard of. Ascending to the flat 
roofs of their houses they gaze with all their eyes, 
bewildered beyond utterance at seeing the procession 
actually broken up, and the people dashing around 
promiscuously like they were wild. Now their ears 
are saluted by a tremendous roaring shout: "Glory to 
God in the highest, for raising up a prophet in Is- 
rael who has power to speak the dead to life." Oh, 
how the people in the city are puzzled, saying among 
themselves, "Why! Who ever heard of a shout at 
a funeral ? That is a place for weeping and mourning." 
But now they see the whole crowd in pell mell mass 
coming back to the city. How to explain it they can- 
not conceive. Why, what have they done with the 
corpse? Soon the people who formed the procession 
reached the proximity of recognition; then they recog- 
nize the young man who was dead, and his mother, 
walking in the front leading the procession, and fol- 
lowed by the multitude roaring at the top of their 
voices: "Glory to God in the highest, for raising up a 
prophet, who has power to raise the dead to life." 

Our Lord immediately returned to Capernaum and 
proceeded preaching to the multitudes. Behold His 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 181 

unutterable goodness and kindness to walk iliose sixty 
uiiles to soothe the broken heart of a mother in Israel. 
A beautiful stone church stands on the spot where 
this wonderful miracle was performed. The city of 
Nain is now a Mohammedan village; but this church 
was built by the Sacristan monks. We went into it 
and saw the statuary ; the engravings are very beauti- 
ful, representing the scene of the Resurrection so vivid- 
ly that we almost see it with our mortal eyes. We ride 
half way around the mountain, and opposite Nain on 
the south-east slope we find ourselves in Shunem, 
where lived the loving twain, walking closely with the 
God of Israel and in deep distress because they were 
childless; thus not only forfeiting their inheritance in 
Israel, but the glorious Messianic projeuitorship. The 
prophet Elijah passed that way in his peregrinations 
to Mount Carmel and back, stopping and lodging with 
them as a matter of convenience; so they built him a 
chamber on the wall and furnished it with a bed, can- 
dlestick and a regular ablutionary outfit, all things 
essential to the comforts of the lodging. Sympathizing 
with them in their sterility, he promises them an heir 
in answer to prayer: sure enough a promising son 
brightens the lonely home. The years speed away. The 
youth in his teens, an industrious farmer boy, is help- 
ing his father in the harvest-field, when sunstroke 
prostrates him on the earth. His father quickly car- 
ries him to the house and stretches him out on the 
prophet's bed, for he is now a lifeless corpse. Mean- 
while the father's faith has fled and he thinks of no- 
thing but mourning over his hardy boy, forever gone, 
but the mother orders the servant to saddle her donkey 



182 Around the World, Garden of Eden, 

with all possible expedition, and mounting, she dashes 
away at full speed, fifteen miles to Mount Carmel, hail- 
ing the prophet and telling him the news. The prophet 
hands his stafif to Gehazi with orders to go with all 
possible expedition, as the celerity of his youth might 
qualify him to get there ahead of the prophet, and lay 
his staff on the corpse. This does not satisfy the mo 
ther and she falls and seizes his feet. Gehazi takes 
hold of her, thinking to relieve his master of the nui 
sance, but Elijah says, ''let her alone for her soul i.s 
troubled within her." She utterly refuses to be satis- 
fied with the service of the young prophet, in putting 
Elijah's staff on him ; but constrains Elijah himself to 
go at once and with all possible expedition, and by 
her importunity^ forces acquiescence. All possible 
haste secures a speedy arival. Then the prophet going 
up into the chamber prostrates his own body on the 
corpse, placing his eyes, nose, and mouth on those of 
the dead boy. At this the boy begins to awaken, 
sneezes seven times, and rises into life. (Seven through- 
out the Bible means Christ, who is both man and God 
united; three representing God, the Father, Son, and 
Holy Ghost, and four representing humanity, north, 
south, east, and west, the cardinal points always 
standing for the world of which man is lord, i. e., 
the world is the body, and the man the soul.) 

When we contemplate the environments which char 
acterize the ministry of Jesus, we are especially aston 
ished at the tardiness in the apprehension of His Mes- 
siahship. It seemes to us that His miracles would 
have convinced men all right; you must remember that 
He did not declare His Christhood among the Jews 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 183 

until the very last days of His ministry; when it was 
really necessary for Him to tell it to the Twelve, six 
months previous to His crucifixion. This was when 
He escorted them to Csesarea Philippi, a Gentile city 
in Syria. He never hesitated to admit His Christhood 
among the Gentiles, e. g,, in Samaria to the woman at 
the well very early in His ministry, also at Gadara. 
He knew the Gentiles did not want a Jew for their 
king, whereas the only hope of Hebrew emancipation 
from Roman bondage which they had endured thirty- 
eight years, was the coming of the Messiah, who all 
the prophets certified to be the King of Israel. As 
they knew they never could cope with the Roman pow- 
er on the battlefield, they were utterly shut up to 
Messianic intervention as the only hope of emancipa- 
tion from the awful despotism of -Roman rule. There- 
fore, if He declared His Christhood they woiUd have 
crowned Him King on the spot, and the Romans would 
have killed Him for high treason; finally when they 
did crucify Him, with His accusation superscribed on 
the cross above His head, in Hebrew, Greek and Latin 
letters, "This in the King of the Jews," it was for 
high treason, for which the penalty was death. 

It was absolutely necessary for Him to live on the 
earth three years, in order to teach His disciples and 
launch the Gospel church. Three days would have 
sufficed for Him to come into the world, bleed and die, 
and redeem us from all sin, death and Hell. But the 
glorious scheme of redemption would have evanesced 
without the Gospel church to keep the lamps burning 
before the world. He had a hard time to perpetuate 



184 Around the World, Garden op Eden 

His Bible School those three years, as His friends were 
constantly after Him to crown Him King, in which 
case the Romans would have killed Him. 

The hierarchy had fallen out with Him at the begin- 
ning of His ministry for His telling the truth, and had 
become His bloodthirsty enemies, everywhere hounding 
Him for His life. Even the heroic effort of John the 
Baptist, who thought it was high time for Him to pro- 
claim His Christhood, and consequently sent to Him 
two of his disciples to ask Him outright in the presence 
of listening thousands, "Art thou the Christ, or look 
we for another?" signally failed to deflect Him from 
His purpose of withholding the revelation of His Mes- 
siahship from the Jews till He had finished the three 
years course of His inspired truth, which He was dai- 
ly dispensing to His disciples by the greatest responsi- 
bility ever committed, i. e., the launching of the Gospel 
church. 

Now take the matter as it stood before the Jews and 
you will not be astonished at the tardiness of their 
apprehension of His Christhood. In the absence of 
an open proclamation on His part, they had nothing 
but His mighty works and His inimitable teaching, 
the deep things of God, to convince them of His Mes- 
siahship. Now suppose we consider the miracle which 
was certainly the most convincing of all. You see in 
this chapter the puzzle which confronts them here on 
this same Mount, Little Mount Hermon. Jesus raised 
the widow's son at Nain and Elijah raised the Shuna- 
mite at Shunem, the places separated by only two 
hours on horseback. The same dilemma confronted 
them throughout that country, while He was filling 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 185 

llie land with miracles, even raising the dead. Hence 
you see the normal trend of the popular mind would 
unliesitatingly conclude that He was a prophet, yea, 
the greatest prophet the world had ever seen, from the 
simple fact that He wrought more miracles and great- 
er, and His teaching was more fruitful of heavenly 
erudition in every conceivable ramification than ever 
before known on the earth; yet the prophets had done 
all these things, the difference not being in kind but 
in degree. 

The hierarchy, His uncompromising foes, did their 
best to sweep away all these overwhelming arguments 
in favor of His prophetic office; using before the people 
the silly and garrulous argument that the Bible gives 
no instance of any prophet coming from Nazareth, 
which really was a sophistical allegation, as the fact 
of prophets rising in other places did not at all pre 
elude the legitimacy of their coming out of Nazareth, 
or any other obscure village or rural hamlet. 

While the Canaanites, so called from Canaan, the 
son of Ham, were consequently Hamites, the author- 
ities tell us that the Philistines, a great nation of stal- 
wart giants inhabiting that exceedingly fertile land 
along the sea-coast, and extending out and taking in 
some of those rich mountains, and even south to the 
isthmus of Suez, were Japhethites. 

The record of Noah's family throws a dark shadow 
over Ham his second son, showing him up as not only 
libidinous, but brutish in the care of his father, when 
he was giggling over the exposition of the father's nu- 
dity; while his two brothers, Shem and Japheth, took 
a garment and walking backward carried it and cov- 



186 Around' the World, Garden of Eden. 

ered him. Hi)- tory develops the fact that while Shem 
retained a kiiovrlcdge of the true God more successfully 
than either of his brothers, Ham trended away into 
idolatry and wickedness faster than either of his bro- 
thers; Japheth being intermediate, rather excelled in 
intellectual achievements. 

Joshua never did succeed in conquering the Philis- 
tines. David was the first one to really subdue them 
and hold them in subordination during- his administra- 
tion, but they prospered and perpetuated their nation- 
ality till after both Israel and Judah were carried into 
Babylonian captivity. When Nebuchadnezzar con- 
quered the world, carrying the Jews away to Babylon, 
It seems that he must have deported the Philistines also 
to some other country, as we know he conquered them, 
for the Bible tells us about his subjugating them at 
the same time he invaded Judea. As we never hear of 
the Philistines after they turned the Jews out of Baby- 
lonian captivity, the conclusion is that Nebuchadnez- 
zar must have taken them away to some other country. 
These formidable Philistines were the chronic eye- 
sore throughout the entire forty years of Saul's admin-* 
istration, a long scene of bloody days immediately 
preceding his coronation. He ascended the throne of 
Israel in the midst of an exterminating war with the 
Philistines, and immediately after his coronation im- 
mortalized himself by a brilliant victory over them 
which gloriously boomed his administration. While 
Saul was *a great man, wise in counsel and heroic on 
the battle-field, and evidently adapted to the kingdom 
at that critical epoch when the Philistines were press- 
ing them to the wall, and while the nation was exceed- 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 187 

ingly prosperous during the forty years of his adminis- 
tration, so prosperous that David in his lamentation 
when Saul fell before the Philistines on Mount Gilboa, 
beautifully and pertinently said, "O ye daughters of 
Israel, weep and mourn for Saul who clothed you with 
scarlet;" yet Saul's great trouble was incorrigible 
self-will throughout the entire forty years of his reign. 
But his conversion was unmistakably clear. The Holy 
Spirit says, "When Saul met the prophet, God gavG 
him another heart." No one who believes the Bible 
can any more doubt Saul's genuine conversion to God. 
You will find no experience related in the Bible more 
unimpeachable than that of King Saul. The great 
trouble with him was that he never could get sancti- 
fied; therefore his life was a series of alterations of 
light and darkness; a bright day followed by a dark 
night; an unbroken contention of ups and downs, sin- 
ning and rebelling, rising and falling. 

In his royal capacity, officially representing Israel, 
God commaded him to go and utterly exterminate the 
Amalekites because they fought against Israel forty 
years, doing their utmost to keep them from entering 
the land of Canaan; thus symbolizing the inbred sin, 
which is always fighting against us to keep us from 
getting sanctified. If we do not get rid of it, we will 
fall under condemnation for willingly keeping it, be- 
come backsliders and drop into Hell, Saul obeyed God 
and marched his army against the Amalekites; but 
instead of utterly exterminating them and everything 
they possessed, he saved Agag, the king, alive and 
brought back with him the best of their cattle and 
sheep, so that, as he apologized to Samuel, he might 



188 Around the World, Garden op Eden, 

have them to sacrifice unto the Lord. That point was 
a finale in his history, such as we all reach sooner or 
later when we settle matters to be all the Lord's for- 
ever without any reservation, or grieve away the Holy 
Spirit and sink into irretrievable condemnation. Adam 
the first in our hearts is the Agag; he must die; while 
ill-gotten gains are those fat cattle and sheep that we 
do not need either to enable us to support the Gospel at 
home or to send it to the heathen. God is neither 
poor nor stingy. He will attend to His cause at home 
and abroad. The thing for us to do is to look after our 
own souls and to be sure we are right with God. At 
this mournful crisis God forsook Saul and appeared 
to him no more, neither by dreams or visions, or Urim 
and Thummim. Then and there he crossed the dead line 
whence there is no retreat. 

"There is a line by us unseen, 

That crosses every path ; 
The hidden boundary between 
God's mercy and His wratli. 

"There is a time, we Icnow not when, 
A point, we know not where, 
Which marks the destiny of men, 
To glory or despair." 

Saul was in trouble all the forty years of his pub- 
lic life; the Philistines were the thorn in his flesh. 
It was in the war with them that the strippling 
David slew the monster giant, thus evolving the pop- 
ular commendation, which aroused Saul's jealousy and 
brought on seven years of war with him ; and now Saul 
is again involved in a fresh series of battles with the 
Philistines. They have fought him forty years; they 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 189 

despise his very name and are determined to destroy 
liim. Their army is encamped at Shunem and Saul's 
on Mount Gilboa, the beautiful plain of Esdrselon 
intervening. This plain contains a hundred thousand 
acres of beautiful land, level and rich, and O, how 
many great battles have been fought on it! The two 
armies daily met in pitched battle on this plain in- 
tervening between the encampments, but the Philis- 
tines have proved too strong for Israel and have al- 
ready defeated them over and os^er, dr'iving them 
from their position, farther and farther into the Gil- 
boan mountain range. 

Though Saul has obeyed the Bible in his adminis- 
tration, exterminating witches and wizards out of 
his kingdom as God commands, because they are the 
devil's preachers, in these latter days of God-forsaken 
darkness the poor man has turned spiritualist; a very 
natural course for a backslider, for when the Holy 
Spirit has utterly left a human spirit, never to re- 
turn, the normal trend is to go after demoniacal spir- 
its, thus turning spiritualist. So in the dead hours 
of the night, accompanied by an escort, he walks away 
seven miles over mountain and plain to visit the cele- 
brated medium, the witch of Endor. She goes for 
enchantment and calls for an answer from the eternal 
world. God avails Himself of the opportunity and 
sends up Samuel from his paradise rest in Abraham's 
bosom, the intermediate state of the Old Testament 
saints, in the region of Hades: there they await the 
descension of the risen Christ, to emancipate them and 
to lead them up to Heaven with Him in His glorious 
ascension. Samuel delivers to Saul an awful proph- 



190 Around the World, Garden of Eden, 

ecy of coniiDg doom, stating to him, "To-morrow you. 
and your sons shall be with me." They did go down to 
Hades and in that sense were with him, but they wem 
into the fiery Tartarus with Dives while Samuel was 
in Abraham's bosom with Lazarus; yet all were in 
Hades and in conversational proximity. See the six 
teenth chapter of Luke. 

When Samuel delivers this message, Saul falls pros- 
trate on the ground. The witch of Endor prepares 
him a nice, tender calf and persuades him to eat; 
then he with his escort returns to Gilboa. The next 
awful day, the Philistines in the early morning set 
the battle in array. The conflict is terrible; the 
mighty are falling on all sides. The crimson tide is 
flowing; the Philistines stampede the hosts of Israel 
and rush furiously on. The young men have already 
fallen and King Saul, mortally wounded, begs a man 
cO kill him. He shrinking from the ordeal, Saul then 
falls on his own sword, the blood that vitalized that 
heroic life crimsoning the heights of Gilboa. David 
lovingly weeps over Saul and his sons : "How have the 
mighty fallen!" Saul and Jonathan united in their 
lives, as father and son, in death were not divided; 
both falling on that fatal day. The Philistines 
nail up their bodies against the walls of Beth- 
shan, but the men of Jabesh-gilead go in the night, 
take them down, carry them away to Jabesh in Judah, 
where Saul was born and reared, and honor them with 
a royal interment. 



CHAPTER XVII. 

GIDEON^S VICTORY. 

Again Israel sinned and brought on them another 
righteous judgment from the Almighty — this time all 
the tribes of Arabia were combined against them un- 
der the general cognomen, Midianites. These Midian- 
ites prove awfully oppressive, coming annually in vast 
numbers, actually taking their harvest from them and 
bringing gaunt famine to stalk like an avenging spec- 
ter over all the land; so the distress is universal and 
appalling. The Midianites are innumerable as the 
sands of the sea, consequently the popular heart has 
sunken into despair, and the cruel iron of hopeless 
despondency has interpenetrated to the heart of the 
nation and blighted all hope. Really the spirit of 
liberty is dead; an ominous gloom has settled down 
like a nightmare, paralyzing all energy; the sun of 
their nationality has already gone down in the gloom 
of an eternal night. Their political rulers are all solid 
worshipers of Baal, who is now their national divinity. 

Now we see Gideon, a young man of Abiezer, the son 
of the officiating priest at the altar of Baal, Joash; 
but he himself is a faithful worshiper of Jehovah, and 
with his heroic band of ten young men still dares to 
hold up the banner of Israel's Jehovah. He is thresh- 
ing some wheat behind the wine-press to hide it from 
the Midianites, till he could get a little bread to satisfy 

191 



102 Around the World, Garden op Eden, 

huuger. An innocent looking tramp comes along and 
hails him as a mighty man of valor, the deliverer of 
Israel. He is astounded beyond measure, assuring 
Iiini that he is mistaken, for he is a member of an ob- 
scure family and the smallest in his father's house, 
/. e., the runt of the family. The stranger has already 
elicited sympathy by the consolatory message which 
lio has delivered to him, therefore Gideon begs him to 
hold a minute till he can run and get him something 
U) oat, which was a great blessing in that land of 
famine. While the morsel is being prepared, he had 
the stranger tell him how he can know that God will 
be with him and deliver Israel; he tells him to test 
Him by the dew on the fleece. By this time the pot 
of soup and the cake of bread had arrived, which he 
gives to the strange prophet who had thrilled his 
heart by predictions so very auspicious and delectable. 
The man lays the bread on a rock, a sacrifice to God, 
and pours out the soup on it. Then touching it with 
the staff, a lambent flame leaps up, streaming Heaven- 
ward, and leaping up into this flame, the stranger as- 
cends higher and higher, becoming smaller and small- 
er, till vision is eclipsed in ether blue, and Gideon's 
sympathetic guest is seen no more. 

Then Gideon knows he has seen an angel sent from 
Heaven, who had appeared in the incarnation of a very 
simple, humble way-faring man. 

Gideon tries the dewy fleece and the dry ground, et 
vice versa, to his utmost satisfaction; he puts God to 
the test in the matter, as in both experiments it was 
absolutely necessary for Him to contravene the laws of 
nature, in order to produce the phenomenon. Now Gid- 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions, 193 

eon knows by occular demonstration that God is in it. 
Therefore, with heroic certainty, he moves forward to 
raise the standard of revolt in that critical time when 
not an influential man in the kingdom would stand 
by his side or give him one word of encouragement. 

Taking his holiness band of ten young men, and 
going at midnight, he cuts down Baal's grove, demol- 
ishes his altar, restores the altar of Jehovah, which 
had long been neglected, and offers his sacrifice on it. 
The next morning at day dawn, the matter is dis- 
covered, and the news flies at lightning speed through- 
out Abiezer; all know it is an overt act of unambus- 
caded insurgency against the ruling power. Quickly 
it is ascertained that Gideon, the son of Baal's priest, 
is the guilty one. Therefore, lighting on the shortest 
way out of the trouble, they demand of Joash, the 
priest, to deliver up his son at once and let his head 
be taken off, so as to perfectly satisfy the authorities 
and prevent the swift retaliation which must inevitably 
come upon them. The father is already half-way con- 
verted to the religion of his son, the heroic leader of 
the holiness movement. Therefore he blufl's them 
quickly by the bold response, "Let Baal plead his 
own cause; if he is a god as you maintain, he does 
not need our vindication, for he can vindicate himself." 
By this time the war bugles are roaring from every 
hill-top. Gideon's band is blowing for volunteers in 
the on-coming war of independence, and all the men, 
far and near, who have the courage of their convictions 
are fast responding to the bugle call. 

Gideon selects as his headquarters one of the great 
mountains in the Gilboa range overlooking Jezreel, 



104 Around the World, Garden of Eden, 

the northern capital of Israel. This mountain is 
called Gilead. Do not confuse it with Rauioth-gilead, 
fifty miles distant in the tribe of Reuben, on the east 
side of the Jordan, where Reuben, Gad, and the half 
tribe of Manasseh received their inheritance. In this 
uprising- under the leadership of this obscure and un- 
heard-of youth, the summit of Mount Gilead becomes 
the place of rendezvous. Rapidly as the bugle notes 
fly on the wings of the wind, the proclamation rings 
throughout Issachar, in which this insurgency in the 
providence of God springs up, also Zebulun, Naphtali, 
Asher, and the half tribe of Manasseh on this side of 
Jordan ; they do not take time to peregrinate the more 
distant tribes of Israel. 

Gideon reviews his men and finds thirty-two thou- 
Siind have responded to the flying bugle calls. Soon 
a courier arrives from the east bringing the startling 
news that the Orient is up in arms. Within forty-eight 
iKjurs the enemy heaves in view, far away beyond 
the Jordan toward the sunrise, the splendor of their 
steel panoplies, (lashing beneath the eastern skies as 
if a thousand suns were rising in their glory. Gideon 
sees pale faces all around. He was a law-abiding 
man. The law positively forbids a military leader to 
lake a coward to the battle-field lest he demoralize the 
others by his flight in the time of battle. Therefore 
Gideon separates the faint-hearted and finds only ten 
thousand left; twenty-two thousand having taken the 
cowardly side of the question. Now the enemy is 
in full view and Gideon finds still more faint-hearted 
ones. God tells him to take them to the water and 
sec who snatches up in his hand and drinks quickly, 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 195 

and who takes time to drink deliberately and copiously, 
and then to separate the former from the latter. In 
this elimination, nine thousand, seven hundred go 
away to join the twenty-two thousand in a place of 
security, until they can hear from the battle-field and 
govern themselves accordingly; in case of victory to 
come and helx-», but in the case of defeat and massacre 
to skedaddle far away and save their scalps. 

Now you see Gideon's army is actually reduced to 
three hundred; they all have the perfect love which 
casts out fear, so neither men nor devils can scare 
them, from the simple fact that they have passed the 
scarey line and stand ready for martyrdom. The 
tliirty-two thousand loved the Lord, despised idolatry, 
were true to the God of Abraham, Isaac and Jacob, 
and true Christians in their dispensation, but they 
still had carnality which made them faint-hearted in 
time of imminent danger. While the three hundred 
had the perfect love which casts out fear and fills the 
heart after carnality is gone out; therefore they had 
to put the enemy to rout. You see before it wound 
up that the other thirty-one thousand, seven hundred 
were on the battle-field doing as good fighting as tlie 
three hundred, after the enemy was defeated and on 
tlie trot. But you see the three hundred braves had 
to put the enemy to rout; they had to do the fighting. 

I have seen this verified on a thousand battle-fields. 
I have gone to many a church of four to five hundred 
and found them all in bondage to the Midianites, beat 
en for volunteers till the thirty-two thousand rallied. 
But I always found it necessary to let the cowai-ds 
go, and take the faithful few; to fast, pray, and pi-eafli 



196 Akotjnd the World, Garden of Eden, 

till we actually put the devil to rout. Then the 
cowards would come back after they heard the shout 
of victory, and do a lot of fighting; they would see 
their trouble, go for sanctification, get it, and then 
take their places with the three hundred braves to 
press the Lord's war to the ends of the earth. But 1 
always found that a few faithful veterans who fear 
neither men nor devils had to put Satan to rout if 
they ever got a revival and did any good. I always 
hailed it as a blessed providence in the beginning if 
they would keep the cowards away until we could pray 
the fire down and put the devil to rout. 

Now the thirty-one thousand cowards are gone and 
Gideon is left alone with the three hundred braves. 
The grand army has moved in from the Orient, his- 
tory says, three hundred thousand strong. They ar- 
rive too late in the day to undertake the battle. They 
sedulously plan for the oncoming morrow, coiling 
round Mount Gilead like a hugh boaconstrictor, so 
that none can escape. They all pitch their tents, and 
lie down on the ground to take their rest after days 
of weary marching. But for Gideon's three hun- 
dred braves there is neither slumber nor sleep. They 
know that they are bagged and there is no alternative 
but to cut their way through the country. The long 
evening hours are on them. Gideon says to his men, 
"Comrades, continue in prayer till I with my boy 
preacher go down to the host and perhaps God will 
give me an omen." Stealthily down they go till they 
have reached within a stone's cast of the vast host, 
now wrapped in lethean slumber. The deep breathing 
of the camels and war steeds murmurs like the bil- 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 197 

lows of the ocean. Suddenly a waking soldier says to 
his comrade by his side, "Did you see that?" He an- 
swers, "See what?" "Oh, I saw a barley cake come 
rolling down Mount Gilead. It struck a tent and 
smashed it to smithereens killing every man in it; 
then another and it went down ; another and another 
until it SM'ept the plain of Esdrselon like an avalanche." 

His waking comrades now in broken utterances say, 
"We know what that barley cake is; it is none other 
than Gideon, the son of Joash, a mighty man of v/ar, 
who is now on this mountain. He with his army is 
on this mountain and will light on us this night and 
we are all dead men." 

Then Gideon and Phura rise, thanking God, return 
to the summit and say to the three hundred, "Glory 
to God, all is well." Then Gideon directs them : "Now 
all take heed; I separate you into three bands of one 
hundred each. You will take with you a trumpet, a 
pitcher, and a burning torch, hidden in your pitcher, 
and stealthily proceed and take position at the three 
points of an isosceles triangle, encompassing the hosts 
of Midian. When T give you the signal, wave /your torch 
high in the air, and let every man break his pitcher 
and lift his torch, shouting at the top of his voice, 'The 
sword of the Lord and Gideon !' " The three hundred 
braves diligently obey the order, arranging themselves 
at equal distances from the hosts; at the given signal 
every man breaks his pitcher against the rocks, thus 
producing a tremendous clatter which awakens the 
sleeping hosts. The latter are seized with instanta- 
neous panic, mistaking the clamor of the breaking 
pitchers for the clatter of steel-clad hoofs over the 



198 Around the World, Garden of Eden, 

rocks of the mountain, and horrified with the conclus- 
ion that they are assaulted by an overwhelming force 
of cavalry. (Pitcher in that scripture is the same He- 
brew word translated 'barrel. In case of Elijah pour- 
ing water on the sacrifice on Mount Carmel, it was not 
pitcher in our sense but a large earthen vessel that 
they used to carry water from the fountains. I have 
often seen it; it is generally several times the size of 
our pitchers.) When the signal was given for them 
all to break their pitchers they would not all prove 
equally quick of motion, the result would be a some- 
what long clatter and roar, thus thrillingly impressing 
the waking hosts that thundering cavalry was pouring 
copiously and precipitately down on them from the 
mountain. 

Remember, this alarm is given at three different plac- 
es equally distant from each other, and encompassing 
the host. Consequently when the awful affright seized 
the Midianites and the stampede set in, as they had 
no lights, they instantly dashed together, all rushing 
to the center of the plain to make their escape. The 
moment every man broke his pitcher, he lifted up his 
flaming torch, which had been hidden in his pitcher, 
and blowing his trumpet with all his might, shouted 
at the top of his voice, "The sword of the Lord and 
of Gideon!" Thus an hundred blazing torches were 
flaming in each band, enough to light a great army, 
and impressing the Midianites that they were really 
assaulted by a host of both cavalry and infantry. The 
plain of Esdrselon contains a hundred thousand acres 
and the army was so large that the encampment was 
very extensive, but the alarm so suddenly given from 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 199 

three different positions encompassing the entire host, 
gave them no time to light their torches. Hence it 
was dark throughout the vast encampment. 

As the stampede was from the three different points 
encompassing the hosts, the normal effect was for them 
to rush together with awful violence ; men, war horses, 
chariots, and draught camels all promiscuously rush- 
ing together in pell mell confusion. Therefore, think- 
ing they had met the foe, they proceeded to kill one 
another with all their might, deluging the plain with 
blood and heaping it with the slain. Meanwhile, those 
thirty-one thousand, seven hundred faint-hearted, who 
had taken the cowardly side of the division on Mount 
Gilead are within hearing distance. Therefore, so 
soon as they hear the trumpets blowing and the roar- 
ing shout of victory, they rush with all possible ex- 
pedition to the battle-field, plunging into the fight and 
cutting the Midianites down on all sides ; and so it is 
a time of slaughter, utterly indescribable. 

The ultimatum of the incorrigible panic and con- 
fusion is a promiscuous stampede for the Jordan ford, 
that they may escape for their lives. The plain of 
Esdrselon is heaped with the slain. Among the dead 
left on the field are Oreb and Zeeb, two out of their 
four commanding generals, while Zalma and Zalmun- 
na fly away with the stampeding host, all hotly pur- 
sued by Gideon's men, hewing them down with sword 
and spear incessantly, till the way to the Jordan is 
actually blockaded with the dead, so that comparative- 
ly few make their escape to their eastern home, for 
Gideon and his men pursued them precipitately across 
the Jordan, overtaking and slaying them all the while. 



200 Around the World, Garden of Eden, 

Among the slain fugitives east of the Jordan, are Zal- 
ma and Zalmunna, the other two commanding generals. 
In the finale, the destruction of the host is so sum- 
mary that not an influential ofQcer survived to make 
another rally. The result is that they give up and Is- 
rael is again free as in former years. A shout of vic- 
tory everywhere rings through Israel from Dan to 
Beer-sheba, from the Great Sea to the eastern border. 
As the tribe of Ephraim had grown to be the larg- 
est in Israel, and the insurgency of Gideon was so sud- 
den and expeditious, he felt that it would not do to 
await the evangelization of all Israel, lest the enemy 
get the advantage of them. Therefore the recruiting 
officers only blew their war bugles in Issachar, Zebulun 
Naphtali, and Asher, but the Ephraimites were great- 
ly offended because they were slighted in the cam- 
paign. They called Gideon to a rigid account for 
thus treating them with contempt when they were the 
greatest tribe in Israel, Gideon's apology was terse 
and symbolic, saying to them "the gleaning of Ephra- 
im is more than the vintage of Abiezer"; when they 
heard this they were satisfied. The exegesis of that 
apology was the simple fact that Gideon had faith in 
God for giving that wonderful victory before it came, 
and knew that the stampede, which he apprelierided 
by faith, would sweep through the territory of Eph- 
raim, Therefore he left them at home, so they would 
be on hand to intercept the retreating host and slay 
them in their precipitous flight for life. This they did, 
so in the ultimatum their participation in the war of 
independence entitled them to an equal share of honor 
and glory with those who fought in Gideon's army. 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 201 

When this glorious victory was consummated and 
their independence achieved, the people asked Gideon 
to reign over them. He positively declined, assuring 
them that neither he nor his children would ever reign 
over them, reminding them that the Lord Jehovah, the 
God of Abraham, Isaac and Jacob, who had given 
them deliverance from their enemies, should reign over 
them forever. However Gideon, following this noble 
verdict, made the awful mistake of saying to them, 
that if they wanted to reward him they should give 
him the golden earrings they had stripped from their 
slain enemies and from the necks of the camels on 
which the princes of the Midianites had ridden, as 
they had taken their spoils from their defeated and 
slain enemies. Gideon took these jewels and made a 
golden image, which afterward proved a snare to the 
people, deflecting them into idolatry. I do not believe 
Gideon had any predilection toward idolatry, but 
simply used this golden image to be a memento of the 
victory, as it was made out of the gold which they had 
taken from their slain enemies; but it was a serious 
mistake to make it, as he might have known some of 
the people would not stop with the simple souvenir, 
but would actually give to it the homage of their 
hearts; thus trending away into idolatry. 

We cannot be too careful at this point. When 1 
travel around the world, I see idolatry superabound- 
ing. The people all denied that they were worshipping 
those idols and said that they were worshipping God 
in the temple, and the image before which they bowed 
was simply a reminder of God, There are four hundred 
millions of Buddhists in the world. They have his 



•202 Around thio World, Garden op Eden. 

statue in all of their temples and worship him. He was 
a good and noble man living in the fifth century before 
Christ, and teaching the people virtue, love, mercy and 
philanthrophy, and doubtless walking in all the light he 
had. If he were living on the earth now, I am satisfied 
he would be a zealous Christian and a powerful preach- 
er of the Gospel. If he had known the people would 
worship him, he would have done everything in his 
power to prevent it. He never dreamed of becoming 
an idol for the people to worship. When I thus told 
his worshippers, they said they did not worship him, 
but God, and only meant to show him the reverence 
due him for the good he had done on earth. There is 
infinitely more idolatry in Christendom than any of us 
apprehend. The abomination of desolation, of which 
Daniel speaks in the ninth chapter, the twenty-sixth 
and twenty- seventh verses, was simply the picture of 
the Roman gods on their battle-flags, called abomina- 
tion in common with all idolatry in the Bible, and 
called desolation because the Roman armies were des- 
olating all nations seven hundred years. 

People have asked me if there would be pictures in 
this book. I assured them in the negative. We had a 
kodak with us, taking pictures everywhere, so I might 
give you a picture book, but have no inclination to do 
so. The thing you need is not pictures but solid truth, 
valuable information about the world, given from a 
Bible standpoint, so that you can know how the world 
stands before God and be prepared to do your utmost, 
helping to get others ready for the judgment day. 



CHAPTER XVIII. 

AWFUL DOOM OP AHAB^S DYNASTY. 

Ahab was, to say the most for him, an intellectual 
mediocre ; while Jezebel was a woman of extraordinary 
brilliancy, her father, the king of Sodom, having giv- 
en^ her the finest education possible in her day. She 
had enjoyed all the facilities possible in the cultured, 
religious and intellectual circles of Baalbek, the ec- 
clesiastical metropolis of the world. The Phoenicians 
were second only to the Egyptians in the antiquity 
of their nationality and had profited by all their in- 
ventions, really being the first people to invent the 
alphabet, in which they utilized the Egyptian hiero- 
glyphics. Jezebel was celebrated not only for her cul- 
ture and for her intellectual brilliancy, but especially 
for her beauty, sprightliness and winning ways. There- 
fore she captured the king of Israel who became her 
husband. Though an enthusiastic worshiper of Baal, 
leading the choirs in the magnificent temples of Baal- 
bek, she was too adroit and polite, to even insinuate 
any controversy on religion; but, recognizing Ahab 
as he claimed to be, a true and loyal son of Abraham 
and a staunch worshiper of the great Jehovah, she 
unhesitatingly acquiesces and joins her husband's 
church. He reciprocates her generosity by extending 
due deference to the religion in which she was born and 
reared. Therefore they lived in perfect harmony. While 

203 



204 Around the World. Garden op Eden, 

the Bible, which they formally recognized, constitutes 
the husband the head of the family, which she frankly 
recognized, still her vast intellectual superiority nor- 
mally verified the maxim, "A power behind the throne, 
greater than the throne." Ahab is really overshadowed 
by her intellectual acumen and power, so that he soon, 
recognizing his domestic and administrative environ- 
ments, spontaneously falls in the rear, complacently 
utilizing her superior qualifications for the leadership 
of the kingdom; which she adroitly and clandestinely 
subsidizes in the interest of idolatry. Thus her ob- 
sequious husband becomes the tool of her ad Uhitum 
manipulations, conservative to her own carnal ca- 
prices. 

At Jezreel, their northern capital, Naboth has a beau- 
tiful and fruitful vineyard near the royal palace, 
which Ahab has much admired, and which he has con- 
cluded would be a grand accession to the royal prem- 
ises, as it is down on a fertile plain at the base of the 
beautiful hill on which the palace stands and is con- 
venient to irrigating waters, so important to fruitful 
gardens in that country, Ahab desires to make it 
"a garden of herbs," i. e., use it for growing vegetables 
and fruit which will always be convenient and fresh 
for the royal table. He sends for Naboth and pro- 
poses to purchase it, paying the full value in money. 
Israboth simply responds that whenever he could, he 
would be delighted to accommodate his royal niiijcs- 
ty; but he begs to be excused from the traiiKMclion 
which would alienate from him his iulicriiniico in Is- 
rael, which he had received at the hand of Joshua when 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 2u5 

all tlie tribes assembled together to receive their re- 
spective allotments. Ahab insists^ telling him he will 
either pay him its full value in money or give him an- 
other vineyard quite as good; he wants it as an added 
accession to the royal gardens. Naboth tells him it 
is the inheritance of his ancestors which they received 
in the distribution of the land, and he cannot give his 
consent to give it up. Ahab, like a child, exposes his 
imbecility by giving way to weeping. The queen comes 
into his chamber, finding him rolling on the bed deluged 
in tears, and says, "O my dear husband, what is the 
matter? Tell me, that I may sympathize in the sor- 
row which has broken your heart." He then relates 
to her his unsuccessful efforts to procure Naboth's 
vineyard, either by purchase or exchange, which he so 
much desires that he cannot forbear to weep. You 
see, like a silly child he had set his heart on it. The 
beautiful countenance of the queen sparkles with vic- 
tory as she laughs heartily and says, "Dear husbSnd, 
dry up your tears and let me manage this matter, and 
rest assured I will get the vineyard for you," not in- 
sinuating how. As he had the utmost confidence in 
everything she told him, he makes himself perfectly 
easy ; he rests with the assurance she will get it for him. 
She at once prepares for him a church festival, inviting 
in the people whom she would. Now they are all in 
the festal hall, Ahab resting in his chamber. She makes 
a speciality of seating Naboth in a very conspicuous 
place. While the interest is at full tide she has the 
charges against Naboth, for blaspheming God and the 
king, read before the assembly, and an ample corps of 
witnesses stand up and testify that they heard him; 



206 Around the World, Garden of Eden, 

thus proving the charges overwhelmingly and sweeping 
all controversy from the field. It is a well known fact 
that the penalty for blaspheming the law of Moses in 
death by stoning; they crown the interest of the oc- 
casion by stoning him to death. 

In all nations the law confiscates tl*e property of 
traitors to the government. Naboth is already dead, 
having been executed for high treason:, therefore his 
property adverts to the government formi|lly and 
without any legal process. Now Jezebel comes into 
the royal chamber, congratulating the king and noti- 
fying the king to go and take possession of Naboth's 
vineyard, because he is dead and gon'^, having been 
justly executed according to the law fcr high treason. 
Therefore the silly king, delighted wHh the success 
which he felt God had given him through the instru- 
mentality of his noble wife, the ensuin^j morning hast- 
ens down to take possession of Naboth's vineyard. 

But already has God spoken to the prophet Elijah, 
commanding him to go to Jezreel at coce, to meet the 
king and deliver to him a message. While Ahab is 
walking round about the beautiful v; oeyard on which 
he had gazed from his palace windo-vs for successive 
days, and which he had so long covKed, suddenly, as 
if he had risen up out of the earth, the tall form of 
Elijah, the prophet, towers before Wm, his holy locks 
and flowing beard waving in the mor ling breezes. Look- 
ing the king in the face, he shouts vith lightning em- 
phasis and stentorian voice: '"The dogs that ate the 
flesh of Naboth, shall lick tlie blo' d of Ahab and eat 
the flesh of Jezebel." It is like a ihunderbolt from a 
cloudless sky, appalling the kiw^j A^ith terror and dis- 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 207 

may so that he is about to die of sheer fright and 
panic. In connection with the same awful message of 
swift destruction coming on him and his wicked wife, 
Elijah assures him that his family will utterly perish 
from the face of the earth, leaving not a son in all 
the earth to sit on the throne after him. Ahab stag- 
gers back to his palace, falls down on his bed and 
cries pitifully before God, pleading for mercy. He 
touches the sympathies of the blessed Father, so that 
He mitigates the sentence by sending Elijah to tell 
him that, in mercy, He will postpone the plenary 
fulfillment of the awful prophecy till after he is dead. 

Jehoshaphat, king of Jerusalem, in a few weeks 
comes down to pay Ahab a friendly visit. They are 
having a good time of sociability and festivity togeth- 
er, when Ahab says to Jehoshaphat, "Do you not know 
that Ramoth-gilead belongs to us and the Syrians 
have it in possession? Do you not believe that we 
ought to go and drive them from it and take it in 
hand?" Jehoshaphat responds: "All right, king; my 
men as your men, my horses as your horses, my char- 
iots as your chariot." Then says Ahab, "We will con- 
sult the prophet on the subject." In due time four 
hundred prophets were convened in the royal auditori- 
um to consider the matter, inquire of the Lord, and 
deliver their messages. When they wait on the Lord 
and seek enchantments, they proceed to deliver their 
messages, which are all alike encouraging; saying to 
the king: "Rendezvous your army at once and proceed 
to Ramoth-gilead, because the Lord has delivered the 
Syrians into your hands : go on, O king, and prosper !" 

Now Jehoshaphat says, "But, king, are these all the 



208 Around the World, Garden of Eden, 

prophets you have?" Ahab at first said, "Yes;" then 
pausing a moment, he said, "There is one more, but 
I hate him, because he never does prophesy anything 
good for me." Jehoshaphat asking his name, Ahab 
says, "His name is Michaiah, but it not worth while 
to send for him, as he is of no account." But Jehosha- 
phat insists the more that he send for him at once. 
So to gratify him, Ahab acquiesces and sends for 
him forthwith. Now the prophet has arrived; Ahab 
tells him the case and asks him for his messages, and 
he proceeds: "I had a vision from the Lord. I was up 
in Heaven and saw the great assembly of angels and 
archangels, in presence of the great Jehovah sitting 
upon His throne, who said to them, 'Who will volun- 
teer to become a lying spirit in the mouth of Ahab's 
prophets?' One says, 'I will go; send me, that Ahab 
may go to Ramoth-gilead and be slain.' Behold, I see 
all Israel scattered upon the mountains, as sheep with- 
out a shepherd." This vision of course importing the 
death of the king, Ahab says, "I told you he would not 
prophesy anything good for me, for he never does." 
Then the four hundred false prophets of Baal ridiculed 
and mocked, some of them even slapping him in the 
face; meanwhile one of the most prominent, having 
made for himself horns, puts them on his head and 
goes about shaking his head as if he would use them 
saying: "Thus saith the Lord, so shall Ahab horn the 
Syrians till he utterly destroys them." 

Now Ahab says to the sheriff, "Take this man, put 
him in prison, and feed him witli Ihe bread and water 
of affliction till I return in pence," but Michaiah re- 
plies, "If you ever do return in peace, God liai^ h^'I 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 209 

spoken by this prophet." Then Ahab with all ex- 
pedition parades his army, gets ready and sets out for 
Ramoth-gilead. He has laid aside his royal habit and 
put on that of a common soldier, thus showing that 
he had at least a slight bearing to the conviction that, 
after all, Michaiah might prove true and the other four 
hundred false. 

When Benhadad, the king of Syria, sent away his 
soldiers to meet Ahab at Ramoth-gilead, he charged 
them that, come what might, they were to be sure to 
get the king of Israel this time. Therefore, when they 
arrived and put the army in array, the Syrian soldiers 
seeing Jehoshaphat invested in his royal robes, make at 
him with all their might, to kill him, thinking that he 
was the king of Israel. While flying from them, and 
while they are pursuing him and shooting at him pro- 
liflcally, he shouts aloud, and succeeds in telling them 
that he is not the king of Israel, but Jehoshaphat, the 
king of Jerusalem, and only a visitor on the battle- 
field. Then they turn away, and are utterly at sea 
because they could not identify AhaB, from the fact 
that he was dressed as a common soldier. At this 
juncture of utter bewilderment, it so happens that a 
Syrian soldier drew his bow at a venture, not aiming 
at anybody in particular, when God directed the 
arrow and it whizzed right into the body of Ahab, 
"passing through the joint of the armour," as he was 
clothed with a steel panoply, impenetrable to arrows, 
missies and swords. This took place in the early 
morning, and his men at once started home with him, 
fifty miles in a carriage, arriving at nightfall; but he 
had died on the road. They washed the chariot at the 



210 Around the World, Garden of Eden, 

pool, and the very dogs that ate the flesh of Naboth 
licked up the blood which had accumulated in the 
chariot, thus verifying the awful prophecy of Elijah: 
"The dogs that ate the flesh of Naboth shall lick the 
blood of Ahab and eat the flesh of Jezebel." 

Do you see the awful indiscretion committed by 
Jehoshaphat, the king of Jerusalem, in visiting Ahab 
and in going with him to war? You see how very 
narrowly he escaped with his life. Jehoshaphat was 
a godly man and his administration was all right. 
We should profit by this lesson and be very careful 
how we associate with ungodly people. Ahab claimed 
to be a true Israelite, worshipping the God of Abra- 
ham, Isaac, and Jacob ; Jezebel, his wicked queen, loud- 
ly professed the same; but they believed in popular 
religion and were opposed to exclusiveness. However, 
they could not be true to Jehovah, the God of grace, 
and to Baal, the god of nature, at the same time. 
Jehoshaphat was a holiness man and doubtless 
thought he could do good to his neighbor king, who 
much needed spiritual help, but he almost lost his 
life; his escape from the Syrian arrows, which dark- 
ened the air while flying all around him, was purely 
providential. It is doubtful whether he should have 
visited Ahab in his palace; but it is certain he had no 
business going with him to the battle-field. When 
three great nations formed an alliance and came 
against him, instead of fighting them, Jehoshaphat just 
took out his holiness bands, had them stand up be- 
fore the enemy, and they seeing the beauty of holi- 
ness, Go"d came and utterly discomfitted them all, and 
gave him the victory. He should have been as rigidly 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 211 

true to his own principles, as a holiness man, when 
he visited his neighbor, the anti-holiness king. 

Joram, his son, succeeds Ahab on the throne of 
Israel. The Syrian war at Ramoth-gilead, which had 
been inaugurated by his father, is still sweeping on. 
Having been wounded on the battle-field, he is de^ 
tained in his palace at Jezreel during convalescence; 
meanwhile Azariah, the king of Jerusalem, pays him 
a friendly visit. 

When Elijah was in the cave on Mount Horeb, after 
he fled from Jezebel, God spoke to him by a still small 
voice, telling him to go back to the land of Israel, to 
anoint Elisha, the Jordan farmer, as his own suc- 
cessor; Jehu to be king over Israel; and Hazsel to be 
king over Syria. Now Jehu is captain of the army, 
prosecuting the war against the Syrians at Ramoth- 
gilead. He is in his council-chamber surrounded by 
his staff officers, when the young prophet, commis- 
sioned by Elijah to anoint him king, enters the room 
moving very rapidly as if in great haste. Tapping 
Jehu on the shoulder, and escorting him into the 
back room, he takes out of his pocket a vial of oil, 
pours it on his head, and repeats the words : ''By the 
authority of the God of Israel, through Elijah the 
prophet, I anoint thee king over Israel." Leaping 
out of the back door, he runs with all his might, as 
his action would be considered treason and they 
would get after him to kill him. 

Jehu returns to the room immediately. When his 
officers asked him: "Whnt did the fool want?" he re- 
sponded, "He is no fool, but the prophet of the Lorrl, 
and has anointed me to be king over Israel." Know- 



212 Around the World, Garden op Eden, 

ing Jehu, that he was quick as lightning, and that 
with him it was a word and a blow, every officer im- 
mediately p'llls off his coat and throws it down for 
him to walk over it; thus signifying perfect submis- 
sion and readiness for him to walk over them. Then 
he commands them: "Every man to his chariot." He 
gave no order to the infantry, as he knew they could 
not travel the fifty miles to Jezreel in time to help 
him in his contemplated dethronement of the king 
and in the revolution of the government, which he 
purposed to execute too quickly for opposition. There- 
fore every man instantly takes his horse and his char- 
iot, and they dash off at full speed, Jehu in the lead, 
to run the fifty miles to Jezreel. Jehu had already 
gained for himself notoriety, for his wonderful ag- 
gressiveness and the celerity of his movements, which 
utterly disconcerted his enemies. In that way Charles 
XII of Sweeden and Frederick II of Prussia, both im- 
mortalized themselves in history; in each case their 
government had become so weak before they ascended 
the throne that their neighbors had actually partition- 
ed their territory, making their calculations to blot 
the kingdom from the escutcheon of nations. Then, 
by 'their celerity of movement, these young kings ut- 
terly triumphed over all till they brought their coun- 
tries to the front of the world. 

So Jehu, followed by the long procession of char- 
iots, is dashing along the road to Jezreel ; the sentinel 
standing high on the watch-tower, eventually sees a 
cloud of dust and shouts, "Troop cometh." The king 
orders a courier to dash off on the fleetest horse to 
meet them. Meanwhile the sentinel keeps his eye 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 213 

on the road, sees the courier meet the troop, and 
shouts: "He meets them, but comes not again." This 
was very alarming; the king orders another courier 
to go at once; the sentinel watches and shouts from 
the tower, "Behold, he meets them, but comes not 
again. The driving is furious; he driveth furiously, 
like Jehu." By this time, the alarm is too great to 
wait another moment. Then both kings, (Joram and 
his guest, Azariah) with all the soldiers on hand 
mount their chariots and set out to meet the coming 
troop. The reason why the couriers did not return 
when they met Jehu was because he just ordered them, 
on pain of death, to fall into rank and come along 
with him; they were afraid to disobey, knowing that 
he would kill them on the spot. 

Now the kings met Jehu leading his chariot pro- 
cession. The king of Israel dashing up, Jehu rises 
in his chariot, shoots him through with an arrow 
and kills him dead. Azariah, the king of Jerusalem, 
seeing the awful fate of Joram, the king of Israel, 
wheels his chariot around and dashes back with all 
his might. Jehu rushing after him, kills him as he 
is running around the garden-house. 

Now Jehu has reached the royal palace and sees 
Jezebel up in the third story, her eunuchs around 
her. She has painted her face and attired her head, 
hoping to captivate Jehu when speaking to him, and 
she says, "Had Zimri peace after he slew his master?" 
That moment Jehu orders the eunuchs to throw her 
out of the window, and they promptly obeyed. Fall- 
ing down she is dashed to pieces on the pavement. 
Rushing into the palace they all sit down to the table 



214 Around the World, Garden of Eden, 

and eat their dinner, when Jehu says to his men, 
"Go and look after that woman, and bury her, for 
she is the daughter of a king;" but when they go 
thej find nothing but her bones. The prophecy of 
Elijah is again fulfilled, '^The dogs that ate the flesh 
of Naboth shall lick the blood of Ahab and eat the 
flesh of Jezebel." 

Now Jehu writes a letter to the royal college at 
Samaria where the seventy sons of Ahab were pros 
ecuting their education, stating to them, "Your king 
is dead, therefore select one of his sons to succeed 
him, rally round him and fight for him." The courier 
tearing the letter tells them the awful news of Jez- 
reel; how Jehu had killed the two kings and Queen 
Jezebel. They are terribly affrighted and respond -to 
Jehu by the returning post, "We will be your ser- 
vants." In deliberation among themselves, they said, 
'What can we do against the man before whom two 
kings have already fallen?" Then Jehu answers them, 
"If you are going to be my servants, send me the 
beads of Ahab's seventy sons." In due time a big 
c imel arrives loaded with the heads of Ahab's seventy 
sons divided in either end of the sack, thirty-five in 
each; another fulfillment of Elijah's prophecy, that 
Ahab should not have a son left to sit on the throne 
ifter him. 

Then Jehu writes letters proclaiming an inaugur;il 
sacrifice in Baal's temple in Samaria. As he was go- 
ing to be inaugurated into his kingdom in Baal's 
temple, the aristocracy of the kingdom, who were all 
Baal worshippers and staunch supporters of the pre- 
ceding administrations, feeling assured that Jehu 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 215 

wanted nothing but the kingdom and had no thought 
of changing Baal's administration, make grand and 
pompous preparations for the inaugural sacrifice and 
all convene in Baal's temple on the day appointed. 
Meanwhile Jehu, at the head of his army, is on his 
way to Samaria, where he meets Jehonadab and says 
to him; "If thy heart is as my heart, give me thy 
hand." Then the distinguished man reaching forth 
takes the hand of Jehu, which gripping, Jehu lifts 
him into his chariot and the two ride on side by side. 
When they reach the temple, they find it crowded 
with the aristocracy and all the influential people of 
the kingdom, who have come hither to witness the 
inauguration of the new king. Then Jehu and Je- 
honadab enter side by side, walk down to the altar 
and, as all things are now read}', they offer the in- 
augural sacrifice to Baal, the king of day. As the 
smoke in curling columns ascends up to Heaven from 
the burning sacrifice; the people shout loud and long, 
"Long live king Jehu !" 

However, Jehu had given orders to his soldiers to 
keep the doors when he and Jehonadab went in, per- 
mitting neither ingress nor egress, (except the soliders 
themselves, pursuant to his order). Then the soldiers 
having come in had the doors so fastened that none 
could get out to make their escape; and then they 
enter upon their bloody work of death, cutting the 
people down with sword, spear and battle axe on all 
sides, till the temple flowed with blood, and was 
heaped with the dead on all sides. By this stratagem, 
Jehu cut off all opposition to his administration ; as 
there was not an influential man left competent to 



216 Around the World, Garden of Eden, 

head a party against him. Therefore Jehu entered 
upon his administration without opposition and 
reigned over Israel twenty-eight years. 

Jehu was not* a true holiness man, as he evidenced 
in his life, but his eccentric disposition, with his 
wonderful and even supernapoleonic natural courage, 
eminently qualified him for the heroic treatment nec- 
essary to obliterate Ahab's dynasty from the earth, 
so Jehu was a man chosen of God to fulfill the proph- 
ecies of Ahijah and Elijah in reference to the exter- 
mination of those idolatrous dynasties that had set- 
tled on the throne of Israel. Thus you see that Israel, 
during her career of a little more than three hundred 
years, had three dynasties which were utterly ex- 
terminated because they would not obey God: awfully 
verifying that signal prophecy: "Those who do not 
reign in righteousness shall perish from the earth." 
She also changed her capital three times during the 
short and wonderful period before she was carried 
into Babylonian captivity. Sychem was first her cap- 
ital, then Tirzam, and finally Samaria. Because they 
would not give up idolatry and be true to God, they 
were carried into captivity by Shalmaneser, B. C. 71, 
who did not take all the people but thinned them 
out exceedingly; of the generation subsequent to this 
Sennacherib carried away nearly all who had sur- 
vived the deportation of Shalmaneser; leaving only a 
few of the poorest people. The lions, which have al- 
ways been in that country and which so abounded in 
caves that they never could get them all killed off. 
had become so troublesome it seemed they would 
kill off all the few people whom Sennacherib had left. 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 217 

Therefore Esar-haddon, king of Babylon, carried thith- 
er people from many other nations to occupy the 
<3ountry; consequently, the Samaritans in the days of 
Christ were not pure-blooded but a mixed people from 
the Gentile world, of course having a little Jewish 
blood, as they miscegenated with those Gentiles car- 
ried thither by Esar-haddon. 

This chapter concerns things in the territory of Is- 
sachar on this side and Reuben on the other side of 
the Jordan. 



CHAPTER XIX. 



DOTHAN AND SAMARIA. 



Joseph was Jacob's firstborn by his favorite wife, 
Rachel, whom he married for love; Reuben being re- 
ally his firstborn, but forfeiting the birthright by his 
bad conduct in disgracing himself in his domestic re- 
lationship; he was naturally kind-hearted and gener- 
ous, but radically deficient in stability of character. 
Jacob from the beginning aimed to give Joseph the 
birthright; this he finally carried out, giving him 
the two portions in Israel allotted to his two son«, 
Ephraim and Manasseh. As Joseph was the favorite 
of his father and heir to the birthright, his father 
clothed him in royal apparel, giving him the coat of 
many colors when he was quite a little fellow. This 
aroused the jealousy of his brethren, who began to 
hate him. 

Besides the enmity aroused by his coat of many col- 
ors, God gave the little fellow dreams; he was too 
little to know anything about their meaning, but they 
impressed themselves upon his infantile mind so 
vividly that he could not forbear telling them. Ilis 
elder brethren having sufficient maturity to some- 
what apprehend their meaning, became the more en- 
vious when he told his dreams. He dreamed that 
they were all out in the field harvesting the wheat 
when all the bundles stood up on end and the sheaves 

218 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 219 

of the other eleven all fell down before his sheaf. 
Again he dreamed that he saw the sun, moon, and 
eleven stars all fall down in obeisance before him. 
This dream even evoked the criticism of his father, 
who said, "O my son, surely you do not think that 
your father, mother, and brothers are all to bow 
down to and serve you?" 

During the two years in which Jacob lived in the 
valley of Succoth, between Mount Gerizim on the 
south and Mount Ebal on the north; in the valley 
where he dug that celebrated well that bears his 
name and where Jesus preached to the Samaritan 
woman; his ten sons went out with his herds and 
flocks. One day he sent Joseph to them to see how 
they were getting along and to bring him word. Joseph 
first came to Shechem where he thought they were, 
but not finding them, was wandering around hunting 
for them when he meets a man who tells him they 
have gone to Dothan, which was quite a distance for 
a child of twelve years to travel alone on foot. How- 
ever, being very heroic, and anxious to serve his father 
in visiting them and in bringing him word, he trudg- 
es his way onward, traveling at least twenty miles 
that day and arriving at Dothan late in the afternoon ; 
thus finding his brethren. 

They see him coming, and recognizing his coat of 
many colors at a distance, proceed to say among them- 
selves, "Yonder comes the dreamer; now let us kill 
him and see what will become of his dreams." Reuben, 
his eldest brother, naturally tender-hearted, pleads 
with them earnestly not to kill him, but to put him 
in a dry cistern which was near by; aiming to wait 



220 Around the World, Garden op Eden, 

till they had gone away and then come and take him 
up and send him to his father. Before they put him 
in, they took off his coat of many colors, despite his 
crying; meanwhile, as they had made up their minds 
to destroy him, so that he would never come home 
again, they slaughtered a kid, dipped his coat in the 
blood and took.it with them to their father, showing 
it to him and telling him they had found it, and ask- 
ing him if he did not think it was Joseph's coat. He 
said he knew it was, and giving way to floods of tears, 
he said, "Some evil beast hath devoured him, therefore 
I will go down to my grave mourning over my son." 

But what about Joseph? Reuben had gone to look 
after the stock, when a caravan of Ishmaelites from 
Mesopotamia was seen coming on its way -to Egypt. 
The brothers conceived the idea of selling Joseph for 
money; so, taking him up out of the pit, they sold 
him to the Ishmaelites for twenty pieces of silver, 
i. e., ten dollars, the price of a young slave; whereas 
Jesus was sold for fifteen dollars, the price of a 
grown slave. 

Joseph is the most beautiful type of Christ in all 
the Bible. Throughout his whole life, we find not a 
solitary blot; it is really wonderful and exceedingly 
profitable to study his character, as he is a powerful 
auxiliary in the unders^tanding and appreciation of 
our wonderful Christ. At the early age of twelve, 
Joseph was sold into slavery, thus beginning his life 
of humiliation. The Ishmaelites carrying him to 
Egypt sold him to Potiphar, the captain of Pharaoh's 
guards, who was a great man in the kingdom, and 
had servants not a few. He finds Joseph so faithful, 



Latter Day Propheoiks and Missions. 221 

humble, obedient, and perfectly reliable, that he soon 
puts him in command over all of his servants, and it 
is said that Joseph's wisdom and honesty were such 
as to relieve Potiphar of every care, so that he was 
not particular to give his attention to anything dur- 
ing the years that Joseph lived in his house. 

But Joseph's beauty, wisdom, and heroic demean- 
or magnetized Potiphar's wife until she sought to 
ruin him, making the attempt over and over, but sig- 
nally failing every time. O what a beautiful type of 
Christ he here exhibits! She eventually, making a 
desperate effort and failing, and her disappointed love 
turning to wrath, resolves to take vengeance; so she 
reports him to her noble husband as having made 
an assault on her virtue. Potiphar, having un- 
shaken confidence in the veracity and virtue of his 
wife, proceeds at once to administer the punishment 
which the reported misdiemeanor deserved; casting 
Joseph into the imperial prison along with all others 
guilty of crimes in connection with the royal service. 
-Joseph langushes in that prison seven long years, 
excluded from the light of day and suffering priva- 
tions awfully repellent to his youth and vigor. Mean- 
while, the chief butler and chief baker are both cast 
into that prison for unsatisfactory service in the royal 
palace. Ere long they both dream dreams. The chief 
butler dreams that he saw three vines grow up out 
of the earth by his side, bearing the most luscious 
fruits ; at the same time, he had in his hand Pharaoh's 
golden cup; taking the grapes, he pressed out the 
juice in the golden cup, and again with his own hand, 
carried to Pharaoh the ruby wine, which taking he 



222 Around the World, Garden of Eden, 

drank lusciously. Joseph proceeded to give the in- 
terpretation. He observed that the three vines wore 
three days, after which Pharaoh was "going to take 
the butler out of the prison and restore him to his 
butlership again. Again, as in former days, the butler 
was to carry the delicious wine to the king; but Jo- 
seph added: "When it goes well with you, remember 
me." But the butler did not. When he got out of 
the prison into Pharaoh's house, where he was per- 
fectly satisfied, he forgot to intercede for his fellow- 
prisoner. 

The chief baker was encouraged to tell his dream 
and so proceeded: "I dreamed that I had on my hend 
three baskets and in them all the delicious varieties 
of sweet cakes which I had been accustomed to pre- 
pare for Pharaoh's table, but the birds descended 
and devoured the bread in the baskets on my head." 
Joseph says to the chief baker: ''The three baskets 
are three days, after which Pharaoh will take thee 
out of this prison and will hang thee on a tree, and 
the fowls of the air will come and eat thy flesh off 
thy bones." Sure enough; three days take their flight 
and the chief baker is taken out of the prison anc' 
hanged on a tree, and the fowls did eat the flesh from 
his bones. 

But it is reserved for Pharaoh himself to dream 
dreams, before the problem of Joseph's liberation is 
solved. Pharaoh dreams that he saw seven stalks of 
wheat grow up, the most thrifty and stalwart he 
had ever seen and producing the most copious and 
thoroughly filled heads he had ever known. Then he 
saw seven stalks stinted, spindled and dwarfed grow 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 223 

up and produce seven heads which were so dwarfed and 
blighted by the east wind that they had no grain at 
all and were utterly worthless; but the seven blasted 
heads ate up the seven well filled, plump and solid 
grained heads, but after they had devoured them there 
was no change in them. Then he saw seven of the 
finest fat cattle he had ever laid his eyes on come up 
out of the Nile and graze on the bank of the river. 
Tliey actually looked like elephants. Then he saw 
poor, little, stinted, starved, bony cattle come up out 
of the Nile and feed on the bank of the river, so lean 
and light that the wind blew them over, but they 
turned in on those seven great, fat, elephantine cattle 
and devoured them, and, as in the case of the wheat, 
it made no change in them. 

These dreams made so vivid an impression on the 
sensorium of the king that he could not rest day nor 
night for thinking about them. Therefore he called 
in all the wise men of Egypt, magicians and astrolo- 
gers, propounding to them his dreams and begging 
them to interpret them. They all study, stagger, and 
give up the quest utterly incompetent to interpret the 
dreams, when he is going to have them slain unde: 
the assertion of false claimance; but then the chief 
butler speaks out and says, "0 I confess my sins, be- 
cause I did not tell you about that wonderful young 
Hebrew who was with me in the prison, who is the 
wisest man I ever knew, and wonderfully shrewd in 
interpretations of dark sentences of all sorts. I had 
a dream in the prison, which he interpreted and it 
came to pass precisely as he said. Though he asked 
me to remember him before the king when I got out 



224 Around the World, Garden op Eden, 

and all was well, I forgot all about him." Then says 
Pharaoh : "Go and bring him at once." Therefore tak- 
ing Joseph out of the prison, they take off and burn 
up his rags, wash him thoroughly, put on him respect- 
able apparel and bring him before the king. Then 
he hears Pharaoh tell his dreams, which none of the 
magicians or astrologers could interpret, and then 
proceeds : 

"0 king, live forever. The dream is double because 
the interpretation of it is true. The copious, and 
monstrously big seven fat cattle are seven years of 
bounty, such as the world has never known before, 
during which wheat, barley, and every species of corn 
and cereal grains, as well as all other things for sus- 
tenance, will abound and superabound till there will 
be no room to store them. These seven years of plenty 
will be followed by seven years of famine, when the 
earth will produce so little sustenance that the peo- 
ple and the animals will all starve to death; unless 
you now take heed and build graneries and store-hous- 
es all about over the country, so that you can store 
the food during the seven years of plenty, that the 
people may have sustenance during the seven years 
of famine. Now, O king, the thing for you to do is to 
find some wise man, and give him the management of 
this indispensable work in providing store-houses and 
gathering in the surplus food and preserving it dur- 
ing the seven years of famine which will come upon the 
whole earth." 

Pharaoh proceeds at once to say, "Who in all the 
land is so wise as thyself? to whom I perceive that the 
God of Heaven has veritably given that wisdom which 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 225 

dwells not with mortals, but which looks into the fu- 
ture and reads the fourteen years which are now be- 
fore us still wrapped in midnight darkness. There- 
fore, I now appoint thee to this office and make thee 
supervisor of my kingdom. I will only out rank thee 
on the throne. Thou shalt have the full supervision 
of my kingdom in all its length and breadth." Then 
he commands them to invest Joseph with royal apparel 
and place him in a golden chariot and have fifty cour- 
iers run before him, crying out, "Bow the knee, the 
king Cometh." 

Sure enough, as Joseph had said, the land abounds 
in plenty for seven years; such crops were never 
known before. The earth literally groans beneath the 
burden of the harvest. Joseph goes everywhere and 
has store-houses erected and all the surplus of cereal 
grains (which alone would keep) diligently gathered 
into those store-houses, during the whole sum of the 
seven years of superabundance. Then set in the seven 
years of dearth; the crops failed on all sides and so 
continued during the whole seven years. This phe- 
nomenon is very explainable in Egypt where they have 
no rain and depend on the inundation of the Nile to 
irrigate their fields and produce their crops. Now .they 
have great dikes extending out from the Nile into all 
parts of the country, so that they can conveniently 
pump up the water with their treadmills and irrigate 
their crops ad libitum, but it was not so in that age 
of the world. Therefore the Lord had nothing to do 
but to prevent the Nile from rising to the overflow in 
order to superinduce the famine in all the land; they 



226 Around the Would, Garden op Eden, 

would have famine there now all the time if they de- 
pended on the rain, but they do not. 

The second year of the famine, Joseph sees his 
ten brothers all coming with their donkeys to buy 
grain. He recognizes every one of them at a glance, 
though twenty-two years had rolled away since they 
sold him to the Ishmaelites. Though he understands 
their Hebrew speech, he makes as though he did not, 
speaking to them through an interpreter. His beard 
had so grown and his body vr:^3 so covered with the 
royal robes that they had no idea who he was; they 
simply understood him to be the king of Egypt and, 
of course, to them a total stranger, as they had never 
been there. He alarms them awfully, accusing them 
of coming to spy out the land. In their trepidation 
they fall down at his feet, thus unconsciously ful- 
filling his dreams, and with flowing tears they plead 
with him not to misjudge them, as they are true men 
and all the sons of an old man living in Canaan. 

He interrogates them especially all about the family ; 
asking them if those eleven sons were all who were 
ever identified with the family. They tell him no, 
that one of them is not, i. e., is dead. You see, as 
they. had all these twenty-two years in the family 
talked about Joseph's being dead, it seems they had 
gotten to believe their own lie, confirmatory of a sad 
problem in Satan's didactics, that we may actually tell 
lies over and over till we get to believe them. Then 
Joseph arrested Simeon, that he might hold him as a 
hostage until they returned bringing their little broth- 
er, about whom they had told him. Going away they 
became seriously troubled, because every man finds 



Latter Day Peophecies and Missions. 227 

the money he had paid for the food, in his sack's mouth. 
Then they return and tell their father their troubles 
in Egypt, and how they had to leave Simeon be held 
a prisoner, and how the ruler had told them they 
should never see his face again unless they brought 
their little brother Benjamin. At this the old man 
breaks down with gushing tears, saying, "Joseph is 
dead, and now Simeon is gone, and you have to plan 
to take away Benjamin ; thus I am deprived of my 
children." Then he just tells them that they cannot 
take Benjamin. But the famine continues sore in 
the land of Canaan, and the time rolls around when 
their bread is about gone, and the old man tells them 
they will have to go and buy more bread ; fortunately 
they have the money. So he tells them not only to 
take money, but to carry back the money that had 
been restored to them lest it might be an oversight. 

Now they arrive in Egypt the second time to pur- 
chase bread, as the famine seems to have been uni- 
versal. They have been all the time very uneasy about 
Simeon, dreaming that they would never see him 
again, but on arrival he came out to meet them, look- 
ing better than thej had ever seen him. The old man 
had persisted in refusing to let Benjamin go with 
them, but when Judah offered to stand surety for 
him, and as they would get no corn otherwise, he let 
him go. When they meet Joseph in Egypt he throws 
his arms around Benjamin, who was his only full 
brother, and gives him a long, tearful embrace. Then 
he gives them all a festival and surprises them much 
by setting them all down according to their ages. 
When he helps their plates, he gives Benjamin five 



228 Around the World, Garden op Eden, 

times the usual amount. Therefore a Benjamin's mess 
has long been acclematic in the kingdom of God with 
a great blessing. 

When they have eaten, he reveals to them the won- 
derful secret which overwhelms them with surprise un- 
utterable, as well as alarm inexpressible. Now they 
are all in their places, when standing before them 
he says to them in their own Hebrew tongue, which 
they did not know he could speak, as he had been 
speaking to them through an interpreter lest they 
might suspect something: "I am Joseph whom ye 
sold to the Ishmaelites." They are appalled, affrighted 
and dismayed beyond all utterance. Then he proceeds 
to embrace and kiss every one of them. Oh, what a 
melting, crying time they have there among them- 
selves, crying out so loudly that Pharaoh in his palace 
hears them and makes inquiries. "What does it mean?" 
Some one says, "Joseph's brethren have come." Then 
Pharaoh makes inquiry of them and is informed that 
they are shepherds by occupation, and he says, "If 
they will come and live with me, I will put them over 
my flocks and herds." Now they fall prostrate before 
Joseph on the floor, and with flowing tears beg him to 
forgive them for treating him so badly as to sell him 
into hopeless bondage. But he entreats them not to 
weep and not to trouble over it, for it was the hand of 
God sending him away to procure bread for them and 
to keep them all from starving. Here you see the 
striking symbolism of Christ who is the Bread of Life. 

Oh, how exceedingly profitable is the study of Jo- 
seph in his capacity as a type of Christ; both in his 
humiliation and in his glorification. In Potiphar's 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 229 

house as a slave six years, and exposed to the most 
terrible temptations; then during those seven years 
in the lonesome prison. Oh, what humiliation! Then 
followed his sudden exaltation and coronation as a 
ruler over all the land, so vividly typifying Christ 
on the throne of His millennial theocracy coming to 
reign forever. 

Now Joseph tells his brethren that he is going to 
send wagons with them back to Canaan to bring 
their father and all their family into Egypt, telling 
them to regard not their stuff but to leave it behind 
for they will have everything they want in Egypt. 
Therefore, accompanied by Simeon, they all return 
to Canaan taking wagons to move them down to Egypt. 
When they get home and meet their father, and when 
he sees Simeon and Benjamin and all of them there 
safe and sound, and they tell him the wonderful news 
(hat his son Joseph is still alive and is ruler over all 
the land of Egypt, he is so appalled that he swoons 
away, because he had actually mourned Joseph as dead 
twenty-two years, all that time believing the lie which 
his sons had told him. When they tell him with as- 
surance that Joseph is still alive and ruler over 
all the land of Egypt, the news is too good for him to 
believe, and he refuses to believe their testimony un- 
til he sees the wagons Joseph had sent to move them 
all; then his faith takes hold and he believes their 
startling report and says: "Thank God, my son is 
still alive and I will go down to Egypt and see him 
before I die." 

So they all go down into Egypt, (seventy-five souls,) 
and Pharaoh tells Joseph to give them the best land 



230 Around the World, Garden op Eden, 

he had (and it is really the best land in the world). 
Therefore they settle in Goshen. Jacob lived seventeen 
years after he reached the land of Egypt. When he 
died, they carried his remains back to Canaan and 
buried them with his father and mother, grandfather 
and grandmother, and his wife Leah, in the cave of 
Machpelah which is in Hebron, which Abraham had 
bought with his money for a family burying-ground. 
I have been there three times but was never per- 
mitted to go in, as a great mosque is built over it 
and no Christian or Jew is permitted to enter. Many 
of the Egyptians accompanied the funeral procession 
which went out of Egypt to carry Jacob to his final 
resting-place in the land of Canaan. Joseph, as his- 
tory says, reigned over Egypt sixty-one years. 

When Jacob died, the brethren waited on Joseph 
and again begged him to forgive them for the wrong 
done him when a child; as they were afraid that he 
would punish them after their father was dead and 
gone; having spared them during his lifetime for the 
love he had for him. Again he begs them not to worry 
over it, because he does not blame them at all, assur- 
ing them that God did it to provide bread for them: 
and asks them to dismiss it from their minds as far as 
he was concerned; assuring them that he loved them 
none the less. Thus Joseph lived and reigned over 
Egypt forty-four years after his father was dead, and 
the time came for him also to pass from labor to rest. 
Then he called the elders of Israel and had them take 
a solemn oath that they would not bury him in Egypt, 
but would carry him back to the land of Canaan; 
therefore when he died +hey embalmed him, put him 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 231 

in a stone coffin and kept him one hundred and 
fifty-four years, or until the Exodus. They lived in 
r]gypt until Moses led them out. History says that 
when they left Egypt, and during the forty years of 
their journeyings in the wilderness, the body of Jo- 
seph was carried before them on a wagon drawn by 
twelve oxen, so it really resembled a funeral proces- 
sion. This funeral procession was the largest numeri- 
cally (consisting of three million of people), and the 
longest in duration (occupying forty years) that the 
world has ever known. You wonder that twelve oxen 
were needed to pull that stone coffin. I have seen 
stone coffins there in Egypt weighing one hundred and 
thirty thousand pounds, so that this was a com- 
paratively light one. They brought Joseph into the 
land of Canaan and buried him in his own inheritance 
allotted by Joshua to his eldest son, Manasseh. It is 
in the Valley of Succoth at the base of Mount Ebal, 
east of the city Sy<.'hem, and in full view of Jacob's 
well. 

I have seen the mummies of multitudes of people 
in Egypt who lived on the earth long before Joseph's 
time, and they are still in a state of fine preservation, 
having been enbalmed and preserved through all these 
ages. They are still exhuming the mummies from their 
sepulchres and putting them into museums for peo- 
ple to look at. This is done for money by the present 
generation, who are total strangers to all of them, and 
therefore they unscrupulously invade the sacred do- 
minions of the dead, take up the corpses and sell 
them for money. Of course Joseph's brethren would 
not, for any consideration, open that sarcophagus and 



232 Around the World, Garden op Eden, 

disturb the body of Joseph which awaits the resurrec- 
tion trump there in the land of Canaan. We have no 
reason to doubt the presence of Joseph's body in 
that coffin. As he was king and so much beloved by 
the people for his wisdom and righteousness, of course 
the embalmers did their best. 

While Dothan has so much notoriety in the history 
of Joseph, I must give you another story which is 
superlatively worthy the appreciation of every lover 
of Bible truth. When the Syrians were troubling Is- 
rael exceedingly by their frequent invasions, then Ben- 
hadad concluded that he was wofully impeded by spies 
in his camp, and consequently he made a special effort 
to ferret them out that he might duly castigate them. 
Therefore he held a gTand war council and impleded 
the magnates of his kingdom to help him hunt the 
spies which were giving him so much trouble. They 
say to him, "How do you know, O king, that there 
are spies in your camp?" "Why," says he, "the very 
plans we lay and stratagems we concoct in my coun- 
cil chamber at midnight, are found out by the people 
of Israel before we can possibly carry them into ex- 
ecution. Therefore, I know there must be spies in 
the camp, who report all of our plans to the king of 
Israel." A man rising up says, "No, king, you are 
mistaken, there is not a spy in your council, we are 
all true men; but there is a prophet in Israel who tells 
the king all the plans which we devise at midnight; 
he knows them as soon as we do, and tells the king 
that very hour." Then Benhadad says, "If that is so, 
we must make a specialty of that prophet until wp 
kill him, as we never can make any headway while Iio 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 233 

is alive." A man speaks out, "King, I can relieve 
you of this trouble by telling you where he is now. 
He is at Dothan holding a protracted meeting." There-' 
fore the king dispatches an army in post haste to go 
directly to Dothan and take him. 

Reaching the place in the dead hours of the night, 
they coil around it like a huge boaconstrictor, abso- 
lutely cutting off all egress and ingress till they can 
get their hands on that troublesome prophet. 

At the dawn of the morning the prophet's boy preach- 1 
er turns back panic-stricken and exclaims, "O father, 
we die to-day." But, says Elisha, "Why my son?" 
Then the boy waves his hand and says, "Do you not 
see the Syrian army all around us and ready to close 
in and capture us?" "Yes," says the prophet, "that 
is so; but those who are on our side are more than 
those who are against us." "Why, there is no one on 
our side." Then Elisha asked the Lord to open the 
young man's eyes that he might see; this done, he 
looks up and sees the whole mountain covered with 
angels' war chariots. So his fears all evanesce. The 
l)rophet asks God to drop an optical illusion on the 
Syrian army. This done, he walks out and takes com- 
mand of them; they meanwhile mistaking him for 
their own captain, as the optical illusion disqualifies 
them to identify him or the place. Therefore he marches 
them directly to Samaria and turns them over to the 
king of Israel ; he looking out on them, and recogniz- 
ing that they are Syrian enemies, asks the prophet 
what to do with them. "Shall we kill them?" says he. 
"No," Elisha answers, "do not hurt one of them, but 
give them all their dinners and send them home." 



234 Around THE World, Garden of Eden. 

This done, the Syrians were so ashamed that thej 
abandoned the war and the marauding bands came no 
more into Israel. 

We now reach Samaria, so named from Shemer, of 
whom king Omri bought the ground. It is a grand 
and beautifully rich hill, and he named the city which 
he built on it after the man from whom he purchased 
it, Shemiron, (Latin, Samaria) ; it was the third capi- 
tal of Israel, which in their short career of three 
centuries actually changed her capital three times, 
beginning with Sychem, then Tirza, and finally Samar- 
ia, which they occupied till carried into Babylonian 
captivity by Shalmaneser and Sennacherib. Samaria 
was a great, strong and beautiful city in her day. If 
she had been true to God, she would have been stand- 
ing to this day, but she has sadly verified the words 
of the prophet, "Samaria shall become an heap of 
ruins," She is now a small, filthy Mohammedan vil- 
lage, with a few people and their dogs living amid 
the ruins. After they had been carried into Babylon- 
ian captivity, because the lions which are hard to 
kill out of that country, because of the innumerable 
caves in which they can hide, were about to extermi- 
nate the few people Sennacherib had left there to take 
charge of the country, Esar-haddon sent people from 
different nations thither to occupy the land. As 
they were Gentiles, the Jews never did recognize them 
as members of the Abrahamic covenant nor permit 
them to take part in building the temple. They were 
really a mixed people from different nations, with a 
small per cent of Jewish blood. Philip, the evangelist 
preached Christ to them, when God used him in a won- 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 235 

derful revival. The Christian Crusaders during their 
occupancy of the Holy Land, A. D. 1099 to 1187, 
eighty-eight years, built a great stone church there, 
now used as a mosque. In it they show us the tombs 
of John the Baptist, Elisha the prophet, and Obadiah, 
Ahab's chamberlain. There are many ruins in differ- 
ent places throughout the city; great and beautiful 
columns of marble and porcelain abound. Many of 
the pillars of Baal's great temple erected by King 
Ahab, and those of the royal college in which his 
sons were receiving their education when Jehu had 
them all slain, are still standing; vivid mementoes of 
former grandeur. 

At one tme during the days of the prophet Elisha, 
the Syrians besieged this city two years in succession. 
As they had it surrounded, preventing all ingress and 
egress, thus cutting off all supplies, eventually the 
famine became so sore that the women actually ate 
their own children, as the Bible records. King Jehu 
was walking on the wall when a woman shouted to 
him, "O king, will you not make my neighbor do the 
right thing? We entered into a contract to kill and 
eat our sons; casting lots it fell first upon my son; 
we ate him and are now starving again, and she has 
hidden hers and will not bring him out. Please make 
her find him, that we may eat him before we starve 
to death." The king rent his garments and put on 
sackcloth, which to a Jew was ominous of the great- 
est distress conceivable. Therefore, the people shout- 
ed to him: "O king, what is the trouble?" He responds 
"I am going to slay the prophet Elisha and surrender 
the city to the Syrians to-day. We have been holding 



236 Around the World, Garden op Eden, 

the city all this time because the prophet told us that 
the Syrians could never take it. But the famine is 
on us, women are eating their own children, and we 
will all starve to death, if we do not get out." Then 
he walks down to the prophet's cottage, accompanied 
by some of his lords, and tells him he is going to put 
him to death for so long deceiving them by false 
prophecy, and for causing so much suffering in the 
siege; and then he will surrender the city to the 
Syrians. To this Elisha says, "O king, can you not 
wait one day?" "Oh, yes," says the king, "but what 
good will it do? We have already waited two years 
and the people are starving to death." Then says 
the prophet, "By this time to-morrow, two measures of 
barley and a measure of fine flour will be sold for 
a shekel in the gates of Samaria." That was as cheap 
as it had ever been when there was no siege. Then 
one of the king's lords, on whose arm he was leaning, 
contradicted the prophet, saying: "It could not be 
so cheap if God were to open the windows in Heaven 
and pour it down." Then the prophet said, "You 
shall see it, but not eat it." So the king consented 
to wait another day, before he would slay the prophet 
and surrender the city to the Syrians. 
. That evening at nightfall four lepers came to the 
city to the leper gate to enter in. The columns of 
that leper gate are still standing. It is on the west 
side of the city and the only gate around the city 
through which lepers could enter, as they had to keep 
separate in their quarters lest they infested others. 
When they reached the city and learned that the fam- 
ine was prevailing in it, they stopped at the gate, hes- 



Latter Day Peophecies and Missions. 237 

itating to go in. Meanwhile one of them says, "As 
the famine is in the city, if we go in we will starve to 
death: we are already starving out here; I propose 
that we go to the Syrians, as they can but kill us and 
it is death anyhow." Then they all acquiesce to his 
proposition to go and join the Syrians; so they all 
put off to the Syrian camp. They reach the first 
tent and find it without an occupant, but as they are 
starving they look for something to eat and find an 
abundance. Therefore the first thing they do is to 
satisfy their voracious appetites. They also find gold 
and silver, garments, and other valuables (as in that 
age of the world when there were no factories and 
garments had to be made by hand, they were so scarce 
and costly as to rank along with the precious metals 
in the way of value), consequently they gather up 
these different valuables. They enter another tent 
and find nobody, and as they look around generally, 
they find the premises all utterly deserted, not a hu- 
man being surviving. But gold and silver vessels and 
other valuables, the spoils of war, and army supplies 
in the way of bread and meat and vegetables, every- 
where abound. They first proceed to enrich themselves 
with gold and silver and hide them. Then one ob- 
serves: "This is a time of signal mercy and blessing 
to us, and if we act selfishly God will not profit us 
but castigate us, and send some awful judgment on us. 
Therefore I suggest that we give word to the king." 
Then they return to the gate and deliver their thrilling- 
news, which was speedily borne to the king. 

The magnates of the city are electrified and aston- 
ished when they hear the report that the Syrians have 



238 Around the World, Garden of Eden, 

all left; then the king says, "I know those crafty 
Syrians, they have gone into ambuscade and they 
are all hidden in order to draw us out and thus catch 
us all alive." But the proposition is at once made, 
"Let us go and hunt them ; there are still a few horses 
in the city that have not starved to death; let us 
take them and see if we can find the Syrians." To 
this they all readily acquiesce and set ofif at once to 
find the Syrians in case they are in ambuscade. They 
go and hunt diligently but find not one of them; on 
the contrary they get on their trail and find they have 
retreated towards Syria, strewing the road with val- 
uable vessels, even silver and gold, garments, and 
other spoils of war, which had evidently been thrown 
away in their precipitative skedaddling; their trail 
was thus found replete with evidence of the most ex- 
peditious flight, assuring the Israelites that they were 
running for life. They pursued them all the way to 
the Jordan ; but the Syrians having crossed over and 
left the country, the men of Israel returned with a 
joyful report to the city. 

Now the king proceeds at once to have the food 
brought it from the Syrian camp and dispensed to 
the famishing people: it so happened that he appoint- 
ed that lord (on whose arm he was leaning the pre- 
ceding day when Elisha said, "By this time to-mor- 
row, a measure of fine flour and two measures of bar- 
ley will be sold for a sheckel in the gate of Samaria," 
and he contradicted him,) to superintend the selling 
of the provisions the next day when they brought 
them in. The people were so hungry that they ran 
over him and trod hira to death; therefore Elisha's 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 239 

prediction was sadly fulfilled in his ease, "You shall 
see it, but shall not eat of it." 

The solution of that sudden, unexpected, and as- 
tounding retreat from the field, thus giving up the 
siege, consisted in the fact that God caused the Syr- 
ians to hear a great noise, like the galloping of horses 
and the rumbling of chariot wheels, which got louder 
and stronger, till the Syrians were affrighted and said 
that the king of Israel had hired the kings of Egypt 
and the Hittites to come against them; therefore they 
all arose and fled in the twilight. So preciptate and 
sudden was this flight that they had no time to take 
their possessions, not even their vessels of gold and 
silver, neither their extra garments, the road all the 
way to the Jordan being strewn with garments, ves- 
sels, articles of furniture, and different things which 
they, in their precipitous flight, had thrown away. 
After the stampede had begun and they were all re- 
treating for life, the roar of the chariot wheels and 
the galloping of the horses became so loud that, as 
night had fallen and they could not see, they ran the 
faster and the affright on them was so intensified, that 
every one juS't felt that the hand of the enemy was 
right on him, and so thought of nothing but of mak- 
ing his escape. Thus this precipitous retreat of the 
Syrians actually enriched Israel, because they were 
not only left an abundant supply of food, but vast 
quantities of clothing and various articles of value 
which the Syrians had taken in their preceding vic- 
tories as spoils of war. Thus you see that the tri- 
umphant finale abundantly coincided with the proph- 
ecy of Elisha, who had all the time assured them that 



240 Around the World, Garden op Eden. 

the Syrians would never be able to take the city. You 
learn from this that Samaria was powerfully fortified, 
for even in a two years siege it proved impregnable 
by a great Syrian army. If the men of Samaria had 
only remained true to God, they would have survived 
and prospered to this day; but they were really ov- 
ershadowed by Baalbek, the great cosmopolitan center 
of idolatry of the whole world, and besides, Jeroboam, 
and Ahab and Jezebel had given so great an impetus to 
Baal worship, that it just seemed they never could 
survive it. Therefore God permitted the kings of 
Babylon to carry them into captivity. This chapter 
concerns things which took place in the tribe of Issa- 
char on this side the Jordan and Reuben on the 
other side. 



CHAPTER XX. 



SYCHEM AND SHILOH. 



Sychem, often called Shechem, and in John fourth 
chapter, Sychar, is now a prosperous city of twenty- 
four thousand inhabitants, and is called Nablous. It 
is situated in the valley of Succoth, between Mount 
Gerizim on the south and Mount Ebal on the north. 
In this valley Jacob pitched his tent when on his way 
from Mesopotamia to Beer-sheba and abode two years ; 
meanwhile he dug the celebrated well which bears his 
name. That country is very well watered, a creek 
flowing through the valley down to the sea; but as 
Jacob's herds and flocks were so numerous, he dug this 
well ninety feet deep, as a fortification against ex- 
traordinary drought, which is of course liable in any 
country, and as he had so many animals and they 
needed much water, an excessive drought might have 
proved fatal to a lot of them. They still show us here 
the memorial heap of stones which Jacob and his 
father-in-law Laban erected, as a witness to their 
final settlement and reconciliation, as they claim that 
this is the place where Laban overtook Jacob when 
he pursued after him. 

The old Samaritans are still holding their own in 
this city. As they are looking for Christ to descend 
from them, in order to keep their race pure, they for- 
bear intermarriage with the Gentiles. I visited their 

241 



242 Around the World, Garden of Eden, 

synagogue and saw the oldest book in the world, the 
Samaritan Pentateuch, written by Moses thirty-five 
hundred and seventy-three years ago. To avoid wear- 
ing out this book, they frequently played off on trav- 
elers by showing them one which was written twenty 
five hundred years ago in the days of the Macabees. 
I mentioned the matter ; therefore, in order to convince 
me that they had shown me the correct one, they 
showed me both. 

You remember that away back in the wilderness, 
Moses told them when they reached the land of Ca- 
naan to come to this place and let six tribes stand on 
Mount Gerizim and read aloud the blessings, which 
you find enunciated by Moses in the Pentateuch; also 
the curses which would supervene in case of disobe- 
dience were to be proclaimed aloud by the other six 
tribes standing on Mount Ebal. You read of their 
faithful fulfillment of this commandment, as record- 
ed in the book of Joshua. I used to wonder how all 
the people could hear, as the multitude was so great 
and they would be separated so far from each other, 
six tribes standing on Gerizim, and the other six on 
Ebal, and the great valley of Succoth intervening. But 
during my visits I have enjoyed the opportunity of 
testing the possibility of the transaction, and was 
really much surprised to find the audibility of the voice 
in that locality very great, even paradoxically so; re- 
sulting from the amphitheatrical conformation of 
these mountains with the intervening valley. Such 
was the construction of the Coliseum at Rome, hav- 
ing the form of an ellipse with two foci. The same 
is now true of the Mormon Tabernacle at Salt Lake 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 243 

City; which seats eighteen thousand people, who eas- 
ily and intelligently hear the voice of the preacher ad- 
dressing the entire multitude. I have been in it and 
can certify to the extraordinary audibility of the voice. 

When Ezra, Zerubbabel and Nehemiah were build- 
ing the temple and the walls at Jerusalem, Sanballat, 
the governor of Samaria, and his people were very 
anxious to take part; but were abnegated on the ques- 
tion of racehood. They were not pure Hebrews, but 
a mixed people with a little Jewish blood, but prepon- 
derately Gentile. Esar-haddon had sent in a multi- 
tude from different nationalities throughout the Baby- 
lonian Empire to occupy the land, after Sennacherib 
had carried away the people who survived the depor- 
tation of Shalmaneser a generation preceding, leav- 
ing too few to protect themselves against the lions 
which were multiplying in that country and devour- 
ing the people. 

Then Sanballat not only did his best to intimidate 
the Jews and to prevent them from building the wall 
and the temple; but he did his best to stir up the 
surrounding nations to help him and his people in 
the diabolicp] work of intimidation and impediment. 
Thus having been abnegated by the Jews, Sanballat 
and his people proceeded at once to build a temple 
of their own on Mount- Gerizim, to rival the temple 
on Mount Moriah at Jerusalem. The temple was very 
large and magnificent, as the traveler visiting it in 
ruins perceives even at this day. They took up all of 
the usual temple services, holding their annual pass- 
overs like the Jews at Jerusalem. A survival of their 
claim to the pure Hebrew blood, and of being sue- 



244 Around the World. Garden of Eden, 

cessors of Moses and Aaron, we have this day in the 
one hundred and eighty-five souls constituting the 
Samaritan synagogue and abnegating all intermar- 
riage with other people. Their numbers are diminish- 
ing; they are much fewer now than a few centuries 
ago, thus, as a normal consequence, they are running 
out. They are somewhat alarmed lest they shall run 
out before the Messiah, for whom they are looking, 
shall appear. Their present trouble is a deficiency of 
women; therefore every girl born among them is im- 
mediately engaged for wedlock so soon as she shall 
reach maturity. 

The valley of Succoth is very rich and entirely de- 
voted to gardens, which are splendid. As they still 
have leprosy in that country, as in the days of our 
Savior, there is a leper home at Sychem. Remember 
we are now in the tribe of Manasseh; Shiloh, which 
is also included in this chapter, being in the great 
tribe of Ephraim. When Joseph died in Egypt, they 
embalmed his body, put it in a stone coflSn, and kept 
it the one hundred and fifty-four years of their sub- 
sequent sojourn in Egypt. When they set out for 
Canaan, history says that they put this sarcophagus 
on a wagon, drawn by twelve oxen, which headed the 
procession going out of Egypt, through the sea, and 
during the forty years in the wilderness. Finally, 
crossing the Jordan and coming to this very spot, 
Sychem, they buried Joseph in the valley of Succoth 
at the base of Mount Ebal, in the tribe of Manasseh, 
that of his elder son, one hundred and ninety-four 
years after he had died — a long time to keep a corpse 
for interment. While all of the sepulchres in Egypt, 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 245 

which they have found, have been robbed of their in- 
mates, and the mummies taken and deposited in the 
different museums throughout the world; thus being 
sold to the highest bidder; you see this one excep- 
tion to the universal spoliation of Egyptian antiquities. 
When I again stood by Joseph's tomb in 1905, I 
thought about his mummyized body in that stone coffin 
which they had hauled from Egypt; but nobody has 
ever been permitted to look into the face of Joseph 
since they enclosed him in that stone coffin. You see 
here the blessing of Christianity, the only guaranty 
of security from invasion and spoliation in this 
world and that which is to come. Therefore, among 
all the kings and magnates who reigned over Egypt 
and received embalmment, Joseph is the only excep- 
tion to the disinterment and spoliation which have 
proven the common lot of all. The solution is easy : 
they worshipped gods who could neither protect them 
living or dead; Joseph served a God who is omnipo- 
tent to save in time and eternity. If he had been one 
of the Pharaohs, his body would now be on exhibition 
in the museum in Cairo. 

We now turn our faces again toward Jerusalem. 
Bidding adieu to Joseph's tomb, Jacob's well and 
Mount Ebal, with Mount Gerizim on our right, sve 
proceed along the old caravan road from Damascus 
to Jerusalem, used since the days of Abraham. The 
armies of Assyria, Egypt, Greece and Eoire have often 
trodden this venerable road ; in many places the rocks 
have been worn out by the hoofs of horses, donkeys, 
and camels till now it is above your head on either 
side as you ride along. Again we pass by the tombs 



$46 Around ruvi World, I'lARinoN of Kden, 

of l^jleazar juul riiiueas, llu' sous of Aaron who anc- 
cooded liini in the liigh priesthood; that of Aaron be- 
ing on Mount ITorob, far away in Arabia. 

We now leave (lie caravan road for a time, bear- 
ing away toward the east that we may visit Sliiloh. 
Among the ceU'brated ancient cities, this is one that 
has tiever been rebuilt . 11 is in utter desolation, and 
without a solitary inhabitant; there is nothing there 
but the stone in a stale of ruin, as the walls have 
fallen down. A solitary oak tree is the only living 
thing marking the spot which was so ceiebrat(>d in the 
€lays of the fathers. lIiTe Joshua convened all the 
tribes of Israel, that he might distribute to thcin 
their inheritance in the promised land. The cele- 
brated i)ortable tabernacle, which they had made at 
Mount Sinai pursuant to God's own direction, and car- 
ried with them in all lluMr pei-egriiiations for forty 
years through the wilderness, and over which the 
cloud by day and the pillar of fire by night settled 
down when they had put it up, had been lirst set up 
at Oibeon after they entered the land, but was finally 
erected at Shiloh and never taken down. Tt stood 
thei'e until it rotted down; being the honored custo- 
dian of God's Ark of the Covenant till the Ark was 
taken away to the army at Mizpah, and never brought 
back. 

Tursuant to the awful i>roblem of little S;,iimel, 
relative to the terrible judgments coming on I he 
house of Eli for the sins of his sons, Phineas and 
Hophni, God permitted the Philistines, the formida 
ble and irreconcilable old enemy i.f Israel, to invade 
the counlry again, pitching their tents at Aphek; 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 247 

while the army of Israel encamped at Mizpah. The 
war waxes hot, and the conflict terrible; becoming 
more and more intense as the days go by. Eventually 
the Philistines defeat them so sorely, and press them 
so hard, that they send to Shiloh for the Ark of the 
Covenant, that they may bring it to the battle-field to 
give them victory. When it arrives the host of Israel 
raises a great shout, which roars and reverberates, and 
is heard afar off. The Philistines say, "What means 
this great shout which we hear in the camp of Israel?" 
One says it is because they have brought their God 
to them and they are all shouting over Him. Then 
they become terribly alarmed, saying, "Alas for us, 
we are ruined, because the God of Israel has come 
among them and will give them the victory over us." 
Then the five lords of the Philistines, representing 
Ashdod, Gaza, Askelon, Ekron, and Gath, the five 
representative cities of this quintuplicate principal- 
ity, all take the maitter in hand and set out to 
counteract the influence which is now striking panic 
throughout the army. Therefore they proceed each 
to his own division, and lay under contribution all 
their powers of eloquence to arouse the despondent en- 
ergies of their people; telling them that the encourag- 
ing environments of Israel should only prove an in- 
centive to them to fight the harder. They exhort 
them all to be courageous, to take discouragement at 
nothing, but to quit themselves like heroes; remind- 
ing them of signal victories already won, notwith- 
standing the presence of Israel's God. The result 
was the general arousement throughout the five grand 
divisions of the Philistine army. Soon they put the 



248 Abound the World, Garden of Eden, 

battle in array; both armies fighting to desperation, 
for each is determined to conquer. 

Meanwhile Eli, now very old, is sitting in the gate 
at Shiloh and looking away toward the scene of war, 
fifty miles distant, expecting news from the battle. 
Eventually he sees a courier coming with all possible 
expedition. He knows important tidings are at hand 
and he is electrified with anxiety to hear the news. 
Oh, how sad when the courier says, "Both Phinehas 
and Hophni your sons are dead"; but the old man 
endures and survives the awful tidings. But when 
the courier goes on and tells him that the Ark of 
God is taken, he falls back and breaks his neck, as 
he was corpulent and heavy; he then expires, having 
proved unable to survive the awful news, "the Ark of 
God is taken." The death of both of his sons was 
terrible in the extreme; but he survived the news 
and would have lived, but when the terrific tidings, 
"the Ark of God is taken," rang in his ears, the brit- 
tle thread of life was snapped in twain and he died 
of a broken heart; thus winding up the priesthood 
of Shiloh forever. 

At this same time the wife of Hophni, being seized 
with the pains of parturition, gives birth to a son 
and calls his name "Ichabod," a Hebrew word which 
means "the glory is departed"; how thrillingly sig 
nificant was that of the winding up of the priest- 
hood and Tabernacle services at Shiloh, after a ca- 
reer of three hundred years. During all this time 
all the tribes of Israel had annually come hither to 
their great camp-meetings, which had been inaugu- 
rated amid the splendors and glories of the Divine 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 249 

presence, with thunder, lightning and earthquakes, 
awfully demonstrative of the Divine presence. These 
were perpetuated for the forty years in the wilder- 
ness by the cloudy pillar by day and the fire by night, 
by the miraculous falling of the manna, the dividing 
of the Jordan, shaking down of Jericho, the wonder- 
ful victories of Joshua in the conquest of the land, 
the dispossession of the seven great nations, and the 
final distribution of the land among the twelve tribes 
of Israel; the last of which took place on the hal- 
lowed ground of Shiloh. But after Moses and Joshua 
and their heroic compeers who had witnessed the 
mighty works of God had passed from the battle- 
field to the Mount of Victory, and a new generation 
grew up who had not seen the lightnings of Sinai, 
the fiery pillar of the wilderness, nor God's mighty 
works in splitting the swelling Jordan, knocking 
down the walls of Jericho, halting the sun over Gib- 
eon and the moon over the valley Ajalon, to prolong 
the day of battle at Bethhoron where Joshua defeated 
the thirty-one kings; then the downward trend of 
the people of Israel supervened, lapsing from bad to 
worse, and finally culminating in the appalling iniq- 
uity, with which Eli's sons had horrifically debauched 
the Tabernacle at Shiloh. Therefore the judgments 
of the Almighty came in the awful finale; slaying 
those ungodly priests, Phineas and Hophni, on the 
battle-field, and permitting the Philistines to capture 
the Ark of the Covenant which Eli had only permit- 
ted them to take out for a little while in order to 
give them the victory; but it never did get back to 
Shiloh. Therefore the Tabernacle was left without 



250 Around the World, Garden of Eden, 

an inhabitant, to rot down; like the human body 
which, evacuated by the soul, hastens into swift decay. 
A similar awful doom awaits every church from 
which the Holy Ghost has departed. 

The Ark thus captured by the Philistines at Mizpah, 
was carried to Ashdod and set up iu the temple by 
the side of Dagon, the god of the Philistines. The 
next morning when the keepers opened the door, they 
saw Dagon fallen down prostrate before the Ark. They 
proceed to lift him up and put him in place. Next 
morning they go in and behold ! Dagon ' is not only 
fallen down prostrate before the Ark but his hands 
are cut off. P.esides these troubles in the temple, an 
awful and exceedingly loathsome disease, the emerods, 
has come on the people, and the suffering is terrible; 
meanwhile the land is awfully infested with rats 
and mice, as never known before. Such is the trouble 
at Ashdod that they conclude to move the Ark to 
Gath. But there they have the same troubles with 
the emerods and the mice. Then they conclude to move 
it to Ekron, when the troubles are worse than ever; 
till the people become clamorous for the removal of 
the Ark out of their country. Consequently they hold 
a convention and resolve to take the Ark back to the 
land of Israel. But the wise men of the convention 
suggest that they send along with it a trespass offer- 
ing, lest perchance they may have offended the God 
of Israel by carrying away the Ark. Therefore they 
resolved to make five golden mice, i. e., one for each 
capital city in the Philistine principality, i. e.. Ash 
dod, Gaza, Askelon, Gath and Ekron. They make n 
new cart and put the Ark on it, then take two cows 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 251 

which had never been worked, both having calves, yoke 
them up and hitch them to the cart and turn them 
loose without a driver ; as they were not certain wheth- 
er they ought to take the Ark back or not, they were 
agreed to let the cows settle the problem. If the 
cows turned off toward Bethshemesh of Judah, which 
was the nearest city of the Israelites, and went direct- 
ly to it, they would understand that the God of the 
Israelites was with them, and that they were doing 
His will in sending the Ark back to Israel. 

When they hitched up the cows and took their 
hands off, the animals of their own accord, put out 
directly for Bethshemesh, at the same time lowing as 
they went. When they arrived at Bethshemesh, it 
was harvest time and the people were all out reaping. 
Seeing the Ark of God they all rejoiced and bade it 
welcome. While the Ark stays at Bethshemesh, with- 
in six months fifty thousand and seventy people are 
smitten, *. e,, either killed or hurt for looking at it. 
Therefore they are anxious to get rid of it; so they 
move it to Kirjath-jearim in Benjamin, where it re- 
mained twenty years in the house of Abinadab, on the 
hill, he having consecrated one of his sons to serve 
as priest in taking care of it. It remained there till 
after David became king, when he went down with 
his mighty men in military parade to bring it to Je- 
rusalem and to put it in the Tabernacle which he had 
built on Mount Zion. While they were going along 
with the Ark on a cart, because the oxen stumbled 
and jostled it, Uzzah, whom David had appointed to 
take care of it, laid hold of it with his hands to keep 
it from falling off, and he dropped dead. God thus 



252 Around the World, Garden op Eden, 

teaches us all the lesson that we are to let Him man- 
age His own business and never meddle with it. When 
Uzzah dropped dead David took alarm and committed 
the Ark to Obed-edom living at that place, telling 
him to keep it till he called for it. It stayed there 
three months; meanwhile God so wonderfully blessed 
the house of Obed-edom that the matter became a 
notoriety in Israel. Then David went down, accom- 
panied by his army, took the Ark and carried it to 
Jerusalem; himself leaping for joy before it as it 
came through the city, much to the disgust of Michal 
his wife, Saul's daughter, who looked out through 
the window and saw him thus leaping and skipping 
like a dramedian in the theatre, and despised him in 
her heart. She thought it very derogatory to his 
royal dignity, to be thus shouting publicly on the 
street, disgracing himself and his whole family. But 
God was displeased with her, so He castigated her 
with perpetual sterility, which by every Jewish woman 
was regarded the greatest calamity. Therefore learn 
a lesson, and be sure you never depreciate a person 
shouting the praises of God and leaping for joy, but 
regard them with due reverence, for the sake of the 
God whom they are praising. 

David deposited the Ark in the Tabernacle he had 
built for the ownership of God on Mount Zion ; there it 
remained till Solomon built the temple on Mount 
Moriah, where he of course put it in the sanctum 
sanctorum which was built for its perpetual occu- 
pancy. There it remained till Nebuchadnezzar cap- 
tured Jerusalem and destroyed the temple, B. C. 587; 
then with all the sacred utensils it was carried to 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 253 

Babylon. There it remained till the emancipation of 
Cyrus the Medo-Persian, who sent back all the Jews 
who desired to return and all the sacred utensils, ves- 
sels, implements, and furniture of the temple which 
they had carried away, taking money out of the royal 
treasury to defray the vast expenses, not only of the 
transportation but of the rebuilding of the temple at 
Jerusalem. Having thus gotten back to its place in the 
sanctum sanctorum, it remained undisturbed till the 
destruction of the city by the Eomans, A. D. 73, when 
with all the gold and silver vessels, it was carried to 
Rome. 

If you ever visit Rome, as many who read this will 
very likely do, taking it in with the other historical 
places when youi go to the Holy Land, look on the 
triumphal arch of Titus, which they erected at Rome 
for his laudatory reception and triumphal ingress into 
the city when he returned from the conquest of Pales- 
tine, after which he had wound up the seven years' 
war which ended in the utter extermination of the 
Jewish nationality. He was followed by a long cap- 
tive train, as he led thither all of the Jews who sur- 
vived the sword, pestilence, and famine, and sold them 
into bondage to other nations, who came thither from 
the ends of the earth and bought slaves till they utter- 
ly glutted the market so that Rome could sell no more. 

We know not what the Romans did with the Ark. 
It is most likely that they kept it intact as a trophy 
of the victory. If they dismembered it, of course they 
kept the gold with which it was overlaid ; as they had 
conquered all nations, they had gathered the gold and 
silver from the ends of the earth and used it in vast 



254 Around tub World, Garden op Eden, 

quantities, not only for coinage but for ornamenta- 
tion. At that very time the emperor lived in a golden 
house surrounded by five thousand senators, living in 
silver houses. The Goths, Huns, Vandals, and Heruli 
fought three hundred years, really actuated more by 
plunder than by conquest. They knew the wealth of 
the world was there in Rome. When they took the 
city, A. D. 476, they spent a whole week spoliating 
Caesar's palace which actually occupied the whole 
Palatine Hill. Thus Attalas' army returned to its 
•northern haunts loaded with gold and silver; common 
soldiers not worth a dollar before had become million- 
aires. On the triumphal arch of Titus, if you ever 
look down at it, you will see sculptured the golden 
candlestick with the seven branches, and the other 
sacred furniture of the temple borne in triumph to 
Rome. There is no doubt but that the Ark of the 
Covenant was among the spoils; therefore its final 
destination Avas deportation by the barbarians to their 
distant northern haunts. They were the ancestors of 
the Russians, this day one of the greatest powers in 
the world, with a population of three hundred million 
Russianized subjects. 

Shiloh is the capital of the theocracy which stood 
till the anointing of King Saul, or, four hundred and 
fifteen years. When I was on the spot in 1905, I saw 
nothing but stone ruins, as the wood had all utterly 
perished, and no-t a solitary living creature but a lone 
oak tree, notorious in his pedigree as monarch of the 
forest. This tree in his capacity forcibly symbolizes 
God, who is monarch of the universe; just as real 
when worlds have perished, as while they wheel in 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 255 

their stately majesty around His effulgent throne. For 
more than four hundred years Israel knew no king 
but Jehovah, from the memorable hour when the law 
went forth from Sinai's flaming summit, enunciated 
in thunder-claps and emphasized with lightning bolts: 
along the sweep of these four hundred and fifteen 
years, whether in the wilderness or convened at Shi- 
loh, annually and periodically to hear the voice of 
God, Israel had no other king. The utter desolation 
of Shiloh vividly symbolizes the fall of the theocracy, 
sui>erseded by the human government. Meanwhile, 
that solitary oak tree, in perfect health and vigor, 
standing there alone, all his comrades having long ago 
disappeared, profoundly impresses me with the pres- 
ence of God, as real when, to our shame, superseded 
by human government, as when in His august majes- 
ty He reigns without a rival. The present condition 
of Shiloh is a vivid proclamation of destitution, as 
there is nothing there but the naked rocks, except 
that lonely oak tree. As the Jews are returning 
ft-oni all parts of the world with great rapidity and 
making it a specialty to rebuild the important and 
ancient cities, I wondered that none of them have 
dropped down on Shiloh. I feel sure it will not be 
long until some of them do this very thing. Her 
rebuilding will be a significant portrayal of the 
Lord's near approach, as He will bring His kingdom 
with Him and re-establish it in all the earth, on the 
ruins of all (he human kingdoms throughout the world. 



CHAPTER XXI. 



BETHEL AND PBNIEL 



The Bible recognizes the rival races inaugurated 
into the world by Jacob and Esau, even in their ex- 
treme natal state. Esau was a hairy brunette with 
a rugged physique; while Jacob was a smooth blonde 
with a fine looking feminine physique, domestic in 
his predilections and industrious and enterprising. 
He stayed at home cultivating the earth, making a 
good living, and was always ready to help his mother; 
hence he won her affections and became her favorite 
of the twain. Esau was a wild man, fell in with the 
chase in his early boyhood, became enamored of the 
desert, and delighted in pursuing the deer, the buf- 
falo and the bear, tenting out on Mount Seir with 
his rude comrades; at home but little. This prob- 
ably constituted the reason why his father was al- 
ways glad to see him; besides he invariably brought 
him nice venison and other meats, of which the old 
man was very fond. Thus early in life a species of 
rivalry supervened in the home; the father leaning 
toward his firstborn, Esau, and fully expecting, pur- 
suant to the patriarchal law then prevelant through- 
out the Orient, to give him a double portion of his 
estate, i. e., twice as much as Jacob ; while the mother 
leaned toward Jacob, feeling that since he was the 
one who stayed at home and did the work he deserved 

256 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 25T 

the double patrimony, which despite law and pres- 
tige, she hoped and prayed he might receive. 

Go to the Holy Land this day and you will see all 
around the rival brotherhood. All the time the Jews 
occupied that goodly land flowing with milk and 
honey and abounding in corn and wine, the children of 
Esau, in the land of Edom, abounding in rugged moun- 
tains and sandy deserts, longed to possess the land 
of Canaan. During all of these centuries they con- 
templated the seniority of their progenitors in that 
royal family, and consequently their pre-eminence iu 
the Abrahamic covenant, in which God positively as- 
sured Abraham that he would give all the land of 
Canaan to him and his seed forever. Ishmael was 
Abraham's firstborn son and Esau his firstborn grand- 
son; but there were the Ishmaelites and Edomites re- 
jected from their inheritance, while the younger 
brothers, Isaac and Jacob, had it all. Therefore after 
the centuries had rolled away and the Romans got 
into an irreconcilable quarrel with the Jews, culmi- 
nating in the imperial edict for their national ex- 
termination, which they so rigidly enforced, A. D. 66- 
73, leaving not a son of Jacob in all the land of Ca- 
naan; then the children of Esau poured in, took pos- 
session and have held it ever since. 

Meanwhile the Mohammedan religion rising B. C. 
606, stalwartly vindicated the claims of Ishmael and 
Esau to the birthright, which included the land of 
Canaan. The Mohammedans ever claim that instead 
of Abraham offering up Isaac on Mount Moriah, as 
our Bible tells us, Ishmael was the pne he offered. 
While Esau has held the land of Canaan now for more 



2r»8 Akoi ND TTiB World, Garden of Eden, 

thiiu eigLteeii hundred years, Jacob is all this time a 
homeless wanderer on the face of the earth. The Jews 
have had neither nationality nor country since the 
day the Romans blotted them from the world's escut- 
cheon, taking their country out of their hands; but 
within the last twenty years there has been a wonder- 
ful gathering of the Jews into the Holy Land. While 
Esau this day rules Jerusalem, he only has eight thou- 
sand people in the city, which administer the govern- 
ment because it belongs to the Moslem Empire; mean- 
while, the Jews number seventy-five thousand, but 
they still bear the yoke of bondage on their necks. 
They will evidently soon throw it otf, however, and 
thus Jacob will again drive Esau to tlie wall, and will 
come to the fi'ont once more. While the children, of 
Abraham, through Tshmael and Esau, number count- 
less millions, especially throughout the great Orient, 
the children of Jacob are only identifiable in a small 
minority, including two tribes, Judah and Benjamin. 
Yet you must remember that these are only one-sixth 
of Jacob's family, the other ten tribes having lost 
their tribehood when carried into Babylonian captiv- 
ity. They still exist as veritably as ever, but in aE 
occult state, as far as progenitorship is concerned. 

When God led out Abraham, complimenting him 
with an evening walk beneath the beautiful Oriental 
skies bestudded with millions of glittering stars, and 
challenged him to look up and enumerate them, (an 
utter impossibility) then He assured him, "So shall 
thy seed be." As Noah was veritably the second fath- 
er of mankind, we would not make a great mistake 
in denominating Abraham the third father of man- 



LaT'IKIJ DaV rK()PHKCJ?:s AND MISSION'S- 251) 

kind. Of ills iiinninevable posterity popnhitiiig the 
jrlobe to-day, I doubt uot there are hundreds of niii- 
li(»iis. Wi' universally find these two diametrically 
op[)osite characteristics, vividly portrayed in the 
Holy [jand where we have them both in coutrastive 
juxtaposition; the Jews are the most enterprising 
and aggressive peoj)le in the world, and the Bedouin 
Arabs the very oi)posite, refusing to live in houses, 
bill transporting their tents oii the cainePs back from 
pi;! CO to place. They pitcli them for a time, then 
raising them go on to another region with their herds 
and tlocks; in this they stoutly vindicate their lin- 
eage from Abraham, who never lived in a house, but 
spent his life in tents. 

During the boyhood of Jacob and Esau in the pa- 
triarchal home at Beer-sheba, this same rivalry ran 
high, culminating in Jacob's trickery by which he 
cheated Esau out of his birthright, and in the other 
climacteric stratagem by which he cheated him out of 
his blessing. Hebrew words are peculiar for having a 
practical signification. In that respect they are un- 
like words in other languages. Jacob is a Hebrew 
name which means rascal, and was given to him an 
ticipatory of his character; i. e., when Esau had for 
some reason encountered a series of failures in his 
hunting excursions, till he was about to famish, and 
coming home asked his brother for food, instead of 
spreading it out before him in superabundant effu- 
sion as he should have done, and Jacob knew the 
stalwart youth, faint with hunger was almost beside 
himself (for perfect health and youthful vigor had 
conspired along with his protracted fast to culini- 



260 Around the World, Garden of Eden, 

nate in an incorrigibly ferocious appetite), then he, 
shamefully and horribly taking advantage of the sit- 
uation, proposes to give Esau all that he could eat 
by way of barter and exchange for his birthright. 
Persisting obstinately he will not relent. Delay with 
Esau seems inevitable death. Then he soliloquizes: 
''What good will this birthright do me when I am 
dead? I would better get something to eat and live, 
if I die my brother will not only get his portion but 
mine too. If I sell him my birthright I will still 
have something left, because I have two portions and 
he one ; in that case we will simply change places." 
Having thus soliloquized, he acquiesces in his 
brother's proposal to buy his birthright and give 
him plenty to eat. "O," you say, "I am astounded at 
Esau for selling his birthright!" You need not be, 
because you are surrounded by millions whom you 
daily see doing the very same thing; you need not go 
back to Esau, but only look at your own house and 
your next door neighbor's. This birthright not only 
included a double portion of his father's estate, which 
made the recipient very rich, as the old man was a 
millionaire, but it included the progenitorship of our 
Savior, the most glorious honor and richest privilege 
in all the world. Esau had no conception of the 
major part of his patrimony; the minor part, i. e., 
the temporal, which alone he saw, really left him one- 
third of the estate, which would be all that he needed 
in this life. Therefore Esau in selling his birthright 
did not impoverish himself in temporal things, but ut- 
terly despiritualized his inheritance. This is precise- 
ly what we see the rank of people are doing around 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 261 

J us to-day; they are simply living for this world and 
i letting spiritual things go. 

I Isaac is now old and feeble; he knows that his end 
is nigh, as his step is tottering and his sight grow- 
ing dim. He says to Esau: "My son, go to the field 
and catch me some venison, tender and good; cook it 
done and make for me some savory meat such as you 
know I love; then bring it to me that I may eat and 
my soul revive that I may bless you before I die." 
Esau responds with great delight: "I will do you this 
and every other conceivable favor in my power." So 
he bounds away to Mount Seir where he has an abun- 
dance of game ready to fall responsive, to his bowshot. 
The journey is long and weary, and his arrival in the 
evening is just a little tardy. Rebecca had overheard 
the mandate of her venerable husband to her firstborn 
son, and was fully apprised of the former transaction 
in which Esau had sold his birthright for a mess of 
pottage. (This pottage was not greens, as some people 
often think, but a beautiful little red lentil of the 
leguminous genus, not only very nutritious but ex- 
ceedingly delicious. I have seen it in Palestine and in 
India.) As the patriarchal blessing was within the 
normal hemisphere of the birthright, as soon as the 
mother heard Isaac's words to Esau, since she really 
felt that Jacob deserved it and ought to have it for 
staying home and taking care of things, she proceeds 
at once to manoeuvre for Jacob to get the blessing. As 
Esau was in the habit of arriving after nightfall, and 
the eyes of the old man were already fading, Rebecca 
knew there would be at least a probability of his re- 
sorting to the sense of feeling rather than sight, in 



262 Abound the World, Garden of EdeN, 

case that the voice was not perfectly satisfactory; 
then he would yield unhesitatingly. 

Already the sun is going down, the night is falling, 
and it is time Esau had arrived. But as he has not 
done so, after Rebecca has put on Jacob some of 
Esau's goat skin apparel which had the hair on, as 
Esau was a hairy man, and has diligently prepared a 
tender kid, delicious, savory and good, she gives it to 
Jacob. He, going in to his father, says, "Arise, eat of 
thy son's venison and bless me." Isaac is surprised 
that he should have arrived so soon; but Jacob says, 
''The Lord brought the prey into my hand;" doing his 
best all the while to actually use Esau's speech. Fail- 
ing, however, to fully satisfy the old man, he has him 
draw nigh that he may put his hand on him and feel 
him ; then he says, "You feel like Esau, but the voice 
is like Jacob's." Though slightly bewildered, he pro- 
ceeds to pronounce the patriarchal blessing after eat- 
ing the meat. Jacob thanking him devoutly bids him 
a loving good-night, all the time talking like Esau. 

Scarcely had Jacob's footfalls ceased to echo, when 
Esau arrives in haste with all things ready, and says, 
"Arise, father, and partake of thy son's venison, and 
bless me before you die." The old man is astound- 
ed beyond measure and discovers the stratagem; he 
knows that Jacob has played off on him and so tells 
Esau. Esau lifts up his voice in a loud and bitter 
cry, observing, "Well is he called Jacob, because he 
has supplanted me these two times; several years ago 
he cheated me out of my birthright, and just now 
robbed me of my blessing." Weeping aloud he pleads 
with his father to revoke the blessing, which he had 



Latter i)xY Prophecies and Missions. 2G,'{ 

conferred upon Jacob, and give it to him. Hence, in 
Hebrews twelfth chapter, it says that Esau sought re- 
pentance and found it not; some people erroneously 
conclude from that statement that he was irretrieva- 
bh' lost. That does not follow as a legitimate se- 
quence. Repentance means a change of mind. It 
was not repentance in his own heart that he sought, 
but in his father's entreating him to change his mind, 
and to revoke the blessing from Jacob and confer it 
upon him. This Isaac could not do, because it was 
a Divine appointment. 

There are two lines of election running throughout 
the Bible; the one, the election of grace, is free for 
all because God wants all to be saved. Hence the non- 
elect, from a gracious standpoint, means simply that 
man who will not let Christ save him. In the letter 
to the Romans, chapters eight and nine, we have the 
doctrine of election clearly set forth, exhibitory of 
both of these lines. Take the case of Pharaoh : ''For 
this cause have I raised thee up, that I might shew 
forth my power in thee and that my name might be 
r.rclared in all the earth." Pharaoh was a universal 
uionarch, having the world at his command (although 
it w^as quite small at that time). If he had received 
the Gospel at the hands of Moses and Aaron, he was 
the very man to proclaim it in all the world. He had 
the men and the money and all nations at his bid- 
ding; but Pharaoh, like millions of other sinners, re- 
jected the Gospel and sealed his own doom. Look up 
verse eleven, chapter nine, "But the children not hav- 
ing yet been born, neither done anything good or 
bad, that the purpose of God might stand according 



264 Around the World, Garden op Eden, 

to election, not of works, but of Him that calletli." 
This verse alludes directly to Esau and Jacob, showing 
plainly that Jacob was elected to the Divine progen- 
itorship before he was born. This progenitorship of 
Christ, the privilege of standing in the line of our 
Savior's ancestry, on which the hand of God rested 
especially, from Adam down, was the greatest bless- 
ing this side of Heaven: election to the glorious priv- 
ilege was unconditional, e. g., Abraham was elected 
and all the world reprobated; Isaac was elected and 
Ishmael reprobated ; the Jews elected and the Gentiles 
reprobated. While this election makes you of the con- 
sanguinity of Christ, the custodian of the Divine ora- 
cles, and an heir to the land of Canaan, it does not, 
within itself, give you Heaven, as that is a matter 
strictly involved in your own will. Reprobation from 
this progenitorship did not exclude you from the king- 
dom of grace and glory, as our Savior redeemed the 
whole world by His blood ; so salvation is free for all. 
Here both Jacob and his mother made the great- 
est mistake in resorting to stratagem, both in case of 
the birthright and the blessing. It was already a 
matter of fixture that Jacob should have it; God had 
settled that, as you see in Romans ix, 11, before 
Jacob was born ; therefore Jacob committed a heap of 
f^iii quite gratuitously, in resorting to those tricks and 
stratagems to get the birthright and the blessing 
which God had for him even before he was born. That 
is the reason why Isaac could not yield to the flowing 
tears of Esau and revoke the blessing from Jacob 
and confer it on him, God, not Isaac, had settled 
the question, before Esau was born. 



Lattkr Day Prop iiior: res and Missions. 21).'') 

Now the fat is all in tlie tire, l<]sau Jiaving signally 
failed to prevail on his father to reciud his action in 
case of Jacob and confer the blessing on him, in des- 
peration gives way to the vile temper which is char- 
acteristic of him, and resolves to settle all controver- 
sy forever by killing his brother outright. Rebecca 
is in an awful dilemma, for she was as much to blame 
as Jacob, and now has the ])rosi)ect of dropping back 
into the horrific dilemma of mother Eve when she 
had but the two sons in the world; the one a murder- 
er and the other his victim. So his mother preci[)i- 
tately hurries Jacob to at once make his escape, and, 
to run far away to her native land, Mesopotamia, 
before his brother can get to kill him. Therefore, in 
the same hour in which he has supplanted his brother 
and triumphed in the domestic controversy, receiving 
the progenitorship of Christ, he is constrained to take 
to his heels and run for his life. He has no time to 
get anything, but only to snatch up one of his fath- 
er's old staffs to assist him a little in rough places, 
and to use as his only weapon with which to fight wild 
beasts and savages; all the country through which 
he had to travel from his father's home to Mesopo 
tamia abounded in lions, the most dangerous animal. 
Tlierofore, dashing aw.iy like he was shot out of a 
cannon, for dear life he runs all night and the en- 
suing day till the sun has gone down. Seventy miles 
of terribly rough country he has left behind him. So 
affrighted is he that he imagines that the thundering 
tread of Esau is hot on his track, tliii-sting for his 
blood; it ever and anon echoes and reverberates in 



'M6 Around the Would, Garden op I^dei^, 

his ears. He is completely exhausted, ready to die 
of weariness, and awfully penitent; and his conscience 
is incessantly thundering at him : "You brought all 
this trouble on yourself by your own meanness; you 
deserve no pity if your brother does overtake and kill 
you, for you will have caused your death by your own 
folly and rascality." Therefore, his spirit crushed un- 
der the heavy tread of a guilty conscience, heart-brok- 
en, and ready to die, he falls down on the earth, 
warmed by the burning sun of that semi-tropical cli- 
mate during the preceding day. Three times I have 
followed my guide through Westminster Abbey, and 
. among the many interesting sights there, have al- 
ways seen the stone on which the kings and queens 
of England have always sat to receive the crown of 
the British monarchy; they tell us it is the identical 
stone on which Jacob pillowed his head that memor- 
able night of his flight from Esau. However beautiful 
this legend is, it is deficient in its most important 
point, i. e., truth, because it is a sandstone which min- 
eralogists identify with that of Scotland (whence 
it doubtless came instead of from Palestine) ; and there 
is nothing but limestone on Mount Bethel. 

Now Somnus, nature's sweet restorer comes to 
the relief of the exhausted youth. Though the lions 
are roaring, the wolves howling and the jackals bark- 
ing, the time is come when he is bound to rest; mean- 
while the Holy Spirit is doing His mighty work in 
hip. heart, heaving and upheaving, forming and trans- 
forming, turning and overturning, acting and counter- 
pcting, killing and making alive, burying and resur- 
recting, tearing down and building up. Lethean 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 267 

slumber throws her soothing mantle around the weary 
li'iiveler. Oblivious of peril, heavenly visions and 
dieams in earthly form, move about him in thrilling 
panorama. He sees a ladder drop down from Heaven, 
and resting upon the earth within three paces of 
the spot where he lies, bright pinioned angels, in shin- 
ing platoons, descend it and salute him with heaven- 
ly benedictions; meanwhile glorified human spirits 
join in with those angels, and ascend back to God. 
He awakens from delicious slumber and heavenly vis- 
ions, and identifies himself and his whereabouts, in 
the clear light of a silvery moon as she moves in her 
queenly majesty amid the glittering constellations. He 
testifies to the angels and redeemed spirits, ''Surely 
God is in this place; this is none other than the house 
of God and the gate of Heaven. If Thou wilt spare 
my life again to return to my father's house, of all 
Thou shalt give me, I will give Thee one-tenth." This 
tithe was the law of God's kingdom, which Jacob's 
grandfather Abraham had recognized and obeyed dur- 
ing the ministry of Melchizedek. Bethel means the 
house of God, i. e., the family of God ; therefore we 
see that Jacob was a member of God's family, which 
always involves the new birth of the Holy Spirit. 
Therefore, this was the memorable epoch of his re- 
generation, when he entered the family of God, and 
entered into covenant with the God of his parents and 
grandparents, ever afterward keeping that covenant 
in loving obedience and giving God the tenth of his 
income, which in all ages has been th€ law of the 
visible Church. 

At day-dawn, descending Mount Bethel Jacob 



268 ' Around the World, Garden of Eden, 

trudges on his wny, with still four hundred miles be- 
fore him. Oh, what a journey for a lonely footman ; 
through mountains and deserts, crossing rivers broad 
and deep and crags and precipices steej) and high ! 
Having reached his destination, he gives twenty years, 
day and night, to hard toil; God wonderfully bless- 
ing his industry and actually symbolizing His sup- 
erabounding grace by making him a millionaire. A 
score of years have llown ; then God speaks to Jacob 
to arise and return to his native land. He came thith- 
er with nothing but a staff; he goes away with fine 
cattle and sheep and goats teeming on all sides. The 
earth was then young, and land was so plentiful that 
it was not worth appropriating; every man had all 
he could use; grass superaboundcd, so that by slow- 
ly driving the herds and flocks, they could do their 
own grazing and get their living on the road. 

Finally, decending the Jordan valley and passing 
through the tribe of Dan, upon reaching the border 
of Naphthali, which is the river Jabbok, a band meets 
Jacob and his company. The English Bible says it 
was a messenger, the Hebrew says angels; they bring 
him the startling news that Esau is coming to meet 
him, with four hundred men. Jacob thinks that of 
course this means his doom. For twenty years his vin- 
dictive brother, enraged and outraged by his maltreat- 
ment, has rendezvoused an army to settle the matter 
forever. Worst of all, Jacob is condemned by his own 
conscience for the maltreatment he had given him. 
So, dividing up his herds and flocks and his servants 
into three bands, and leaving the women and children 
behind that they might be the more secure, Jacob se- 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 269 

lects twenty thousand dollar's worth of beautiful 
stock, as a present for his brother Esau. Then he 
sends the others over the Jabbok, himself abiding on 
this side alone; God is their only refuge and strength, 
human help and comfort are simply futile. Now, litiv- 
ing sent all the others over the stream, Jacob goes 
aside to pray, as the evening shades are rapidly fall- 
ing. Prayer is our citadel of refuge in- every time of 
trouble, a hiding-place from every storm. He begins 
to pray God to deliver him from his brother Esau. 
As the light shines into his heart, he soon forgets 
about Esau in his concern for his own soul ; he is sur- 
prised to find that Jacob is a more formidable enemy 
than Esau. If he can get rid of himself, he sees that 
God will take care of Esau and everything else ; there- 
fore he rushes away into the illuminations of the Di- 
vine Spirit, losing sight of all transitory things in 
his effort to consecrate all to God forever. So he 
spends a night in agonizing prayer, his song climbing 
^he skdes: 

"Come, O Thou Traveler unknown, 
Whom still I hold but cannot see. 
My company before me is gone, 
And I am left alone with Thee. 

"With Th'v.e all night I mean to stay, 
And wrestle till the breali of day; 
In vain Thou strugglest to get free, 
I never will unloose my hold. 

"Art Thou the man who died for me ? 
The secret of Thy love unfold ; 
Wrestling, I will not let Thee go, 
Till I Thy name and nature know." 

We find the salient point in this night of agonizing 
prayer was his comi)assiou for his name, which the 



270 Around the World, Gardkn of Edrn, 

Lord asked him several times. No wornler he was 
ashamed to confess it because it was Tjicob, which 
means rascal, and it involved a serious matter to con- 
fess it face to face with God. Finally he makes the 
riffle and swings off, confessing outright, "My name is 
Jacob," i. e., rascal, i. e., "I am a rascal by nature 
and always was, and was consequently so named, as 
things are pertinently called what they are." When 
he makes the confession, that momeni God knocks his 
thigh out of joint, i. e., slays old Ailaiii, as the thigh 
is the symbol of human power; hence, its dislocation 
symbolizes crucifixion itself. But at the same moment, 
God gives him the blessing, for, as you re^id, "God 
blessed him there." 

The night has flown and the morning dawned ; the 
bright, rising sun climbing the Palestinian skies del- 
uges the world with his gorgeous glory. Jacob goes 
limping on his way, leaning on his staff, now crip- 
pled for life, but fearing neither men nor devils. He 
is glad to meet his dear brother Esau, whom he has 
not seen in twenty years, and his men, that he may 
have a chance to tell them about his Savior. Sure 
enough, here comes Esau ; Jacob was so delighted tc 
see him once more, that he hails him with a brotherly 
salutation and kiss of love. Esau is equally delighted 
to meet him. O, I wish I had his experience the pre- 
ceding night which he spent with God, as well as 
Jacob ; you see the following morning the two broth- 
ers are alike in inundating love. O, how they mutual- 
ly embrace, kiss, thank God, and take courage for 
mercies conferred during the twenty years of their 
separation. 



Lattfr T)a\ Prophecies and Missions. 271 

God has permitted me three times to visit the Holy 
Land, somewhat varying my routes in order to more 
thoroughly explore, in 1899, I entered the land on 
horseback from Damascus, which put me directly on 
the old route from Mesopotamia to Egypt, leading di- 
rectly to the Holy Land. Therefore we traveled the 
identical road in this part of the country over which 
Jacob came with his herds and flocks. It is wonder- 
ful how the Jews are not only rebuilding all of the 
ancient cities, in order to memorialize the history of 
their nation in by-gone ages, but where no ancient 
city marked an important event in their history there, 
too, they are also building memorial cities. If any 
city had ever marked the spot where Jacob and Esau 
met, I know not the name of it. But I saw a beautiful 
city of sixteen nice houses, though not quite a year 
old, which they had erected, as they claim, on the 
identical spot where the brothers met (Synadelphia by 
name.) 

After the meeting Esau says: '^My brother, in this 
country you are in peril of robbers who might slay 
you. You see these men; they shall serve you as an 
escort whithersoever you wish to go." Perfect love iP 
not afraid of robbers; therefore Jacob thanks him 
kindly but declines the proffered service. Then says 
Esnu, "What mean these herds and flocks which T 
have met?" (which Jacob's wives and servants had 
offered him before Jacob met him). "Oh," says Jacob, 
"they are an humble present for my dear brother 
Esau from his unworthy brother." Esau says, "You 
keep them ; I have enough of my own and do not need 
('•em, but 1 thank you devoutly for your kindness." 



272 Around TUh. World, Garden of Eden, 

Then says Jacob, "Please take it, please take it as a 
slight memento of the love with which your unworthy 
brother loves you." So Esau takes the gift and the 
brothers mutually bid a loving adieu; they have be- 
come firm friends and so continue to the eve of life. 
We afterward see them unite fraternally in the in- 
terment of their father. 

Jacob called the place on the bank of the Jabbok 
where God blessed him, Penlel, which means the face 
of God. You see by his history that Jacob had two 
distinct and separate experiences, twenty years apart, 
i. G., at Bethel, from Betli, meaning house, and gU 
meaning God. House in the Bible generally means 
family; house of Abraham means family of Abraham. 
Therefore the Bethel experience, by the regeneration of 
the Holy Spirit puts you into the family of God; and 
the Peniel experience reveals to you the face of. God. 
In regeneration the Holy Spirit inducts you into the 
kingdom of God; in sanctification He brings you into 
holy wedlock with the Son, makes you a member of the 
Bridehood, and thus brings you into the council cham- 
ber where, as an oflScer in his militant army, and push- 
ing the war to the end of the earth, you live contin 
ually in the light of His countenance, which, having 
dissipated all the fogs of depravity, floods your life 
with heavenly sunshine. Thus in the wonderftil ex- 
perience of Jacob, you have beautifully elucidated the 
two separate works of grace. I know the idea fre- 
quently prevails that Jacob cheated his father-in-law, 
which would involve him in known sin after his Beth- 
el experience. If you will carefulh^ read the Bible, 
which relates everything pertinent to their transnc- 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 273 

tions, your condemnation will evanesce, as you will 
see his wonderful prosperity in accumulating the flocks 
and herds with such paradoxical rapidity was nothing 
more nor less than the good providence of God, ac- 
companied by Jacob's solid intelligence and untiring 
industry. The Peniel experience crucifying self, sanc- 
tifying him wholly, and bringing him out into the 
clear light of God's countenance without an interven- 
ing shadow, is beautiful in the extreme. 

As a rule, there is a woful misunderstanding about 
Esau. People rush pell mell to the conclusion that 
he was hopelessly doomed and lost because he did not 
get that blessing, though, as you read in the twelfth 
chapter of Hebrews, "he sought it earnestly with 
tears." The above conclusion in reference to his des- 
tiny, simply supervenes from not understanding the 
plan of salvation. The literal meaning of repentance, 
"mita," changed, and "noia," the mind, is a change 
of mind. In this case Esau was not seeking repentance 
in his own heart, but in that of his father's, doing his 
best to get Isaac to change his mind, and to revoke the 
blessing from Jacob and confer it on him; this his 
father could not do because God had given it to Jacob 
before he was born, Romans ix, 11. The great con- 
fusion of the popular mind eventuates from the er- 
roneous apprehension that this was the blessing of 
salvation, which was not true. The blessing had two 
hemispheres, i. e., the birthright, which gave the first- 
born a double portion of the father's estate, and this 
was the grand desideratum which actuated both of 
the boys and, of course, had nothing to do with per- 
sonal salvation. The other hemisphere is the progeni- 



274 Around the World, Garden of Eden, 

torship of Christ, i. e., the glorious and inestimable 
privilege of consanguinity with the Lord, i. e., of being 
one of His fathers or mothers according to the flesh, 
i. e., of standing in the line of His ancestry, over whom 
God always kept His providential hand in an espec- 
ial manner, committing unto them His living oracles, 
making them His chosen people, and His elect accord- 
ing to His foreknowledge. In reference to the hemi- 
sphere of the patriarchal blessing which Isaac pro- 
nounced on his son, neither of them had any clear ap- 
prehension. It was a blessing too glorious for their 
comprehension in their unregenerate state. Esau did 
miss it, and so did you and I and the whole Gentile 
world, none of whom were in the line of our Lord's 
progenitorship. 

I believe Esau got gloriously converted the very 
night Jacob got sanctified, because you see such a 
wonderful change in him; having come with an army 
to take vengeance on his brother, instead of fighting 
him, he hugs him and kisses him, and instead of using 
his army against him he turns it over to him as a 
bodyguard to protect his herds and flocks, so that he 
can reach his destination. and locate them amidst se- 
cure environments. "But," you say, "it was Jacob's 
twenty thousand dollar present which cooled his 
wrath and revoked his lot." Your argument will not 
bear analysis, from the simple fact that Esau utterly 
declined to accept the present, telling him he had 
enough. The truth of the matter is, both of the young 
men were at that time millionaires, Esau having be- 
come a great Arabian Emir. Rut when Jacob insisted 
hard that he should take his present as a mere lov^ 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 275 

token, then, of course, he could no longer refuse. I 
really see a line of conduct on the part of Esau when 
he met Jacob utterly inexplicable, unless you admit 
the hypothesis that God's love was poured out in h\i\ 
heart by the Holy Ghost, who alone can do it. Thouuli 
Esau forfeited the double portion in his father's es 
tate, getting but one dollar for every two which Jacob 
received, and also forfeited a place in the consanguin 
ity of our Savior, yet neither of these themes had any- 
thing to do with his souFs salvation. Christ died for 
Esau as well as for Jacob, and salvation was as free 
for him and the teeming millions of his posterity, as 
for Jacob and the countless millions who emanated 
from his loins to populate the globe. 

A careful study of election and reprobation in llio 
Word of God is indispensable to an intelligent api)i'(' 
hension of the glorious plan of salvation. You must 
learn from the precious Word the two distinct lines 
of election revealed in the Bible. The election of grnco, 
which is free for all, gives you full benefit of the glor- 
ious redemptive scheme. Therefore, if you are not 
elected, it is simply because you reject the Holy GliosI 
in the capacity of your Sanotifier; as the Word says. 
"elect through sanctification of the Spirit." Tn re- 
generation you are nominntod for Heaven ; in sanc- 
tification j^ou are elected; while in glorification you 
are crowned eternally an heir of Heaven. The non- 
elect are none but the ]>oople who grieve the Holy 
Ghost and Avill not let Him olcct them. The other line 
of election which is revenli'd in Ihe Bible is thnt of our 
Savior's progenitovship, which luis nothing to do with 
our ppi'sonnl snlvntion, as He was actually for all, 



276 Around the World, Garden op Eden, 

unconditionally redeeming all by His vicarious, sub- 
stitutionary atonement. Therefore people who go tfl 
Hell must take the bit in their teeth and run away 
with their probation, plunging into Hell for but the' 
one reason that they will not let Him save them. Re 
is in the world to do that w^ork and is omnipotent , 
consequently nothing can prevent Him from doiiii: 
it, but the stubborn rejection of a sinner wlio will 
not let Jesus save him. After this, if the Christian 
will not let the Holy Ghost sanctify him, i. e., elecr 
him, he thus commits condemnatory sin; he becomes a 
backslider and goes to Hell with all other sinners. ^ 
So, while the election of grace is free for all and 
covers all the ground of experiraentjil religion and per- 
sonal salvation, the election of the Divine progenitor- 
ship, which runs throughout the Bible, is uncondition- 
al. Here you run into all of your troubles, and get 
bamboozled, and believe the devil's sophistry which 
tells you you are not one of the elect, and so, blues 
you to death. In the sense of this line of progenitor- 
ship, none of the Gentiles are elected, but they do not 
need it in order to be saved in Heaven. If you want 
to understand the Bible, learn once for all to leave the 
Scriptures right where God put them. False jnoiihets 
on all sides ruin millions, by wresting the Scriptures 
from the place in which God put them. 



CHAPTER XXII. 

RAM-ALLAH^ RAMAHj AND NOB. 

Again we turn our faces toward Jerusalem, and now 
reach Beeroth, within one dozen miles of the Holy 
City. Here we actually have a distinct and magnifi- 
cent view of the Russian tower on the summit of Mount 
Olivet, two hundred and fifty feet high, from whose 
pinnacle we have a splendid view of not only the land 
of Canaan but Moab, Ammon and Syria, This is the 
place where Joseph and Mary missed Jesus at the 
end of the first day's journey, starting in the after- 
noon and traveling on foot; having missed Him, they 
have to go all the way back to Jerusalem to find Him. 
After three day's earnest search, they find Him sitting 
with the theologians in the temple, and astounding all 
by the questions He propounded and the answers He 
gave to all their inquiries. So if we lose Jesus out 
of our heart, we must get down before God and cry to 
Him for the light of the Holy Ghost, who alone can 
lead us back to the very place we left Him, as there 
only can we find Him. In this city, Beeroth, lived those 
two young men who went and cut off the head of Ish- 
bosheth, the son of Saul and king of Israel, and carry- 
ing it to Hebron delivered it to King David, thinking 
he would give them a great reward. But in this they 
were sadly disappointed, for he had them slain for the 
foul murder they had committed, and their hands cut 

.277 



278 Around the World, Garden of Eden. 

otf and hung up over the pool at Hebron as a terror 
to all evil doers. 

We now reach Ram-allah where the Friends' Church 
of America has two colleges: the Female College, 
l.uilt about twelve years ago, is doing a great work, 
not only in Christianizing, but in educating those igno- 
rant Moslems. The Lord let me visit them in 1899, 
imd preach to the students. This ye^ir on arrival T 
found them hard at work on a very beautiful piece of 
ground, five hundred yards from the Female College, 
where they are heroically going at the noble enter- 
prise of building a Male College. These two colleges 
in this Christian city of four thousand people, here in 
the midst of this Mohammedan country, where the light 
shines so dimly, are destined to prove a glorious sun- 
burst used of God to light up this dark land on which 
the Light Himself did shine with celestial splendor, 
for the three years of His wonderful ministry on the 
earth. It is only ten miles from these colleges to Je- 
rusalem, whose towers are constantly in sight, especial- 
ly the Russian tower on Mount Olivet. 

When I was there in 1899 I had to ride a horse; but 
this time I was delighted to find a splendid carriage 
road which had been built to Jerusalem during my 
absence. When I first came to the Holy Land in 189.5, 
there was but one carriage road in all that country; 
that was from Jerusalem to Hebron, twenty-five miles. 
On all other routes I had to ride a horse or walk. When 
I got back in 1899, I was delighted to find they had 
built a carriage road to Jericho. This time I also 
found a carriage road from Haiffa, where our ship 
landed, all the way to the sea of Galilee, and found 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 279 

them also building a railroad from Haiffa to Mecca in 
Arabia, the celebrated Jerusalem of the Moslems. In 
the days of Israel and Judah, when they prospered in 
that country, they had carriage roads all over it, 
as we see from the universal use of their war chariots; 
but after the days of desolation came on the whole 
country fell into neglect, being occupied by the Arabs, 
a people of no enterprise, mostly living in tents and 
nomadic in their habits, roaming from place to place. 
May you resolve to remember these two colleges at 
Ram-allah in your prayers, at the same time asking the 
Lord if He does not want you to help financially, as 
these institutions are purely philanthropic, built by 
the Friends' Church in America. I was delighted with 
their students ; though they have brown faces, they are 
beautiful, bright and promising. These two colleges, 
with the blessing of God, will turn out hundreds of 
preachers, which are so much needed to preach Jesus 
there in His own country where He was born and 
reared. Satan has managed to throw the dark shad- 
ows of the False Prophet from Dan to Beer-sheba, 
and from the Great Sea to the eastern border; envelop- 
ing the land of corn and wine, and milk and honey, 
in a midnight of error and superstition, ever since its 
devaistators rolled their conquest over it, A. D. 634. 

We now travel along the beautiful carriage road to 
Jerusalem, passing by the city of Ramah, now but a 
Mohammedan village. It is celebrated in sacred his- 
tory as the birth-place of the prophet Samuel, where 
now he lies awaiting the resurrection trump. Elkanah 
and Hannah regularly went to the great camp-meet- 



280 Around the World, Garden of Eden, 

ing at Shiloh, about sixty miles north of Ramah, car- 
rying an off-ering to the Lord. As the years rolled 
by, Eli, the priest, became acquainted with them; so, 
seeing Hannah in an apparently morose and pensive 
mood, frequently separate from the crowd, and her 
lips moving in the utterance of prayer, he, concluding 
that she has taken too much wine, ventures to repri- 
mand her. Then she avails herself of the opportunity 
to notify him that he is mistaken, and that her isolated 
and curious deportment is superinduced by her prayer- 
ful solicitude that Grod may take away the reproach 
of her sterility and brighten her life with a son. Then 
the old priest joined her in this prayer, and the spirit 
of prophecy resting on him, he encourages her with 
his prediction that God will give her a son and that 
he shall be His prophet. Thus Samuel is born in 
special answer to prayer, and not simply by natural 
generation, but by a supernatural intervention of the 
Holy Ghost. When he is weaned she brings him to 
»5hiloh and presents him to Eli, and then he serves 
in the temple while a little child, girded with a linen 
ephod. His mother and father coming annually to 
the camp-meeting, each year bring him a coat wbicii 
his mother has made with her own hands. Therefore 
Samuel was reared in the temple, ministering in Hie 
house of the Lord from his infancy. 

At the early age of six years the spirit of proph- 
ecy rests upon him and he accordingly begins to preach. 
As he always slept on a pallet in the house of the 
Lord, one night while enjoying soothing slumber he 
hears a voice and, thinking Eli has called him, rises 
and cays, "What do you want?" The priest says, 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 281 

'^Yon are mistaken, my child, I did not call you; go 
lie down again and take your rest." So having lain 
down he goes to sleep again, but it is not long till 
he hears again the voice calling the second time-, think- 
ing it is the priest, he goes to him and asks what he 
wants. The priest again tells him he has not called 
him, and to go back and lie down and take his rest; 
therefore he goes to sleep again. Soon, however, 
he is awakened once more by the voice again calling 
him. Now rising the third time, responsive to the 
voice, he goes to Eli and says, ''You certainly did call 
me; so here I am at your service." Then Eli says, 
*'Now, my child, go back to your bed, lie down again 
and take your rest ; but if you hear that voice any more 
know that it is the Lord speaking to you. Therefore 
say to him, 'Speak, Lord, for thy servant heareth.' " 

Lord, help us all to adopt the maxim of little Sam- 
uel when called to the prophetic oflSce at the early age 
of six years. His, "spes^k Lord," became his cur- 
rent maxim for his long and useful life, while filling 
the double ofiBce of prophet and judge. His brilliant 
career is characteristic of humility, firmness, meekness 
and unfaltering fidelity to God under all circumstan- 
ces, proving a glorious sunburst on Israel never to be 
forgotten, and leaving the fragrance of his holy ex- 
ample and inspiration to all his successors in the 
kingdom of God. The Lord sent repeated interven- 
tions in behalf of Israel, time and again raising up bril- 
liant heroes, to deliver her, e. g., Othniel, Ehud, Sham- 
gar, mother Deborah and Barak; the wonderful victory 
of the last two over Sisera, consummated by the young 
woman, Jael, actually gave Israel rest from all their 



2S2 Around the World, Garden of Eden, 

enemies forty years, till the De\v generation grew up 
that knew not the mighty works of God in by-gone 
years, so sinned again. Then He raised up Gideon 
with his three hundred braves so wonderfully to de- 
liver them. Finally came Sampson, the greatest of 
all, because he defeated whole armies of those Philis- 
tine giants single-handed and alone. If Israel had 
only seen her opportunity in having such a leader, 
and co-operated with him, how easily she might have 
conquered all her enemies and established her inde- 
pendence in the land, so she would have enjoyed abid- 
ing rest and victory ; but instead of thus utilizing him, 
all they ever did with him was to deliver him to his 
enemies. Finally, at the winding up of the theocracy, 
God gave them Samuel to exercise the office of prophet 
as well as civil administrator. How strange that they 
were not perfectly delighted; he was really the best 
they had received since the days of Joshua, but it 
was in his day that they clamored so for a king that 
he was constrained to ask God to gratify them, and it 
actually devolved upon him to anoint Saul, the first 
king over Israel. 

When Samuel, pursuant to the directions of Eli, re- 
sponded to the Divine voice, "Speak, Lord, thy servant 
heareth," then God gives him his first prophecy, which 
he goes and delivers to Eli; testifying that the sins 
of Eli's house are so horrific that they never can be 
atoned for by sacrifices and burnt oflferings, but alone 
by terrible retribution which will exterminate his 
family from the face of the earth. Poor old Eli, sub- 
missively accepting the situation, meekly responds, 
"The Lord's will be done." Eli was a good man, walk- 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 283 

ing with God, living in His fear, and delighting in 
obedience to Him, but, like millions of others, was 
radically deficient in stamina or firmness. Knowing 
the wickedness of his sons, he reprimanded them and 
pled with them, but in vain; they would not obey him. 
Here he made the mistake of his life; he needed them 
to help in the Tabernacle services, especially as he 
was getting old. I suppose he did not feel free to 
bring in other help, as he was in the regular succession 
from Aaron and the priesthood was hereditary, there- 
fore he recognized and utilized the office of Phineas 
and Hophni ; simply as a matter of sacerdotal heredity. 
Here is where he made the fatal mistake, ruined his 
family, and actually discontinued the office with his 
own untimely death, when he fell backward and broke 
his neck, under the effect of the fatal news that the 
Philistines had taken the Ark of God at Mizpah; the 
Ark, in the providence of God, had been committed to 
him for safekeeping, and this was his life work. There-' 
fore, when the awful news of the capture of the Ark 
reached him, although he had already survived the 
tidings that both of his sons were killed, the shock 
was too great for him to survive. So falling back 
ward, his heavy body broke his neck. Thus wound up 
the priesthood of that venerable Tabernacle which 
had been built in the wilderness according to the pat- 
tern which God had given, as Eli could have no suc- 
cessor because his sons were already dead. The mis- 
take of his life was in using his wicked sons in the 
Tabernacle services. When his efforts to correct them 
failed, he should have put them out of office at once, 
hunting up godly people to give him the help he so 



284 Around the World, Garden of Eden, 

much needed. We should all learn a lesson from his 
sad failure at the point of rigid integrity in enforcing 
discipline, and so hold up the standard of "Holiness 
to the Lord" at every cost. 

Samuel in his ministry traveled around the country 
on a circuit, administering judgment as well as 
preaching the Gospel of his dispensation. He estab- 
lished the first Bible School with which we are ac- 
quainted. It was at Naioth in Ramah. It really 
proved a glorious prelude of Pentecost, so characteris- 
tic of the outpouring of the Holy Spirit. I have won- 
dered why none of the Bible Schools in our day is 
named for it, as it certainly is a profitable model for 
us all. From the inspired history we find the spiritual 
power of this prophetical school wonderful in the ex- 
treme, therefore we conclude that Samuel must have 
walked so closely with God as always to have the 
power to pull down the Holy Ghost on all the pupils 
who came to his school.. 

We see this thrillingly illustrated in the case of 
King Saul and his servants. When Saul fell out with 
David, his son-in-law, and hurled his javelin at him 
while sitting at the royal table, eating with them all. 
thus doing his best to kill him, the javelin slightly 
missed him and stuck fast in the wall; then David 
fled away to Samuel's prophetical school in Ramah. 
On arrival he found all the students prophesying with 
all their might, i. e., they were so filled with the Holy 
Spirit that they could not wait for one another, but 
simultaneously all mouths were open and they were 
all preaching with all their might, giving efficacy to 
their messages by ad libitum shouts of victory. Then 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missioi^s. 285 

the Spirit fell on David and he too, began to preach 
with all his might, and so continued there. When Saul 
heard that David M^as in the Bible School in Ramah, 
he sent thither a posse of soldiers to arrest David' and 
bring him to the king that he might kill him. But 
when the men arrived and walked in among all those 
Spirit-filled prophets, who were preaching with all 
their might, and David among them, behold the Spirit 
fell on them so that, forgetting all about arresting 
David, they began to prophesy, too, and stayed there 
I)rophesying day after day. 

Saul waited for them to return, bringing David, till 
he gave up in despair, having no idea what had become 
of them; then he sent another posse to arrest David. 
But they on arrival, walking in among all of those 
prophets, so wonderfully filled with the Spirit that 
they were prophesying all the time, found their prede- 
cessors whom the king had sent before them, all proph- 
esying with all their might and David with them, 
preaching with a boom; then, behold, the Spirit fell 
on them, and they all opened their mouths and began 
to prophesy like the rest, forgetting all about the 
special business on which they had come for Saul. 
Then Saul having waited until they had had ample time 
to return, and seeing nothing of them, determined to 
have David at any cost. So he sends another cohort 
and, to make sure this time, he himself goes along 
with them. But, arriving at the prophetical school 
and entering forthwith to find David and arrest him, 
sees there both the bands he had sent, and all of them 
flooded with the vSpirit a,nd prophesying with all their 
might. While he is telling those who had come with 



286 Around the World, Garden op Eden> 

him to hunt up David, immediately the Spirit falls on 
them and they go to prophesying with all their might ; 
and meanwhile, lo the Spirit falls on Saul himself and 
he gets a wonderful preaching spell on him. Forget- 
ting all about his business to arrest David, who is 
there prophesying with all the balance, he gets such an 
inundation of prophetical messages that he goes ahead 
and never stops all day long, and at night lying down 
he continues to prophesy, and the ensuing day keeps 
on ; meanwhile David goes away and makes his escape. 
.Hence, you see Samuel's Bible School was most won- 
derfully characteristic of the outpouring of the Holy 
Ghost; really a beautiful and thrilling illustration of 
the Pentecostal dispensation, at that time a thousand 
years in the future. 

When Samuel was conducting a camp-meeting at 
Mizpah, and the Philistine army came against them, a 
great host with bugles roaring and banners flying, 
all the people took panic and fled away. Samuel re- 
mained alone; a little old man overlooked by the Phil- 
istine giants, who have their eyes on the fugitive host. 
He sacrifices a sucking lamb, symbolic of the inno- 
cent Savior, and burns it on the altar that the incense 
may ascend to God ; meanwhile he is kneeling by -it 
and praying with all his heart that God shall put forth 
His hand. Behold, He responds by a hail-storm which 
drops down great stones as large as a man's fist, 
thick and fast, on the Philistine army, actually killing 
so many that the slain blockade the progress of the 
living, when sudden panic seizes them, and they wheel 
and run for life. Now the people of Israel, seeing 
them running, press after them, chase them into their 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 287 

own country, and slay many in the skedaddle, actually 
chasing them as far away as Ekron and Gath. 

When Samuel went to Gilgal and heard the lowing 
of herds and bleating of flocks, and saw King Agag 
of the Amalekites, whom Saul had spared, he was 
mortified with Saul's open disobedience, as God had 
commanded Saul to go and exterminate all of the 
Amalekites, all they had and everything they posses- 
sed; because they had fought against Israel forty 
years in the wilderness to keep Israel from entering 
the land of Canaan. This lesson simply teaches us 
that everything antagonistic to entire sanctification 
must be unconditionally exterminated. Then Samuel 
lifted up his sword and hewed Agag to pieces before 
the Lord ; thus symbolizing our glorious Adam the sec- 
ond, who must hew to pieces Adam the first, if we 
would go to Heaven, as we cannot take him with us. 
Then, taking Saul's outer garment, he tore it, saying, 
"Thus God has rent the kingdom from thee and given 
it to thy neighbors." That consummated the ruin of 
Saul; equally pertinent in case of you and myself. 
Good Lord, help us courageously to destroy our Agag 
and everything he possessed. 

Saul has been clearly converted, for it plainly says, 
"God gave him another heart;" but self-will and stub- 
bornness were exceedingly prominent phases of his 
hereditary depravity. He would have his own way. 
Unless our self-will is exterminated so that we no 
longer have it nor want it, but sink utterly and eter- 
nally into God's will, we are sure never to live with 
Him in Heaven. This overt act of disobedience con- 
summated the ruin of Saul. From this time^ God <J§- 



288 Around the World, Garden op Eden, 

parted from him, answering him no more, neither by 
dreams or visions, nor by Urim or Thummim. Then 
Samuel gave up Saul forever and visited him no more 
to the day of his death. 

Pursuant to the leadership of the Holy Ghost resting 
upon him in the interest of the kingdom, Samuel went 
to Bethlehem to anoint David to be king over Israel, 
taking along with him a heifer to offer a sacrifice, 
lest Saul should find out and suspicion sornething. Hav- 
ing arrived and offered the sacrifice, he tells Jesse 
that he has come to anoint one of his sons to be king 
over Israel. Jesse feels sure that Eliab, the eldest, 
a fine looking young man, is the one. Therefore he 
had him pass before the prophet. But the Spirit says, 
''Touch him not, for I have not chosen him." Then 
Jesse had Abinidab, his second son, pass before him, 
thinking he must be the one. Again the Spirit says 
to Samuel, "Touch him not, for I have not chosen 
him." Then the third one comes and goes with a 
similar verdict, followed by the fourth, also the fifth, 
and finally the sixth ; but the Spirit does not choose 
any of them. Then Jesse says, 'Trophet, you must be 
mistaken in reference to a king in my family, as these 
are all I have except one other, a little fellow who is 
absent with his sheep, but of course he is not the one." 
Then says Samuel, "Send away to the field and bring 
him." When he comes, the prophet looks upon a little, 
girlish-looking blonde, with rosy cheeks, very fresh 
and ruddy in his physique. Then the Spirit says, 
"Arise, and anoint him, for he is the one." Therefore 
at that early date, Samuel actually anoints David to 
be king over Israel. Therefore David and his family 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 289 

always knew his royal destination : however, he made 
no change in his life, but continued in caring for his 
father's flocks. 

We now arrive at Nob, about four miles north of 
Jerusalem, in full view. It was the home of Melehize- 
dek, that wonderful contemporary of Abraham, in ref- 
erence to whom there has been such a puzzle in all 
ages. In the seventh chapter of Hebrews, we read 
•that he was without father, without mother, without 
beginning of days, or end of time. The Bible is its own 
dictionary. It is a plain book and easily understood, 
if you keep yourself and all of thie smart Alecs out of 
it, and let it explain itself. Apollos is here elucidating 
the prie*thood of Christ, i. e., the Christian ministry, 
by a contrast with the Aaronic priesthood, which was 
hereditary. Therefore, in order to officiate in the 
Aaronic ministry, a man must show from the genealog- 
ical tables his direct descension from Aaron. So many 
Aaronic priests ■ accumulated in Israel that Abiah 
divided them up, giving each one his time to officiate 
in the temple. You remember Zacharias was officia- 
ting in the temple when the archangel Gabriel an- 
nounced to him the coming of John the Baptist. You 
also read that when his time had expired, he departed 
from the temple and went to his own house. 

Melchizedek was not an Aaronic priest, as he lived 
four hundred years antecedently, far back in the 
patriarchal dispensation, contemporary with Abra- 
ham, whose pastor he was, as you see evinced in his 
paying him tithes, which has always been the law of 
God's kingdom. The patriarchal dispensation was 
like the Christian in which we now live, in the fact 



290 Around the World, Garden op Eden, 

that it was not hereditary, but purely administered 
by the sovereign discriminating office of the Holy 
Ghost, calling whom He would to exercise the office of 
prophet, priest, or preacher. In that respect the Gos- 
pel dispensation is like the patriarchal, and not the 
Anrouic; it has no restrictions whatever. If a man's 
father has been a drunkard or infidel, he has none the 
less the right and privilege to preach the everlasting 
Gospel, responsive to the call of the Holy Ghost. , 
Neither is there any time limitation. I have been 
preaching fifty-three years and my time is not yet 
expired. Apollos is not speaking of MelcMzedek as a 
man, but as a priest. As a natural man, of course, he 
had father and mother like all others; but as a priest 
he had no priestly father, nor priestly mother; neither 
was his ministry restricted by any time limitation. 
Abraham lived in that country four hundred years, 
before Joshua led the conquering army of Israel into 
it. Saul's reign was four hundred years after Israel 
came into Canaan, hence, you see about eight hnndred 
years had elapsed since the days of Melchizedek, and 
still that sacerdotal college is in operation there at 
Nob, and contains eighty-six priests. When David 
fled from Saul for his life, he came to Nob and asked 
Ahimelech the high priest if he had any arms; he said 
he had none but the sword of Goliath which he 
(David) had taken from Goliath when he slew him 
at the battle of Elah, when but a stripling. David 
said he would take it, with many thanks; then the 
priest gave it to him and he and his men, having eaten 
heartily of the shew-bread, went on their way. There 
happened to be an Edoniite, by the name of Doeg pres- 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 291 

ent, who saw it all. He went and told Saul, who sent 
and brought all the priests from Nob into his presence 
and condemned them for encouraging David; he or- 
dered his soldiers to kill them, but the soldiers would 
not do it. Then Saul tells Doeg to do it, and the cruel 
Edomite proceeds with the awful tragedy and slays 
the eighty-five priests ; Abiather, the son of Ahimelech 
the high priest, alone escaped. Thus Saul destroyed 
that college of priests, whose history we have for 
eight hundred years on that hallowed spot. This 
chapter is all in the tribe of Benjamin, 



CHAPTER XXIII. 

MIZPAH AND GIBEA OF SAUL. 

Both of these cities are in full sight of Jerusalem, 
though about six miles distant; the former to the 
northwest and the latter due north. Both of them 
were celebrated cities in the days of Israel. They 
are now, like Ramah and Nob, only Mohammedan 
villages. 

Mizpah means watch-tower, because it is a high 
mountain, and on it they had a watch-tower from 
whose height the sentinel could see an approaching 
enemy a long way ofiE. As it was central in Israel it 
was much used for other great national councils. It 
is memorable as the place where Samuel anointed 
Saul to be king over Israel. He was a physical giant, 
head and shoulders taller than the men of Israel. 
His personal magnitude was calculated to augment 
his magnetism among the people. When the people 
clamored so for a king, and the prophet Samuel, 
though he did his best, signally failed to quiet them, 
God not only acquiesced, but in great mercy selected 
their king. God knew that Saul's gigantic stature 
would, with his great natural intellect and courage, 
make him influential among the people, thus qualify- 
ing him to rule over them. When God revealed to 
them, through the casting of lots, that Saul was to be 
their king, such was Saul's modesty, as he saw the lots 

292 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 293 

were approaching him, having reached his tribe and 
then his family, that he slipped away and hid himself 
among the stuff, so that when Samuel called for him 
he could not be found. Upon searching diligently, 
however, they overhauled him. Then Samuel pours 
the anointing oil upon his head in the name of the 
God of Israel; thus inaugurating him into the king- 
dom. Then the people all shout long and loudly, "God 
save the king !" 

Saul was a good and able king, wise in counsel and 
brave on the battle-field. He reigned over Israel forty 
years, during which the nation was very prosperous. 
There was but one discount on him in his whole life 
and that was, that having been truly converted, which 
no one can call in question because the Bible says, 
"God gave him another heart," that he did not go on 
and get sanctified wholly ; we know he did not for, as 
you see, he spared Agag, who symbolizes inbred sin. 
Header, if you have not slain your Agag, *. e., crucified 
old Adam, hurry up; it is absolutely certain that you 
cannot take him with you through the pearly gates. 
No man ever had more brilliant prospects than King 
Saul; yet his sun set in the darkness of midni,2;ht, 

There at Mizpah, where Samuel had crowned Saul 
king, he also washed the blood of responsibility from 
his hands, telling the people they had sinned a great 
sin in asking for a king, because in so doing they had 
rejected God from reigning over them, as He was their 
king and they needed no other. In that country it 
never rains in time of harvest. May and June; the 
former that of barley and the latter, wheat. Then 
Samuel tells them that though it is now harvest, the 



•294 Around the World, Garden op Eden, 

time of year when they never had rain, "I will call 
upon God and He will send the thunder and rain, 
that ye may know that He is grieved over your sins 
in rejecting Him from being king over you." Then he 
prays to God to send thunder and lightning, that the 
people may know that He is so utterly displeased with 
their asking for a king. When Samu'el prays they 
see the cloud coming up from the western horizon, 
over-spreading the firmament. From it the lightnings 
flash, the thunders roar and the rain falls upon the 
earth. Meanwhile all the people tremble and quake 
and ask Samuel to pray for them and plead with God 
to forgive their sins. 

A Levite in the tribe of Ephraim, took a wife at 
Bethlehem- judah. Having lived with him awhile and 
getting homesick, she went back to her father. After 
several months, leaving his farm on Mount Ephraim, 
the Levite goes to her father's house in Bethlehem, 
to pay her a visit. His father-in-law is delighted to 
see him and begs him to stay, at the same time, feast- 
ing him at the top of creation. After the first day, 
he wants to return home with his wife, but the father- 
in-law will not hear to it and holds him day after day. 
Finally, the fifth day has been ushered in, so, rising 
early in the morning, the man insists, "We must be 
off." His father-in-law and the family pull on them so 
hard that they constrain them to stay until after din- 
ner; then, taking his wife and two servants and their 
donkeys, they set out for home. Passing by Jebus, 
which afterward became Jerusalem, and was at that 
time inhabited by the Jebusites, they press slowly on 
their way, owing to the slow tread of the donkeys; 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. ' 295 

when they reach Gibeah, which is in the tribe of 
Benjamin, night has fallen. The man does his best 
to get a lodging, but fails; having concluded to lodge 
on the public square, they have stoi)ped for the night 
and kindled their fire. An old man from Mount Eph- 
raim, who is sojourning there, comes along and, find- 
ing them camping in tMe open air, invites them to come 
into his house. The man asks to be excused, observing 
that he has plenty of food for themselves and their 
donkeys. But the old man so insists that he acqui- 
esces and they all go in. 

Before they retire a mob assaults the house. They 
have heard that strangers have stopped there and, 
though they are the young men of Benjamin and citi- 
zens of that city and vicinity, they are determined to 
commit the awful sin of the Sodomites against them. 
Therefore, taking out the woman they brutalize her 
all night, even transcending the endurance of [phy- 
sical life. At day-dawn those Sodomitish sons of He 
lial disperse. Then the poor woman gropes h(n' way 
to the house, falling down with her hands on the 
threshhold, where her husband on coming out finds 
her dead; she had thus been brutally and diabolic5ill.\ 
murdered by those reckless Sodomites. The man puts 
her body on a donkey and carries it home with hitn, 
then he immediately cuts her into twelve pieces, sev 
ering the bones each from the other, and sends the 
twelve pieces to the tribes of Israel: thus, in this aw- 
ful manner, he appeals to all Israel for redress. When 
they see it, a shock of unutterable horror everywhere 
falls on the people, who unanimously say, "We never 
saw anything of this kind before." Therefore, respon- 



296 Around tue Would, (jaiidkn of Eden, 

sive to this shocking appeal, they all meet in Mizpah 
to consider the matter. 

N. B. That Was only forty-five years after they 
had come into the country and when the theocracy 
was in full force, as it had been since God gave the 
law on Sinai. Therefore they think of nothing but to 
consult God about it; who of course responds out- 
right that they must take every one who was guilty 
of that brutal and devilish crime, and slay him forth- 
with. But when they send messengers throughout the 
city of Gibeah, demanding the surrender of those 
sons of Belial, that they may destroy them, they are 
positively refused. Then when they go there to hunt 
them up, that they may exterminate them as they de- 
serve, and thus may put away evil from Israel, in- 
stead of surrendering them, the people of Gibeah 
come out in battle array to fight for them. Then all 
the tribes fall down in the house of the Lord at Miz- 
pah and enquire: "What shall we do unto those who 
will not deliver into our hands those sons of Belial, 
that we may slay them?" The Lord gives the an- 
swer: "You shall go up against them." Then they ask 
Him, "Who shall lead us when we go up against Ben- 
jamin?" The answer comes, "Judah shall lead the 
way." Now among the men of Benjamin were seven 
hundred, all left-handed, who could throw stones to a 
hair's breadth and not miss. So they went up against 
Benjamin and put the battle in array, and on that 
day there fell in Israel twenty-two thousand men. 
Then they asked God again, "Shall we go up against 
Benjamin?" The answer comes promptly, "You shall 
go up." Therefore they go again and meet Benjamin 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 297 

in battle array, and eighteen thousand men of Israel 
are slain. Now you see the war has turned terribly 
against Israel. Forty thousand men have been slain 
in these two battles; whereas the Benjamites had 
lost but a few. Then the people wait again before the 
Lord and cry unto Him, "Shall we again go up against 
Benjamin?" This time He tells them to make an 
ambuscade, putting liers in wait to rise up and smite 
the men of Benjamin when they shall have drawn 
them into the ambuscade. This succeeds to a charm, 
and moving along on this line they almost extermi- 
nate the tribe; only six hundred men of Benjamin 
make their escape into the rock Rimmon, in the wilder- 
ness of Judea. 

Now all the sons of Israel go to the house of the 
Lord, fall down before Him, lift up their voices and 
cry all day, weeping and mourning because a tribe has 
been blotted out of Israel. They had all obligated 
themselves by an oath, that they would not give their 
daughters to a Benjamite in marriage. Now there is 
no hope for the survival of Benjamin, unless wives can 
be given to the six hundred who alone remained of the 
tribe. They had obligated themselves by an oath to 
destroy all who would not co' 'e to the war against 
Benjamin. Upon investigation they find the people of 
Jabesh-gilead did not come to the war. Therefore they 
must go and exterminate them. Then the Lord tells 
them to reserve all the maidens they find among the 
]-eople of elabesh-gilead and deliver them to those six 
himdred men of Benjamin who abode in the rock 
Rimmon. They go against Jabesh-gilead and find four 
hundred maidens ; but these are not enough, they need 



298 Around the World, Garden of Eden, 

two hundred more; how shall they procure them when 
all Israel has obligated itself by an oath not to gwe 
its daughters to a Benjamite. Then the Lord tells 
them to go to those annual festivities at Shiloh, where 
the maidens rejoice before the Lord near Lebonah once 
a year, and there to let those two hundred surviving 
men capture each one his own wife. Then let them 
return to their inheritance and rebuild their cities 
which have been destroyed in this war of extermina- 
tion. 

This seems to me a very strange providence. I used 
to read it and get very much puzzled over it ; the solu- 
tion is plain and simple. This took place only forty- 
five years after Israel came into Canaan, hence it was 
during the theocracy when God was their only king. 
We must remember that He cannot compromise with 
sin. There we have a vivid illustration, setting forth 
the awful justice of the Divine government. These 
sons of Belial in Gibeah had committed the vilest 
crime ever invented by Satan. They had perpetrated 
the very same sin for which God had destroyed Sodom 
and Gomorrah ; the law positively certifies that a 
Sodomite shall not live in the land. These sons of 
Belial were not only Sodomites but murderers in the 
very strongest sense; actually having murdered that 
woman, in addition to the vilest outrageous sodomy. 
If the Benjamites had given them up, to stand in their 
own shoes and expiate their own sins, there would have 
been no war. But when they not only refused to 
deliver them to the officers of justice, but actually 
came out in battle array to defend them, then they 
becan^e criminus participei^. i. e., parties to the same 



Latter Day Prophecies a:td Missions. 200 

crime. N. B. That was really the worst crime that 
could possibly be committed. Therefore the awful 
punishment was simply the moral retribution due 
their crimes. It looked as though the destruction of 
the women and children was hard; but we must 
remember that the irresponsible children all went to 
Heaven, whereas if they had lived, they would prob- 
ably have been lost. God is the author of life and has a 
perfect right to take it away, pursuant to His own 
sovereign, discriminating wisdom. 



CHAPTER XXIV. 



JERUSALEM. 



We have now reached the Holy City once more, 
this being the third time God has permitted me to 
visit it. If you ever enjoy this privilege, as you very 
likely will, let me advise you to go on arrival to the 
German Latin Church of Saint John. It is in the very 
center of the city and has a very lofty tower, from 
whose pinnacle you will enjoy a bird's-ej'e jiew of the 
whole city, while your guide will tell you everything. 
After you take ample time to survey the city from 
this tower your peregrinations will be the more con- 
venient and profitable. 

You see the great Church of the Holy Sepulchre at 
your feet occupying a whole square, as you look down 
from the balcony of the tower. In that church, you 
will be edified by a vast amount of interesting history. 
You will have a chance to take into your hand the 
sword of Godfrey, the commanding general of tht; 
Crusaders, who captured the city, A. D. 1099. He 
must have been a giant, judging from the size and 
weight of his sword. You will also there see his 
tomb and that of Baldwin, King of Jerusalem. 

Jerusalem is significantly called the Holy City, so 
you will never get done visiting the places celebrated 
in the Bible and in the history of the Christian Cru- 
saders, who occupied that city eighty-eight years af- 

300 



Latteu Day Puopiiecies and Missions. 301 

ter they conquered it; till signally defeated by the 
Moslems in the battle of Hatton on the west coast of 
the sea of Galilee, A. D. 1187. This battle resulted 
in the final expulsion of the Christians from the Holy 
Land. You will be interested in the great convent of 
the Armenian Christians; it is said to have lodging 
for eight thousand pilgrims. With them the Apostle 
James is the paragon saint, as Peter is with the 
Latins. 

Jerusalem is built on four mountains: Zion, in the 
southwest; Moriah, in the southeast; Bezetha, in the 
northeast; Akra, in the northwest. Bezetha and Mo- 
riah are separated from Zion and Akra by the Tyro- 
pai'on valley, which was deep in the olden times when 
these different mountains were marked and separate; 
but during the long roll of ages, these valleys have 
been largely filled with debris. In the days of King 
Solomon, he had an elevated walk from the temple on 
Mount Moriah to his palace on Mount Zion, crossing 
the Tyropoeon valley. In the days of Abraham and 
Joshua, the city was restricted to the stronghold which 
the Jebusites had built on the summit of Zion, which 
was impregnably fortified by nature on the west by 
the gorge of Hinnom and on the southeast by the val- 
ley of Jehoshaphat. This mountain peak had the 
shape of a smoothing iron running to a point, either 
side formed by the great chasms which were impas- 
sable by an army, while on the north the people had 
built a wall so high and strong as to render the cita- 
del actually impregnable. 

Joshua was never able to take this citadel, which 
•the Jebusites at that time had held since the days of 



302 Around the World, Garden op Eden, 

Abraliaan, or four hundred years, and we know not 
how long previously. AVhen David was crowned kinjr 
of the tribes at Jerusalem, after he had reigned o\oi- 
Judah, his own tribe, seven and a half years at Hebron, 
his first enterprise was to capture the stronghold ol 
Jebus, which the Jebusites had held eight hundi-ed 
years, and perhaps longer. They, having no idea tlint 
it could be taken, made all manner of fun of David 
when he talked about it; saving that he never could 
take it till he took away the lame and the blind, mean 
ing by this that they were competent to hold it with 
out any other help. But when David got ready io 
enter upon the siege, he offered the chief captaincy of 
his army to the man who, as the Bible says, "^^'oul(l 
get up to the gutter," i, e., scale tlis wall. Then rioab. 
nimble as a catamount and stout as an alligator, took 
the offer and ran up the wall like a squirrel, lie car 
ried a rope with him whose nether end he droi)|)ed 
back to his comrades; the result was, they soon took 
the city's citadel, which was ever afterwards called the 
city of David, and is to this day. Thus Joab got the 
captaincy of David's host which he held to the end of 
his life. I trow, he was the greatest military man in 
the world in his day; under the leadership of David, 
conquering all the enemies of Israel and giving her 
the pre-eminence among all nations of the earth. While 
Joab was a great and brave man, exceedingly usefnl 
in his day and generation, he suffered serious damage 
from a quick and apparently incorrigible temper; ac- 
companied by an unforgiving spirit. He slew Abner. 
the captain of the host of Israel, and Manasseli, th" 
captain of the host of Judah, in cold blood; as Oavi 1 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 303 

said, shedding the blood of war in the time of peace. 
Though David let him live till after he himself had 
passed away, still, he left orders with Solomon, his 
successor, to have him executed in order to take awaj 
the guilt of the innocent blood he had shed, that it 
might not pollute the land. 

Mount Moriah is celebrated as the site of the tem- 
ple. On its pinnacle Abraham offered up Isaac. While 
David was on the throne, when his kingdom was at 
the acme of its prosperity, he seems to have followed 
the influence of an evil spirit who stirred him up to 
number Israel. Joab had better light on the subject 
and did his utmost to dissuade David, but in vain. 
David was strong-headed and would have his way, 
forcing Joab to go out and have all Israel numbered. 
Scarcely was the work completed when God, through 
His prophet, called David to account for It; giving 
him choice of three punishments: the first was seven 
years famine; the second, three months defeat by his 
enemies, retreating before them; and the third, a three 
days pestilence. As David had conquered all the 
enemies of Israel round about, who for centuries had 
been fighting against the Israelites, he knew that if 
they should whip him for three months in succes- 
sion they would literally sweep the whole country 
and take everything out of his hands; therefore he 
said, "Let me fall into the hands of the Lord," prefer- 
ring to risk God to show him mercy rather than man. 
Therefore he chose the pestilence. Consequently the 
peflilence set in immediately and the people began 
to fall on all sides. It swept on till seventy-two thou- 
sand h:^d died of the plague. Then David falls 



304 Around the World, Garden op Eden, 

down before God and cries, "O spare these sheep, let 
me die and pay the penalty of my own sins in num- 
bering Israel." Then God was moved with compas- 
sion, heard his prayer and stayed the pestilence, op- 
ening the eyes of David to see the destroying angel 
up in the firmament with uplifted sword, and hewing 
down the people on all sides. 

The destroying angel was directly over the summit 
of Mount Moriah, where Araunah had a threshing- 
floor and they were at that time treading out the 
wheat. When David saw the destroying angel move 
away to Heaven, being assured that the plague is 
stayed, since God tells him that it is, with adoring 
gratitude he runs over to Moriah and begs Araunah 
to sell him the threshing-floor, that he may erect an 
altar to the Lord and offer sacrifices to Him. Araunah 
nobly responds that he will donate it to him with great 
pleasure, and besides give him the oxen for sacrifice, 
and the material for fuel. To this David responds 
that he cannot afford to offer unto the Lord a sac- 
rifice that costs him nothing. Then Araunah sells it 
to him, and he proceeds to erect the altar and offer 
the sacrifice of thanksgiving to God for His signal 
mercy in removing the pestilence. 

David aimed to build the temple on that spot, but 
God had him desist and leave the enterprise for his son, 
Solomon, who proceeded in due time to build the tem- 
ple, which stood till destroyed by Nebuchadnezzar, 
B. C. 587. It remained desolate during the Babylonian 
captivity and was rebuilt by Ezra, Zerubbabel, and 
Nehemiah, 440 B. C. This, the second temple, was 
destroyed by the Romans, A. D. 73, and remained 



Latter Day Propiirohqs and Missions. 3()r> 

utterly desolate fifty years, till Adrian, the em])ei()i-, 
going thither had a heathen temple built to Jupitei-, 
the chief Roman god, on that same hallowed spot; 
so the Romans worshiped idols on that holy mouutai;!. 
This temple stood till A. D. 825, when the Empeiui- 
Constantine, having been converted to Christianily, 
caine thither accompanied by his royal mother, Queen 
Helena. He took down the temple of Jupiter and erect- 
ed a Christian church on this sacred spot. This stood 
till Jerusalem was taken by the Mohammedans under 
the leadership of Caliph Omar, A. I). 037 ; when the Mo- 
hammedans in turn took down the Christian church 
and erected a Mohammedan mosque. This stood on 
that same hallowed spot till the Crusaders, under the 
leadership of Godfrey, took the city in A. I). 1099. 
They took down the Moslem mosque and restored the 
Christian church; which stood till the (Christians were 
finally defeated by the Moslems under the leadershif» 
of Saladin, at the battle of Hatton, on the west coast 
of the sea of Galilee. They again took down the Clii-is- 
tian church and restored the Mosque of Omar which 
stands to this day, and is one of the most beautiful 
buildings in the world; octagonal in form. Doubt Uv^r. 
this mosque will stand till the Jews take possessicm 
of Jerusalem, which I believe to be very nigh; they 
already number three-fourths of the city's population. 
It is reported that the Jews are now building the 
temple in different parts of the world, i. e., Petersburg. 
Moscow, Berlin, Vienna., London, Paris, Rome, and 
Naples; ready to transport it all to Jerusalem and s(^t 
it up in place of the grand original of the days of King 
Solomon, when they erected it without the sound of 



S06 Around the World, Garden of Eden, 

a liammer or the clangor of a saw; every piece having 
been made to order so perfectly that it precisely filled 
the place of its destination. 

Around the temple on the beautiful plateau of Mount 
Moriah, lies the holy campus, containing thirty-five 
acres. In the Bible this is all called tohciron, i. c, 
the holy place. Formerly when I read the Bible and 
it said temple, I ahvays thought it meant the build-, 
ing, which is utterly untrue. It means the holy camp- 
us, including the temple and many other buildings 
which were used in connection with the temple. When 
our Savior cleansed the temple, driving out the herds 
and flocks, I thought it was the building; it was only 
that holy campus which those animals polluted, and 
hence ought not to have been on it. When it says 
so much about our Savior preaching in the temple, 
there is a misunderstanding. The priests had charge 
of the temple, and as they fell out with Him in His 
early ministry and sought to kill Him, they would 
not let Him into the temple building. But every Jew 
in all the world had a perfect right to the holy camp- 
us, to pitch his tent and stay as long as he pleased, 
rilatc's judgment hall was in the tower of Antonia, 
on the northeast corner of the holy campus. There, 
when Judas saw Jesus condemned before IMlate to be 
crucified, he threw down the money; not in the 
temple building, as is generally concluded, but within 
llie boundary of the holy campus, which is denominated 
(he temple. That is also the place where the abomi- 
nation of desolation, spoken of by Daniel the prophet, 
/. c, the Roman battle flag, was set up when Jerusa- 
lem was taken by the Romans (Daniel ix, 20). 



Latter Day Propqecies and Missions. 307 

In the subsidence between Mounts Moriah and Beze- 
tha, you will find the tomb of Joseph and Mary, the 
foster father and the mother of Jesus. Near the center 
of the city on Mount Zion, you will find the prison 
where Peter was iiiciircenited when the angel came 
Hud released him, loosing his chains, opening the doors 
and leading him out into the open street. Then you 
will find the house of Mary, the mother of John Mark, 
whither he went and surprised the saints who were 
praying for his release. 

Your guide will escort you out through the Damas- 
cus Gate in the north wall, and lead you eastward a 
short distance to a place where the wall is built over a 
spur of Mount Kezetha ; then opening a door he Avill 
lead you down under the mountain on which the city 
is built, and you will find by the light of your burning 
candles quite a world down there under the great 
strata of the earth where the sun has never shed one 
cheering ray and darkness reigns forever. A world 
which was excavated by King Solomon when he had 
the stones quarried and taken out to erect the tem- 
ple and many other valuable buildings. There the 
stone is soft and easily cut into any shape you wish, 
but when taken out and exposed to the air it becomes 
hard as flint and solid as marble. The Bible speaks 
of Solomon's putting men under saws : this was the 
work. They sawed these valuable stones, preparatory 
for the erection of those splendid edifices. This vast 
region is denominated ''Solomon's Quarries," because 
here he had vast quantities of stones of im- 
mense size quarried for the building of the city. 
When you are going around over the holy campus, look- 



308 Around the World, Garden op Eden. 

ing at everything, your guide will escort you down a 
stone stairway into a vast subterranean region in 
Mount ]\Ioriah, supported by native columns purposely 
left by the excavators. These are Solomon's stables; 
the Bible says he had many fine horses. In this vast re- 
gion down under the holy campus of the temple he 
kept his horses and chariots. 

Solomon, the wisest man in the world, was also the 
most enterprising. All generations going to Jerusa- 
lem will see his mighy works so long as the world 
continues. We read that the Queen of Sheba came 
from the uttermost part of the world to see his mighty 
works, to behold the splendor of the court, and to 
learn wisdom sitting at his feet. When she had made 
her visit, delivering to him a million of dollars in 
gold, which she had brought as a present for his maj- 
esty, she said that she could not believe the report 
which had reached her in her far away home, there- 
fore she came to see for herself. Overwhelmed with 
astonishment, she said that all she had heard by report 
was true, and the half had not been told. Solomon 
symbolizes the sanctified experience which will bring 
people from afar to learn wisdom at your feet. When 
I went around the world, we sailed the whole length of 
the Red Sea, passing through the Strait of Babel- 
niandeb into the Persian Gulf. It is said that Sheba 
was a rich country bordering on that strait. Therefore 
the Queen must have ridden on a camel about fiive 
thousand miles to see the glory and hear the wisdom 
of Solomon. 



CHAPTER XXV. 

THE ENVIRONMENTS OF JERUSALEM. 

Passing through the Joppa Gate at the northeast 
corner, we will soon come to the prophetical tree, a 
venerable oak, doubtless a thousand or more years old, 
and yet alive, banded with iron and propped up to 
keep it from falling. Why are they trying so hard to 
keep it from falling? Because the Moslem prophets 
have predicted that their kingdom will fall with the 
fall of the tree. I hope it will prove true, for Moham- 
n.edan rule is the wither and blight of Satan. 

We strike the upper pool of Gihon, which was filled 
with water in Solomon's time and which was carried 
in an aqueduct from his pools twelve miles distant in 
the mountains; but now it is destitute of water and is 
cultivated as a garden. Turning south we reach the 
lower pool of Gihon, where Solomon was anointed king 
by order of his dying father David, who commanded 
Abiathar and Zadok the priest, and others, to mount 
him on his mule, take him to the pool and anoint him, 
and blow the trumpet and say, "Solomon is king." 
As David was on his death-bed and expected to de])art, 
Adonijah, his eldest son, was running a protracted 
barbecue down at Enrogel, the juncture of Hinnoni 
and Jehoshaphat; in order to gather the people so that 
i]\vy would be ready, as soon as they heard David Avas 
dead, to crown him king. ' When they anoint Solomon 

300 



310 Around the World, Garden of Eden. 

at Gihon, blow the trumpet and raise the nproarous 
shout, Adonijah asks what it means; they tell him 
that they have anointed Solomon king, and the people 
are all shouting over it. Then he takes fright, runs to 
the temple and lays hold on the liorns of the altar. 
When they tell Solomon that Adonijah is holding to 
the horns of the altar, he says to them, ''Go and take 
him away," assuring him that he shall not be hurt if 
he behaves alright, but it seemed that his ambition for 
the kingdom just would not down. Therefore, after 
some time, he sent a petition to Solomon to give him 
Abishag, the young woman whom the physicians select- 
ed to warm David when he became so chilly near the 
end of his life. By that Solomon knew that he aimed 
at mischief, and would become his rival for the throne 
and perhaps deluge the country in a civil war. There- 
fore he had him executed. 

Now we are descending into the valley of Hinnom, 
which is really a continuation of Gihon, which becomes 
Hinnom below the causeway which supports the lower 
pool of Gihon. Tn this valley they worshiped Moloch, 
the evil deity of the Amorites, who was brought to 
Jerusalem in the days of Solomon, after his apostasy, 
and remained till Josiah made his great reformation, 
destroying idolatry on all sides. The image of Moloch 
was in the shape of a man that had the head of an ox ; 
the body was hollow so they could heat it with an 
internal fire like a stove. The children which they 
offered Mm were laid in his arms which were in a 
semi-folded position suitable to hold them, while the 
intense heat of the internal fire consumed them ; mean- 
while they played on musical instruments to drown 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 811 

the scroMins and cries of the dying infants. This is 
also called the ''valley of dead bodies," because dying 
animals were cast into it. 

As we descend the valley, we come to the "potter's 
field," which was purchased with the money which 
Judas received for our Savior, and which he threw 
down in the temple when he saw that he was condemned 
at Pilate's bar to be crucified. The English Version 
says, "he repented." It is a wrong translation. It 
should read, "was seized with remorse," which is too 
awful for endurance and precipitated him, as millions 
besides, into suicide. The Greek is not the word for 
repent. Throwing down the money, he fled away west- 
wardly, passing through the Joppa Gate and over the 
causeway between Gihon and Hinnom; then turning 
southwardly he ran on to the summit of the mountain 
overhanging the valley of Hinnom; there tying a rope 
around his neck and to an olive tree, or a stone, on the 
summit, he hung himself. The rope either breaking or 
coming loose, let his heavy, corpulent body fall one 
hundred feet and dash into smithereens on the rocks 
beneath. The Greek word means that he burst to 
pieces with a noise, when he fell. When I was there 
in 1895, noV*ody knew where the "potter's field" was. 
When I got back in 1899, the Greek Christians had 
found it and built a big convent over it. Therefore I 
was in it then and again in 1905, and saw the great 
rooms full of bones. 

Jernsalem stood one- third of a century after the 
suicide of Judas and had one hundred great festivals; 
she had the Passover in the spring, the Pentecost in 
the summer, the Feast of Tabernacles in the fall, and 



312 Around the World, Garden op Eden, 

the Feast of Dedication in the winter. The Jews who 
came from afar to attend these festivals, and who 
died meanwhile, wore buried in the "potter's field." 
The people in that day used eaves and sepulchres ex- 
cavated in the sides of the mountains for interment. 
The tombs of the kings, which you can visit under 
Mount Bezetha, entering from his northern slopes, 
are excavated out of the rock with great labor. It 
was intended for a single person to occupy each 
sepulchre in those vast subterranean rooms where 
you will find many sepulchres in each tomb. But the 
occupants of the "potter's field" were all poor people; 
therefore they deposit many in each room. A short 
distance below the "potter's feld" we reach the termi- 
i.rs of Hinnom, where it intercepts Jehoshaphat. 
There we find tiie place where the tower of Siloam 
stood, which fell on the eighteen people and killed 
them, Luke 13th ch. At the same place, we see the 
pool of Siloam flowing out from beneath Mount Zion, 
where the man who was born blind washed and 
received his sight. Just across the valley of Jehosh- 
aphat you will see the village of Siloam, containing 
one thousands inhabitants; there are their little stone 
houses, excavated and built in the side of the steep 
mountain, which is a favorite location of the poor^ 
people throughout all that country. They do not 
live on the highway but down in the ravines and crags, 
sheltered from the storms. Now, we ascend the valley 
of Jehoshaphat, which is all occupied by gardens; the 
finest I ever saw, as the debris from the mountains 
keeps it always rich. Down in that deep valley there 
is no winter, consequently, the Jerusalemites have 



Lattkr Day Prophecies and Missions.- 813 

plenty of fresh vegetables in all seasons. As we now 
ascend, we reach St. Mary's Fountain, into which the 
people descend by a flight of stone steps about forty 
feet, and find an abundant supply of excellent water.' 
Every time I have been there it has been literally 
thronged with men, women, and children descending 
and ascending with their earthen water-pots, which 
they place on their heads; and their great goat skin 
bottles consisting of the Avhole hide of the goat, out 
of which the animal is ingeniously slipped and eaten, 
after which the entire skin is nicely constructed into 
a water-bottle, which is filled at the fountain and 
carried on the shoulder. Just across the valley we 
find Jacob's well, which is a never failing fountain. 

As we ascend this valley, the church of Mary Mag- 
dalene on the slope of Mount Olivet, with its five braz- 
en spires, all reflecting the bright light of the after- 
noon sun, will almost lead you to conclude that you 
are in India where the sun is so brilliant that without 
a special protection it will knock you down before 
you are aware. We reach the tomb of Zacharias, 
sixteen feet square, ample room for him and Elizabeth 
and all their famliy, down near the base of Mount Oli- 
vet, which is the greatest Jewish cemetery in the 
world ; tombs cover it from base to summit. The Jews 
bury on Mount Olivet; the Mohammedans, on Mount 
Moriah and Calvary; the Christians on Mount Zion. 

We now reach the tomb of the Apostle James, whom 
H'. rod Agrippa beheaded. Then we come to Absalom's 
})illar, a circular building exhibiting a cylindrical 
sljajie within a conical spire. Absalom, because he 



314 Around the Would, Gauden op Eden, 

had no family, built this pillar, as the Bible says, in 
the King's Vale, to perpetuate his memory. It was a 
success, because the forty thousand pilgrims who aii- 
mially visit that land, see that pillar and remember 
Absalom. His body was never put in it, but left 
under the great heap of stones which they piled on 
it in the woods of Ephraim, east of the Jordan, when, 
amid the storm of battle, his mule ran under the 
densely bushy oak tree, caught his head in a crooked 
limb and jjassed out, leaving him hanging. Then Joab 
and others shot him with their arrows and built a 
great heap of stones on him. Afterwards they blew 
his trumpet, calling the retreat of all the army on 
the battle-field, as the unfortunate young man who 
rebelled against his father and sought to take his 
throne was dead, and buried beneath the rugged pile 
of rocks. 

Now we enter the tomb of Jehoiakim and Anna, the 
father and mother of the Virgin Mary. It is a great 
sepulchre containing a number of tombs, excavated 
out of Mount Olivet near his base, in the valley of 
Jehoshaphat. Now we begin to ascend Mount Olivet, 
facing the rising sun ; half way up the slope we ente:- 
"The Church of Jesus Weeping;" so named because it 
is built on the spot where Jesus wept over Jerusaleiii 
as He descended the mountain on the donkey colt the 
Monday morning preceding His crucifixion. From 
this point we have a splendid view of the city. As 
we ascend three hundred yards farther up, we reacli 
the Tombs of the Prophets; descending into them un 
der the earth, we find ample space for the sepulchres 
of many. 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 315 

We now ascend Mount Olivet; pursuing the old 
road which went over it (whereas the carriage now 
runs around it on the southern slope), to the table- 
land on the summit, and reach a beautiful, snowy 
white stone church edifice, the enterprse of Aurelia 
De Rossa, a French princess, who with her own money 
erected this house to commemorate the spot where 
the Lord delivered His prayer to His disciples, Luke 
xi, 13. You enter a beautiful quadrangular veranda in 
front, surrounded by nice marble walls on which you 
will find the Lord's prayer engraven in every language 
under Heaven (except barbaric dialects) ; so that the 
forty thousand Christian pilgrims coming annually 
from the ends of the earth to visit the Holy Land 
can all read the Lord's prayer in their own language, 
when they come to this church. On the south side of 
this veranda you will see the tomb of this noble prin- 
cess, and her statue \jing on it, showing her XJ^rson 
as very handsome. Thus this woman is preaching 
the Gospel to all the people who visit the Holy Land, 
and will so continue to the end of time. God, in His 
providence, gave her plenty of money, and she cer- 
tainly made a wise disposition of it, giving it back to 
Him for the propagation of the Gospel in all the earth. 
We now pass on, pursuing the old road over the 
mountain, and come to Bethphage, whither our Savior 
sent His disciples to find the donkey on which He 
rode into Jerusalem on the Monday preceding His 
crucifixion. We now descend the mountain and walk 
out on a spur projecting over the village of Bethany. 
Luke says our Lord led out His disciples to Bethany 
and, having blessed them, ascended up to Heaven. My 



316 Around the World, Garden op Eden, 

good old guide, Shukrey Hishmeh, who has served me 
during my three tours in the Holy Land, believes that 
our Savior ascended from this spur of Mount Olivet. 
In Bethany you will visit the home of Mary, Martha 
and Lazarus with great interest, and the house of 
Simon the leper (doubtless the man whom Jesus had 
healed of leprosy), where Mary poured the alabaster 
box of valuable myrrh on the head of our Lord, and 
Judas criticised her for her prodigality, observing that 
it could have been sold for fortj^-five dollars and given 
to the poor. John says it was not because he cared 
for the poor, but because he was a thief and, serving 
as apostolic treasurer, was carrying the contributions 
which they received in their peregrinations. Judas 
was a thief because he was then negotiating the sale 
of Jesus for money, whereas he had no idea that they 
could get hold of Him. as he had seen them after Him 
for three years, and always failing. His contract was 
simply to clearly identify Him, so that they would 
not make a mistake at midnight and take the wrong 
man, which would have been a very serious matter. 

We now return to Jerusalem, still pursuing the old 
route, always traveled by the patriarchs, the propheti- 
the Savior and His apostles. On the summit of Olivet 
you find the great Russian tower, two hundred and 
fifty feet high, erected especially for the accommoda- 
tion of Christian pilgrims, who are anxious to pui'- 
sue our Lord as far as possible in His upward flight. 
Three times in the last eleven years have I climbed 
that tower to its pinnacle, and gazed up into the 
azure skies along the track of my Lord's ascension, 
longing to see His glorious appearing, as Zechariah 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 317 

tells us '^^His feet shall stand again on Mount Olivet.-' 
This statement of our Lord's return to the identical 
mountain whence He left the world is clear and ex- 
plicit. From this tower we enjoyed an exceedingly 
profitable view. When you ascend it, do not descend 
too quickly ; take plenty of time to look at everyhing 
in Jerusalem and all the surrounding country. There 
you will have a good view of the whole country clear 
to the Dead Sea, which is very conspicuous, the land 
of Moab, and the summit of Mount Pisgah where 
Moses stood looks very nigh, though it would take 
you several days to reach it. You can see far out 
across the Jordan, all over the country which Joshua 
gave to Reuben, Gad, and the half tribe of Manasseh. 
Far up nofth in Syria, you will see Hermon, the 
highest mountain in all the country, in whose snowy 
summit the Jordan rises. While they were crucifying 
our Savior, the panic-stricken, heart-broken disciples 
were over on Mount Olivet enjoying a conspicuous 
view of everything transpiring on Calvary, as they 
looked through the perfectly unobstructed firmament 
across the valley of Jehoshaphat. 

We now descend Mount Olivet and cross over tc 
Calvary, which is immediately north of the city, only 
separated from it by the Jericho road running through 
the valley between the mountains, Bezetha within the 
city and Calvary without. During my abiding in the 
city in 1895 and 1899, I spent much time on IMount 
Calvary, as 1 boarded in the Fast Hotel which is near. 
When I had a leisure hour, I ran away to Calvary and 
spent the time in prayer on the most hallowed spot 
beneath the sky, forever sanctified by the blood which 



318 Around the World, Garden op Eden, 

flowed from His wounded hands, feet, and side. When 
we returned in 1905, we found Calvary all surrounded 
by a great stone wall, so high that you cannot look 
over it unless you get on an eminence. Olivet is the 
best place, but it is quite a distance across the valley 
of Jehoshaphat. When the Mohammedans took Jeru- 
salem, A. D. 637, Mount Calvary was bare; but they, 
knowing nothing about Christ and not believing in 
Him, made it a burying ground, and as such it is used 
this day. As the years go by the number of Christian 
pilgrims visiting the Holy Land is rapiily increas- 
ing. The Mohammedans spend much time praying at 
the graves of their ancestors. When I used to spend 
hours praying on Mount Calvary, I always saw groups 
of them round about praying at the tombs of their 
ancestors. Since I was there in 1899, they have built 
this great wall, apologizing that the presence of the 
Christian pigrims praying there disturbs them. This 
wall is a very serious obstruction to the privileges of 
pilgrims visiting the Holy Land, as Calvary is the 
dearest spot beneath the skies to every true Chris- 
tian's heart. During our late visit it so happened 
that the gate was open, and no one keeping it, we, 
on two different occasions, walked in and went to the 
summit where we believe the crucifixion took place; 
but the Moslems utterly refuse to let the Christians 
come in for love or money. I hope they will change, 
and for a reasonable fee permit Christians to visit 
Calvary to their satisfaction, as the best views we 
can get from a distance are not satisfactory. We want 
to tread the identical spot whore walked the bleeding 
feet of Him who came from Heaven to die for us. 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 319 

The reason wh}^ these obstructions impede the privil- 
eges of Christians on Calvary is because it is a Mos- 
lem cemetery. 

We now proceed to the sepulchre at the base of the 
mountain on the west side. That is all open and con- 
venient; it is kept by an old Christian man who will 
gladly receive you and tell you all about it. Of 
course, your guide will be with you, and you can go 
into the sepulchres and stay as long as you desire; 
it is in a garden as the Scripture says. When our 
risen Lord appeared to the woman, they thought He 
was the gardener. From the sepulchre we proceed 
north to the beautiful and magnificent Memorial 
Church, which the Russian Christians have, built on 
the spot where they stoned Stephen; thy also show us 
a tomb near by, which they believe to be Stephen's. 
N. B. Jerusalem and environments are in the terri- 
tory of Judah and Benjamin, the tribal line running 
through the city. 



CHAPTER XXVI. 

JERICHO,, JORDAN^ AND THE DEAD SEA. 

We now set off east-bound for the memorable his- 
toric places. We pass over the ground trodden by 
David when he fled from his rebellious «on Absalom ; 
David having heard that Absalom was crowned king 
at Hebron by the multitude, whose hearts he had stolen 
through flattery during the years he had .si)ent in 
Jerusalem after his return from exilement in Syria, 
which exile his father had inflicted on him for slay- 
ing his brother Amnion. Having left the palace and 
everything, occupied only by ten women, without a 
solitary soldier to defend it, so Absalom would have 
nothing to do but to come and take possession, as he 
knew that he was on his way with a vast multitude 
who had already crowned him king to reign over the 
country instead of his father, David takes his flight 
eastwardly. David's old soldiers, so fast as they hear 
of the trouble, rally to him ; at the start they are num- 
erically an insignificant band, but constantly increase 
as the news travels abroad, slowly in that day, with- 
out steam or electricity, only viva voce, with telephones 
never dreamed of.. In his flight Hushai meets him, 
purposely to help him. He tells him to go on into 
the city and do everything the Lord may put in his 
hand, and it may devolve on him to defeat the coun- 
sel of Ahithophel, David's celebrated old counsellor, 

320 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 321 

who had stood by him all his life, but who, along 
with thousands of others, has been captured by the 
flatteries of Absalom. 

David also meets Abiathar and Zadok^the priests, 
and tells them to go on and when they learn their 
plans to come and tell him. Therefore, coming on into 
Jerusalem they find Absalom and his host have al- 
ready arrived close on the track of his fugitive father. 
With great pomp and pageantry the fine looking young 
man (for he was the best looking man in the world), 
has taken possession of his father's palace and throne. 
There is nothing for him now to do but to meet the 
opposition which may arise on the part of the people 
who still prefer that David shall be king. So imme- 
diately Absalom calls Ahithophel, reputed the wis- 
est man in the kingdom, to give counsel what to do. 
He proceeds to tell him to pursue his father with all 
possible expedition and overtake him before he has time 
to rendezvous an army; thus to cut the matter short, 
and sweep away the rising opposition, that he may 
reign in peace and prosperity. 

Absalom has already saluted Hushai with joyous 
welcome, taking it for granted that he had espoused 
his cause like Ahithophel, and joyous to think that the 
two great counsellors of his fatliei- have both fallen in 
with him; he now invites Hushai also to give counsel. 
Hushai proceeds to differ with Ahithophel, and advises 
Absalom not to rush on his father as those with him 
are all valiant men and will fight like a bear robbed of 
her whelps; they in all probability will whip the unor- 
ganized multitudes with him, thus producing a 
reaction ruinous to his cause; but he advises Absalc::i 



322 Around the World, Garden of Edbn, 

to hold on and rendezvous all Israel from Dan to 
Beer-sheba to march with him and just settle the 
matter forever, and if a malcontent is found, put 
ropes around his house and draw it into the sea. Then 
the people say, "The counsel of Hushai is better than 
that of Ahithophel." The result was that Ahithophel 
is grieved, so mounting his donkey, he goes home and 
hangs himself. He is broken-hearted over his signal 
defeat by Hushai. 

The moment the verdict is given, Abiathar and 
Zadok send their sons who run to tell David. The peo- 
ple miss them and send messengers on their track to 
find them ; but looking back the men espy their pur- 
suers before they are discovered, and stopping at a 
farm-house get the woman to hide them. She immediate- 
ly moves the windlass from the well, lets them down, 
lays a plank over it and spreads fruit to dry. There- 
fore, when the pursuers following on their track ar- 
rive at the house making inquiry for them, the woman 
merely plays ignorant; looking all around they go on 
their way still making inquiry, but fail to get any 
more information and turn back. After they have 
passed, the woman opens the well and they get out 
and run on their way and give David the information. 

They proceed at once and move over the Jordan. 
This delay gave time for David's old comrades and true 
friends to rally to him; so when Absalom gets ready 
and comes with a great host, David's army is well or- 
ganized in three divisions, under command of Joab, 
Barzillai and Ittai who gave Absalom and his host 
a hot reception, resulting in the signal defeat and 
death of Absalom, whom they buried beneath a great 



liATTEE Day Prophecies and Missions. 323 

heap of stoneSj and thus in defeat and dishonor re- 
treat away from the young man who had the finest 
prospect in all the world. O, what a warning to all 
young people! Pride, vanity, and ambition conspired 
for the ruin of Absalom for time and eternity. 

We now reach the Inn of the Good Samaritan, a 
substantial stone building surrounded by a great wall 
for the protection of the wagons, camels, horses, and 
donkeys, which travelers stopping there may be us- 
ing. We are now in the wilderness of Judea, which 
was so infested with robbers in Bible times, Luke 
10th ch. The traveler journeying from Jerusalem down 
to Jericho is assaulted by robbers, spoliated, almost 
killed, and left to die. Then a Levite looks on him 
and gives him no help; a priest following does the 
same; but the good Samaritan comes to him, binds 
up his wounds, pours in the oil and the wine, and 
putting him on his own donkey, brings him to the 
tavern, where he stays over night, waiting on him. 
Next morning he pays the landlord some money and 
says, "Take good care of him till I come again and 
I will pay thee all." This beautifully takes in all the 
human race. By the wonderful redemption of Christ 
we are all bom in Jerusalem, *. e., the kingdom of 
grace; but, pursuant to hereditary depravity, we start 
down to Jericho. This road is down the mountain all 
the way, vividly symbolizing the downward trend of 
fallen humanity; while Jericho, the ancient capital of 
the wicked Amorites, symbolizes Hell. The robbers 
are the evil habits which overtake travelers from Je- 
rusalem to Jericho. The Levite and the priest repre- 
sent the visible Church which has no power to save 



324 Around the World, Garden op Eden, 

souls. The good Samaritan is none other that Jesus 
Himself, who saves the sinner, whom evil has cudgel- 
ed to the very brink of Hell; He pours in the oil of 
regeneration and gives him the wine, which symbolizes 
the Holy Ghost in His sanctifying and abiding pres- 
ence. Six times have I traveled this road, and always 
with an armed escort to protect me, as the robbers 
still are there; it is an unbroken bed of mountains all 
the way, so abounding in caves that they never get 
rid of the robbers who infest this uninhabited region. 
We now reach the convent of Elijah, built over the 
cave in which he lived during those memorable three 
years while the famine wasted Israel; it is where 
God used the ravens to feed him. If you would look 
at the place you would not be surprised that they did 
not find him. It is not in sight of the carriage road 
we now travel, but pilgrims all go to see it. As you 
travel through this wilderness you will see the little 
house of the hermit in the side of the mountain. In 
all ages hermits, saints, and prophets have had their 
abode in this wilderness. John the Baptist was a 
hermit prophet. When Herod was killing the boy 
babies in Bethlehem, though there was no such an 
order for Jutta, only a dozen miles distant, Zacharias 
and Elizabeth, fearing for the safety of their son, 
luigrated away to the wilderness of Judea and never 
returned; thus felicitously rearing up their son ab- 
sent from the world with all its vices and follies. The 
Essenes, the holiness people of the Jewish Church, 
generally lived in the wilderness because they were 
unable to own valuable land. Oh, how happy the lot 
rf John the Baptist, filled with the Holy Ghost from 



Latter Day Prophectes and Missions. 825 

his infancy and reared in a hermitage among the 
holiness people of his dispensation ! 

We have now traveled all the way down the moun- 
tains through the wilderness of Judea, and have 
reached the Jordan valley which here is about fifteen 
miles wide, and all on this side the river, as he flows 
along the base of the mountans of Moab. We now 
reach Herod's Jericho. You remember old Jericho 
which they shouted down in tlie days of Joshua was 
never rebuilt. Herod's Jericho was two miles south, 
at the foot of the great mountains which constitute the 
wilderness of Judea. Herod built it for a winter 
palace, as it is ten thousand feet below Jerusalem, 
where the sun has such power that there is no winter. 
We still see the ruins of Herod's palace, and of his 
pool, which he much enjoyed for ablutions. He believed 
in the water cure and died there, while Jesus was a 
fugitive infant in Egypt; he had gotten sick in Jeru- 
salem and gone down to Jericho fcJr his healing, to 
enjoy the baths in this pool, large and deep, which was 
supplied with water from Elisha's fountain at old 
Jericho. In this pool, history says Herod had Hir- 
canus and Aristobulus, his sons by his wife Mariamne^ 
drowned ; he had them to go to swim with others 
whom he had bribed to hold them under the water till 
they expired. He also had their only surviving brother 
Antipater, slain, only five days before his own death; 
he was not willing for any of the sons of Mariamne to 
inherit the throne, but left it to Archelaus, his eldest 
son by his second wife. Oh, what a monster of iniquity 
he was and at the same time the head of the visible 
Church! God found it necessary to send away His 



326 Around tiii!: World, Garden of Eden, 

own son to Egypt to keep Herod from killing Him. 
Thus you see when Satan gets into the Church it is 
worse than the world. Throughout the Bible Egypt 
represents the world power; but you see God sent His 
own Son thither for protection from the cruelty of the 
fallen Church. 

We now hasten on a mile and a half to the Jericho 
of the Crusaders, which they built during their occu- 
pancy of the Holy Land in the eighty-eight years from 
A. D. 1099 to 1187. There are three splendid hotels 
in this Jericho, built especially for the accommodation 
of the pilgrims who travel in that country, of whom 
there are about forty thousand per annum. Here we 
halt but a moment, engage our hotel for lodging the on- 
suing night, and then hasten away in a northwesterly 
direction to the site of the old Jericho which stood in 
the days of Joshua. When Israel passed through the 
Jordan, Joshua halted them at Gilgal midway on the 
road to Jericho, twelve miles. There they hold a 
camp-meeting two weeks, meanwhile he circumcises 
them, calling the place Gilgal from that transaction, 
as the word means "rolling;" saying to them, "Thus 
I have rolled away your reproach from you." 

During these two weeks, Joshua chances to take a 
moonlit peregrinaition in the direction of Jericho, 
which was the great stronghold of the Amorites, the 
greatest nation in all the land. A weak general would 
have begun the war in aji easy place, but a groal 
general like Joshua will always seek the strongest 
citadel of the enemy to begin ; as its fall would send a 
panic throughout the land. While he is thus gazing 
upon the towering walls of Jericho in the clear moon- 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 327 

light of that oriental sky, dropping down his eyes he 
sees a great man clothed in shining panoply standing 
near by. He takes it for granted that he is one of the 
mighty men of Jericho come out to meet him in a 
hand-to-hand combat. Joshua has promised the Lord, 
as you read in the book that bears his name, never to 
turn back from any man, and God had given him this 
wonderful promise, "Only be thou very courageous 
and no man shall be able to stand against thee all the 
days of thy life." Therefore he courageously salutes 
the man, "Who art thou? give an account of thyself." 
Then the man replies, "I am the Captain of the host 
of Israel." Then Joshua knows He is the Lord and 
falls down before Him, taking off his shoes, as he 
knows the ground is holy. There He gives him the 
order for the capture of Jericho; to march around it 
once per day for six successive days, and on the 
seventh day, going out very early, to march around it 
seven times and then to all shout aloud. The Bible 
does not tell what they say but history informs us 
that their utterance was: "Our God is mighty in 
battle," repeated over and over. 

At Jericho winter never comes but summer lasts 
forever; flowers never fade, and fruits never fail. 
Therefore the gardens abound in fruits the encircling 
year, as they are abundantly irrigated by Elisha's 
fountain at old Jericho, two miles distant. So now 
we move along the carriage road to the city of old 
Jericho. When I traveled that route in 1895 for the 
first time, there was but a bridle-path through the 
thickets. Old Jericho is still without an inhabitant. 
That spring is so large that it has power to turn a 



328 Around the World, Garden of Eden, 

mill which you will see a very short distance below it. 
It affords plenty of water for a great city. Its waters 
are divided up and directed about through the gardens 
for irrigation. The Bible tells us that when the pro- 
phet Elisha came to Jericho he found the land splendid 
but the water worthless, plenty of it, but it was bitter, 
so they could not use it. Then he told them to bring 
him a cruse of salt; this he threw into the waters and 
healed them so they became sweet, delicious, and all 
right. During my three visits at this place I have 
always drunk at this spring. 

We still see the ruin of Rahab's house, which as 
you read in the Bible, God spared when He knocked 
down the walls of the city, saving all the inmates of 
the house. The English Version of the Bible calls 
her a harlot. The primary meaning of zonah, here 
translated a harlot, is a female tavern-keeper. The 
word means a woman keeping a public house, whether 
good or bad. The facts related show that Rahab was 
a good woman keeping such a house as good people 
seek for lodging. This conclusion is confirmed in the 
fact that Joshua's spies, who were godly men, sough 
that house for lodging. Rahab became the wife of an 
Israelitish man by the name of Salmon, and God gave 
them a son whom they called Boaz; he wedded Ruth 
the Moabitess, and God gave them a son whom they 
called Obed; he was the father of Jesse, the father of 
King David, of whose lineage our Savior was born. 
So you see these tAvo Gentile mothers of our Lord. 
Rahab and Ruth, standing in the illustrious line of 
His progenitorship, show the fact that He was a king 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. B29 

to the Gentiles as well as the Jews and so, pre- 
eminently qualified to represent all. 

We now cross the Jordan valley, between the sea of 
Galilee and the Dead Sea, it contains four hundred 
thousand acres. It ought to be one of the finest regions 
in the world. Elisha, the prophet, was a farmer here 
until Elijah called him to be his successor. This 
valuable farming land is now producing but very littls 
for the want of irrigation; but Jordan has so much 
of a fall that it would be very little trouble to turn 
out the waters and irrigate all of this region copiously 
and thoroughly. When the Jews get possession of this 
country, O, how they will make the Jordan valley 
teem with life and prosperity! But all Palestine, 
through the long ages of oppression and misrule, has 
been suffering greatly for the want of enterprise 
which is choked and paralyzed by the awful tyranny 
of the Turkish Government. They tax everything 
excessively and exorbitantly. If you plant fruit-trees, 
they make you pay tax on them whether they bear any 
fruit or not. Though that whole country so abounds 
in stone that it is a benefit to the land to quarry it 
and take it off, yet if you open a stone quarry they 
make you pay tax on it. We know not how to appre- 
ciate good government until we go away and see the 
nations of the old world which are all crushed beneath 
the iron wheel of despotism. 

I now find myself once more standing on "Jordan's 
stormy banks." Pilgrims always visit the ford where 
Israel crossed, and it is celebrated in history by that 
name; but it is a mistake, for there is no ford at that 
place. When the water is lowest, it is about fifteen 



330 Around the World, Garden op Eden. 

feet deep ; hard to tell definitely because it is so muddy 
that you cannot see an inch below its surface. Israel 
crossed in time of harvest when the Jordan is always 
flooded by the melting snow on Mount Hermon. There- 
fore at that time it was truly a "swelling flood." The 
crossing of the great eastern road, over which we 
traveled from Jerusalem, is on a bridge five miles up 
the river. When we reached the Jordan, the very place 
where God split it in twain for Israel to pass through, 
and where Elijah smote it with a mantle and severed 
it again for himself and Elisha to pass through, just 
before his translation ; pursuant to their request, I 
proceeded to baptize the "Texas boys," John and Ed 
Roberts and Allie Irick, my traveling companions, by 
immersion in the holy river, where John the Baptist 
baptized our Savior. Thus He was inaugurated into 
His official Messiahship, when God sent down the Holy 
Ghost, symbolized by a dove, to rest upon Him, filling 
and thus qualifying Him for His glorious ministry of 
preaching the Word, and of corroborating the truth 
by His mighty works. 

The baptism took place in the presence of Brother 
Shukrey, our noble guide, and the Bedouin Arab, who 
served as an armed escort. I had to use both of them 
to help me; not to help in the immersion, but to hold 
me, lest I go down into the water fifteen feet deep; 
the river is so deep, the bank so steep and the current 
so very swift and strong, that it is really dangerous 
for those who are not good swimmers to go into it. 
Our guide was much alarmed lest some of us might 
get drowned, as he has been serving in that office for 
many years and has seen numbers of persons drowned 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 331 

there in that stream. 1 found it really very diflficult 
to stand in it. But these men went in with me and 
took hold of my apparel, so they were ready, in case 
my precarious foothold against the bank should give 
way, to administer immediate relief. While the guide 
was very uneasy about the "Texas boys," I had not 
much concern for them, knowing that they were active 
as catemounts and could swim like ducks. So I just 
plunged them in over their heads and let them go; 
feeling that I was doing my duty as they had request- 
ed, though they had been baptized before. I did it like 
Paul circumcised Timothy, after the ordinance was 
effected and done away, simply to gratify the Jews in 
that country who knew that his father was a Greek. 
So nobody can ever quibble about the Texas boys, 
since they have been actually baptized in the river 
Jordan. While it is absolutely certain that water 
baptism has nothing to do with the soul's salvation, 
and never did have, yet the better plan is to satisfy 
everybody on this subject lest Satan make it a stumb- 
ling-block. God has made plenty of water; if He is 
not stingy about it, I am sure we ought not to be. 
We now descend the Jordan ten miles to the mouth 5 
ten miles to his influx into the Dead Sea. Though this 
river abounds in fish and many of them float down 
into the Dead Sea, they all die so soon as they reach 
it. This sea is significantly named, because the waters, 
though clear, bright and beautiful, and with nice 
gravel shore and bottom, are so highly impregnated 
with poisonous minerals that nothing can live in 
them. You will never see a lizzard or a snake or any 
livins: creature in that sea. The vast amount of 



332 Around the World, Gakden of Eden, 

mineral matter held in solution in those waters so 
increases the specific gravity that no living creature 
can survive in them. It is the very place to learn to 
swim, as the waters are perfectly clear, bright, and 
beautiful, and you cannot sink if you try; therefore 
you are in no danger of drowning. This sea is forty- 
seven miles long, nine miles wide, and said to be a 
thousand feet deep. When Sodom and Gomorrah were 
destroyed, the very site on which they, stood, which 
was combustible bituminous strata, was utterly con- 
sumed, so the sea poured in filling the region occupied 
by those iniquitous cities. Travelers always visit that 
sea on the northern coast, from which your guide will 
point out a region some distance south as the site of 
those cities; but I think it is a mistake. I believe 
their locality to have been far down toward the 
southern terminus of the sea, entirely out of sight 
from the northern coast. This inference I draw simply 
from the Bible record about Abraham and Lot, when 
they separated and the former remained on the plain 
of Mamre near Hebron, twenty-two miles south of 
Jerusalem, and the latter took the coast country mov- 
ing his residence to Sodom. We also have a corrobora- 
tion of this when those two angels, accompanied by 
our Lord, all in human form, visited Abraham in his 
tent in Mamre, the day preceding the awful night of 
destruction. You find in the afternoon they all walked 
away toward Sodom, arriving thither about sunset; 
except Abraham, who after the conclusion of his 
prayer to the Lord to spare the city for the sake of 
the righteous, returned to Mamre; the Lord leaving 
the two angels to perform His ministry in the rescue 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 333 

of Lot. These Scriptures certainly favor the con- 
clusion that the southern part of that sea, which is 
much nearer Mamre, was the site of those cities. 

Ezekiel xlvii, 1-12 gives you that wonderful history 
of the holy waters flowing out from the right hand 
side of tlie altar in the temple where all the blood was 
poured; trending eastwardly, deepening and bioaden- 
ing as onward they move. A dozen miles from Jeru- 
salem they enter the bleak, sandy desert, crowded 
with rugged mountains and naked rocks, denominated 
in the Bible, "the wilderness of Judea;" flowing on 
down they plunge into the Dead Sea. But the prophet 
says when those holy waters reach the desert, the 
sand and rocks disappear and the whole country is 
transformed into smiling gardens and fruitful fields. 
Likewise when they enter the Dead Sea, they heal 
those waters, making them limpid, sweet and 
salubrious; filling them with flakes of every kind; 
large, fat, and all right for food and the markets of 
the world. Then we see flourishing cities and villages 
all around on the bank, and the fishermen ploughing 
that sea with their boats and seining out those valu- 
able fishes, eating them and carrying them to market. 
This Dead Sea is five thousand feet below the watery 
world. Therefore it is the lowest place on the earth, 
and vividly symbolizes Shemdom in its worst form, 
which is spiritual death. These holy waters symbolize 
the Holy Ghost. So the lesson we learn from Ezekiel, 
involves the conclusion that, if we would save the 
Hell dens of our cities, we must get filled with the 
Holy Ghost. Here we see these holy waters gloriously 
save the desert and the Dead Sea, the most vivid 



334 Around the World, Garden of Eden, 

symbols of spiritual death. 

We now turn back toward Jerusalem. We pass by 
the house of Zachaeus, pointed out by our guide, who 
climbed the Egyptian fig-tree, (not sycamore), because 
his low stature would disqualify him to see Jesus if 
he stayed in the crowd. He had heard so much about 
Him during the last three years that he was filled 
with enthusiasm to see Him. He has reached the 
point of anxiety which prepares people to get con- 
verted anywhere, therefore he got saved up in the 
fig-tree; coming down with a glad heart, he meets the 
Savior and tells Him. He begins by giving half of 
his possessions to the poor and restoring all fraudu- 
lent gains fourfold, which swept away his princely for- 
tune and made him poor enough to be a good preach- 
er; so he starts out with victory and falls in with 
Jesus who spends that day preaching in Jericho. The 
next morning, which is our Sabbath but had not yet 
become hallowed by the resurrection. He walks with 
His disciples to Bethany, where they lodge the ensu- 
ing night; and the next following morning, our Mon- 
day, He rides into Jerusalem on the donkey's colt, 
hailed by the shouting multitude as the King of Is- 
rael; they are enthused with the assurance that they 
are to crown Him King during the coming passover. 

When we pass Jericho and reach the mountain road 
to Jerusalem, our three ponies stalled with us; so 
we had to get out of the carriage and walk up the 
mountain. I trow in the run of thirty miles we must 
have walked at least ten, including all the steep plac- 
es in the road. It suited me well, because during my 
three tours in that country in the last eleven years, 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 335 

I always wanted to walk everywhere, because Jesus 
always walked, aiid I did not feel right, riding over 
the ground, hither and thither, which His feet had 
trodden. I wanted to be down on the ground tread- 
ing in His footsteps. "Then why did you not always 
walk?" some one may ask. Because I could not get 
my company to walk with me. "Why did you not 
walk alone?" A stranger dare not do such a thing 
in that country. The robbers in that country do not 
content themselves with taking your money, but they 
actually take everything you own ; even your clothing. 
Midway between Jericho and Jerusalem, we find 
the Apostles' Fountain, so named because it is said 
that our Savior and His apostles always stopped there, 
took a rest, and drank the water, which is splendid, 
and the only water on the road. 



CHAPTER XXVII. 



BETHEL AND HEBBON. 



Our journey is now due south from Jerusalem along 
a splendid carriage road high and dry, as it runs on 
the great intervening ridge between the Mediterranean 
and the Dead Sea. We reach the Well of the Star, 
about two miles on our journey, so named because 
there the "Star of Bethlehem," which the wise men 
had seen in the east and had followed in their jour- 
ney westwardly hunting Him who was born King of 
the Jews, and had lost sight of when they deflected 
their course in order to go to Jerusalem, reappeared 
to them. They stop at the well to drink water and 
see the star in the bottom and identify it. With this 
guide they then recognize it up in the heavens and fol- 
low it to Bethlehem, Avhere it halts over the manger 
hallowed to contain the infant Messiah. You see 
those wise men made a mistake when they deflected 
from their route in order to go to Jerusalem, think 
ing the great cit}- was the important place. Among 
the results, they got into trouble with Herod and nar- 
rowly escaped with their lives. Such is always the 
result when we deflect from Divine guidance. 

Midway between Jerusalem and Bethlehem, we ar- 
riu^ at Elijah's convent where the Oreek Christians 
have a Bible School in honor of that greit i)ro])het, 
located at that pi ice because it is said that Ke slept 

336 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 337 

there on a rock by the roadside, in which they show 
us the imprint of his body ; this was on the night after 
he fled from Jezebel at Jezreel; after he had arrived 
at Mount Carmel on the evening following that mem- 
orable day of signal victory over the prophets of Baal, 
when in the exercise of his office as prophet- judge. 
Elijah had slain all the prophets of Baal at the river 
Kishon, amid the approving acclamations and co-op- 
eration of the people; thus the iieople returned to 
their loyalty to Jehovah. But that night, having heard 
the threats of Jezebel to kill him the ensuing morning, 
rising, he travels the balance of the uight and all the 
ensuing day; arriving at this spot after nightfall, 
faint with weariness, he lies down and sleeps. Ris- 
ing at daydawn, accompanied by his boy preacher, he 
goes on fifty miles farther to Beer-sheba. There the 
prophet leaves his boy preacher, because he is worn 
out and broken down ; while he, himself, leaving Is- 
rael in utter despair of her restoration, and disap- 
pointed over his failure at Mount Carmel, which at 
the time he regarded as so brilliant a success, takes a 
bee line for Mount Horeb^ where the law was given 
to Moses, far away in Arabia. 

Thus trudging on a long and wearisome journey, 
faint with fatigue and crushed with despondency, he 
falls beneath the juniper tree and asks God to let him 
die, as his life work, the restoration of Israel to theo 
cratic loyalty, had proved a failure. To his testimony, 
"They have forsaken the Lord, dug down His altars, 
and I am left alone, and they seek my life," the Lord 
responded: "I reserved to myself seven thousand men 
who have not bowed their knee to Baal." Here we 



338 Around the World, Garden of Eden, 

see how this great prophet was mistaken in thinking 
he was the only faithful one; there were really seven 
thousand beside him, but he did not know them. We 
should profit by this experience of Elijah, and never 
take too gloomy a view of our environments; espec- 
ially on the consideration that God is in everything so 
far as His true people are concerned, and really makes 
all things a blessing to them. Under the juniper tree 
he falls asleep, by reason of weariness ;- after awhile 
an angel touches him, wakes him up and gives him 
his dinner. He goes to sleep again and enjoys an- 
other good nap. The angel comes again and feeds 
him. Encouraged by the answer of God to him, he 
walks on forty days in the strength of that food; 
arriving at Mount Horeb in the distant east. We 
find that when Moses was on the mountain receiving 
the law, he also fasted forty days; so did Jesus in 
the wilderness. The explanation of this is that the 
spiritual rapture on them fortified them against the 
sensation of hunger; otherwise, endurance would have 
been impossible, but this spiritual rhapsody held their 
vital functions in suspension, till the normal appetites 
returned. Elijah takes up his abode in a cave on 
Mount Horeb : while there an awful earthquake shakes 
everything; a fiery cyclone comes rolling along and a 
terrible tempest scours the mountain; but Elijah gets 
no answer in these, which are the manifestations of the 
god of nature, whereas he is dealing with the God of 
grace. But finally, standing in the mouth of the cave, 
his head covered with his mantle, God speaks to him 
in a still, small voice and tells him to return again to 
the land of Israel and anoint Elisha, the Jordan farm- 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 339 

er, as his prophetical successor; also Jehu to be king 
over Israel, and Hazael to be king over Syria. 

Now we arrive at Rachel's tomb, which is by the 
road in full view of Bethlehem. Jacob buried her on 
this spot where she' died in parturition, Benjamin, or 
Benoni, being born, as he was journeying to Ephrata. 
When I visited here in former years, the tomb was 
in the hands of the Mohammedans and they would not 
let us into it. I was glad to find it this time in the 
hands of Jews; who welcomed us to come in and stay 
as long as we pleased. Matthew, 2nd chap, quotes 
the old prophet, in reference to the slaughter by Her- 
od, of the infants in Bethlehem, ''In Ramah there was 
a voice heard, lamentation, weeping and great mourn- 
ing; Rachel weeping for her children and would not 
be comforted, because they are not," *. e., Herod has 
killed them. At Rachel's tomb Samuel told Saul, 
when he was out hunting his father's donkeys, that 
he would meet two prophets who would inform him 
that the donkeys had been found and that his father 
was afflicting himself hunting him instead of the 
animals. 

We now reach Bethlehem, the patrimony of Boaz, 
Obed, Jesse, and David; here, pursuant to the proph- 
ecies, Jesus was born in the manger, as His parents 
were actually too poor to get a lodging. In that day 
when there were no factories, clothing was so scarce 
and costly that there was the necessity of depending 
on the old rags they might casually find and carefully 
save, to clothe the expected babe. The magnificent 
edifice which stands over the manger was built by 
Queen Helena, the mother of the Emperor Constautine, 



340 Around the World, Garden of Eden 

in the fourth century. You see in it a number of 
beautiful porphyry columns. These she had carried 
from Jerusalem, where they had been used in Solo- 
mon's temple. When Constantine got to Jersualem 
and found that heathen temple dedicated to Jupiter, 
standing on the spot formerly occupied by Solomon's 
temple, he had it taken down and a Christian church 
built in its place. As he did not restore the temple 
in all its gigantic proportions, he brought away son:3 
of those valuable columns to adorn the Church of tlu 
Nativity, which they built over the manger, the spot 
which had been hallowed to receive the infant Re- 
deemer. 

We see the house of Saint Jerome there in Bethle- 
hem, where he translated the whole Bible into Latin 
which had already superseded the Greek language, 
which was spoken universally in the days of Christ. 
This translation is known as Jerome's Vulgate; it was 
almost the only one read in the world for a thousand 
years. The Christian world is much indebted to Je- 
rome for this great work. In the Bible we read 
about the well of Bethlehem at the gate, whose water 
David so much longed for when suffering with tliirsi. 
on the battle-field; so expressing himself, two of his 
valiant men broke through the Philistine army, ran 
to it and got it for him, but he would not drink it, 
saying that it was their blood, as they had imperiled 
their lives to get it. Therefore he poured it out for 
an offering to the Lord. I have several times drunk 
of the water of this well. Again we went out and saw 
the shepherds' field, where the shepherds were tent- 
ing out all night watching their flocks, when the an^ 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 341 

gel appeared to them with the glorious tidings that 
the Savior was born in Bethlehem; telling them how 
they might identify Him by finding an infant lying in 
a manger wrapped in swaddling clothes. Therefore, 
rising, they haste away to Bethlehem, make investi- 
gation, and realize the perfect veracity of the angel. 

Hark a glad voice the lonely desert cheers; 
trepare the way, a God, a God appears; 
A God, a God, the vocal hills reply. 

The rocks proclaim the approaching Deity, 
Lo, earth received Him from the blinding skies; 
Sink down ye mountains, ye valleys rise. 

With heads declined, ye cedars homage pay; 
Be smooth ye rocks, ye rapid floods give way. 
The Savior comes, by ancient bards foretold ; 
Hear Him ye dead, and all ye blind behold. 

The inspired history of this notable event proves a 
mistake in our English Bible in locating it on Decem- 
ber 2.5th, — mid winter. It is a well known fact that 
sheep lie in the fold during the winter nights and do 
their grazing in the day time; whereas in the hot 
weather they reverse this order, lying up during the 
heat of the day and grazing in the night. You see then, 
that this was the warm season of the year when our 
Savior was born, as the sheep were grazing in the 
night, and the shepherds were out protecting them 
from wild beasts and robbers, as well as directing 
their peregrinations. I believe the critics are correct 
who locate this great event on April 5th. When you 
are looking over the shepherds' field east of Bethlehem, 
turning your eye toward the south your guide will 
show you the locality of the great cave AduUum, in 



342 AROUND THE WoRLD, GARDEN OF EdEN, 

which the armies of both David and Saul spent a 
night, with plenty of room and so far apart that the 
latter did not discover the presence of the former. 
Among all the sacred places which we visit in the Holy 
Land, there has never been any dispute about the spot 
of the Nativity. Now, entering the carriage, we pro- 
ceed on our way, passing through Zelzah, a Christian 
city of four thousand inhabitants, on our right. It 
was the home of Kish and the birth-place of his son 
Saul, the first king of Israel ; and also Saul's burial- 
place, as the men of Jabesh-gilead, when the Philis- 
tines nailed him and his sons to the walls of Beth-shan, 
after the awful battle of Gilboa in which they all per- 
ished, got up and traveled all night, took them down 
and carried them all the way to Zelzah, Saul's hojne; 
giving them a royal interment among the people of 
their consanguinity. 

We now move on toward the noonday sun and find 
ourselves twelve miles from Jerusalem, at Solomon's 
pools; the three of them are one hundred yards long, 
one hundred feet wide and sixty feet deep. They are 
now in a state of ruin and do not contain much water, 
as in the olden time; then everything was kept in 
good repair and the water from all the surrounding 
mountains helped in keeping an inexhaustible supply 
on hand, fiowing incessantly through the aqueducts 
to Jerusalem. This was to supply the brazen sea of 
the temple and for all other important uses in the city. 
As Jerusalem is above the water line, it is too high 
to dig wells ; if you did you would get no water. When 
you travel in this country do not forget Solomon's 
sealed fountain. On the hill above the pools, you will 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 343 

descend a stone stairway of forty or fifty steps; you 
will go down into the earth and find an open room 
with a beautiful, sparkling fountain flowing through, 
filling a tank there and going on its way down to the 
pools. This subterranean fountain is mentioned in 
the Song of Solomon, where it is denominated a foun- 
tain sealed. The Scripture also applies this fountain 
as a symbol to the bride of Christ, who is hidden away 
from all the world and known only to Himself. Solo- 
mon was the most enterprising man the world ever 
saw; his wisdom actually eclipsed that of all other 
people on the earth, as the Bible assures us that he 
was the wisest man. 

Now the carriage wheels roll again, and we find our- 
selves in the "Valley of Blessing." You read in the 
books of Kings and Chronicles about Jehoshaphat, the 
sanctified king of Jersualem. He was a radical holi- 
ness man, putting holiness at the top as well as at 
the bottom. There you will also read about an awful 
war, in which his territory was invaded by three na- 
tions, all greater than his own. The Moabites, the 
Ammonites and the Edomites. When they came 
against him in battle array, instead of going out to 
fight them, he had all of his people go out and stand 
in solid columns, so that they might see the beauty 
of holiness; i. g., he gave them an entertainment with 
holiness songs and testimonies. While the Jews were 
singing, God dropped down on their enemies an op- 
tical illusion, so affecting their vision that they mis- 
took each for the other and, thinking they had met 
the Jews, the Moabites turned to fighting the Ammon- 
ites as hard as they could, and the Edomites turned 



344 Around thr World, Garden op Eden. 

loose against both the Moabites and the Ammonites. 
They just moved ahead thinking they were whipping 
and slaying the Jews, till they utterly ruined each 
other; heaping the battle-field with mountains of the 
dead and deluging the earth with rivers of blood. They 
actually destroy one another till panic falls on them 
and despair settles down like a nightmare; the surviv- 
ing few think of nothing but to escape with their 
lives; promiscuously skedaddling from tlie field, they 
think only of getting to their homes once more, and 
leave the whole earth groaning under the weight of 
spoils, which the Jews have nothing to do but to go 
and gather. The Jews spend three days gathering 
the spoils, gold, silver, apparel, and all sorts of val- 
uables, besides herds and flocks without number. Now 
Jehoshaphat commands them to go to the "Valley of 
Blessing" and spend three days rejoicing before the 
Lord. In this lesson let us all learn wisdom and 
praise the Lord more, since you see that in this way 
the glorious victory came. 

We are now getting far down toward Hebron, and 
our guide halts us to go out a few hundred yards and 
see Abraham's citadel. When we get there the great 
stones of the high walls actually remind me of the 
Cyclopean walls of Baalbek. The larger and heavier 
the stone, the more difficult it is to move it when once 
placed on a wall; therefore the security of a fortifica- 
tion depends on the magnitude and weight of the 
stones which constitute the wall. 

In Genesis 14th chap., we find that when the an- 
cient kings came from Assyria to Palestine on an ex- 
cursion of conquest, as Sodom and Gomorrah were 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 345 

then the greatest cities down in the vale of Siddim, 
they attacked and defeated them, carrying away the 
siioils and the captives. Among the latter were Lot 
and his family, Abraham's consanguinity who had 
emigrated with him from Mesopotamia. When Abra- 
ham hears of the raid into the valley of Siddim, of 
their defeat, and of the capture of much spoil and a 
number of the people; he blows his war bugle and 
gathers round him his one hundred and eighteen ser- 
vants, *. e., students in his prophetical school ; and a 
thousand men of Mamre serving as allies, he pursues 
the retreating host. He overtakes them a short dis- 
tance this side of Caesarea Philippi in the Jordan val- 
ley, attacks and signally defeats them, recovering all 
the spoils and the captives and bringing them back 
with him. When the king of Sodom comes out to 
meet him and sayis, "Take you the spoils and give me 
the persons," to him Abraham responds, "I will not 
take so much as a shoe latchet, lest thou shalt say, 
thou hast made Abraham rich." He thus utterly re- 
fuses any remuneration, becauise he had not fought 
for spoils but for the glory of God. Therefore, from 
this record we find that Abraham was not only L 
patriarch and prophet of the Lord, but a great mili- 
tary man in his day. His citadel is so old that it is 
hard to tell anything about it. Among the conjec- 
tures, it is generally imputed to Abraham and so de- 
nominated. 

We now return to the carriage, mount, and proceed 
on our way ; passing by a road on the right we see a 
site which I have seen several times ; it is said to have 
been a Christian city which was destroyed by the Mo- 



346 Around the World, Garden op Eden, 

hanimedans and Jews one hundred and seventy years 
ago. It is in utter ruin and without an inhabitant. 
We arrive now in the valley of Eshcol, from whioh 
those wonderful grapes were taken by the spies and 
carried on a pole between two persons back with them 
to Kadesh-barnea, as a specimen of the fruits of the 
land. That whole valley is still devoted to the growth 
of these grapes which you find in great quantities in 
the market at Hebron. This is the city Of Caleb, which 
he received for his inheritance at the time of his 
visit among the spies to explore the land of Canaan. 
It was inhabited by the Anakim, a race of huge giants, 
whose magnitude so terrified the twelve spies that 
ten out of the twelve forfeited their faith and turned 
cowards, reporting their utter incompetency to sub- 
jugate the land. They injudiciously misapprehended 
the problem involved, thinking they would have to 
subdue it by their own power, which was an egregious 
mistake, as God had told them that He would take it 
for them. Those people at Hebron must have been very 
large, because the Israelites reported that in their 
presence they were comparatively but grasshoppers. 

When the spies all returned to the host of Israel 
awaiting their arrival at Kadesh-barnea, they actually 
bring in a triple report: The unanimity, the majority, 
and the minority. The unanimous report was "We 
found the land not only equal to the report that we 
heard, flowing with milk and honey and abounding in 
corn and wine, but actually better." Then comes the 
majority report in which the ten certify that it is in- 
habited by a race of warrior giants and impregnably 
fortified against all invaders, so they say they are ao- 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 847 

tually incompetent to cope with them and drive them 
out. Last of all we have the minority report by Joshua 
and Caleb. It is short and simple, "We are fully able 
to go up and possess the land." That is really the 
language of faith; it sounds as if they were claiming 
to perform impossibilities, but it was because they 
were depending on God, there being no implication 
on their part that they expected to do it themselves; 
but the multitude believe the ten rather than the 
two and raise a rebellious howl, "Back to Egypt." 
This lifted the flood-gate for all their troubles. 

After this signal manifestation of unbelief and con- 
sequent rebellion, they are forsaken of God, visited by 
fiery serpents, the destroying angel, earthquake, and 
pestilence; and are actually exposed to forty years 
of wandering in the wilderness, where all who had 
reached their majority when they crpssed the sea 
bleached their bones in the burning sand ; except Josh- 
ua and Caleb, who had faith, and who lived to possess 
the goodly land. The reason why we suffer a thousand 
signal defeats gratuitously is because we drift into the 
conclusion that we have to conquer the devil and the 
hosts of Hell with our own power, but this is utterly 
untrue. We have nothing to do but to be loyal to God, 
and shout the victory; and He will give it to us 
every time. 

In Hebron we are happy in having a Christian mis- 
sion, established by Brother Simpson and the Chris- 
tian Alliance. I found Brother and Sister Murray 
there in 1895, also in 1899, and still in 1905; only, 
at the time of my visit, absent on furlough. They are 
noble people, and are doing a great work in that land 



3JS Around the World, Garden of Edkn, 

of darkness where the light first did shine on the pa- 
liiarchs and prophets, and where the glorious sun- 
burst came in our incarnate God, who there in per- 
son preached His own Gospel; unfortunately Satan 
has spread his black wing over the land ever since 
the cruel tread of the Moslem came down upon it. Be 
sure 3'ou pray for that mission, as well as for Brother- 
and Sister Thompson who are holding the fort in Je- 
rusalem. These are both holy cities, and it is very 
important that we have in them the light of truth and 
holiness, clear and bright. In our prayer, while we 
hold them up before the Lord, I trow He will lead us 
out to help them financially as well as otherwise; all 
His providence puts into our hands is His for the es- 
tablishment of His kingdom in all the earth. Again 
we visit the tombs of the holy family, sepulchred long 
ago in the cave of Machpelah in the center of this 
city. Abraham and Sarah, Isaac and Rebecca, Jacob 
and Leah lie here. A great mosque encloses the cave; 
it is guarded by soldiers and no one is permitted to 
enter. The resurrection trump will soon knock down 
these soldiers, when those venerable saints will leap 
from the dust with shouts of victory. Coming awaj 
from this sepulchre I saw a great bottle factory, where 
they very ingeniously manufacture bottles out of goat 
skins; having slipped out the animal and used him 
for food without marring the skin anywhere, they 
diligently dress it and sew it up water-tight, so that 
when you meet the carrier it looks like he has a whole 
goat on his shoulder. In this country the goat is the 
most numerous animal, abounding and superabounding 
everywhere; it is also the animal most prominently 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 341) 

identified with the regular living of the people, who 
(!at its flesh and drink its milk. 

There is a great opening in the deserts of America, 
those deserts through which one travels every time in 
crossing the continent to the Pacific coast, for rais- 
ing multiplied millions of goats. We have the land 
there unutilized, and believed to be too sterile, rough, 
steep and rocky for any use. This is a mistake; 
goats climb the precipices and find what little ver- 
dure there is anywhere and everywhere, and they live 
well on mosses, ferns, and such vegetables as you 
would think utterly worthless. Of course, we would 
have to have herders to take care of them and keep 
the wolves and the Indians from devouring them, but 
we have plenty of people without profitable calling 
who would be delighted to do the office of goatherd. 

Now we start up the plain of Mamre, once more to 
visit the hallowed spot where Abraham's tent stood 
for so many successive years; that patriarch was an 
influential prince in all of that country, honored and 
revered by the people who gathered round him and 
obeyed his prophetic precepts, because they saw tliat 
God was with him, and it was to them a matter o^ 
decisive interest to avail themselves of his wisdom. 
As we pass along, we see the tomb of Abner, the cap- 
tain of the hosts of Israel, whom Joab slew in cold 
blood because he had killed his brother Asahel, the 
fleetest young man in Israel, who pressed on him in a 
tournament, and when asked to desist would not, 
Abner slew him in self defense. Joab held it against 
him, so that when he came to Hebron to certify his 
loyalty to David and had gone away with David's 



350 ■ Abound the World, Garden of Eden, 

blessing, Joab sent and had him brought back and 
taking him aside slew him. David wept much over 
him and so did all Israel. David held it against 
Joab, not only for slaying Abner the captain of the 
hosts of Israel, but also Amasa, the captain of the 
hosts of Judah; so that when he died, he left orders 
for Solomon to execute Joab, in order to avenge the 
land for the innocent blood he had shed. 

Again we sat down under Abraham's oak tree, 
where our Lord and the two angels ate with him; so 
we ate on that hallowed spot. The oak is an exceed- 
ing long-lived tree in that country, therefore there is 
no doubt as to the identity of the tree, though we 
know not how often it has been renewed by germina- 
tion from the acorn, or reproduction from the root. 
This spot is memorialized by a beautiful Greek con- 
vent, near which, on an overhanging summit, we 
again climbed a stone tower erected for the benefit of 
pilgrims exploring that country. From this tower 
we have a splendid view of the Mount on which the 
city of Aishdod, one of the Philistine capitals, so prom- 
inent in the Bible, stood; but it is now a ruin. Far 
away on the sea coast we have a view of Askelon, 
another of the Philistine capitals. Gaza, another cap- 
ital, is out of sight toward the south. We also have 
a view of the beautiful valley of Sorek where dwelt 
the charming maiden, Delilah, who proved the ruin 
of Sampson by finding out the secret of his strength, 
lulling him to sleep on her lap, and clipping his magic 
locks. In the midst of his slumber she turned loose 
the Philistines on him, who put out his eyes, bound 
him and led him away, enslaving him to grind in the 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 351 

mills of Dagon. All you readers, take heed and be- 
ware of the world's charming Delilahs ! They will 
give you opiates, lull you to sleep on the lap of car- 
nal security, and clip the locks which tell the secret 
of your power and availability with God. 

We look toward the north and see the battle-ground 
of Ramathlehi where Sampson, single-handed and 
alone, slew a thousand Philistine giants with the jaw- 
bone of a donkey, a most significant instrument, and 
still having such wonderful availability. Ashdod, 
which is in full view from this tower, was the first 
place to which the Philistines carried the ark of the 
covenant after they captured it in the war at Mizpah. 
and where the people were so awfully plagued with 
emerods afflicting their bodies, and the rats and mice 
destroying the substance of the earth. Gath, one of 
the Philistine capitals, is also located in the northern 
view which we enjoy from this tower. This city was 
the second to receive the ark and to incur the same aw- 
ful troubles which came on the people at Ashdod. 
Among the ancient cities which the Jews have colon- 
ized and are now rebuilding is this city of Gath; they 
report a population of five hundred, though the col- 
ony ia only two or three years old. 



CHAPTER XXVIII. 



JERUSALEM TO JOPPA. 



When we start out from Jerusalem to Joppa on the 
train, we run through the plain of Rephaimon, where 
David fought his first battle with the Philistines after 
he was elected king of all the tribes at Jerusalem. 
That plain was covered with mulberry trees. The 
Lord had told him that when he heard the sound of 
a going in the tops of the mulberry trees, that should 
be the signal for him to go forth to battle, knowing 
that the Lord had already anticipated him on the 
field. Therefore he diligenly obeyed directions, the re- 
sult being the entire discomfiture of the enemy and 
signal and decisive victory for Israel. 

As we run along we pass by the city of Ramlah, the 
ancient Arimathea, the home of Joseph and Nicodemus, 
the friends of our Savior, who, though not overtly 
proclamatory of their discipleship during His life, 
came out boldly at His death, showing the most ap 
preciative philanthropy in His burial, not only fur- 
nishing the sepulchre, but the shroud and the costly 
materials for His embalmment, and not in stinted 
measure, for Nicodemus brought one hundred pounds 
of myrrh and aloes. This city, like all others in the 
land, went down contemporaneously with Jerusalem 
in the Roman desolations, and remained in ruins 
during the long centuries of spoliation; but it was 

852 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 353 

colonized a few 3'ears ago and rebuilt by the Jews, 
and is now in a flourishing condition with a popula- 
tion of ten thousand. 

As we run along, the rock Etam, in which Sampson 
hid from the Philistines, is in full view, and the cave 
is exceedingly difficult of access. We also see Zorah, 
the birth-place of Sampson, very conspicuously from 
the 'train. On the same side, looking away toward the 
north, we see Beth-horon, Joshua's battle-field, where 
he fought the thirty-one kings, representing all south 
Canaan. Seeing that the day would prove too short 
for him to wind up his battle, he calls on God to halt 
the sun in his course, and to say to the moon to 
stand still; therefore the sun stops his burning char- 
iot over Gibeon, and the moon halts her silvery ve- 
hicle over the valley of Ajalon, thus prolonging the 
day and giving Joshua time to wind up the battle. 

Off to the left, as we run westward toward Joppn, 
we pass by the valley of Elah, where Saul was wag- 
ing war with the Philistines when Jesse said to David 
to go to the army, carrying some love-tokens to his 
brothers, Abinadab and Shannon, and to take their 
pledge, i. e., hold a little class-meeting with them and 
ascertain how they were progressing spiritually. David 
has arrived and the armies are drawn up facing each 
other in tlie valley of Elah, anticipatory of setting the 
battle in array. At that juncture the attention of all 
is arrested by a great giant, clothed in shining steel, 
whose reflection of the morning sunbeams dazzles the 
eyes of all as they look upon it, walking out into the 
space between the two armies, bearing his great spear, 
which was like a weaver's beam, and his huge sword. 



354 Around the World, Garden op Eden, 

hanging by a chain at his side. Then lifting up his 
stentorian voice, he shouts aloud, ''Why continue this 
effusion of blood when you have a chance to wind up 
this war to-day by a hand-to-hand combat? Why do 
you not send me a man to represent you, as my people 
are sending me to represent them, and are willing to 
abide the issue of this hand-to-hand battle?" To that 
question those around responded, "That question is 
easily answered. To meet that man is certain death; 
he is covered with steel so you cannot hurt him, but his 
awful muscular power will cut you to pieces with the 
sword and pierce you through with the spear before 
you have a chance to do anything." But David says, 
"How can you bear this reproach?" "O, we have gotten 
used to it; this is the fortieth day that he has been 
throwing this challenge in our teeth." Then David 
responds, "We can stand this no longer. We must 
take away the reproach of Israel. If no one else will 
fight this giant, I will." Then his brothers begin to 
scold him: "You little fool, go back to the few sheep 
among the hills of Bethlehem; you have come out 
through vanity to see the battle." 

But while his brothers are berating him and trying 
to drive him home, a soldier runs and tells Saul, 
"There is a fellow on the ground who says he will 
fight the giant for you." Then the king says, "Bring 
him to me at once." So the man runs back and taking 
David by the arm leads him to the king, who says to 
him, "They tell me you are willing to fight this giant, 
who has been tormenting us these forty days." David 
says, "Yes, if you can do no better, I will fight him 
for you." "O," says Saul, "we have already waited 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 355 

forty days to find some one willing to fight him, and 
it is not worth while to wait any longer; but it looks 
to me like a poor chance of victory, for you are but a 
lad while he is a mature man of war, impregnably 
fortified by the armor and thoroughly equipped in 
every respect." Then Saul, willing to give David the 
best possible chance for his life, puts his own armor 
on him; but it so big there is no fit anywhere; so, 
though it is the best in Israel, David just comes to the 
conclusion that he cannot wear it and will have to 
, take chances without it ; then he assures the king that 
the God of Israel who enabled him to slay a huge lion 
when he came and got one of his sheep, also a mon- 
strous bear which had invaded his flock, will help him 
now. He says, "The God who delivered into my hands 
the lion and the bear, will surely give me the victory 
over this uncircumcised Philistine." 

Therefore David accepts the challenge uncondition- 
ally, and the news leaps along both embattled lines, 
electrifying all with the prospect of seeing the hand- 
to-hand battle which shall settle the fate of the 
nations, as both had obligated themselves to abide 
the issue. David was a sharp-shooter, having prac- 
ticed with his sling until he could throw a rock witK 
it to a great distance and with unerring precision; 
like those seven hundred left-handed men of Benjamin 
who could throw to a "hair's breadth" and not .miss. 
David has practiced this sling exercise in order to 
protect his flock against the carniverous animals seek*- 
ing to devour him and them. 

When David laid aside Saul's armor and walked 
out with nothing that the giant could see, the latter 



356 Around the World, Garden of Eden. 

thought he was rimning a hoax on him and burlesqu- 
ing him ; so he berated David and anathematized 
him in the name of liis god, sa.ving, "I will give you to 
the dogs for their dinner to-day." Crossing the brook, 
David picked up some smooth stones and dropped 
them in his haversack, in which he always carried 
his food when attending his flock. Then, fitting a 
stone in his sling and taking aim at the giant's eye- 
brow just below his helmet, which protected his head, 
but where the brain is very nigh, he hurled away before 
the giant was nigh enough to him to touch him with 
sword or spoar. Whizz goes the rock, striking Goliath 
on the eye-brow and darting up into his brain; there- 
fore he pitches headlong on his face with a terrible 
clangor of his resounding arms. When the Philistine 
army sees that he is dead, regardless of their promise 
to surrender, they all turn and run with all their 
might. Meanwhile David rushes up. takes the giant's 
sword and cuts his head otf. puts it on his spear, lifts 
it up, and carrying it back with him to the army of 
Israel, is saluted by the loud shouts of all the soldiers 
and by all the women and children who were any- 
where in sight and had had a chance to hear of the 
wonderful victory achieved. The truth of the matter 
is that the giant made a mistake in accepting David 
when he saw that he was not going to fight him with 
sword and spear. Ho did not know he had a sling, 
therefore David killed him before he ever got within 
fighling distance. Tf l>avid had missed him with the 
sling, he would have been in a wonderful fix, as the 
giant would certainly have killed him had he gotten 
witliin rciuli of his sword and spear. The plain issue 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 357 

and legitimate conclusion is, that God was in it, and 
that the giant had gotten into an awful dilemma by 
undertaking to fight the Lord's anointed. 

As we run along we pass Hazor-Shuah, where Samp- 
son caught the three hundred foxes, tied firebrands 
to their tails and turned them loose to bankrupt the 
Philistines by burning down their harvest-fields. The 
Philistine country, that rich land down on the Med- 
iterranean Sea, with a soil twenty to forty feet deep, 
was so productive of wheat and barley that if you 
would throw your hat out on the heads it would lie 
there. In that country they always let their harvests 
get dead ripe, because they never have rain during 
May, the time of barley harvest, nor June, the time of 
wheat harvest, and so never stack their grain; they 
simply load it on the camel's back as fast as they 
reap it, carry it to the threshing-floor, throw it off and 
go ahead with the threshing, contemporaneously with 
the harvest. Therefore when fire caught in a harvest- 
field, it just spread like an ocean of flame. Of course, 
these foxes when let loose would run in all directions, 
darting everywhere through the harvest-fields, and 
£0 setting them all on fire; therefore, in this way, 
Sampson signally bankrupted the Philistines. The 
Palestinian fox is a much larger animal than the 
American and more properly called the jackal. As 
that country superabounds in caves, it is impossible 
to exterminate these animals. I have often seen them 
running in the daytime near houses just anywhere 
and everywhere. I do not believe they are as hard to 
catch as the American fox; but you mnst remember 
the Holy Ghost gave Sampson his supernatural 



358 A: 3UND the World, Garden op Eden, ■ 

strength, so that he actually conquered whole armies 
single-handed and alone; and likewise he received his 
corresponding activity. Therefore his catching the 
three hundred foxes is just as plausible as carrying 
away the great iron gates of Gaza up to the top of the 
mountain, though they weighed one hundred thousand 
pounds. When we deal with the Holy Ghost we are 
in contact with the supernatural, whether on the line 
of strength or activity. 

We now reach the house of Dagon, where Sampson 
was enslaved after Delilah had clipped his locks and 
they had put out his eyes, and where they forced him 
to work hard, grinding in the mills of Dagon. He 
goes ahead serving in that terrible bondage till they 
have a great festival, when all the lords and magnates 
and nobles of the land are gathered in the house of 
Dagon for worship and festivity; Sampson is also 
there but serving in his hard bondage. Eventually, 
when they all get merry with wine and festivity, they 
send for Sampson to come up to the banquet-hall, that 
they may augment their jollification by poking fun 
at the poor blind man; but as they bring him along 
he manages to get his hands on the center pillar upon 
which the superstructure rested. Then breathing out 
a fervent prayer to God to give him back his strength 
just once more, Heaven bends in mercy and he lifts 
up the great edifice till it totters and falls, slaying 
three thousand revelers and himself along with them ; 
thus in his death he is signally triumphant over the 
nation, as their prominent leaders were all swept 
away; buried, amid cursings, in the ruins and the 
debris of Dagon's fallen temple. Sampson was thus 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 869 

reclaimed from his sad apostasy on the lap of Delilah, 
when he received the Holy Ghost, who empowered him 
to overturn Dagon's temple; and of course he was 
saved. Of this we have clear confirmation in the 
appearance of his name in the faith roll of Hebrews, 
nth ch. Oh, that all would profit by the sad 
fall of Sampson and beware of the world's Delilahs! 
The contemplation of the fallen Sampsons, who once 
slew their thousands and were more than a match for 
solid platoons of devils, but are now shorn of their 
locks and toiling in the mills of Dagon, enslaved by 
the world over which they once had the victory; is a 
spectacle over which the angels weep. Yet, let all 
whom Satan has caught in this awful dilemma come, 
and once more renewing their consecration, cry to God 
to give them back the sanctification which they once 
enjoyed ; let them ask Him to restore to them the Holy 
Ghost, that they may get back the victory ; even though 
it may come at the end of the battle, may it be in time 
to restore them to the place which they once enjoyed 
amid the triumphant host of the redeemed, before the 
roll is called. 

We pass by Ekron, one of the capitals of Philistia 
in her palmy days, which, with all the cities in Pal- 
estine went to ruin during the ages of desolation, but 
has been revived by the Jews who established a colony 
there about ten years ago; this colony has been con- 
stantly growing, and now reports a population of 
twelve thousand. The Jews have also recently col- 
onized Gath which is growing rapidly. The Israelites 
fought the Philistines all their lives; but now in their 
return to their native land they find them no more in 



S60 Around the Wokld, Gauden of Eden, 

their way, therefore they are rapidly settling in their 
territory, which they always claimed, as it was in- 
cluded in God's gift to Abraham and his seed for- 
ever. The Philistines never appeared in history again 
after the return of the Jews from the Babylonian cap- 
tivity. The most obvious solution of this is the sim- 
ple conclusion that Nebuchadnezzar carried them away 
about the time he transported the Jews. They were 
the most formidable and invincible of all the na- 
tions in the land of Canaan; whereas the Canaanites 
were the descendents of Ham, authorities claim the 
Philistines among the Japhethites, i. e., white people. 
It is certain that they were eminent not only for their 
physical magnitude but for their intellectual energy. 

We now look out through a car window and see 
*'Lydda" superscribed on the depot. This is the place 
where Peter healed -^^neas of the paralysis which had 
held him in its hard grapple, prostrate on a languish- 
ing bed, for eight dreary years. Turning his eyes on 
him, Peter says, '^ Jesus heals thee;" then -^neas arose, 
took up his bed and walked away. When Peter said 
those words to him, if he had not believed them 
indubitably, the man would never have been healed. 
Bodily healing is received by simple faith, precisely 
like justification and sanctification. When we believe 
that He heals us He does it according to our faith. 
The time will soon come, if He tarries, when this body 
will fail and die; because we will have no faith to be 
healed, though our faith for salvation may be gigantic 
and triumphant. 

Here at Lydda Peter received a message to hasten 
on to Joppa because Dorcas was at the point of death. 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 861 

He expedites without delay, but on arrival he finds 
tha t she is already dead and laid in an upper chamber ; 
meanwhile the elect sisters gather around him and 
show him the beautiful garments which her indus- 
trious hands have made— a matter of great interest 
then, as they had no factories and could only make 
clothing by hand; therefore it was scarce and costly, 
Peter goes up, accompanied by the elect sisters, takes 
Dorcas by the hand, and speaks to her. She opens her 
eyes and looks on him; holding her hand he raises her 
up and tells them to give her something to eat, thus, 
to their infinite joy, delivering her to them alive. When 
you go to Joppa, if you will go to the Russian Church 
you will see her tomb. Our Savior, when He sent out 
the twelve two by two, commanded them to preach the 
Gospel, to heal the sick and raise the dead. The res- 
urrections in Bible times generally took place soon 
after the person had died. I believe we have some of 
them yet, which are passed by as resuscitations from a 
comatose state, whereas the person was dead. If we 
had faith along this line, doubtless we would have more 
cases of resurrection. As the faith of the Church 
brightens and increases amid the fulfillment of the 
latter-day prophecies and the signs of our Lord's near 
coming, doubtless resurrections will be more frequent. 
Marietta Davis, of Elmira, New York, passed out 
of the body, which remained in a comatose state for 
nine days; meanwhile she went to Heaven, and saw 
and heard many things which she wrote in a book 
which I read thirty-five years ago. In the book are the 
affidavits of her own Baptist pastor and of the physi- 
cian who ministered in her sickness, certifying to her 



862 Around the World, Garden of Eden. 

death and resurrection. A book has been circulated 
in Georgia and read by persons whom I have seen, en- 
titled, "Letters from Hell." It was written by- an 
English nobleman, who, being a member of the nation- 
al church, thought that he was a Christian ; but he died 
and went to Hell, where he saw and heard much of 
thrilling interest to the reader, which he wrote in this 
book after he returned to his body and lived again. 
Profiting by his sojourn in Hell, he sought and found 
the Lord; and afterwards died in. the triumphs of a 
victorious faith. In 1901, while preaching in the city 
of Fresno, Cal., and enjoying the hospitality of Dr. 
Meux and family, an excellent Christian gentleman 
and a believer in Divine healing, also a thoroughly edu- 
cated physician, I shall always believe that I lost my 
life on Saturday night, January 13th, by the inhaling 
of gas escaping in my room. I was unconscious of 
my environments for forty-eight hours. I was found 
in my bed the next day evidently dead; the doctor, 
who happened to be in his house, was the first to find me 
and said that I had entirely ceased to breathe. If I 
had not, in the providence of God, been in the hands 
of that physician, they would certainly have proceeded 
to bury me, but he at once resorted to artificial respi- 
ration in order to restore breathing; in this, by the 
blessing of God, lie succeeded. As all breathing had 
ceased, the physical phenomenon certainly involved the 
conclusion that my body was dead. I believe that I 
was out of the body, as my memories were very sweet 
and precious, reminding me of Paul's testimony, 2 Cor. 
12th chap., relative to his Lystra experience, when they 
stoned him and left him for dead, as he evidently was; 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 363 

but before tbey got ready for interment he revived and 
went on preaching. You remember he said he "saw 
and heard things, unlawful," E. V. (true reading) im- 
possible, "to tell." I can corroborate this statement 
of Paul, as no tongue can tell the sweet music I heard 
and the delectable things I saw. When my recognition 
returned, I realized forcibly an alienation from all 
transitory things and the consciousness that I had 
been away. I found it necessary to pray earnestly to 
God to reconcile me to live again on the earth. I shall 
always believe that I actually died and God used that 
good physician to resurrect me. 

The regions around Joppa abound in oranges bur- 
dening the whole earth. The trees stand thicker over 
the ground than ever I saw in California or elsewhere. 
The fruit is splendid and commands a ready market. 
When the Jews get the Holy Land in possession, O, 
how they will feed the world on the delicious fruits, 
for whose production that country is so eminently 
adapted. In Joppa the Christian Alliance has a mis- 
sion in which I always preach. They are doing bles- 
sed work in that city, as well as in Jerusalem and He- 
bron. In your prayers especially remember this mis- 
sion and the two colleges at Ram-allah, established and 
conducted by the Friends' Church in America. These 
institutions, and others of a similar character which 
will surely follow, are ushering in a brighter, more 
hopeful and glorious era for the beloved patrimony of 
our Savior, the land of His nativity, ministry and mar- 
tyrdom, on which the heavy tread of the Moslem, with 
crushing and relentless cruelty and despotism, has 
rested since A. D. 637, obliterating the lights of truth 



364 Around the World, Garden op Eden, 

and salvation, which our Savior and His apostles there 
hung out to shine on forever. Of course Satan makes 
a specialty of our Savior's patrimony'; turning all the 
battering-rams of Hell against it. If possible, the 
Moslems would keep out every missionary, simply by 
killing them as fast as they come, which they would 
certainly do if they did not fear the Christian powers. 
In 1852, Ave had two American missionaries in Joppa ; 
the Moslems murdered them both. When the news 
reached America, the government sent a warship 
thither; on arrival the captain sent for the governor 
of the city and demanded of him a surrender of the 
men who had murdered the missionaries. He and his 
officers excused themselves, saying they did not know 
them, and could not find them. Then' the captain said 
to them, that he would give them three days to bring 
him those murderers, when, in case of failure, he would 
open fire on the city. Two hours before the time ex- 
pired, they brought them to the ship and delivered 
them up. He hung them on the bars of the ship, tied 
rocks to them and dropped them into the sea, then 
sailed away. That illustrates the awful hostility of 
the Mohammedans in that country against all eff'ortt 
to preach the religion of the Bible and to establish 
Christianity. 

When I was there in 1895, Sister Murray, of the mis- 
sion in Hebron, told me that when they went thither, 
built their house, opened their school and invited the 
people to send their children free of charge (which is 
always the case with mission schools throughout the 
world), they sent in until the school ran up to nearly 
a hundred; Mohammedans and heathens throughout 



LETTER Day Prophecies and Missions. 365 

the world are anxious to have their children educated. 
But when the children got to singing Christian songs 
at home, and telling about Jesus, it raised a great ex- 
citement; the parents came to the mission and told 
them they were glad to have then teach their children 
the English language and everything they could, if 
they would not tell them anything about Jesus. Then 
the missionaries told them that they must teach them 
about Jesus, the Savior of the world. Then the par- 
ents told them that if they did not quit teaching their 
children about Jesus they would stop them all and 
break up their school. Well, the missionaries said they 
could not help that, they must tell the children all 
about Jesus their Savior. Then they said they would 
not only break up the school by stopping their chil- 
dren, but would come and tear down the house; still 
the missionaries told them they would preach Jesus, 
the Savior of the world, with all their might. Then 
the angry people said that if they thus persisted, they 
would not only stop all the children, and break up 
their school, but they would come and tear down their 
house and kill^them. Still the missionaries told them 
they were there to teach the Bible and to preach Jesus , 
the Savior of the vrorld, with all their might. 

The news reached Jerusalem of the trouble in the 
mission. The property belongs to the Christian Alli- 
ance in America ; but Brother and Sister Murray are 
British subjects, having responded to Brother Simp- 
son's call at their home in England, never having been 
in America. Therefore the American consul and the 
British consul both got in the saire ciU'ri!i,<.>e and came 
to Hebron, the one to protect the property, and the 



366 Around the World, Garden op Eden. 

other, the missionaries. Calling at the mission, they 
told Brother and Sister Murray their business and 
demanded of them the names of the men who had 
made the threats, observing that they were ready to 
take hold of them at once. Brother and Sister Murray 
positively refused to give their names, stating that 
they were ready for martyrdom if God needed them 
that way ; but of course, all the people heard about the 
coming of the consuls, and knew that two of the great- 
est armies in the world were at their backs and that, 
if they interfered with the missionaries or the house, 
they would have the soldiers to deal with in a hurry. 
Therefore they never carried out any of those cruel 
threats. That took place ten years ago. When I was 
there in 1909, they were moving along all right, pros- 
pering, preaching the Gospel, souls were being saved, 
and there was a big school and general encouragement. 
When the people broke up the school at the time above 
mentioned, they soon began to come back and continued 
to multiply more and more. We must stand by these 
missions in the Holy Land, and press the battle right 
there where Satan has had his chief citadel ever since 
the Moslem conquest rolled over that country in the 
seventh century, killing all of the Christians who would 
not turn Mohammedans. We must focalize our efforts 
right in the Holy Land till we reclaim the heritage of 
the Lord and His people. 



CHAPTER XXIX. 

THE JEWS. 

In our Savior's valedictory sermon, which He 
preached to His disciples on Mount Olivet on His sec- 
ond coming, on the Wednesday afternoon before His 
crucifixion the ensuing Friday, He predicts the awful 
destruction coming upon the Jews, because they re- 
ject Him, their own Christ for whom they had been 
looking and praying for four thousand years. He told 
the Christians how and when to make their escape 
from the awful destruction coming on their land and 
nation. 

Great bodies move slowly. The Romans waited a 
third of a century to lay hands of extermination on the 
great and prosperous Jewish nation. The government 
of the Romans was an absolute despotism whose pol- 
icy with every nation under heaven was rule or ruin. 
The nation great or small that would not be loyal they 
made it an invariable rule to obliterate from the 
world's escutcheon; this they did by selling them to 
other nations, as slavery then covered the whole earth. 
The trouble with the Jews was that they just would 
crown those false christs king, which was high 
treason against the Roman Government. On every 
such occasion of promotion and coronation the Romans 
would send in an army to conquer and kill the man 
whom the JewB had crowned as their king because they 

867 



368 Around t. £e World, Garden of Eden, 

believed him to be tlie Christ who had come to deliver 
them from the Roman yoke. Thus they continued to 
annoy the Roman emperor till Vespasian, A. D. 65, 
issued his edict of extermination; simply certifying 
that the Jews were no longer a nation of people on 
the earth. Therefore the Romans scut out armies to 
subjugate them and sell into slavery all that survived 
the sword, pestilence and famine. The edict made it 
a penalty of death for a Jew to be found in Palestine. 
When the war of extermination opened, the emperor 
sent Gallus Celceus with a great army, to \aj siege to 
Jerusalem, which he did, encamping exclusively on the 
north side of the city ; this from the simple fact that 
Jerusalem is by nature the most impregnably fortified 
city in the world, the deep gorge of Hinr.om extend- 
ing down from the north a^d fortifying the city on the 
west impassably to an in^^^vding army. Besides the 
natural fortifications tlie city was surrounded by a 
great wall on all sides; the north' wall especially was 
fortified by great towers on the top, tilled with armed 
men and munitions of war ready to administer de- 
struction to any one coming nigh. Gallus Celceus fought 
two years with all his might to take the city, and madr 
no progress whatever. Then giving up in despair, and 
raising the siege, he led his army away. 

This so encouraged the Jews that they leaped to the 
conclusion that they were competent to defend the. city 
against all the power of Rome. Therefore th?y 
demanded of Rome the recognition of their indepen- 
dence; but they might have known the Romans would 
do no such thing. Instead of acknowledging their inde- 
pendence, they resumed the war hotter and heavier than 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 369 

ever; Vespasian, the emperor, vacating his golden 
house in Rome and coming to Jerusalem, personally in 
command of a vast army, resumed the siege. He 
fought two years more and died there at Jerusalem. 
Then Titus, his son, succeeding him on the throne of the 
world and in command of the Jerusalem army, con- 
tinued the siege three years longer, winding up with the 
destruf'tion of the t-itj and temple. During these seven 
years of Jerusalem's siege, armies were doing their 
work in other parts of the country; reducing and de- 
stroying the cities and desolating the land everj^where, 
as the Romans were determined to exterminate the 
Jews from the face of the earth. During all these wars 
so fast as they took captives they sold them into 
slavery, all nations coming thither and supplying 
themselves with slaves. 

The Jews have always made the best slaves in the 
world, because they are so intelligent and industrious. 
But the Romans captured and sold so many that they 
utterly glutted the market, till they could sell no 
more; thus was verified the prophecy of Isaiah, "They 
will sell you and no one will buy you." 

The Romans also had the Jews so long shut up 
within the walls of Jerusalem that they could not get 
food to sustain them, and so many were killed there 
whom they could not take out to bury, that the putri- 
faction created a pestilence which slew the people on 
all sides. Meanwhile they exhausted all the food, so 
that famine just cut down the old, the young, the 
great and the small. Those who survived this sore 
pestilence and famine were sold into slavery as ]on,2: 
as anvbodv would buv tbem. Afior this a vast uinlti- 



370 AnouND the World, Garden of Eden. 

tilde accumulated on the hands of the Romans and 
these they led captive to Rome, after the work of de- 
struction was completed at Jerusalem. These Jewish 
captives all became the crown slaves ; the first use the 
emperor made of them was to have thom build the 
great Coliseum, the largest and- most costly theater 
ever built on the earth; a thing of beauty; a perfect 
ellipse with two foci, eighteen hundred feet in circum- 
ference, one hundred and sixty feet high, with solid 
walls up to the eaves, and with seating capacity for 
one hundred thousand spectators. Thus the Romans 
left not a Jew in all the Holy Land. The law not only 
made the penalty death for a Jew to be found in 
Palestine, but it was also death for a Jew to be found 
in any other country traveling with his face toward 
Jerusalem; he was to be taken and put to death. By 
this rigid dealing, the Jews were not only exterminat- 
ed out of the land, but alienated from it; whole gen- 
erations growing up without having ever been there. 
The Christians were the only exception to this de- 
struction. Pursuant to the prophecy of our Savior in 
His valedictory sermon on His second coming, Mat- 
thew 24th chap., Mark 13th chap., and Luke 21st 
chap., they all escaped tV sword, pestilence, famine, 
and slavery. Jesus told them when to make their 
escape. It was to be at the unfurling of the Roman 
battle-flags on the holy campus, which Daniel called 
the "Abomination of desolation:" because the pic- 
tures of the Roman gods were shown conspicuously on 
those battle-flags which the soldiers worshipped when 
they saw them unfurled and floating in the air. This 
was the abomination, as idolatry is so denominated 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 371 

thronghoiit the Bible. It is called desolation because 
they were desolating the city, as they had conquered 
and desolated all nations. The penalty was death for 
a Gentile to come into the holy campus, containing 
thirty-five acres of ground on which the temple stood, 
where the Jews always pitched their tents during their 
great annual festivals, the Passover in the spring, 
Pentecost in summer. Tabernacles in the fall, and 
Dedication in the winter. When the Roman armies 
effected an entrance through the wall into the city, 
they came directly into this holy campus and put up 
their flags. Jesus, in that memorable sermon, gave 
this to the Christians as the signal for them to recog- 
nize, and then to make their escape out of the city and 
pass beyond the borders of the land, death being the 
penalty for being found anywhere in Palestine. 

Therefore, flying away from the city toward the east, 
crossing the Jordan and turning toward the north, 
they go away to the city of Pella, where they find a 
joyous reception by their Gentile brethren who had 
been converted by the preaching of the legionaire 
whom our Savior had converted when preaching in 
Gadara, and out of whom He cast a legion, i. e,, ten 
thousand demons, after which He made that poor 
demonized epileptic a powerful preacher of the Gospel. 
Though he was anxious to go along with Jesus and 
preach, Jesus declined to receive him; His apostles 
were all Jews and this man was a Gentile : but He sent 
him to his own people to preach to them the everlasting 
Gospel. History says he was exceedingly eflScient, 
preaching all over that country; in the city of Pella 
God had given him many converts, who were delighted 



372 Around the World, Garden of Eden, 

to receive their Jewish brethren and bid them welcome 
to their homes. 

We naturally wonder how these Christian Jews ever 
made their escape out of the city when it was in the 
hands of the Roman soldiers and the law made it a 
death penalty for them to permit a Jew to make his 
escape. There is but one solution for this enquiry, 
and that is very simple; God put His hands on the 
soldiers whenever a Christian wanted. to pass them, 
perhaps dropping on them an oi>tical illusion so that 
they either failed to see him at all or mistook him for 
some of their own people. 

No wonder JesuS wept over Jerusalem when His 
omniscient eyes saw precisely what was coming on 
the city. Josephus says a sword hung over the city 
a whole year before the Roman armies laid siege to it. 
He says an odd, strange man appeared in the city, 
deporting himself in a very strange way and shouting 
all the time, "Woe, woe to Jerusalem !" So he con- 
tinued, without remission, a whole year before the 
siege began, and after it did set in, thus proclaiming 
the awful doom impending. Eventually, while the 
siege was going on, he was walking on the walls and 
crying aloud, "Woe, woe, to Jerusalem, for the de- 
struction coming upon it!" when a stone struck him 
and he fell dead. 

So awfully rigid was the dealing of the Romans in 
the extermination of the Jews, the penalty being death 
to be found anywhere in that country, or in any other 
country traveling in the direction of Jerusalem, that 
they effectually succeeded in exterminating the Jews 
from the land and utterly alienated them. Centuries 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 373 

rolled away, during which a Jew con Id not be found 
in all Palestine. After the fall of the empire, A. D. 
476, the Jews began to slip back, one now and then, 
but when they got to coming more numerously, in 1874 
the Turkish Government passed a law forbidding all 
Jews citizenship in all the land. That law is still in 
force; therefore Jews are only allowed to come as 
sojourners for thirty, or at the most ninety days, and 
then to leave : you will perceive, then, the great restric- 
tions which are laid upon them in case they desire to 
come and live in Palestine. 

When the Jews come they only give them permission 
to remain a specified time, not more than ninety days : 
but it is a significant fact as they tell me, that none of 
them ever leave. They have only to bribe the officers 
to let them stay, the Turks are perhaps the most brib- 
able people in the world, though the difficulties which 
impede Jewish immigrations thither are so great that it 
would seem to utterly prevent their settlement in the 
land. In 1885, there were only ten thousand Jews in 
all the Holy Land; when I was there in 1895, there 
were one hundred thousand ; in 1899, there were two 
hundred thousand ; in 1905, there were so many and 
there was so much difficulty in estimating them, owing 
to the restrictions above mentioned, that I could not 
ascertain their number, but I learned that, in Jerusa- 
lem alone, in a population of one hundred thousand, 
there are seventy-five thousand Jews. As none of them 
are allowed to hold citizenship in that country, they 
are under the necessity of resorting to all sorts of 
evasions, holding their citizenship in other countries 
and living in various sub rosa political attitudes. It 



374 Around the World, Garden of Eden, 

is certain they are building nice houses all about over 
that country. 

You will find a prophecy, Jeremiah xxxi, 38-40, 
"Behold, the day is come, saith the Lord, that the city 
shall be built to the Lord from the tower of Hananeel 
to the gate of the corner. And the measuring line 
shall yet go forth against it upon the hill Gareb and 
shall compass about to Goath. And the whole valley 
of the dead bodies, and of the ashes, and all the fields 
unto the brook Kidron, unto the corner of the horse 
gate toward the east, shall be holy unto the Lord; it 
shall not be plucked up, nor thrown down any more 
forever." The Lord has permitted me to visit Jerusa- 
lem three times in the last eleven years, spending 
thirty-two days in that city, and devoting all my time 
in explorations and investigations. I can here witness 
to you that this prophecy has been fulfilled ; resulting 
in the enlargement of the city outside of the wall to 
more than double its former magnitude. I went 
around and hunted up all these places, the tower of 
Hananeel, the hill Gareb, and Goath. Zechariah gives 
the same prophecy substantially, and says it shall be 
built out from the tower of Hananeel unto the king's 
wine-presses, Zech. xiv, 10. At present the New Jeru- 
salem Hotel stands on the site of the tower of Han- 
aneel of the days of the prophets, and the American 
colony is said to occupy the ground of the king's 
wine-presses. 

Eolla Floyd, an American citizen, whom you will 
see if he lives till you go thither, came to Jerusalem 
forty years ago and has been there ever since. He 
told me that when he came there were no houses out- 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 375 

side of the wall. Now there is a magnificent city 
entirely outside of the wall, and it occupies the very 
ground included in these prophecies. You see Jere- 
miah and Zechariah predicted that the city should be 
built over all these places and should never be thrown 
down. Jerusalem has stood scYenteen sieges and has 
been destroyed seven times. 

Egypt is the oldest of the nations and was the first 
to conquer the world, eight hundred years before Neb- 
uchadnezzar. Thus we see Africa, which is now the 
least civilized and least populated of any grand divis- 
ion of the globe, led the way in the nationalities and 
conquests of the world. Asia followed, first coming to 
the front in the Chaldean nationality. During the 
eight hundred years while Asia was disputing with 
Africa over the championship of the world, their ar- 
mies constantly marched through the Holy Land in 
the prosecution of their conquests. This is the reason 
why Jerusalem was always a bone of contention for 
them to fight over, and explains the reason why Jeru- 
salem was so often besieged. Besides, the very fact 
that Israel was not ruled by earthly kings like other 
nations, but was a theocracy, recognizing no ruler but 
God, isolated her from the nations of the earth and 
made her a target for them all to shoot at. When 
Nebuchadnezzar first came to Jerusalem, he was on 
his march to Egypt, as he had to subjugate that coun- 
try before he could have dominion of the whole earth. 

While the Jews have large quarters in the old walled 
city, they have mainly built this new city without the 
wall, which is larger than the old. That explains why 
they constitute three-fourths of the inhabitants. In a 



376 Around the World, Garden of Eden, 

very conspicuous place, if you ever enter the city, you 
will see the Anglo-Palestine Bank, which belongs to 
the Jews under the protection of the British Govern- 
ment. It is established there so that the Jews can all 
borrow money to build their houses, which are spring- 
ing up on every side like mushrooms in a night; all 
along the road from Jerusalem to Bethlehem, six miles, 
we have beautiful new houses which have been recent- 
ly erected by the Jews. That country is the best 
adapted to house building of any I ever saw; splen- 
did limestone everywhere abounds, and great mines of 
lime are found in the earth to use without burning. 
The Moslems have possession of the temple and the 
entire holy campus, said to contain thirty-five acres. 
While they make it a penalty of death for a Jew to 
come into it, all other nationalities can enter, if they 
will pay money enough and hire the holy moccasins 
to keep their feet from polluting the earth and floors 
on which they tread ; but the Jew can enter neither for 
love nor money, because he is their rival claimant un- 
der the Abrahamic covenant, in which God gave it to 
Abraham and his seed forever. The Bible settles the 
controversy in favor of the Jews, stating in so many 
words, "In Isaac shall thy seed be called" ; whereas the 
Moslems claim it under the old patriarchal law whidi 
gave the firstborn the birth-right. Ishmael was Abra- 
ham's firstborn son, and Esau his firstborn grandson ; 
therefore these Moslems claim the right to the Holy 
Land under the Abrahamic covenant. 

Since the Jews have been coming so copiously into 
the Holy Land, they have purchased for a sum of money 
the privilege of coming to a space within about ninety 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 377 

feet from the west wall of the temple; there they are 
enirely outside of the sacred enclosure, but they have 
the privilege of putting their hands on those great 
Tvtones which King Solomon put into the temple wall. 
At Jerusalem there are three Sabbaths every week; the 
Moslems keep Friday, the Jews Saturday, and the 
Christians Sunday. 1 should have said four Sabbaths, 
because the dervishes, who are the holiness people in 
the Mohammedan Church, keep Thursday. As Mo- 
hammedanism is the popular religion of this country, 
and they keep Friday, the Jews are permitted to come 
to this place every Friday afternoon, where they weep 
so loudly and" demonstratively, that it has been de- 
nominated the "wailing place." During all of my tours 
in Jerusalem, I have always made it a rule to attend 
these wailings. Truly the scene is most affecting. When 
I saw those old Jews with heads gray and bald and 
their spectacles on, reading from their old Hebrew Bi- 
bles the promises of God to hear their cries and gath- 
er them from the ends of the earth to the sacred moun- 
tains of their native land and to restore to them the 
sepulchres of their fathers and mothers, and when I 
saw their tears flowing and heard their loud lamenta- 
tions, it broke my heart and brought my tears down in 
copious effusion to deluge my face. Truly, it wrought 
on my nerves so that the first time I attended I was 
literally overcome and found it necessary to leave 
prematurely. I never in a religious meeting more viv- 
idly realized the presence of God ; I really felt that He 
was bending a listening ear to the importunate cries 
of His ancient people, whom He chose out of all na- 
tions of the earth to become the honored custodians of 



378 Around the World, Garden op Eden, 

His oracles and to hold up the standard of the holy 
heart and life before all the nations of the earth : also 
to receive His incarnate Son in their own family, to 
hear His inimitable preaching of the everlasting Gos- 
pel, which bears the standard of the cruel cross to the 
ends of the earth superscribed, as it floats beneath ev- 
ery sky, "Behold the Lamb of God that taketh away 
the sin of the world." 

The Jews, robbed of their country, sold into slav- 
ery, and dispersed among all nations, not only gained 
their emancipation long ago; but, while only sojourn- 
ers in the different countries, with no home to which 
they might gather, they have actually 'excelled all na- 
tions in financial wealth. They have come to the front, 
and hold the purse of the world this day; ruling the 
kings of the earth by their money power. All nations 
understand that, if they want to buy millions of money, 
they must go to the Jews. During the wars of Napoleon 
Boneparte, when the king of Hesse Cassel found it 
necessary to vacate his throne and, for the time being, 
become a wanderer on the earth, in order to keep out 
of the hands of the invincible Frenchman, he was ser- 
iously puzzled to know what to do with his money 
(five millions of dollars). If he deposited it for safe 
keeping, he was satisfied Napoleon would get it. A 
Jew by the name of Anselm Rothschild lived in his city 
and he knew him well; he had often tested him and 
believed him to be a man of unimpeachable integrity, 
so he committed the money to him to keep for him. 
He then went away and stayed till the revolution 
passed over; after several years he came back to his 
throne,^>hen this faithful Jew brought to him all 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 379 

the money and a respectable increase in the way of 
interest, which he had been enabled to accumulate on 
it. The king received it with many thanks and re- 
warded him liberally for his service. This was the 
beginning of the Rothschilds' fortune, which now 
stands at the front of the financial world. 

When Napoleon returned from his banishment on 
the isle of Elbe, and the nations poured in on him 
again, the English leading the way and culminating in 
the great and fatal battle of Waterloo, which downed 
him to rise no more, Mr. Rothschild was present and 
saw that the tide was setting against Napoleon. He 
was satisfied that they were going to whip him in the 
finale; though he had gained several victories in quick 
succession, none of them had amounted to much, but 
were only calculated to give currency to the reports 
going over the country that "Napoleon is whipping the 
English," as he had done to so many other nations in 
the past twenty-five years. Then Mr. Rothschild hired 
a fisherman to take him in his boat across the English 
Channel, which at that time was very stormy, as 1 
have found it both times I have crossed it, so that it 
was really perilous to cross it; but he presenting a lib- 
eral financial inducement to the fisherman, succeeds 
in being carried over to London. On arrival he finds 
everybody blue and trembling with awe, expecting Na- 
poleon and his army to come right along and take the 
city, as the news had already arrived that he was whip- 
ping them. In consequence of the fear of Napoleon, 
stocks of all kinds had dropped down fifty per cent. 

Mr. Rothschild at once employs six accurate clerks 
to help him, and orders them to buy stocks with all 



380 Around the World, Garden of Eden, 

their might. They all continue, rushing hither and 
thither and buying stocks for the next two days, when 
the news arrives that Napoleon is signally defeated 
and the English army has carried everything triumph- 
antly before it. Immediately stocks all go up a hun- 
dred per cent; the result was an accumulation of 
several millions of dollars for Mr. Rothschild, thus 
giving a boom to the rise of his fortune, which forty 
years ago was reported at three hundred and sixty-five 
millions of dollars. It is now immense, and perhaps its 
real financial value is unknown, lost in the infinitudes. 
The Jews in all ages have been the most thrifty people 
in the world. The hand of God has been on them in all 
their wanderings in every land and clime. 

They have recently held an Ecumenical Conference in 
Brussels, Belgium, in which they passed a resolution 
to call all of their people out of Russia, where half of 
all of them in the world reside, and from all other 
countries, to migrate to Asia Minor, which includes 
the Holy Land and other countries in that region and 
down to Egypt. This is a preliminary migration back 
to Palestine; the persecutions of Russia against them, 
which have recently- been terrible, are simply a fulfil- 
ment of the prophecy, "I will send the hunters to 
drive you, and the fishes to draw you out of all lands 
into which I have sent you." While these persecutions 
are the hunters driving them out, the twelve great 
colonizations of societies are the fishes drawing them 
out of every country into which they have wandered. 
Besides, we must remember that only the elect will be 
gathered back, and they in an uuregenerate state, as 
you see from Ezekiel 37th chap., where the dry bones 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 381 

of the valley are certified to be the whole house of 
Israel. Truly the stir among the children of Abraham 
is actually on the increase, and actually the bones are 
rattling in every land beneath the skicis and will come 
together in the grand gathering so vividly and repeat- 
edly foretold by the prophets. The non-elect, im- 
mersed in their money-making enterprises, will 
tarry in the different countries in which they are 
dispersed throughout the world. But Paul says, in 
Romans 11th chap., that, though Israel failed to re- 
ceive the promise of the glorious Christ, the elect 
received them, so that he certifies that all Israel will 
be saved, only recognizing the elect as the real Israel. 
In the Babylonian captivity there was a great illu- 
mination when none but the tribes of Judah and Ben- 
jamin, and not all of them, returned in the exodus 
under Nehemiah, responsive to the royal proclamation 
of Cyrus. The great host was left dispersed among 
the Oriental nations, and have since lost their Hebrew 
indentity ; so, in the present gathering which is so 
rapidly on the increase, we must not stagger if we see 
millions of Jews content to remain in their places 
accumulating wealth, as only the elect are really 
coming. This Ecumenical Conference at Brussels can 
only invite and advise, and leave it optional with them 
to respond or neglect. Along the line of election, 
whether that of Israel or the realm of grace, we find, 
upon a little investigation, that it is actually two-fold, 
homogeneous with tlie two works of grace in the won- 
derful plan of salvation. In regeneration we are elect- 
ed out of SatiMi's kingdom to the glorious honor of 
citizenship in tlie kingdom of God. Then follows 



382 Around the World, Garden of Edbn, 

another election, out of the kingdom of God into the 
bridehood of Christ. This second election, which you 
receive in sanctificaton, is not only copiously revealed 
and supported by the Word, but abundantly vindicated 
by the logic of the Lord's kingdom. If you stop with 
regeneration, you have God's Son going to Satan for 
His bride; this He does not allow us to do, and of 
course would not set us the example, but He takes His 
bride from the kingdom of God and enters into wed- 
lock with her, giving her an honored place, pre- 
eminent, enjoying the exalted capacity of heavenly 
queen, homogeneously with His position as King of 
Heaven. 

While the Jews are gathering into the Holy Land 
in their unregenerate state, as symbolized by the dry 
bones, doubtless, when our Lord shall come to receive 
His waiting bride. He will in some way reveal Himself 
to the people of His ancient election, so as to flash on 
them the light of conviction, which will be followed 
by a wonderful uprising and gorgeous reception of 
their own blessed Messiah for which they have waited 
through the ages. Oh, how they will humiliate them- 
selves before God, in dust and ashes repenting of their 
blindness! Zech. 14th chap, tells us that two-thirds 
of them will fall in the great tribulation, proving 
incompetent for the glorious honor and the richest 
privileges in the history of the universe, *. e., the recep- 
tion and coronation of their own dear and neglected 
Brother Jesus, King of kings, and Lord of lords, when 
He shall ride down on the throne of His millennial 
theocracy. These two elections in Israel are beau- 
tifully homogeneous with the two elections, regenera- 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 383 

tion and sanctiflcation, in the kingdom of grace; the 
former, giving His citizenship in the kingdom ; and the 
latter, membership in the bridehood. 

Israel, in the original economy, was chosen out of all 
nations to that pre-eminence in the kingdom of God, 
which nominally supervenes to the exalted honor of 
the consanguinity of our Lord. All of the old prophets 
were Jews; all of the apostles were Jews; and our 
Savior Himself was a Jew. As the Jews stood at the 
front of the nations until humiliated and degraded, 
owing to the rejection of their Lord; Jeremiah 11th 
chap, and Romans 11th chap., clearly prove the glor- 
ious restoration, when the Leader "shall come forth 
out of Zion and turn away ungodliness from Jacob." 
So all Israel shall be saved, and we contemplate with 
grateful hearts these cheering movements radiating 
out from the fulfillment of the latter-day prophecies. 



CHAPTER XXX. 



THE GARDEN OF EDEN. 



From my earliest recollection, my mind has been 
going out in reference to the Garden of Eden as reveal- 
ed in the Bible; as to where it is, and what it is. 
During my Oriental travels of the last eleven years, 
my mind has been stirred up to investigate the matter, 
especially by the many inquiries which have met me all 
my life relative to the subject. The true translation is, 
"Paradise of Delights." The Hebrew is so rendered 
both in the Greek and Latin Bibles, the phraseology 
is very strong: but then we must remember that sin 
had never trodden upon the face of the earth, nor 
blighted a solitary flower of innocence and beauty ; 
bearing in mind that there can be no sorrow and no 
suffering where there is no sin, their invariable and 
inalienable antecedent. The word "garden" is very 
misleading, especially in America where its signfica- 
tion as applied to a cultivated spot of ground is utterly 
alien to its Oriental meaning, which is the true one in 
the text, as the Garden of Eden was in the Orient and 
not in the Occident. The Oriental signification of 
garden corresponds somewhat with the Occidental 
park which is a large region of country occupied by 
native trees; they still call them gardens in Egypt. 
I have seen palm gardens containing thousands of 
acres and millions of trees, all exceedingly fruitful, 

384 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 385 

In Palestine, I have seen olive gardens spreading over 
vast regions and containing thousands of those valu- 
able fruit-bearing trees which live so long, i. c, 
thousands of years. In India I have seen palm gar- 
dens and mango gardens extending indefinitely, until 
vision is lost in the ether blue. So this "Paradise of 
Delights" really involves the idea of a vast and some- 
what undefined region. 

Now let us look into it a little farther. The precious 
Word tells us that four rivers watered this "Paradise 
of Delights," the Pison, the Gihon, the Hiddekel, and 
the Euphrates. Pison is a Hebrew word, and means 
overflowing. From the facts involved we must identi- 
fy this river with the Jordan which really has a double 
bank and always overflows during his swellings in the 
time of harvest, when the snows on Mount Hermon melt 
and send down their swelling flood. It is said that 
there is gold in this region. The people in this world 
have always appreciated gold and we hear of it from 
time immemorial ; while I do not remember any special 
history of gold in this locality, that does not involve 
the conclusion that it was never there, as many mines 
in different parts of the world which have been very 
prolific are now exhausted. We have no written 
history prior to Moses, 1500 B. C, leaving two thou- 
sand five hundred years of unwritten history. As 
this was the cradle of the human race, during the two 
thousand years before the flood, in view of humau 
longevity (as people then lived about a thousand years) 
the world must have accumulated a great population, 
and they would have had ample time to exhaust the 
gold in that region. Besides, explorers might find 



38G A-ROUND THE WORLD, GaRDBN OF EdEN, 

some there yet. If you read in the Bible, you cannot 
fail to identify the Gihon with the Nile, from the 
simple statement that this river encompasses the land 
of Ethiopia, which the Nile traverses, as Ethiopia lies 
directly up the river, south of Egypt ; besides, Gihon is 
a Hebrew word and means rushing. The Nile annually 
swells, overflows its banks, inundates the whole 
country on each side clear out to the desert, and thus 
forms the greatest and richest valley on the globe. 
Hence the inundation of the Nile rushing out and 
overflowing all the country is beautifully harmonical 
with the Bible description. 

The Hiddekel is evidently the Tigris, which flows 
between Syria and Mesopotamia. The word means 
rest and elegantly applies to that beautiful, placid 
river. The fourth river is the Euphrates, about which 
there can be no mistake as it has retained its ancient 
name from the days of Moses down to the present. It 
flows between Mesopotamia and Babylon; the name is 
a compound Greek word and means sweet water. 

Before I leave these rivers it is pertinent to devote 
a little time to their spiritual signification, as the 
Bible is a beautiful world of infallible truth; it i£ 
the biography of our Savior, God's richest gift to hu- 
manity; it is a perfect sphere consisting of two hemi 
spheres, homogeneous with our wonderful Savior, 
the Hero of the story it beautifully tells. He is both 
human and Divine, so is the Bible. It is also beauti- 
fully homogeneous with man, for whose redemption it 
was given. Man is both soul and body, so the Bible 
consists of two hemispheres, the temporal and the spir- 
itual, and everything in it is characteristic of these 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 387 

two hemispheres, which are utterly inseparable with- 
out the most serious detriment to truth. 

We have briefly expounded the temporal signification 
of these four Edenic rivers; let us now look into the 
spiritual. Pison means overflowing. The true signi- 
fication puts it back into the spiritual Eden, *. e., the 
"Paradise of Delights." When we first receive it we 
experience this overflow, floods of blessing and glory 
rolling over the soul until we almost die by a sheer 
excess of life. John Wesley said that his soul was 
so flooded that he asked his brother Charles if he did 
not think he should ask God to put the breaks on the 
heavenly flood, lest he would die. Charles said, "No, 
do not ask Him to withhold His blessings but to en- 
large the vessels to contain them without breaking." 

The second river, the Gihon, means rushing, and 
beautifully symbolizes the second stage of a sanctified 
experience, which is that of aggressiveness. After Pen- 
tecostal floods came down at Jerusalem and the Holy 
Ghost fell on them, wrapping them in His celestial 
flame, it is not long till we hear of the disciples going 
everywhere preaching the Word. O so aggressive were 
they! They overran Judea, Samaria, and Galilee, 
and swept out into the Gentile world, shaking the na* 
tions with their victorious tread. The sanctified soul 
fears neither man nor devils, and is proof against op- 
position, seeking the thickest of the fight and the hot- 
test of the battle; saying as it goes, 

"Where heroes war, the foremost place I claim; 
The first in danger, the first in fame." 

Glory! It is this Gihonic experience which will con- 
quer the world. \ . 



388 Around the World, Garden op Eden, 

The third river, Hiddekel, which means rest, oomes 
in very congenially and appropriately. This awful 
aggressiveness, sweeping all opposition before it, and 
shouting as it goes through floods and flames, if Jesus 
leads, "I will follow where He goes" ; would wear you 
out and kill you quickly if it were not for its counter- 
part, which is perfect rest in Jesus. A well-rested man 
can do ten times the work of a tired one. I have been 
preaching in my humble way for fifty-th;i?ee years, and 
am doing more work than any young man I know. 
It is because I have this perfect soul rest. Oh, read- 
er, learn the beautiful compatibility of indefatigable 
labor and contemporaneous soul rest. If you have 
not the Gihon experience your life will be a failure. 
If you have not the Hiddekel experience along with 
it, you will soon wear out and die. 

The Euphrates simply means sweet water. Water 
is a universal symbol of life, and sweetness is the cli- 
max of happiness. So this sweet water experience set- 
tles you down in God forever; all the bitterness and 
sourness, austerity and stubbornness, having been con- 
sumed by the fires of the Holy Ghost, there is nothing 
left but sweetness. They may scold you, lie about 
you and beat you; but you will keep sweet amid all. 
When I was preaching in a camp-meeting in Cart- 
wright Prairie, Texas, a good while ago, before I had 
survived r^y physical vigor, finding the people awe- 
fully wicked and Satan reigning without a rival, I 
fearlessly exposed their vices and follies without dis- 
tinction or mercy. They beat me twice with prairie 
dirt, because they could not get rocks as there was not 
one to be found on that prairie, and deluged me with 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 389 

eggs. The Lord gave me the Euphrates experience amid 
all, keeping me sweet as honey. Several years after- 
ward, when preaching in St. Louis, Mo., for the Free 
Methodists, they told me that one of their preachers 
who had been there and preached in their camp- 
meeting, had told his experience; he stated that he had 
heard me preach in that camp-meeting, and got so 
mad that he served as a leader in the persecution. He 
said that while he was egging me he hit me between 
the eyes with an egg which broke and splashed all over 
my face, knocking my spectacles off, and I kept per- 
fectly serene and sweet, showing no change in my 
countenance and no sign of resentment: he said that 
conviction struck him while he looked in my face and 
saw how sweetly I took the violent stroke of the egg, 
inundating my face with its contents, and the hard 
treatment of my spectacles. He went away mad, and 
of course expecting to wear his conviction off, but it 
just would not down but stuck tighter and sank deep- 
er till he could resist no longer; he was forced to 
yield, and to seek and And the Lord. Then the Spirit 
led him on into Beulah Land and sanctified him whol- 
ly. But while he was consecrating everything for 
sanctification he could see nothing but dark old China, 
where they murder the missionaires, swing before him, 
and the question kept ringing in his ears, "Will you 
take it?" Meanwhile he sees Hell yawning as the al- 
ternative, and responds with grateful enthusiasm, "Yes, 
Lord, I am glad to exchange Hell for China." So the 
Lord graciously sanctified him and he joined the Free 
Methodist Church, and was then on his way to take 
his place among the missionaries in China. 



390 Around the World, Garden of Eden, 

These four rivers are perfectly compatible the one 
with the other. We need the Pison experience to flood 
our souls and give us plenty of religion. We need 
the Gihon experience to make us truly aggressive, 
proof against antagonism and diflSculties. We need 
the Hiddekel experience to give us perfect soul rest in 
the arms of Jesus. We need the Euphrates to fill us 
up with the honey of perfect love, and to keep us 
always sweet amid all difficulties, vexations, disap- 
pointments, insults, rebuffs, and persecutions. 

Perhaps you will be surprised when I tell you that 
this "Paradise of Delights" includes all Egypt, as 
you see from the Nile which flows through it, after it 
has compassed Ethopia, as Scripture says. It also in- 
cludes Palestine and Mesopotamia, that rich and de- 
lightful country lying between the Euphrates and the 
Tigris, where Abraham was born and reared. You 
see the location of these rivers really determined that 
of the ''garden," as you have it translated. Now per- 
tinent questions arise in reference to the occupancy of 
the garden after the fall. It is my candid conviction 
that Adam and Eve were created in the Holy Land. 
In the Church of the Holy Sepulchre, which occupies 
a whole square in Jerusalem, they show us the spot 
where tradition says God took the earth out of which 
He made Adam. They also claim to have Adam's skull, 
and proposed to show it to me the three times I was 
there, in 1895, 1899, and in 1895, but I declined to have 
them bring it out and show it to me, as I was satisfied 
it was a mere myth and hence took no interest in look- 
ing at it. 

The Bible says the tree of life was in the midst of 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 391 

the garden, i. e., in the midst of the "Paradise of De- 
lights," If you will look on the map of Asia and Af- 
rica, you will find the Holy Land directly central in 
this great region of country, extending from Egypt to 
Mesopotamia, and, as the Bible says, watered by these 
rivers, which we identify with the Jordan, the Nile, 
the Tigris, and the Euphrates. Hence you see the midst 
of that great region would be the Holy Land, and just 
about Jerusalem, the Holy City. 

If you will read the inspired history of the fall, of 
the coming of the Lord into the garden, and of His 
dealings with Adam, Eve, and the serpent, you will 
find that He drove them out lest they might partake 
of the fruit of the tree of life, which was in the midst 
of the garden, and live forever. This was really a dis- 
pensation of mercy, as eternal life in the fallen state 
would have been an awful calamity. In that case they 
would have gotten old and decrepit, and been filled 
with aches and pains, the normal fruits of their trans- 
gressions, and still never could have died. The immor- 
tality of my body in its fallen condition, and of my 
imprisonment in it, would certainly be a terrible 
affliction. Man's immortality in his original state 
was only a verity in connection with the tree of life, 
which, in the providence of God, in due time would 
have conferred immortality ; the normal effect of whose 
fruit was the elimination of all gross matter out of the 
body, and its consequent transformation into a spiritual 
body, such as we will receive in the resurrection. If 
Satan had never triumphed over our race, we would 
have lived out our probation on the earth. Then, in 
stead of dying as we now do, we would have had ac 



392 Around the World, Garden of Eden, 

cess to the fruit of the tree of life, which would have 
wrought in us this transformation out of the physical 
into the spiritual; thus eliminating out of our bodies 
all ponderable matter, actually superinducing impond- 
erability, i. e., putting us where we would not weigh 
anything, which is the very work of transfiguration. 
Paul says, 1 Corinthians xv, 51, "Ye shall not all sleep, 
but we shall all be changed in a moment, in the twink- 
ling of an eye ; for the trumpet shall sound and we shall 
be changed: This mortal shall put on immortality. 
This corruption shall put on incorruption, and we shall 
all be changed." Here we see the philosophy of trans- 
lation. The transfiguration is all we need to prepare 
us to meet the Lord in the air. Sanctified people are 
only held on the earth by the weight of their bodies. 
Transfiguration eliminates all this earthly matter away, 
perfectly subordinating the body to the soul, which 
is ready to fly away and meet the Lord the moment it 
is disencumbered of the body. When the Lord comes 
to take up His bride, all the living saints will be 
transfigured in the twinkling of an eye, and translated 
to meet the Lord and to abide with Him forever. 

If sin had never invaded humanity, translation would 
have been the order of every human being; superin- 
duced by the normal efifect of the tree of life, elimi- 
nating out of the body all ponderous matter, the body 
would no longer weigh anything but would be per- 
fectly free to move responsively to the impulse of the 
soul; it would rise from the earth and move through 
the air like a glorified spirit, free to wing its flight 
from world to world. How long our probation would 
have lasted, we may not adequately conjecture. It 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 393 

would have been ample time for our complete testing 
or until we all reached the point beyond which all prob- 
ability of an apostasy forever ceases. Now, as a mat- 
ter of convenience and uniformity, the bodies of the 
saints are laid away till the general resurrection; 
whether it shall be our lot to enjoy the pre-mil- 
lennial resurrection, Rev. xx, 6, or the post-millennial, 
Rev. XX, 11, the resurrection will give us a glorified 
body, which would have supervened as the normal ef- 
fect of the tree of life. When man sinned, it is said 
that God anathematized the earth so that it brought 
forth thorns, thistles, briars, and brambles; from this 
statement we conclude that none of these things grew 
on the earth antecedently to the fall, neither is it 
probable that any animal would ever have been car- 
niverous of human beings. 

It says the tree was in the midst of the garden, which 
would locate it in the Holy Land. When Adam and 
Eve were driven out from it, it does not follow that 
they were driven out of all that region included in the 
garden, i. e., Palestine, Egypt, Syria, and Mesopotam- 
ia. It would seem amply sufficient for them just to 
go out into Syria, where we have considerable historic 
and traditional evidence of their presence after their 
expulsion from the tree of life, which was in the midst 
of the garden. Tradition says the city which Gain 
built was Baalbek, there in Syria. Besides, we are 
shown Abel's tomb and also Noah's tomb; facts point- 
ing to the conclusion that they lived in Syria subse- 
quently to the expulsion from the tree of life. There 
is no Scripture favoring the conclusion that the ex- 
pulsion had reference to anything but the tree of life 



394 Around the World, Garden of Eden, 

which was in the midst of the garden; simply to keep 
them from eating the fruit which would have immortal- 
ized their fallen state, terribly to their detriment, as, 
in that case, they would have gotten old and feeble 
and never could have died and gotten out of the suffer- 
ing normally superinduced by the fall. There is no 
doubt but that the tree of life was taken away to 
Heaven soon after the fall, as the Scripture in refer- 
ence to it would clearly imply. 

The Scriptures say that a flaming sword and cheru- 
bim were placed eastward in Eden, turning every way 
in order to keep the way of the tree of life. Cheru- 
bim mean a symbol, or a figure of something; in the 
ark of the covenant it is the figure of angels; it is a 
Hebrew word in the plural number. The sword all 
through the Bible symbolizes the Word of God. In 
Heb. iv, 12, it is called a two-edged sword. These 
cherubim and flaming sword were placed eastward in 
Eden to keep the way of the tree of life ; look on your 
map and you will fln^l the Holy Land right on the east 
coast of the great sea, while the world lies east of it; 
hence the pertinency of placing the cherubim and flam- 
ing sword eastward in Eden to keep the way, as the 
millions of the world would come that way. The 
cherubim symbolize the angels who have always taken 
great interest in the human race; Peter describes the 
saints as "preaching the Gospel in the Holy Ghost 
sent down from Heaven, while the angels are looking* 
down on them." The angels ministered to the patri- 
archs and prophets, also to our Savior and His apos- 
tles. Hence this angelic ministry and the preaching 
of the Word by saved people are to keep the way of the 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 395 

tree of life, i. e., not to keep jjeople from coming to it, 
but to keep the way so they can find it. Not that tree 
of life which grew there in the garden, but the Tree 
of Spiritual Life which it represented; or, you may 
consider it the same tree, if you prefer, which has been 
transplanted into the Paradise beyond the skies. 

Under the glorious redemption scheme, the precious 
Word, which is the glittering Sword, "Turning every- 
where," by the wonderful manipulations of the Holy 
Ghost, is to find every human soul and lead 
every fallen son and daughter of Adam's ruined race 
to the tree of life, which is none other than our blessed 
Christ, that they may all eat and live forever. Even 
after the fall, these countries, Palestine, Egypt, Syria, 
and Mesopotamia, have always been the most fruitful, 
fertile, and delightful in the world. There is no doubt 
but that they received teeming millions before the 
flood, as the human race multiplied with great 
rapidity. It is more than likely that Adam and Eve, 
during the thousand years of their life on the earth, 
became the parents of dozens, and scores, and perhaps 
hundreds of children, as the vitality in them which 
survived the fall was still so great as to preserve thai, 
wonderful longevity. 



CHAPTER XXXI. 

ARABIA, MOHAMMED, LITTLE HORN, DANIEL VIII. 

We now embark at Port Said, Egypt, bound for 
Bombay', India, We sail through the Suez Canal, one 
hundred miles long, varying from , one hundred 
and fifty to three hundred feet in width, and 
thirty feet deep, cut through the sand and rock and 
secured by a solid wall of substantial masonry. It 
cost one hundred million dollars, paid by the different 
nations, Britain leading the way and having control- 
ling stock. Sixteen thousand camels, hired from the 
Bedouin Arabs, did all of the transportation, carrying 
up the sand, earth and worthless rock, and 'uinging 
down all the stone to build those huge walls: not a 
vehicle of any kind being employed, but everything 
coming and going on the hump of the camel. This is 
the greatest enterprise of the watery world, abbrevia- 
ting the voyage from Europe to the East Indies one- 
half. It is now bringing in a princely fortune, as the 
tonnage of the vessels passing through it amounts to 
paradoxical sums of money. 

While we sailed through it, I was deeply impressed 
when we crossed the old caravan road from Palestine, 
Syria, Assyria and great Asia, down into Egypt. I 
knew I was crossing the track of Abraham, Isaac, 
Jacob, Job, and of our blessed Savior, when the donkey 
carried Him in His mother's lap out of reach of 

396 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 397 

Herod's bowie-knife. I also felt that I was on holy 
ground, when we sailed through that portion of the 
sea which God divided, opposite Pihahirah, on the one 
side and Baal-zephon on the other, in order to let the 
host of Israel effectually make its escape from the 
bondage of Egypt and the sword of Pharaoh. The 
Israelites left Egypt never again to see those thrilling 
scenes which now pass before my spiritual gaze in 
vivid panorama; while the doom of Pharaoh and his 
host remained one of the swift retributions destined 
to overtake the wicked. The triumphant shouts of Is- 
rael's host, led by Miriam, that flaming Holiness evan 
gelist, on the other shore of the sea, as they leaped for 
joy, remind me of an experience of fifty years ago when 
I first knew the ineffable felicity of the yoke broken 
from my neck and the manacles from my hands and 
feet; of Satan conquered, Hell defeated, and Heaven 
triumphant. 

Night comes on and I much enjoy the dulcet embrace 
of nature's sweet restorer, lulled to sleep by the rock- 
ing ship. Waking early, I hasten to the deck, that I 
may enjoy the much desired view of memorable old 
Mount Sinai, where God descended amid the forked 
lightnings, the roaring thunder, and the quaking 
earth; with trumpet blast proclaiming in stentorian 
majesty His inviolable and irrevocable law. O how 
sorry I was, when an old missionary, who had served 
in India thirty-one years, and was going back 
to finish his work and wait his descending 
Lord, who had often passed that route and 
knew the sights, informed me that we had passed it 



898 Around the World, Garden of Eden, 

during the night, the ship maliing better time than 
we expected; for he too had hastened to the deck, 
hoping to again enjoy the sight so edifying to every 
one who loves the Lord God. 

We are now sailing on the Red Sea, between Abys- 
sinia on the right and Arabia on the left. The former 
is the country in eastern Africa which the Apostle 
Matthias, who was elected in the succession of fallen 
Judas Iscariot, received for his field of labor, when 
they divided out the world among the apostles, accord- 
ing to Matt, xxviii, 19. Going thither he faithfully 
preached till bloody martyrdom set him free. 

Our ship makes but one stop in the Red Sea; that 
is at Aden, Arabia, which, with the territory around 
about, belongs to the British Empire. I was so glad 
to learn this, as Arabia is the native land of Moham- 
med and belongs to the Turkish Empire, which is the 
only Mohammedan government on the earth, though 
five hundred years ago they had nearly all the world. 
In my travels around the world, I was under the Brit- 
ish fiag nearly all the time, except while passing 
through the dominions of the false prophet. The 
British Empire rules six hundred millions of people 
according to God's Word, in truth and righteousness. 
Therefore I always rejoiced when I struck her terri- 
tory. As Arabia has been so cursed by the false proph- 
et, and is yet under his sceptre of oppression and mis- 
rule, I rejoiced to find a British possession lighting up 
that dark land. 

Mohammed began to preach, A. D. 607, in his na- 
tive city, Mecca, Arabia. He was subject to epilepsy, 
often taking fits and falling. Sometimes he would lie 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 390 

for hours like he was dead, the people often thinking 
he was. Then he would revive and astonish the peo- 
ple by telling them that the archangel Gabriel had 
been there and made wonderful revelations to him. 
Of course he received some followers, as any person 
who desires it can have a following in any land or age. 
But the most of the people turned from him with pity 
or disgust; as he was a poor epileptic, they thought 
he was crazy, and in his infatuation only dreaming 
that the archangel Gabriel was present and talking 
with him. His moral character was good, and he re- 
ally seemed sincere and devout; preaching boldly 
against sin and pleading with the people to abandon 
their vices and flee from the wrath to come. For some 
reason opposition sprang up against him, when he he- 
roically met and contended for his principles with vig- 
or and redoubtable courage, till the controversy de- 
veloped into a row and they expelled him from the city. 
In his flight to Medina, hotly pursued by his ene- 
mies, he took refuge in a cave. His enemies coming 
to it were about to enter to see if he was in it, but 
finding a spider's web built over the mouth, took that 
as an evidence that he was not in it. They thought 
the spider would not have had time to spin a web since 
he had entered, therefore they declined to enter; but 
he was in it. If they had only entered, caught and 
killed him, what a wonderful change they would have 
wrought in the history of this world ! as that man has 
wielded a more potent influence over the destiny of the 
nations than any other man that has ever lived in all 
the ages gone by. We see here the wonderful influ- 
ence which may supervene from the most trivial cir- 



400 Around the World, Garden of Eden, 

cumstances; as from the weaving of this spider's web. 

Mohammed made his escape to the city of Medina, 
where he was more successful than he had been at Mec- 
ca. Some people there hailed him as a prophet of 
the Most High, receiving his professions of commun- 
ing with the archangel reverently and appreciatively : 
hitherto he had been a man of peace, humbly and 
faithfully preaching to the people virtue, love, good 
will, and philanthropy. It seems that the ill-treatment 
that he had received at Mecca had aroused retaliatory 
feeling in his heart, for he raised an armed force and 
going back took the city. The Arabs were always a 
belligerant, predatory people; roaming the deserts, 
waging war with their neighboring tribes; interrupt- 
ing, robbing, and murdering caravans traversing the 
desert. Though Mohammed in his early life was a 
poor epileptic, humble and virtuous, and preaching to 
the people love, virtue, benevolence and philanthropy; 
it seems that he underwent a change after they drove 
him away from Mecca, imbibing the idea that he could 
propagate better by military power than by moral sua- 
sion. In this no doubt he was influenced by others 
who desired a position in his army; at all events, he 
underwent a radical change in his economy, adopting 
military tactics to enforce obedience to his religion. 

He testified constantly that the archangel Gabriel 
was his guide and instructor, serving him as a me- 
dium of communication with God, He relates that he 
heard a voice at the gate one night, and going out 
beheld Gabriel there, who notified him that he was di- 
rectly from the presence of God, who had sent him to 
bring him into His presence, that He might commu- 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 401 

nicate with him. He states that Gabriel had with 
him Borak, the donkey which our Savior had ridden 
into Jerusalem, having brought it for him to ride away 
to Heaven, that he might stand before God. So, re- 
sponsive to the bidding of Gabriel, he mounts the ani- 
mal, finding him somewhat skittish, as he had never 
been ridden since the days of Christ, or for nearly 
six hundred years. But with Gabriel's help he is en- 
abled to manage him, then they speed their flight, 
higher and higher, through trackless ether, till they 
reach the first heaven, where they find Adam and Eve 
so crippled from the fall that they had gotten no 
further. Many others were there and angels all 
around. Then they move on through the ethereal re- 
gions till they reach the second heaven, where they find 
some prophets and many people and angels. Moving on 
again through the ethereal firmament, eventually they 
arrive at the third heaven ; speeding their way on still 
higher through celestial ether, they reach the fourth 
heaven; hastening on to the fifth, and then expediting 
their flight, they arrive at the sixth heaven where they 
find an immense host of angels, archangels, and re 
deemed saints. There Gabriel tells him he must ex 
cuse him, and go on alone to the seventh heaven anc* 
stand before the Almighty. 

Though I simply give Mohammed credit for a very 
fruitful imagination, which was probably intensified 
by those epileptic fits, during which he claimed he met 
Gabriel; yet I find in the narrative a salient point in 
Christian experience, inferentially elucidating it. You 
see how he had to leave Gabriel at the sixth heaven, 
and go on entirely alone, through the ethereal void 



402 Around the World, Garden of Eden, 

to the seventh heaven and there stand alone before God. 
This beautifully illustrates Christian experience. When 
you have utilized preachers and all the workers to 
the very utmost, you have not yet the blessing; you 
have to leave them all, and go alone and present your 
case before God and with Him settle matters forever. 

Mohammed certifies in the Koran, that, having 
reached the presence of the Almighty and standing 
before Him, He told him He had sent many prophets 
into the world to persuade the people to repent, to 
give up their idols and worship Him alone; but they 
would not obey them. Therefore He had sent him, the 
greatest and last prophet that He was ever going to 
send into the world, not simply to persuade them, as 
his predecessors had done, but to take the sword and 
compel them to repent. He certifies positively that 
his mission in the world is to destroy idolatry in 
every form and phase, and to bring the whole world 
to the one only true God. Therefore Mohammedism 
is a rigid, uncompromising monotheism, with but one 
dogma in its creed, and that is that there is only 
one God and Mohammed is His prophet. 

He also recognizes in the Koran the Old Testament 
prophets in their day and generation; but claims that 
he is the last prophet God is going to send on the 
earth. Therefore, as God has commissioned him to 
wind up His revelation and round off His plan of sal- 
vation, he claims the decisive pre-eminence over all His 
predecessors, making his ipse dixit the world's finale, 
so far as Divine revelation is concerned. You readily 
see in this latter the stratagem to get pre-eminence 
over all of the old prophets; meanwhile he utterly 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 403 

ignores Jesus Christ in all of His claims to Divine 
Son ship. The children of Abraham, through Ishmael, 
Esau, and Keturah, his second wife, populated Arabia, 
as he sent them all off into that great east country. 
There is no doubt as to the descension of Mohammed 
from Abraham. This repudiation of Christ was a 
stratagem to catch the Jews, who had already rejected 
Him, and to get them to take him and look no longer 
for another Messiah to come. 

Now that Mohammed has settled on military tactics 
as the economy of propagating his religion through- 
out the whole world, the Arabs, by predilection bellig- 
erent, nomadic and predatory, are precisely suited and 
perfectly delighted with the new religion, as it suits 
t]:ieir liabits of life in every respect. 'Therefore, Moham- 
med with wonderful celerity proselytes all Arabia. 
The innumerable tribes of that country fall in line 
with an enthusiastic gusto, giving him a vast and 
formidable army to march under the crescent banner. 
Then they move out into other nations and his con- 
quest is one of the most rapid ever known in the his- 
tory of the world. In eighteen years he actually swept 
not only Arabia, but Persia, Syria, Palestine, Egypt, 
and the barbarous states of northern Africa; then 
rolling on the tide of conquest, he not only conquers 
great western Asia but carries the conquest into India. 
Having swept not only over the Holy Land, capturing 
Jerusalem, A. D. 637, but sweeping over northern 
Africa and all those countries where the apostles had 
established Christianity, the Mohammedans made it 
a rule to kill all who did not fall in line, constantly 
roaring the battle-cry, "The Koran or death." Now 



404 Around the World, Garden op Eden. 

they cross the Strait of Gibraltar from Africa into 
Europe, and roll their conquest over all Spain. It 
really seemed that they were going to take Europe as 
they had done Asia and Africa. Then crossing the 
Pyrenees out of Spain into France, they were sweep- 
ing over that country their irresistible tide of con- 
quest, and it seemed that it was destined like all others 
to come down at the feet of the Arabian impostor. But 
the French, seeing the awful fate of Asia, Africa, and 
Spain, rally to a man, an innumerable army under the 
command of King Charles, who is known in history as 
Charles Martel, because he actually hammered the 
Moslems till he broke them to pieces, and Martel 
means hammer. This great victory was won in the 
battle of Tours, A. D. 733. The glorious victory won 
by Charles Martel marks a distinct epoch in the 
world's history. 

Revelation, ninth chapter, gives us the rise and fall 
of Mohammedism. John says, "I saw a star fall from 
Heaven which had the key of the bottomless pit in his 
hand, and locusts came pouring out which desolated 
the earth a hundred and fifty days," i. e., a hundred 
and fifty years. The star here mentioned is the arch 
angel Lucifer. Isaiah xiv, 12, ''How art thou fallen, 
Lucifer, the son of the morning!" When the arch- 
angel Lucifer sinned and was cast out of Heaven, he 
became the devil. Here youi see he opened Hell and let 
out this army of locusts, which represents the Moham- 
medans. The first great period of Mohammedan war- 
fare is given in prophecy as one hundred and fifty 
years. The battle won by Charles Martel, commander 
of the French army> at Tours, in France, A. D. 733, 



Latter Day Puopitecies and Missions. 405 

though the hundred and fifty had not yet expired, is 
the marked epoch from which the tide turned and be- 
gan to set against them; it continued to encourage 
the Christians till it culminated in the Crusades, in 
which all Christendom unitedly made a desperate ef- 
fort to recover the Holy Land. 

The Crusaders fought for two hundred years; mean- 
while one million Europeans bleached their bones on 
Asiatic soil, though they actually succeeded in taking 
Jerusalem, under the leadership of Godfrey, A. D. 1099. 
But they were only able to hold it eighty-eight years, 
when the Moslems, under the leadership of Saladin, 
so signally defeated them in the battle of Hatton, that 
they gave up and retreated out of Asia, never to re- 
turn. 

The signal victory of the Moslems at the battle of 
Hatton, which enabled them to drive the Christians 
out of Asia, so encouraged them that they set out 
with fresh vigor to conquer the whole world and to 
exterminate Christianity and all other religions from 
the globe. They boasted they would unify all nations in 
the one true God. They utterly repudiate Christianity 
because we worship Jesus Christ, whom they denounce 
as a mere man ; therefore they placed Christianity along 
with idolatry, and claimed that they were sent of God 
to exterminate it from the globe. In the first para- 
graph of Rev. ix, 1-12, the one hundred and fifty years 
are denominated as the first woe, while the remainder 
of the chapter gives us the second woe, which is four 
hundred and eighty years. This is the second great 
period of Moslem conquest, which followed the Gru- 



406 Around the World, Garden of Eden, 

sades and actually reached from China to the Atlantic 
Ocean, across two continents. 

During this period they established the Mogul Em- 
pire which ruled that country two hundred years. They 
actually had all Asia solid, from China, including Tar- 
tary and India, all the way to the Mediterranean Sea, 
a range of four thousand miles. The crescent had 
driven the cross out of Asia and Africa and a large 
portion of Europe. Then the Moslem- army of three 
hundred thousand veteran warriors, flushed with a 
thousand victories, laid siege to Vienna, the greatest 
stronghold of Christendom at the time; it coiled around 
the city like a huge boa-constrictor, cutting off all 
ingress and egress, determined never to let up till she 
surrendered, sanguinely believing that with the fall of 
Vienna all Christendom, which was then only a por- 
tion of Europe, would go down. Fortunately the Vi- 
ennese manipulated to send word to Poland, which 
at that time was one of the great powers of Europe 
and very zealous for Christianity. 

John Sobieski, leader of the Poles, had great notori- 
ety, not only for his ability as a military chieftain, 
"* but especially for his religious zeal, being at that time 
a leading spirit in Christendom. The moment he re- 
ceived the news, he proceeded to rendezvous his army 
of seventy thousand Christian soldiers. With all pos- 
sible expedition they set out for Vienna; arriving on 
Sunday afternoon, Oct. 12, 1683, about four o'clock. 
He appeals to his men, notifying them that he is go- 
ing to conquer that army and relieve Vienna, or leave 
his body dead on the field ; meanwhile he gives them 
all the battle-cry, which they are to shout as they ride 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 407 

into the conflict, "Not unto us, O Lord, but unto Thee 
be all the glory." Now he leads his host in sweeping 
gallop, waving his sword over his head and shouting 
at the top of his voice, "Not unto us, O Lord, but unto 
Thee be all the glory." Followed by his seventy thou- 
sand warriors roaring the same battle-shout, they dash 
against the Moslem phalanx like an avalanche, sever- 
ing it in twain and bearing all opposition before them; 
throwing that vast army into confusion which gets 
worse and worse, till it culminates in a universal stam- 
pede from the field. 

This signal defeat on the part of the Moslems was 
especially expedited by a total eclipse of the moon, 
which happened at that time. She rose in the east, 
clear, bright and beautiful in her full-orbed glory ; but 
then the earth began to come between her and the 
sun, thus veiling her lovely face in darkness. The 
Moslem banner, then and now, was the crescent, i. e., 
the moon young and growing, and exhibiting the shape 
of a horn. The reason why they use it as the symbol 
of their power is that they believe, beginning as they 
did from nothing out there in Arabia, their power will 
gradually increase until it fills the whole world; as 
the moon is first seen in the west the size of a thread 
and continues her growth until she becomes a full 
orb. Those ignorant Moslems, knowing nothing about 
astronomy and having no knowledge of the on-coming 
eclipse, which took place while the battle was raging, 
seeing the moon rise in her full-orbed beauty, hailed 
her not only as the omen of victory, but as the assur- 
ance that they would sweep all Europe, and then fin- 
ish the conquest of the world; their crescent banner 



408 Around tiil World, Garden op Eden. 

thus having grown to the full orb. But when the> 
see the beautiful moon evanescing in darkness, panic 
strikes them and they cry out, "Do you not see how 
God has forsaken us and our banner is fading from 
the sky?" This total eclipse of the moon terrified them 
so as to fill them with trepidation and thus expedite 
the precipitated skedaddle from the field: the whole 
earth around them was groaning beneath the spoils 
won in a thousand victories, but now they were forced 
to leave them and fly for life. 

This great victory marked the signal defeat of the 
Moslem power, when the tide turned against them and 
has been against them ever since. Whereas at that 
time they ruled from Gibraltar to China, a range of 
six thousand miles, including all the time-honored 
kingdoms of the earth; since that glorious victory of 
Christianity Islamism has lost a whole dozen empires 
and kingdoms, having now none but Turkey, and she 
is weakening and declining to-day and actually owes 
her existence to the mutual jealousy of the Christian 
powers, they fearing lest in her dismemberment each 
one might not receive a legitimate share of the spoils. 
Bead Dan. 8th chap. ; it is all about Mohammed, giving 
a description of him from beginning to end, denominat- 
ing him the little horn, while you also find another 
little horn in the seventh chapter, which is the pope 
of Rome. 

When the devil got the world on his hands, after the 
fall of the Roman Empire, A. D. 476, when ancient 
civilization passed away, as Rome was its only up- 
holder against barbarism, he raised up these two "lit- 
tle horns," Mohammed to rule the east and the pope 



Latter Day PROPHEeiES and Missions. 409 

the west; thus they were his staunch helpers in the 
administration of the world. They are both called 
''little horns," because they began with very small re- 
sources. The pope's dominions at the beginning were 
small, and Arabia, though a large country, consists 
mainly of sandy deserts and consequently always has 
b^en politically weak. "He shall be broken without 
hand," reveals the destiny of Mohammed. Man cannot 
break him. All Christendom united and fought two 
hundred years to break this power in the Holy Land. 
At the battle of Vienna, God broke his thigh and has 
been breaking him more and more ever since and v.ill, 
in due time, take him out of the world. 

However, the Mohammedan religion will continue in 
some form till the final battle of Armageddon, Rev. 
9th chapter. Here we see all the kings of the earth 
on the battle-field fighting against the Lord Jesus 
Christ, who is here portrayed as a mounted warrior, 
leading His host to victory. If you will read that 
chapter, you will see that all the kings and their ar- 
mies go down before Him in blood. An angel stands 
on the sun, and as he sweeps around the world to 
come to the grand terminal and feast on the flesh of 
our Lord's fallen enemies, finally in verse 20, "The 
two (the Pope and Mohammed), were cast alive into 
the lake of fire that burneth with brimstone." So here 
you see the final destruction of these two great wings 
of Satan's kingdom on the earth, i. e., the papa<rv and 
Islam. This winds up the great tribulation and the 
millennium is ushered in. 



oiiAiTi:!: wxii. 

FMOUHIA, 'I'lIlO SIIAlOll IvIN(;i>OM. 

Now IN'i'Hiji ("line (o (lie Iroiil of llu' worM ;iii(] ruled 
:ill ii:ili()iiH llirco liuiidrcd yi'iii'H; lo<l:iy slic in no 1(MI{j;- 
ci" iii<l('|><'ii(l('ii(, bill is ;iclii;illy <^()l)l >!<''( I up by jj^nMit 
liiiHHiii, wliicli riih's (he iioillici'ii hnll", :um1 mi^^iily 
Krihiiii, wlii<-h nilcs I lie soiillicni li.iH'. II in woimUm*- 
liil liow Ibc (bMiiiiiioii of (lie worbl cliiinj^CH iiboul ! VVc 
N.'iw ill llic liisl <'li;i|>l»>r liow even Ar;ibi;i, willi hvv poor 
Niindy ilcNci'ls, ihIcmI I he worUl about llv«' Iiuiidrc*! 
ycnrH, iiu<l iichnilly nlood :i( llu' Iron! of llic world 
nbout: n Ihoiisjiud yciirs, lln'ou}j;li llu' iiiNlruiiiciiliilily ol" 
MoliMinuicd, :i pooi*, obNciirc, iilili'i-iitc ('pilcplic, and 
even lo (bis day be lias a bun«li*<'d and HOv»Mily-liv(^ inll- 
lioMH ol' folb)W(M'H; llIuHlraliiiji,' Ibc hwt Ihal: 11 docs 
iH>( lako a j;r<'a( man lo bavc a ^rcal Coilowin^. IN'r-sia 
iH {\w Nilvcr kingdom, Hccoiid in order in Nebuelia«lnez- 
xui-'h ebronolo^ieal inia};('. Al'ler Nebnebadne//ar bad 
moved on I, aw Daniel HayH, on eagle's winj^H, iluiH d(V 
Heriliinjj; I be won<lei*rul I'aipidily of bis coiuju'eHf wbieli 
puHbed bis armies Tihuu nalion lo nation till be con 
(inei'od (bo wliole world, having all naiiona wilb tbeii* 
wealth at bis option; ho wonderfully enrjebed Haby- 
bm, bis magniliceni eapital, surrounding it wilb a wall 
llfteen milciH S(pmre, tlire<' biiiulred and llfty feet high 
an<l ei<i,bty seven feet broad. IFt^ lelt Ibat be bad S(»t- 
lletl tb« [U'obbMU of bis own seeurily fon^ver, as no hu- 

410 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 411 

man power could ever cross that wall or beat it down. 
But ere long lie passes away without a living son, 
leaving his universal kingdom to Belshazzar, his grand- 
son, who was entirely different from his intellectual 
and enterprising grandfather. He is really without 
ambition for conquest, feeling that he already has all 
that heart can wish; therefore he gives way to sen- 
suality and pleasure. 

Meanwhile Cyrus, the Medo-Persian, has come to 
the front and demonstrated himself a great military 
chieftain, achieving conquest after conquest, but Bel- 
shazzar is too voluptuous and cowardly to concern 
himself about him. Having fought his way through 
the country, everything going down before him, Cy- 
rus has already reached great and magnificent Babylon, 
the most impregnable city ever built on the earth. Ac- 
companied by his oflficers, he rides all the way around 
the wall, sixty miles, carefully examining as they go 
to see if there is a possibility of jnaking a breach any- 
where. Then he cuts down the tall palm trees, one 
hundred feet high without a limb, strong and tenacious, 
and undertakes to scaffold up; but the walls are three 
hundred and fifty feet high, and if they could by the 
hardest work get on them, they could not get down on 
the other side and enter the city. He finds the gates 
all utterly impregnable to his battering-rams. Bel- 
shazzar, feeling perfectly satisfied that Cyrus cannot 
get in and will soon give up and go away, is resting 
and luxuriating in his palace. But the great Euphra- 
tes flows through the center of the city under the walls, 
which are supported by arches, and Cyrus conceives 
the plan of excavating an abyss and turning the river 



412 Around thk Wobld, Garden of Eden, 

into it, thus vacating the channel under the walls un- 
til they can enter there. This proves a success. But 
after they had entered they never could have gotten 
into the city if these ponderous gates which led up out 
of the bed of the river had been closed. Cyrus has 
availed himself of the time of their great annual fes- 
tival to their gods, when it is customary for all of 
them to give way to wine drinking and revelries, in 
which they had neglected to fasten the gates leading 
into the city from the bed of the river. 

It is now midnight. Belshazzar with his thousand 
lords and their wives and concubines are enjoying 
royal festivity and praising the gods of Babylon. Then 
Belshazzar has them bring out the golden vessels which 
had been carried thither by Nebuchadnezzar from Jeru- 
salem; that they may drink wine out of them and 
glorify the gods of Babylon in contempt of the God of 
Israel. Now an armless hand is seen writing on the 
palace wall. Belshazzar looks at it; panic strikes him, 
his teeth chatter, and his knees knock together with 
dismal affright. Then he sends for the wise men 
that they may interpret the writing, which he does 
not understand: but they all signally fail. Then the 
king says, "They shall be slain because of their failure 
to^interpret the writing." At that moment his mother 
speaks and tells him that there was a wise man in 
that city in the days of his grandfather, by the name 
of Belteshazzar, who was wonderfully shrewd in solv- 
ing all mysteries. Then they bring in Daniel, who reads 
it in a moment : "Thou art weighed in the balances and 
found wanting: thy kingdom is numbered and finished 
and given unto the Medes and Persians." At that mo- 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions, 413 

ment there is a roar at the palace gate; it is broken 
open and Cyrus, the Medo-Persian accompanied by 
his mighty men, rushes in. That hour Belshazzar is 
slain and his thousand lords go down in blood, and 
seventy thousand men of Babylon swelter in their own 
blood, slain on the streets. None who come out of 
their houses escape with their lives. The hand-writing 
on the wall is fulfilled, the kingdom is turned over to 
the Medes and Persians, and the second kingdom of 
the chronological image, symbolized by the breast and 
arms of silver, has succeeded the head of gold. The 
Medes and Persians ruled the world for three hundred 
years. 



CHAPTER XXXIII. 

INDIA, HER TERRITORY, RACES, LANGUAGES, RELIGIONS AND 
REVOLUTIONS. 

Having passed through the Red Sea, the Persian 
Gulf, and the Arabian Sea, we now arrive at Bombay, 
tlie great sea-port of India. The Lord let me travel 
six thousand miles by rail while in India, preaching 
everywhere day and night, through an interpreter, to 
multitudes of natives, while at intervals I taught the 
missionaries the Bible. India is a great country, 
thirty-five hundred miles from north to south and 
three thousand miles from east to west. On the north 
she borders on Turkestan and Thibet, on the south on 
the Indian Ocean, on the west on Persia, and on the 
east on Burma h. It contains about twenty-four hun- 
dred millions of acres, and has a population of three 
hundred millions of people. 

At the very time Moses was leading Israel out of 
Egypt into the Promised Land, fifteen hundred years 
before Christ, another exodus was going on two thou'- 
sand miles toward the sunrise. This was of the Aryans, 
a Japhetic race who from Noah's ark had wandered 
into a beautiful tableland on the Oxus river, which 
rises in the Himalaya Mountains. These people were 
very intellectual, and cultured far beyond their con- 
temporaries, speaking and writing the Sanskrit lan- 
guage, which is the beautiful, elegant, olassical 

414 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 415 

cognate of the Hebrew. In it tlicy wrote the Vedas 
with their beautiful Hong>!, and tlic Shastras, their 
Bible. Among them womanhood was respected and 
marriage held sacred ; husband and wife uniting in the 
government and labors of the home, and both bowing 
at the family altar. During the (^ight hundred years 
which had elapsed since the Hood, the children of Noah 
had rapidly multi])lied ui)oh the earth. How long 
these Aryans had occupied the land of Oxus we know 
not ; but they had densely populated it till they realized 
they needed room. The world was then too young for 
any people to bear crowding. As land was so exceed- 
ingly abundant, and they had scarcely begun to appro- 
priate it in any other country but lOgypt, when they 
began to crowd a little the first thought was to go on 
an exploring expedition, which as a rule is at the 
elbow. Therefore the Aryans ascend the Oxus to its 
head, amid the snowy summits of the Hinuilayas, 
where they strike the head waters of the great Indus, 
and follow the limpid rivulets down till a union of 
many tributaries brings them to a swelling river. 
Pursuing their exi)lorations they travel down to the 
efflux into the Arabian Sea, and call the charminglj 
rich, level plain reaching out from either bank, llin- 
doostan, a compound word which simply means Land 
of the Indus. l<jventually broadening out their explo- 
rations, th(!y reach the great valleys of the Ganges 
and the Brahmapootra, extending the name llindoo- 
stan to them also, including the vast region from the 
Himalaya range on the north to the Vyndyah moun- 
tains on the south. Subsecprently si ill pursuing tlieir 
exporations they denominate the great peninsula lying 



416 Around the World, Garden of Eden. 

»oulli of the Vyndyali range, The Deccan, which means 
south. 

When the Aryans came into India they did not find 
it unoccupied but, on the contrary, they found a hun- 
dred native races in it, of course the most of them 
few in number. They could not tell anything about 
them, because, like our American Indians when this 
continent was discovered, they had no books and none 
of them knew letters, so they were illiterate barba- 
rians: as a rule naked, unless partially apparelled 
with the skins of animals. This country is so hot, 
the most of it lying in the torrid zone, that the people 
there now use very little clothing, never thinking of 
investing the whole body. Before the British Govern- 
ment forced them to clothe their privates, it was per 
fectly common for the rank and file of poor people 
to dispense with clothing almost entirely. 

The natives of India wear very little clothing for 
two reasons; one, because people working at two cents 
a day cannot afford it, and the other, because they do 
not need it and it would render them uncomfortable. 

If you will go into the Museum in Calcutta, you will 
see life size statuary of these one hundred Indian 
races who preceded the Aryans in that country. They 
exhibit an infinite variety of color, from the white 
through all the shades to the ebony; the majority, 
however, are black people. This color is not only 
superinduced, but augmented, by the intense heat of 
the sun, of which Americans and Europeans can form 
no conception. As I selected our winter season for 
India, I took it for granted that the sun would give 
me no trouble. But when I arrived I found that I 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 417 

was obliged to obey the advice of all my friends and 
wear a big tope on my head and then spread my 
umbrella when I went out in the sun lest he strike me 
down. Among the sixteen hundred millions of people 
in the world, twelve hundred are colored. This is an 
essential fortification against the intense solar heat 
throughout the torrid zone where the most of the 
people in the world live. Black absorbs heat and 
white reflects it; therefore white people in the torrid 
zone would soon find their skin blistered wherever the 
sun reached it; these blisters would produce sores and 
cause them much suffering; whereas, if the skin was 
black, it would absorb the heat, transmitting it into 
the body so that it would not rest on the skin and 
blister it. 

As to the origin of these non-Aryan races, we have 
no proof whatever, as none of them have any record, 
therefore we are left to mere conjecture. From their 
color and physique, they are evidently descendents 
from all of Noah's sons, especially from Ham and 
Shem; perhaps there are a few Japhethites mixed in. 
We must remember that the sons of Noah lived six to 
seven hundred years and during that time multitudes 
could multiply. I have a history written in Latin 
which I have never seen in Erfglish. It begins the 
human race with Adam and comes on down. This 
book says Noah gave Asia to Shem as he was the first- 
born, and Asia is twice as large as either of the others ; 
that is in harmony with the patriarchal law which 
gave the firstborn a double portion of the estate. Tt 
says he gave Ilain Africa, and Japheth Eurotpe. I 
believe this is true, yet it does not follow that there 



418 Around the World, Garden of Eden> 

was any restriction on any of them in any way, in 
reference to their privileges to go where they would. 

I -am satisfied that the Egyptians, though Africans, 
were not Hamites, but Japhethites and Shemites; 
while all of the natives south of the great desert where 
the sun is so hot are Hamites, There are also more 
Hamites in India than people of any other race. As 
Europe was somewhat inconvenient of access from 
Mount Ararat, where the ark rested, and they had no 
navigation facilities to cross the sea, and it was a 
long journey to go away up north around the Euxine 
Sea, the first settlement in Europe was made in Greece 
by Javan, which is the Greek for Japheth. It is more 
than likely that Japheth was not in a hurry going to 
his own inheritance, as his brother Shem there at home 
had countless millions of acres to which he gave both 
of his brothers a hearty welcome; therefore I trow 
that Japheth waited awhile, till they could build ships 
and sail across the ^gean Sea, The first settlement 
in Europe was not made till five or six hundred years 
had elapsed after the subsidence of the flood. Mean- 
while, as we have seen, the land of Oxus had been 
settled by the family of Jajpheth; they must have also 
gone into Egypt and settled Philistia in the Holy 
Land, as the archaeologists claim that the Philistines 
were Japhethites, 

India has a vast territory, rich soil, and beautiful 
rivers, therefore she presented a wide open door to the 
adventurers coming from the ends of the earth. In 
primitive ages, when the world was all new, there is 
no doubt but that there was a great predilection on 
the part of all the people to explore it through curios- 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 419 

ity, hunting mines of gold, silver and precious stones. 
I readily apprehend how they went to roaming all 
over the world hunting the valuables and looking out 
the best and most fruitful lands in the different parts 
of the earth. During the first eight hundred years of 
the postdiluvian world these hundred races had gotten 
into great India, evidently the most of them Hamites 
and Shemites, though the Aryans, to whom we are 
indebted for its earliest history and who went into it 
fifteen hundred B. C, are certified as Japthethites. 
These different races, as is invariably the case with 
different peoples, all spoke a dialect of their own. 
Among three hundred languages and dialects, the 
Hindoostani, Bengali, Marathi, the Hindi, the Telugu, 
the Tamil, the Cingalese, the Karenese, and the 
Jegurati are the most important. India, unlike other 
countries, was settled, not by one race but by a vast 
army: therefore the missionaries have to study the 
language in which they propose to preach; there are 
so many languages that they never do become efflcient 
enough in the various languages to be able to 
preach throughout the whole country. I went pro- 
miscuously everywhere",- because I did my preaching 
through an interpreter and could get along as well in 
one place as in another. In China and Japan we have 
the great convenience of a single language spoken 
throughout the whole nation, only necessitating the 
missionary's learning the dialect in the locality where 
he goes. This is no such a task as learning a differ- 
ent language in each place, as is true in India 
by reason of her settlement by this great multiplicity 
of races. She has ahvays been ruled by other nations, 



420 Around the World, Garden op Eden, 

because these races have never united in an effort for 
an independent government. 

When the Aryans came into the country their reli- 
gion was Vedism. They believed in one God who 
created the universe, and worshiped Him under the 
name of Veruna : they sang aloud the beautiful hymns 
of the Vedas in His praises, and in their Sha&tras they 
read about His wonderful attributes and mighty 
works. These books were written in the beautiful 
classical Sanskrit, a brother to the Hebrew. As a 
normal consequence they mixed up with those aborigi- 
nal nations, intermarrying and associating with them 
in their social lives. These non-Aryan races were 
fetishists in their religion, i. e., believing in charms 
and witchcraft, and worshiping anything which was 
said to have the power of enchantment to protect 
them against the calamities incident to mortal life. 
I have found traces of that fetishism in America, 
where people believed in signs and charms and arbi- 
trary looks. 

As the years rolled on the fetishism of the Aryans 
got mixed up with the low and groveling superstitions 
and silly fetishism of the aborigines, and developed 
not only polytheism, *. e., belief in many gods, but 
pantheism, which believes that everything is a god. 
These pantheists tell us that the Divinity which is 
without sin, when wrought on by Mia, which is delu- 
sion, this Parametma, the name by which they call 
God, breaks up, becomes male Brahma, and female 
Davi and they propagate innumerable divinities. 
Again this Parametma, when wrought on by Mia, 
becomes human, both male and female, and proceeds 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 421 

to propagate the species and fill the world with people. 
This same Parametma becomes animal and fills the 
world with the infinite diversities of animals. It also 
becomes mountains and vines and trees and rocks. 
Therefore they really believe that everything is god 
in another form, and they believe that everything in 
due time returns to the divinity and remainc* there 
forever. This pantheism is awfully detrimental to 
human conscience, tending to do away witn it 
altogether, as they believe everything is God. There- 
fore, if a man kills another they simply believe that it 
is the divinity operating on himself, and that it is no 
one's business. The same is true in reference to any 
other sin whatever. They explain it away and make 
it nothing; because they say it is just the divinity 
operating on itself, and we have nothing to do with it. 
These Indians have always been wonderful on reli- 
gions; the pantheists recognizing everything as God, 
and the polytheists actually saying there are three 
hundred and thirty millions of gods. Therefore the 
Aryans degenerated from their pure and beautiful 
monotheism; some into pantheism and others into 
polytheism. 

Six hundred years have rolled away since the 
Aryans came into India and it is now nine hundred 
years B. C, when the Brahman priests, who are des- 
cended from the Aryan stock, resort to a device to pro- 
tect their race. They are naturally very intellectual 
and had fine learning for people in that age of the 
world; they had the beautiful Sanskrit language, and 
those interesting and edifying theological books, the 
Vedas and the Shastras written in that language; now 



422 Around the World, Garden op Eden. 

they see that the trend of social miscegenation is seri- 
ously to their detriment, as it will bring down their 
intellectual and learned race to a level with those un- 
cultured and low grade races. Therefore, unfortu- 
nately they resort to castification to protect their 
own race from the effects of promiscuous miscegena- 
tion. The Brahman is the high caste, and to them is 
committed the office of priests which, by Divine right, 
control the people. They teach that Brahma the 
divinity, created the Brahman from his head, hence 
they are the intellectual caste, holding the priestly 
office, leading the people, and relieved from manual 
labor and all sorts of physical toil. They say that 
Brahma created the soldiers from his arms, as their 
work i» to defend us all with the use of their arms; 
they also tell us that the merchants and mechanics em- 
anate from Brahma's legs, so that they are strong, go- 
ing all over the earth transacting the business and 
building the houses; whereas the fourth class emanate 
from Brahma's, feet. These are the manual laborers who 
do all the hard, dirty work, no matter what it is ; labor 
is their office, and this fourth class of sweepers and 
drudges are about ten times as many as all the preced- 
ing three classes, i. e., the priests, the soldiers, and the 
merchants and mechanics. Beside these four castes 
there is still another, called the "no caste" people; 
because they are so low in society that they have no 
caste; these never live in houses, but just stay out of 
doors like the animals. I have stayed and preached 
three months in India, running on the railroad every- 
where. I often saw these no caste people sleeping out 
of doors like the animals. These different castes 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 423 

never eat together. If you just take a drink of water 
from a j)erHon bolon^inf4' to another caste, you break 
your caste, which Ih an irrepaiahle disgracic. The 
first three castes are entirely relic^ved from manual 
labor, i. e., drudgery ; that is all to be performed by 
the other caste and the "no caste" peo]>le. The ell'ect 
of this awful castification so degrades and dei)resHes 
(hem that their regular wages is but two cents a day. 
We cannot see how they could live, but they do; this 
is because the most of India is in the torrid zone 
where there is no winter, and the fruits are growing 
riipe and on hand the whole year round, and by reason 
of the climate they have to spend almost nothing for 
clothing. 

This castification of the people is an awful obstruc- 
tion to iluiir evangelization; it is peculiar to India. 
Fortunately we have nothing of it in China and Japan. 
This pestilential work of castifnta-tion took place 
twenty-eight hundred years ago, and has held the ma- 
jority of the people in bondage ever since. It is clear- 
ly evident from its very nature* that it was made by the 
j)i'ies(s, because it serves tlieir interest throughout, to 
the detriment of other people, and especially the labor- 
ing class. A low caste ])erson is not allowed to do any- 
lliing but the hard, rough drudgery. They are so 
brought up and trained that they have no thought of 
changing their condition, as every door is closed 
against such a thing unless they get consent to break 
their caste, which is looked upon as more horrific than 
death. They cannot become Christians without 
breaking their caste; every time w(; baptize a person 
in India we cause such an one to break his oaste. 



424 Around the World, Garden of Eden. 

When the Aryans launched on the people this scheme 
of castiflcation two thousand eight hundred years ago, 
they thereby enthroned themselves as priests and 
teachers forever; marriage can only take place within 
the castes. There is no crossing without breaking the 
caste, which is regarded as an inefifacable disgrace. 
The only way to recover standing in society after you 
have broken your caste is to have the priests restore 
you, which is difficult, humiliating and expensive. 

Vedism was the religion of India for the first six 
hundred years after her history began. With the 
inauguration of the caste system, began Brahmanism, 
which continued two thousand one hundred years, 
beginning nine hundred years before Christ and run- 
ning down to one thousand two hundred A. D. Dui'ing 
the rule of the ages there has always been a good deal 
of learning in India and some people receiving a 
thorough education, but it has been confined to the 
Brahmans, the high caste people, whom the castiflca- 
tion which they launched has protected against the 
degradation which must normally have resulted from 
the miscegenation which otherwise would have super- 
vened. Here you see they have protected their own 
blood and racehood by the castiflcation which has 
proven such an awful curse to the lower grades, hu- 
miliating them in the dust and grinding them to 
powder, and perpetuating them in practical slavery. 
Thus the Brahmans have managed to elevate them- 
selves through all the rolling centuries, at the ex- 
pense of these non-Aryan races, whom they found 
scattered all over that vast country. 

These Brahmans would surprise you by their in- 



Latter Day PRoriiiociKS and Missions, 425 

lell(H;(ual hi-illiniicy and cuUurcj Llicir sJirewduess iu 
delViidiiig Ukmi- religion is reniurkable in tlie extreme. 
When 1 was riding in a car with a briglit IJi-aliiiian 
priest, who was a college graduate, and Lelling him 
how our Christ is absolutely essential to salvation, lie 
brought u]) Krishna ol" their religion, who is reallj*' 
(li(Mr (/lii'isi, as that is the meaning of the word. Hut 
iiis biography, which 1 have seen, describes Iiim as a 
wicked, thievish boy and afterward an exiuuMjingly 
(•orru|)t, licciiitiouN man. This is due to tiie fact that 
their writers have no experimental acquainance with 
the (Jlirist who takes all sin away. He (hoiighl (heir 
Christ would do just as well as ours, bnt the argu- 
ment breaks down owing to lii<' fact that tlui man who 
is in tlui Hood cannot r(ss<;ue anolher who is in the 
same dilemma, and hence their (Christ, who is nothing 
but a sinner, cannot possibly wive othcu* sinners. If 
you ever go 1o India, you will soon lind ont Ihat (hose 
Brahman priests have extraordinary intellects and line 
learning. 

Buddhism came into India in th(^ fifth century be- 
fore (Jhrist, being preaxOied by Buddha himself, who 
was a nativ(i of that country. He was a high caste 
Brahman by birth, rich, honorable, and i<len tided witli 
the royal family; but giving all of his goods to feed 
the poor, he soon turned fakir, i. e., an itinerant ])hil 
anthropist, going over the country preaching to the 
people virtue, love, mercy, and indis(;riminate good- 
ness. Ilis name was Gautama, but when Ik; got light 
from God, he vacated his I in-one and gave his ])rincely 
fortune to the ])oor and hiriMMJ philanthropist in the 
laud, lie called hiins(;lt iUiddha, which means the 



426 Around the World, Garden of Eden, 

enlightened one, a very good name. He has now four 
hundred million followers in the great, dark Orient; 
most of them in China. His priests are now telling 
the people that he had no earthly father, in order to 
enhance their appreciation of his divinity which they 
are trying to impose upon them. In this they are 
utterly untrue, as his father is very well known in 
history; his name was Suddhodanah. The name of 
Buddha's successor is Asoka. He was a very enterpris- 
ing man. Buddhism had but a handful of followers in 
the day of its founder, but it spread paradoxically 
under the ministry of Asoka. It spread all over India 
and remained one thousand four hundred yearj;^, from 
five hundred years B. C. to nine hundred years A. D. ; 
then the Brahmans broke it down and drove it. out 
of the country. There are now only nine millions of 
Buddhists in all the land, and nearly all of them are 
in Burmah and the island of Ceylon. The yoke of 
Brahmanism is a heavy and galling one, and when 
Buddha preached his religion of love, kindness, meek- 
ness and philanthropy, the people were wonderfully 
taken with it and fell in with it by millions. The 
Brahmans, of course, had to go with the people, or 
be left out in the cold. Therefore, at that time they 
moved with the swelling tide and did their best to 
manipulate the new religion as they had its prede- 
cessor, regarding their own interest. During the 
long rolling centuries they endeavored to appropriate 
Buddhism and keep it within the pale of their own 
subserviency, at the same time, feeling anxious to gei 
rid of it and plotting against it. Finally matters 
reached the culminating point when the priests man 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 427 

aged to revolutionize the people against Buddhism and 
drive it out of the country; they really had a bloody 
revolution over it, resulting in its downfall and al- 
most total extermination out of the country. Thus 
the old Brahmanism survived Buddhism and con- 
tinued three hundred years longer; when, in 1200 A. D., 
they manipulated another revolution, which resulted 
in the transformation of Brahmanism into Hindooism, 
which is the popular religion of India this day, hav- 
ing a membership of two hundred and seven millions. 
Its sacerdotal supremacy is quite as favorable to the 
Brahman priests as the old Brahmanism, which stood 
two thousand one hundred years ; but it is more liberal 
with the rank and file of the people. The truth of 
it is the priests simply put their heads together to 
formulate a religion which would suit everybody. It 
is perfectly tolerant of all creeds and theologies. You 
can be a monotheist, a polytheist, or an atheist, or a 
member of any Christian denomination, and still be a 
loyal Hindoo, if you stay among them and support 
the priests. It is the loosest religious denomination 
I know. The priests are all united simply in an effort 
to hold the people subservient to them. 

In India there are sixty-two millions of Mohamme- 
dans. Only fifteen years after Mohammed began to 
preach some of his followers carried his religion into 
India. Soon it spread wonderfully, but no wonder, 
because they intimidated by the sword and scared the 
people into it. When the Mogul Empire was founded 
by Achbor the Great, and Tamerlane the Tartar, in 
the fourteenth century, the Mohammedans got the 
political power and actually ruled that country. It 



428 Around the World, Garden op Eden, 

was at the time when the Turks had taken Constan- 
tinople in the west and made it their capital, and the 
Mohammedan religion was about to take the whole 
world. Achbor and Tamerlane were evidently the 
greatest kings and military chieftains on the face of 
the earth, if they were barbarians. The Mogul Empire 
which they founded stood two hundred years, during 
which India was at the front of the world. Oh, so 
many countries have led this world potentially and 
influentially ! Egypt first stood at the front; then 
Babylon; then followed Persia; then Arabia under the 
leadership of Mohammed; then little Greece, through 
her Alexander, conquered and ruled the whole world; 
followed by great Kome, which stood at the front a 
thousand years. France stood at the front while 
Napoleon was in the meridian of his glory. India was 
at the front two hundred years during the victory of 
the Mogul Empire. Britain now stands at the front 
of the world, the leading colonizer, civilizer, educator 
and Christianizer. 

The Sykes, who originated in India four hundred 
years ago, in an attempt to unify all of the 
religions adopting what they regarded as the best 
tactics along with the same, have five million members. 
The Parsees, so named from Persia, because they fled 
from that country under the persecutions of the Mo- 
hammedans in the seventh century, came and settled 
in India. They have one hundred thousand members; 
and, all told, I believe, it is claimed there are two 
millions of Christians in India. 

From the fact that great India was not settled by 
one nation, but one hundred, and they alienated by a 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 429 

hundred different languages, they have never united 
in an organized government and it seems that they 
never will; the country has always been ruled by 
foreigners. It seems that the people have no disposi- 
tion to govern themselves, but spontaneously look to 
those who have the rule over them, as a matter of 
Divine appointment over which they manifest no dis- 
position to mutiny, seemingly having been born for 
subordination. Nebuchadnezzar included great India 
in his world-wide conquest, B. C. 660. His career was 
brilliant, but transitory; under his voluptuous grand- 
son Belshazzar the world-wide kingdom passed into 
the hands of the Persians, who ruled Persia, with all 
other countries, for three hundred years. She was 
followed by the Greeks under Alexander the Great, 
who in person visited this country, traveling over it 
and subduing it. When Alexander conquered Phorus, 
the northern king, he asked him, "How shall I treat 
you?" Phorus said, "Like a king." Alexander was 
so pleased with his heroism and magnanimity, that he 
not only set him free, but gave him his kingdom back. 
Alexander, among other cities, founded Hydrabad 
in the Deccan, which I have twice passed through. 
With the district it represents, it has a population of 
eleven millions. The Grecian Government in India was 
followed by the Roman ; and that by the Moguls, who, 
A. D. 756, went down before the British, who have 
ruled that country ever since. Early in the sixteenth 
century Queen Elizabeth chartered and sent out the 
East India Trading Company, which accumulated 
much property in the land and really paved the way 



430 Around the World, Garden of Eden, 

for the British Government, which now extends over 
all India and Burmah. 

The Viceroy lives in Calcutta and rules that great 
country, subordinate to the King of England and the 
Parliament. There have always been many kings in 
India, much fewer now than ever before, as the 
British Government has everywhere superseded them, 
so their very existence is but nominal, as they are all 
subordinate to the Viceroy. Through all the rolling 
ages, these different nations, said to be a hundred, 
have had their own kings, and if they had only united 
and co-operated they might have ruled their country 
independent of other nations. But this they have 
never done. In 1857, when the Sepoys, *. e., the chiefs 
of the country, rebelled against the British Govern- 
ment and undertook to annihilate it, deluging the 
country with blood; thinking that they could kill all 
of the English people before relief could arrive from 
England, as it was then twelve thousand miles via 
Cape Horn, the Suez Canal not having been con- 
structed, which fortunately abbreviates the distance 
one-half; we then had a vivid illustration of the im- 
practicability of a general co-operation on the part 
of the different nations in an attempt to rid them- 
selves of foreign rule and establish an independent gov- 
ernment. In this critical juncture, they signally failed 
to efifect a unanimous co-operation. On the contrary, 
a number of the nations actually co-operated with the 
English against the rebellious Sepoys, thus retarding 
their enterprise till England was enabled to get a 
hundred thousand soldiers on the field, when victory 
came quickly in behalf of the British. It would be 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 431 

utterly impossible to parade native soldiers enough to 
cope with a hundred thousand British. The British 
Grovernment seems to be now permanently established 
throughout India and Burmah. In my peregrinations 
of six thousand miles throughout the country, it seemed 
to me that the British Government was everywhere 
acceptable and the people perfectly contented with it. 
The kings throughout India all seem to be perfectly 
satisfied with the government, as well as the people; 
they and theirs alike obedient to the Viceroy. The 
British Government in that country is the glorious 
hope of the speedy Christianization of those one hun- 
dred nations. Do not forget to pray for the British 
Government in India and all the earth. God is using 
it everywhere as a John the Baptist to prepare the 
people for the coming of the Lord. 



CHAPTER XXXIV. 

SOUTH INDIA, THE DECCAN. 

This includes the vast territory constituting the 
great peninsula, lying south of the Vyndhya range; 
bounded southeast by the Bay of Bengal and south- 
west by the Arabian Sea; and running to an apex at 
Cape Cormoran in the Indian Ocean. It contains a 
hundred million people and eight hundred millions of 
acres of rich land, originally, and still, exceedingly 
productive, though needing fertilizing when the crop 
is pitched. This region consists of two divisions, the 
highlands, including the Deccan, which is two thou- 
sand feet above the sea level, and the lowlands, the 
coast on either side, extending into the continent 
thirty to eighty miles and containing five hundred 
million acres, while the Deccan has three hundred 
million. 

In this division of India, Madras, with a population 
of seven hundred thousand, is the metropolis. It is 
located on the Bay of Bengal at the mouth of the 
great rivers, Adyar and Koum, which abundantly 
irrigate that region for five miles in the vicinity. If 
you ever travel that country you will be delighted to 
visit the Missionary Training Home conducted b}^ our 
excellent Brother and Sister R. J. Ward, who have 
been toiling in India for thirty years, spreading Bible 
holiness over that dark land. The address of this 

432 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 433 

Training Home I must give you, as I hope you will not 
only pray for it, but find it your privilege to help finan- 
cially in this noble work; send to West Hatch, Adyar, 
Madras, India. The location is charmingly delightful 
by the seaside where you enjoy the salubrious breezes 
continually, which make you forget you are in the 
torrid zone. You will subserve a double enterprise in 
going to this Bible School and Training Home. Here 
you can not only study the Bible with the best 
instruction, and learn the language in which you are 
going to preach to the natives, but you can avail your- 
self of this sanitarium to improve your health, which 
often fails when you exchange Europe or America for 
the hot Orient. You will find a great banyan tree 
standing immediately in front of the princely bunga- 
low in which you will abide and prosecute your 
studies. This tree has several hundred trunks and 
affords ample shade for an audience of five thousand. 
It is often used for protracted meetings. 

While our Christmas Holiness Convention was in 
progress at this place, in the immediate vicinity 
Colonel Alcott, of America, and Mrs. Anna Besant, of 
Scotland, first a Christian, then an infidel, now a hea 
then, were holding a camp-meeting antagonistic to the 
missionaries, preaching to the natives and doing their 
utmost to persuade them to hold on to their Buddhism 
and Hindooism, and not to make the fatal mistake of 
giving them up for Christianity. Thus you see the 
work we have to do in heathen lands! Even fallen 
Christians are there from the homeland doing their 
utmost to defeat our labors of love, truth, and 
I>hilautbroj)y. 



434 Around the World, Garden op Eden, 

You will see a great heathen temple occupying a 
whole square of this city of Madras when you enter it 
on returning from the Training Home, and in front of 
it another square occuipied by the holy tank, into 
which a flight of nice stone steps descends from every 
side; so that one thousand people can descend into it 
simultaneously and wash their sins away in the holy 
waters. The Ganges and Jumna are the holy rivers 
of India, to which people resort by millions to wash 
their sins away in those magic waters: but this is 
about two thousand miles distant from those rivers 
consequently ihej prepared this tank and the priests 
consecrated these waters and claim for them the 
efficacy to wash sins away. The Adyar and the Koum, 
both beautiful rivers, flow through that city, but as 
they are not holy, they will not suffice to wash away 
sins. 

Among the multitudinous paganistic dogmas prev- 
alent in Christendom, that of baptismal regeneration 
is the most prominent. It is preached positively and 
directly by the Campbellites and Mormons, and 
indirectly preached and practised by nearly all the 
other denominations. It seems really difficult for 
Christians to steer entirely clear of this heathenistic 
breakwater of baptismal remission of sins. If you 
travel over India and see the millions plunging into 
the holy Ganges and Jumna, after a pilgrimage of 
thousands of miles, to get their sins washed away; 
it will probably help you to throw away this danger- 
ous and Christ-dishonoring dogma of water regenera- 
tion. If out Christ is not an impostor, but just what 
He claims to be, omnipotent to save, He does not need 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 435 

any hetp by man or ordinances to save every soul to 
the uttermost. 

Now the iron horse wheels us away along the sea- 
coast road to my next appointment with C. B. Ward. 
On either side I gaze on millions of palm-trees waving 
their beautiful foliage against the blue sky. These 
palms are of a variety of species, some producing 
delicious dates, others the great cocoanut, and others 
wine. In this tour I am also to go to the island of 
Ceylon out in the sea. These environments remind me 
of the familiar lines: 

"From Greenland's icy mountains, 

From India's coral strand, 
Where Afric's sunny fountains 

Roll down their golden sand ; 
From many an ancient river, 

From many a palmy plain, 
They call us to deliver 

Their land from error's chain. 

"What though the spicy breezes 

Blow soft o'er Ceylon's isle; 
Though every prospect pleases 

And only man is vile ; 
In vain with lavish kindness 

The gifts of God are strewn, 
The heathen in his blindness 

Bows down to wood and stone." 

During that ride I have an interesting conversation 
with a very intelligent and well-educated Brahman 
priest, riding with me in the car; he speaks English 
well and defends his religion with a zeal which 
abundantly deserved a better cause. I plead with him 
earnestly to lay hold of the Savior at once, since, with 
all he could boast, his religion actually had no savior 



436 Around the World, Garden op Eden, 

for him, and without Him he was certainly, lost 
forever. 

On this tour it is my privilege to pass through the. 
Nizam's Dominions. This Nizam is a native king who 
is still ruling over the dominions of his royal ances- 
tors, but of course subordinate to the British Viceroy. 
In these dominions are located the diamond mines of 
Golconda, said to be the richest in the world. Many 
have crossed oceans to seek their fortunes in these 
mines, and have succeeded beyond their most san- 
guine hopes. It is not uncommon to find a single 
diamond for which the crowned heads will pay one 
hundred thousand dollars. But I had no desire nor 
curiosity to visit the diamond mines, much less the 
slightest appreciation of those diamonds which com- 
mand princely fortunes. But with a glad heart I 
hastened to Yellandu, to look into the bright face of 
my brother in the kingdom, 0. B. Ward, who, thirty 
years ago, while a blooming youth, left the college 
where he enjoyed the best prospect of the highest in- 
tellectual culture, and crossed two oceans that he 
might spend his life in this land of darkness, sin and 
misery; all the time electrified, not by the diamond 
crown which he might win in Golconda, but by the 
crown that Jesus will give bedecked with "so many 
diamonds" as we have rescued "from the rough." 

"The crown that decks the monarch is not the crown for me; 
Its beauty fades as quickly as sunshine on the sea. 
But there's a crown prepared above 
For all who walk in humble love, 
And few its value see ; 
O that's the crown for me." 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 437 

Brother Ward has been toiling hard on this spot 
where he began in the jungles thirty years ago, about 
1876. The Lord has given him a great work; it 
electrified me. He has two big orphan schools; the 
girls here under his own charge, and the boys in an- 
other city in charge of his son. His buildings are 
splendid. He is building a hospital for the sick na- 
tives, a work of pure philanthropy, in which he now 
needs financial help. Talk to the Lord and govern 
yourself accordingly. He has one million heathen in 
his dominion and no other missionaries to help him. 
God has wonderfully blessed his work, giving him one 
thousand five hundred souls and more than one hun- 
red p-reachers. He much needs help. He will take you 
and teach you the language, Telugu, which is spoken 
by twenty-five millions, and give you work with him, 
or give you a mission of your own in his territory. 
Feel free to write to him at Yellandu, Nizam's Do- 
minions, India. I need not ask you to pray for him 
and his wonderful work. I am satisfied that you will. 

You see the Lord is blessing us in India with these 
noble Wards, who stand at the front of the battle. 
God permitted me to visit three of them and to hear 
a good report from the fourth. The third one I was 
permitted to visit is Kev. E. F. Ward, whom you will 
find at Yeotmal, C. P., India. He is, like these two, 
full of grace and good works, with no discount. This 
monosyllabic name they will carry while on the bat- 
tle-field, but when they lay the armor down, and rise 
to the Mouut of Victory, it will be turned into a 
dissyllable by the accession of the prefix "re," when 
the angels will shout "Reward !" 



438 Around the World, Garden of Eden, 

At Vicerabad, Deccan, I had the privilege of preach- 
ing a number of days for my beloved son in the Gos- 
pel, J. H. Gordon, who left my ministry twenty- 
two years ago in his blooming yonth, and heroically 
pitched his tent beneath the sunny skies of South 
India. Here God has signally blessed his labors of 
love and honored him with many souls. He has two 
large orphanages, the inmates of which I found ex- 
ceedingly appreciative of the living Word. Oh, how 
I did delight to see those dark faces lighted up with 
the shining grace of God! The Lord gave us much 
encouragement while I was preaching for him, and he 
served as my splendid interpreter, as he seems to 
have mastered the language, which is so important for 
a missionary. I was charmed with his watered garden, 
prolific of delicious fruits the encircling year; also 
with his beautiful mango trees and palms. Be sure 
you remember him and his great work in your prayers, 
and forget not that it is operated by the Lord's money 
which He uses His people to send to push forward 
that noble philanthropy. 

In this southland, during my peregrinations they 
said I was near the spot where the Apostle Thomas 
sealed his faith with his blood. His religion was 
spreading so rapidly it is said that the Brahman 
priests concluded it would ruin theirs. Therefore they 
laid hands on him, ran a cruel iron bar through his 
body, and hung him up between two trees to bleed 
and die, like his Savior on the Cross of Calvary. 
Though the Moslems, whose policy was to kill all of 
the (Jhristians who would not give up their faith and 
accept the Koran, ruled this country seven hundred 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 439 

years, yet it seems thot they never could exterminate 
the work God wrought through this noble apostle, 
whose doubts and cowardice were all exterminated 
by the fires which fell on him at Pentecost. When our 
missionaries came to this country two hundred years 
ago they met the Christians of St. Thomas, who 
saluted them with a joj^ous welcome. They are still 
here, contending for the faith once delivered to the 
saints. 

We now, in the good providence of God, respond to 
the call of dear Brother Norton, Bishop Taylor's old 
missionary at Dhond, Poona, a beautiful railroad city. 
In my peregrinations I was permitted to visit his 
work several times, and to preach for his three hun- 
dred orphan boys, whom he gathered up during the 
famines. I found them exceedingly bright and prom- 
ising. The Lord poured out His Spirit upon us and 
gave us many souls. To my best diagnosis the whole 
three hundred seem to make a clear profession of con- 
version; while they were all seeking sanctification 
before I left, and a goodly number professed to receive 
it. They all told me they were going to preach. Do 
pray for them, that God may make flaming heralds of 
the Gospel out of every one of them. Oh, what a sun- 
burst on dark India will these three hundred prove, 
by the sanctifying power of the Holy Ghost! This 
great orphanage is supported entirely by the free-will 
offerings of the Lord's dear people. Ask Him what 
He will have you do. There is no trouble about send- 
ing money to India. When you write to Brother Nor- 
ton, Orphan's Home, Dhond, Poona, India, slip in 
your letter a cheque on any national bank in America 



440 Around the Wori^d, Garden op Eden, 

for the amount you want to send, and he will get 
every cent of it, as Cook's Agent gladly cashes every 
cheque without charging one cent for collection. This 
statement applies to every place in all heathen fields. 
We now reach Sister Ramabai's great Widows' and 
Orphans' Home, built at the cost of |1,000,000, by the 
philanthropy of the Lord's dear people. She has fifteen 
hundred girls and three hundred boys, teachers and 
workers. This institution is a miracle, of God's provi- 
dence. Sister Ramabai is the daughter of a Brahman 
priest belonging to the high caste of India; her par- 
ents perished in a famine in 187.3-1875. Her husband 
died after two years, leaving a bright and promising 
daughter, Mono-Ramabai, now an efficient teacher in 
the institution. Widowhood in India is such an 
awful calamity that those that understand it are not 
surpised at her wanting to be burned, at her volun- 
tary choice, on her husband's funeral pyre. Since the 
British Government has been established in India, 
it has abolished this cremation of the widow. Widow- 
hood is considered the greatest calamity possible, and 
the priests . have taught that it is a just punishment 
inflicted by the gods by way of righteous retribution 
for some sin committed in some former incarnation 
of which they have no knowledge. This silly heresy 
has been a settled doctrine of Brahmanism during the 
last twenty-eight hundred years. They believe that all 
souls were created for luck in the beginning of the 
world, and that when a person dies that soul enters 
the body of an infant, or it may exist in an animal 
of any kind; e. g., they say Buddha was first a fish, 
then a reptile, then a swine, then an ape, afterward 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 441 

a gorilla, an ourangoutang, finally a human being, 
but a savage, then a barbarian, until the last time 
that he was on earth, when he did his preaching and 
which was his ninth incarnation, he was a sinner like 
all others until he passed through his great reforma- 
tion and became the light of the world, and died at 
■the age of eighty. But they say that he is coming 
back again in his tenth incarnation; when he will be 
born of a virgin, and come from the west, riding on 
a white horse. You see from this prophecy, that they 
say his people hold, that they ought to receive Jesus 
Christ as the tenth incarnation of Buddha, because 
He fills the description ; born of a virgin, in a western 
land, and brought to them by the white people, who 
would represent the white horse. 

The moment a woman or child in India is left a 
widow, she is denounced and anathematized by her 
nearest relatives, who blame her for her husband's 
death, saying that it is due to her awful sin she has 
committed in some former incarnation, and is a just 
punishment inflicted by the gods as a righteous revela- 
tion of her crimes. Therefore, she is not only for- 
saken by all of her friends and relatives, but robbed 
of everything she possesses, except a single coarse gar- 
ment; reduced to slavery and subjected to the very 
roughest treatment, and, worse than all, she is ex- 
posed to a comjmlsory life of shame. So when Sister 
Ramabai was left a widow, this appalling doom stared 
her in the face like an avenging spectre eloped from 
the infernal regions to torment her through time and 
eternity. But fortunately her intellect, her beauty, 
and a splendid education, which her noble father had 



442 Around the World, Garden of Eden, 

given her by his own personal toil, teaching her from 
her infanc}' in his own house, and thus making her a 
fine classical scholar and erudite in that beautiful and 
wonderful Sanskrit language, cognate of the Hebrew 
and the thesaurus of the profound learning for which 
the high caste people of India have been celebrated in 
all ages; raised up friends who came to her relief and 
protected her from the awful degradation incident to 
widowhood from time immemorial, i. e.^ abject slavery 
with abominable abuse, and, worst of all, brutal rob- 
bery of virtue. 

These friends coming to her relief, protected Ram- 
abai from the horrific fate of Indian widowhood. 
Meanwhile she wrote a book, which brought sufficient 
fi^nancial remuneration to enable her to visit Eng- 
land, where she taught the Sanskrit language and 
delivered lectures upon the awful condition of India's 
widows, which God used to arouse the people to sym- 
pathize with their unfortunate sisters far away in the 
Orient, brutalized and diabolized to the burning 
shame of the Christian civilization which is now 
blessing the western nations. Having been born in 
paganism, her father, a learned Brahman priest 
standing at the front of that mammoth superstition 
which has bound the Orientals in spiritual darkness 
from ages immemorial, she conceived the idea of 
doing something for Indian widowhood. Of this 
she unfortunately was a personal member, being still 
a pagan, not acquainted with God personally, but 
actuated simply by profound commiseration for the 
deplorable condition of her widowed sisters, and by 
sincere and disinterested philanthropy for their relief. 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 443 

While she was teaching the Sanskrit language, and 
lecturing on the awful and horrific degradation of the 
widows in India, she was converted to Christianity 
and united with the Church of England by professing 
her faith and receiving baptism. From England she 
came to America, traveling and delivering lectures. 
As a result of these humble and faithful efforts to 
ameliorate the condition of her unfortunate sisters, 
God wonderfully responded, stirring up the great 
Anglo-Saxon heart to symjiathize with the awful suf- 
fering and the brutal degradation of the Indian 
widows. Therefore the people in England, America, 
and other countries, nobly responded by liberal finan- 
cial contributions to this generous philanthropy, en- 
abling her to proceed with the establishment of her 
Widows' and Orphans' Home, which is now at Ked- 
gaon, in the Poona District. 

Sister Ramabai has been enabled by the Lord's 
help to add building after building, till now the 
visitor (and there are many coming from all parts 
of- India to see these mighty works of God), is electri- 
fied and spellbound as he goes around through those 
splendid stone edifices and sees the schools all run- 
ning, faithfully teaching God's Word and the 
branches of an English education. The inmates are 
taught to do all kinds of work, and there you will see 
a miniature industrial world; not only factories of all 
kinds, where they make their clothing with their own 
hands (except shoes, for, like other Orientals, they 
all go barefoot in that country where there is no 
winter), but also all kinds of mechanical arts being 
carried on. You will find a publishing house where 



444 Around the World, Garden of Eden. 

they are printing the Scriptures and other good books 
in the languages of India, so that the people can 
receive the Gospel in their native tongues. Then the 
school has fifty acres of gardens, where they grow 
vegetables and fruits, which are irrigated by a num- 
ber of great wells, sixty to one hundred feet deep and 
twenty feet in diameter, a spiral stone stairway de- 
scending with the circular wall, so that you can walk 
down to the water, if you wish to do- so. Of course 
it takes a vast amount to feed and clothe the one thou- 
sand eight hundred people identified with this great 
institution. While with their own hands they 
make their own clothing, and in their own gar- 
dens grow their own vegetables, still immense quanti- 
ties of rice, which is their principal food, as well as 
breadstuflfs and meats, of the last of which they use 
comparatively little, and their salt must be imported. 
I was informed that they need about thirty thousand 
dollars annually to run their institution. While 
with their own hands they make all of their clothing, 
yet they have to buy vast quantities of cotton and 
other material of which to make it. Cotton is cheap 
there because they raise it all over India. They use 
very little wool, because they have no winter. 

Having given you a sketch of the temporal side of 
this great work, we proceed to a brief consideration 
of the spiritual. While this is an asylum for as many 
of the poor, oppressed Indian widows as they can 
accommodate, the end in view is not simply to take 
care of them physically, but to save their souls, and, 
in the good providence of God, to use them to save 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 445 

thousands and millions who all around are sitting in 
darkness and the shadow of death. 

N. B. In India it is customary to marry a girl in 
the cradle, the groom then perhaps having several 
wives and himself being middle-aged or past. He 
often dies before his baby bride gets old enough to 
form his acquaintance; then she is left a widow for 
life, and not allowed to ever marry again. Therefore 
she is reduced at once to abject slavery and exposed 
to a compulsory life of shame; consequently, among 
these fifteen hundred women and girls, though they 
are widows, many of them have no knowledge of ever 
having seen their husbands, as they were married in 
babyhood before the age of recognition. 

In the customs of India you have a vivid illus- 
tration of what Satan can and will do when he has a 
chance. Of course the Christianization of this coun- 
try will smash up the devil's iron-clad practices, which 
he has devised through his priests, foisted on these 
people, and fastened tight with chains of iron and 
fetters of brass. The Brahman priests have descended 
from that old Aryan stock who came from the land 
of the Oxus into India one thousand five hundred 
years before Christ, having descended from Japheth, 
the white man in Noah's family, and at that time the 
one distinguished for learning and intellect. After 
they came into India, by their shrewd device of cas- 
tification protecting themselves from the degrading 
effect of miscegenation with the one hundred nations 
they found aboriginal in the land, they retained 
their superior hereditary intelligence; thus perpet- 
uating their learning, and confining it to their own 



446 Around the World, Garden op Eden, 

race. So this day they would surprise you by their 
highly cultured intelligence. In the absence of the 
True Light, Satan and his myrmidons have played off 
on these Brahman priests in passing themselves on 
them for the true God, thus deceiving them, and 
through them the three hundred millions whom they 
control. Therefore cunningly manipulated by the 
devil and his demons, these shrewd and cultured 
priests have bound the people in chains of slavery by 
their diabolical legislation, and hold them with a 
giant's grip this day. 

Sister Ramabai and other missionaries, during the 
famines, gathered up hosts of children at the point of 
death, who were consequently freely surrendered by 
parents, who happened to be alive. Many of them 
were already orphaned, as their parents had starved 
to death. Since the famine these orphans have grown 
up to the age of susceptibility, as many of them were 
babies when received. During the. past year wonder- 
ful things have been seen and heard in this great 
home of the widows and orphans. While they were 
gathering in the famine children. Sister Ramabai took 
the girls and Brother Norton, her neighbor at Dhond, 
forty miles away, the boys. Our Sister only takes in 
boys enough to do the work for which they are more 
suitable than girls. However, we must remember 
that among the eighteen hundred in her home there 
are no idlers. The fifteen hundred girls, in addition 
to the prosecution of their studies, spin and weave 
all the clothing worn by the eighteen hundred, and 
also make all the clothing out of the cloth of their 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 447 

own manufacture. Therefore, you may rest assured 
it is as industrious a community as you ever saw. 

Sister Ramabai, having inherited a great intellect 
from her Brahman parents, and received a splendid 
education by the untiring personal labor of her 
priestly father, is in addition truly level-headed, not 
only in temporal affairs, but religiously solidly ortho- 
dox. She is never content with the superficial, but is 
constantly going for the deep things of God, *. 6., 
radical sanctiflcation and the copious infilling and 
abiding of the Holy Ghost. With this conclusion 
she profoundly impressed me the last Sunday I was 
with her (as God permitted me to visit her home 
twice and preach to her people), when she told me 
she wanted me to preach to the unsacramental peo- 
ple, simultaneously with another meeting held by 
their pastor, Brother Franklin, of America, who 
would administer the sacrament to all who were 
spiritually qualified to receive it, as she seemed to 
restrict it to the sanctified. She told me that she 
wanted me to preach to them on entire sanctification 
and show them the absolute necessity of a holy heart 
and life in order to a well-grounded hope of Heaven. 
Therefore she wanted me to enforce on them the fact 
that at that very hour they were excluded from the 
sacrament because they had not the necessary quali- 
fication of inward and outward holiness, and to em- 
phasize the fact that if they were not qualified for the 
Lord's feast on earth, they were certain never to sit 
down at the Lord's table in Heaven and participate in 
the marriage supper of the Lamb. My audience num- 
bered about eight hundred ; the great hall being packed 



448 Around the World, Garden of Eden, 

and running over. N. B. The very fact that they 
have no seats in their meeting-houses, but all sit on 
the floor, occupying much less room than a seated 
audience, gave me a multitude within good hearing 
distance. My interpreter was a nice little Indian 
girl, gloriously saved and sanctified, and really a 
splendid preacher, her voice clear as a heavenly bell, 
and sonorous as the silver trumpet will be on the 
resurrection morn. The Lord helped me to emphasize 
the great truth of holiness of heart and life as indis- 
pensable to heavenly citizenship. While the sancti- 
fied students were all about attending that sacra- 
mental meeting, quite a number of the teachers were 
in my audience, as they always go wherever their 
students go in order to keep order and take care of 
them, which is an injportant consideration, and hence 
the liability of confusion is avoided. The institution 
is noted for beautiful order; the students move in 
sections and divisions, all keeping in their own place 
responsive to the management of their teachers. There- 
fore, when I wound up with an earnest appeal to all 
of those who did not enjoy full salvation, which is 
indispensable to qualify them for the marriage supper 
of the Lamb, to proceed to seek it without delay as 
that was their glorious opportunity, (of course add- 
ing that all who were not clear in their experience 
of regeneration should by all means seek it with all 
their heart till they knew they had it, as the only 
guaranty of escaping Hell) ; when I made my appeal, 
calling all who knew they were converted but desired 
sanctification, to rise up, perhaps two hundred re- 
sponded. Then when I made the appeal for all who 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 449 

were not saved, but desired to be prayed for to rise, 
so far as I could discriminate, all the balance re- 
sponded. Therefore we could only have them kneel 
in their places and pray for the blessing they were 
seeking. I quoted the promises of our infallible Savior : 

"Ask, and ye shall receive; seek, and ye shall find; 
knock, and it shall be opened unto you; for every 
one that asketh receiveth; he that seeketh findeth; 
and unto him that knocketh it shall be opened." 

"In the day thou seekest me, I will be found of 
thee." 

Then I gave them 1 Thess. iv, 3, and 1 John 4th 
chapter: "This is my will, your sanctification." 

"If we ask anything according to His will, we know 
that He heareth us; we know that we have the peti- 
tions which we have asked froTn Him." 

Then I proceeded to tell them that our God is not 
like the gods of wood and stone worshiped in India, 
who have no power to answer the prayers offered to 
them. But our God is actually omnipotent and omni- 
present, and is certain to fulfill all of His promises; 
there is no such thing as failure; and all they had 
to do was to give up all their sids forever and be 
so sorry for them that they would rather die than 
violate the law of God or disobey His commandments; 
if they would turn around and quit all of their 
meanness, their heavenly Father would forgive them 
now, and the Holy Ghost would give them anew heart 
and a clean heart. Jesus, the blessed Savior, had 
come all the way from Heaven to save them, and was 
right there and just waiting to save all the sinners 
and to sanctify all the Christians; so they actually 



450 Around the World, Garden of Eden, 

had nothing to do but to put themselves into His 
hands, soul and body, and cease to doubt His precious 
promises; just to believe for what they were seeking, 
and He was certain to give it to them. Then we all 
knelt before God. I prayed for them through the 
interpreter. Then she prayed for them in their own 
language. Then I told them all to open their mouths 
and ask God for what they wanted, confessing all their 
sins and promising Him to leave sin- forever, giving 
Him their whole heart and life and promising to be 
true to Him the remnant of their days and to do His 
will in earth like the angels in Heaven. They took 
me at my word and began to pray audibly ; voices 
falling in more and more and getting louder and 
louder, till it seemed like a mighty swelling sea .was 
roaring on all sides. They manifested no inclination 
to stop, but got stronger and stronger, more and more 
gesticulative and demonstrative, till the tide did rise, 
swell, and roar, as on their voices clamored and rever- 
berated as the scene became more and more intensi- 
fied: a diversity of sounds began to intervene; shouts 
of victory broke out here and there, and intermingled 
with the loud cries and mournful wails pleading fop 
the pardoning mercy and sanctifying power. They 
were all in their places on the ground, so none had to 
go away. Therefore we just let them alone. However, 
my interpreter and those sanctified teachers were 
moving about in all directions, exhorting them in their 
native language and helping them as best they could 
to seek and find the Lord, whether in His pardoning 
grace or sanctifying blessing. Now, the afternoon is 
fled away and the night meetings are coming on. 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 451 

Therefore through the instrumentality of these teach 
ers, I managed to get a testimony from them and 
found about one hundred, who claimed to have 
received the blessing they were seeking. The first 
time I preached there, I found it difficult to sleep 
because I could hear many of them praying and shout- 
ing all night, as conviction was resting on them on 
all sides so that they would get to praying, and become 
more and more importunate till they prayed through, 
winding up with shouts of victory. 

Sister Ramabai told me that she had forty-eight 
bands of fifteen girls each, going out daily and preach- 
ing in the villages, throughout all the surrounding 
country. They do not go all the time, but each band 
about twice a week. One reason why there was so 
much praying at night was not only the fact that 
hundreds of the seekers frequently prayed all night, 
but each working band made it a rule to spend the 
night in prayer, preceding the day they went out and 
preached the living Word. 

I spent three months in India, going on the rail- 
roads everywhere, traveling night and day. One 
morning quite awhile before day I started from Sister 
Ramabai's on my run to my next appointment. As 
we darted along at the full speed of the iron horse, 
beneath the twinkling stars, I heard a voice, which 
though in an unknown language, I felt assured was 
the familiar sound of the dear Gospel trumpet. Though 
she was speaking in the Marathi language, which I 
knew not, I well recognized the presence of the Holy 
Spirit in the message. As in the apostolic age, she 
was preaching in the Holy Ghost sent down from 



4^2 AROXfND THE WoULD, GARDEN OF EDBN, ' 

Heaven, 1 Peter i, 12. When day sent God's beautiful 
light copiously through the car, so that they extin- 
guished the human lights v/liich were uncomfortable 
to my weak eyes, thus liberating me to look where I 
would, I at once took it on myself to see what that 
preaching had accomplished, as the girl was still 
pressing the battle with an enthusiasm which meant 
victory. Therefore, upon diagnosis of the environ- 
ments, I saw an old woman, who afterward told me 
that she had passed her eightieth year, manifestly 
powerfully wrought upon by the Holy Spirit's sending 
the lightning shafts of His precious truths through 
her heart. I could wait no longer, but had to come 
into the fight; leaving my seat I came into the 
immediate presence of the preacher and the old 
woman, asking of the former permission to speak, and 
at the same time requesting her to serve as my inter- 
preter, to which she gladly responded in the aflSrm- 
ative. Then I proceeded to interview this venerable 
daughter of Ham, who finally responded to my ques- 
tions, informing me that she had never before in all 
her life heard the Gospel and no one had ever told her 
about Jesus, the sinner's Friend and Savior. This 
was the reason why the girl was so importunate and 
held on without a break till I came and took her 
place. She was preaching by the job, which was the 
salvation of that old woman, who had been born in 
pagan darkness and had spent her life in it down to 
that late hour, when God, in His mercy, sent this 
daughter of Jerusalem to preach to her the everlasting 
Gospel, 1 found her literally melted by the fires of 
the Holy Gliost, perfectly subdued and submissive to 



Lattfr Da\ Prophecies and Missions. 453 

God; glad of the chance to give up her idolatry for 
something better. I could see that her faith had taken 
hold of the precious promises, and that the gentle 
dove of heavenly hope had lighted down and bright- 
ened her sable physiognomy with the splendors of His 
radiant wings. As I talked to her the light shone 
brighter, as the electric flashes of redeeming love 
radiated from her countenance and sparkled in her 
eyes. I fully expect to meet her in the brighter upper 
world. I mention that as a sample of the kind of 
work Sister Ramabai's girls are doing. 

When I was preaching in India, before I had gone 
to Ramabai's great work which I had heard so much 
about, I feared they had gone into fanaticism, and 
that I would realize on arrival my painful duty to put 
my foot on some things, by the help of God endeavor- 
ing to separate the vile from the pure. When I got 
there and diagnosed the situation, recognized my en- 
vironments, and inhaled copiously the spiritual at- 
. mosphere, asking the Holy Spirit to put me in perfect 
harmony with His work in that place, soon the critic's 
cap fell off, or rather got burnt up by the fires of the 
Holy Ghost. When I found my eyes flowing like 
rivers and my spirit melted by the celestial flame, I got 
like the man whose fine horse was running away with 
him, when, having done his utmost to check him by 
pulling on the bit, and seeing he was not availing any- 
thing, throwing down the lines he shouted, ''Go ahead; 
I 3 m going that way, too." 

During my travels I met Dr. Johnston of New York, 
a great Presbyterian preacher, who overtook me in 
Jerusalem and I heard him preach. Then we went on 



454 Around the World, Garden op Eden, 

to Egypt, where we all stayed and preached ten days. 
Then we rode on the same ship to India, disembarked 
together, and I heard him preach in Bombay. I found 
him to be exceedingly edifying, clearly evincing a deep 
personal experience in the deep things of God, and 
really a holiness man; but through deference to his 
ecclesiasticism, forgoing sanctified nomenclature. He 
also went to Sister Ramabai's work, feeling it would 
be his duty to correct fanaticism, which is seriously 
feared to be prevalent there. But having arrived, 
inhaled the spiritual atmosphere, and looked around, 
diagncssing the situation, and analyzing the elements, 
he began to recognize the footprints of Jesus on all 
sides, and soliloquized: ''Holy Spirit, have thy way 
with me," actually finding himself in the banquet-hall 
and taking a, Benjamin's mess of delicious heavenly 
manna. Sinking away deep into God, with gushing 
tears of heavenly gratitude flooding his face, he for- 
gets all about the anticipated criticism, in the delect- 
able realization, "It is good to be here." Therefore we 
all concluded to keep hands off, lest we should prove 
so unfortunate as to make Uzzah's mistake. 

The wonderful revival which broke out in this great 
work about a year ago has affected all India. When 
missionaries arrive, they avail themselves of the first 
opportunity to go and spend a few days at Mutki, 
in order to receive the Holy Ghost and get ready for 
their work. India is a very large country ; so that truly 
many of these missionaries come "from afar," like 
the Queen of Sheba in the days of King Solomon. 
She came because paradoxical reports had reached 
her ; only to find all true that she had heard, and to be 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 455 

constrained to say, ''The half hath not been told." 
Thus coming thither to Mutki from all parts of this 
vast region, missionaries light their torches at this 
celestial fire, which seems to have plenty of fuel and 
no bent toward depreciation. God, in His great 
mercy, has actually made it the Jerusalem, not only 
of India, but of the great Orient; as I found it a 
household word, in China, Japan, and Oceanica. 

I have given you my humble testimony to what I 
have seen and heard, in His good providence twice 
visiting this place so hallowed by His delectable pres- 
ence. After thus giving you my candid opinion, 
I feel it superfluous to ask your prayers for the mar- 
velous work of the Lord which is stirring the great 
Orient fi'om center to circumference. Oh, that it may 
reach America and wake up our churches, so many of 
which have fallen asleep, resting in the delusive em- 
brace of carnal security! Of course the readers of 
this book will make it a rule to remember Sister 
Ramabai's work before God night and day, and at 
the same time ask Him to bless you with the privilege 
of investing some of His money in this enterprise. 

Sister Sunderbai, at Poona, also has a. Widows' and 
Orphan's Home, she being in widowhood. The institu- 
tion is like that of Sister Ramabai at Kedgaon, Poona 
District, Sister Sunderbai came to England and vis- 
ited the British Parliament in the interest of the 
sufferers of India. At Poona, Sister Eddy, of Ohio, 
and Sister Werthein, of Denver, Colorado, are doing a 
blessed work for the Lord. It was my privilege to meet 
Brother Stephens, presiding elder of that district, and 
receive from him an encouraging report of his v ork. 



CHAPTER XXXV. 

CENTRAL INDIA, BOMBAY. 

This division of India also contains one hundred 
millions of people and eight hundred millions of 
acres. Bombay, with her swelling population, is the 
metropolis. At one time the Portuguese had impor- 
tant possessions in India, including the island of 
Bombay. In process of time a Portuguese prince 
wedded an English princess, and donated to her as a 
dowry this beautiful island. In that way it passed 
over to the English, who have owned it ever since. 
Two hundred years ago they founded a city on that 
beautiful green island, and called it Bombay. You 
must remember that India is a very old country, so 
Bombay is a comparatively very young city. It con- 
tains a million people and is rapidly growing. It is 
really the greatest steamship and railroad emporium 
in India, though Calcutta exceeds it in population. 
When I was there in 1905-06, the horse cars running 
all over the city were crowded, and they were vigor- 
ously preparing not only to supersede them by elec- 
tric trains, but to run the same far out into the 
country on all sides, which will soon give a tremend- 
ous boom to the whole city. It is really the growing 
city of the continent, destined to rush on largely into 
the millions. 

Bishop Taylor thirty years ago preached much in 
456 



Latter Day Prophecies and Mirsions. 457 

Bombay, and Ihm'c Hlnrlcd ilic Soulli liidJii Confer- 
ence, Al: present (here ari^ oiu^ liiiudred and fifty 
thousand Mediodisls in Indiii, iind six eonferenceH. 
l?ray for tluun all to recency the ba])! ism of llie Holy 
Ghost and fire, and to turn missionaries in solid col- 
umns, aclnally ndding their whole number to the 
evanj^elistic foj-ce in Ihis nee<ly land. There are two 
good Methodist churches in (he city, and Brother 
Ayres, |n-esi<linj4' elder, and lirolher M<;11, i)iist()r, onve 
me an inspiring report of the work. OLlier denomina- 
tions also are pressing the bnlde in this great and 
impoi-(iint city. IJrother Iliivens, p;is(()r of the "S<*ii- 
man's liest," is doing a grand work for the Lord. 
We also have noble saints in connection with this 
work, c. g., Brother and Sister Guest, Brother Ward, 
and others not a few, whose nnnies are in the Itook 
of Life. Bondjay is a grand center of missionary 
o]x?raiions, radiafing far out in(() (lie sui-rounding 
country; yet to this day the cily is fall of idohHry, 
femi)les and shrines being almost innumeriible. The 
indians are naturally a very religious peojile, and if 
they can get saved will give to Oriental Ghrisdiiiiify 
llie very ini})etus for which it has Innguished (hi'ougli 
all by-gone ages. 

The l*arsees, fugitives from Moluniiinediin ])ersecu^ 
tion in the seventh century, flying (hidK'i- found an 
jisylnm of security from Moslem cruelty, which in 
their nntive country, P(M'sia, was slaying all who did 
not accept the Koran. They nundxM' onc^ hnndrcd 
1h(Mis!ind in India, and nearly all of Ihcm arc in and 
aronnd fionibay. They are an iiHciligenI and edn- 
cafed people and all I met speak the lOnglish language. 



458 Around the World, Garden of Eden, 

Tlieir physique and habitude constantly remind us of 
the English, whose brethren they are in the great 
family of Japheth. If they were only Christians, God 
could make them a wonderful blessing in India, They 
are not considered idolaters; they are fire-worshipers, 
the followers of Zoroaster, who launched this religion 
in Persia, where he was a native, 500 B. C., while 
Buddha was preaching his religion in India, and Con- 
fucius was also preaching his doctrines in China. 
These great and good men were contemporaries, and 
I do believe were walking in all the light they had, 
living as they did five hundred years before Christ 
came on the earth. I doubt not but that they walked 
in the full light of nature and conscience, illuminated 
by the Holy Ghost in absence of the written Word. 
I doubt not but they are all in Heaven. They have 
on the earth about one thousand millions of follow- 
ers, who are now idolaters. If Zoroaster, Buddha, 
and Confucius were now living, they would not only 
be Christians, but flaming preachers of the Gospel. 
Their followers have idolized them and their work. 
Go into a Buddhist temple and you see Buddha's 
statue and the people bowing down and worshipping 
him. He never dreamed of such a thing, and if on 
earth would protest against it. His followers say 
they are not worshipping him, but simply manifest- 
ing respect like we do to the name and memory of 
John Wesley, and other saints, whom God has used 
to bless us. 

These Parsees, who abound in Bombay, will not let 
you call them idolaters. They only worship God as 
revealed in the four substances, fire, water, air, and 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 459 

earth, which in the days of Zoroaster, their founder, 
were considered elements, and the people thought they 
were all that exist in the material world. But Zoro- 
aster with all his wisdom (for he stood at the front 
in his day) was egregiously mistaken in the elements 
of the material world; as none of these are elements. 
Fire is simply incandescent matter. Water is no 
element, but a compound of oxygen and hydrogen. 
The air is no element, but a compound of oxygen and 
nitrogen. Earth is no element, but a conglomeration 
of all the elements, i. e., sixty-three. The Parsees 
pour out libations to these four objects of worship, be- 
lieving that Zoroaster was correct. 

The Parsees are prominently peculiar for their dis- 
position of the dead. As they worship fire, they dare 
not burn the bodies, as the Indians do. As they wor- 
ship air, water and earth, and the dead are utterly 
unclean, they dare not bury them in a grave, thus 
giving them to the air, water and earth. Conse- 
quently they expose them until the birds utterly de- 
vour their flesh, stripping the bones perfectly bare; 
then they just leave them exposed to the awful heat 
of the Indian sun, which is so potent as it pours down 
in fiery floods on those tender bones newly divested 
of their flesh that it utterly parches them up and 
breaks them all to pieces till they crumble back into 
lime and phosphorus, the earthly elements whence 
they came. These they shove down into a funnel and 
thus permit them to return to their original source in 
the earth. They have several towers on the moun- 
tain overlooking Bombay, which they call "Towers of 
Silence," where they expose their dead to the vultures, 



460 Around tiik World Garden of Eden. 

which are always there in great croAvds, awaiting the 
coming of the corpse that they may light on it and 
voraciously devour everything but the bones. The 
sexton in charge of these towers told me that it never 
took those vultures more than two hours to devour 
a corpse, not leaving a solitary vestige on the bones. 

We proceed now to the Zoological Gardens, where 
we see the whole animal creation, so far as the torrid 
zone is concerned, which is the grandest home of the 
animal world, and the most of India is between the 
tropics. Here we see an infinite variety of animals, 
from the great elephant, weighing ten thousand 
pounds, to the beautiful little humming-bird. Tlie 
Bengal tiger, a dozen feet from the tip of his nose to 
the end of his tail, is terrific to look upon. The 
leopard, panther, catamount, hyena, great roaring 
lions, growling bears, and an infinite variety of mon- 
keys, apes, gorillas and ourangoutangs, we see leaping 
on all sides. Meanwhile we find the feathered tribes 
well represented; the ostrich, condor, a variety of 
eagles, vultures, pelicans, and an innumerable species 
of birds; parrots talking on all sides, numerous ravens 
of different species, and some of the most beautiful 
birds I ever saw. The splendor of their gaudy plum- 
age actually dazzles one's eyes. The largest animals 
live in the torrid zone, also the most dangerous and 
the prettiest. In this garden jou will also see an 
infinite variety of serpents, from the great rock snake, 
forty feet long and two feet around the body, whoso 
bite is not poisonous, the danger being that he will 
make his dinner on you, down through all grades of 
magnitude to the most diminutive, including the 



LATTEfe Day Prophecies and Missions, 4G1 

cobra, which is so rankiy poisonous that his victim 
never lives more than twenty to thirty minutes. He 
is awfully dangerous because of his quickness; how- 
ever, he has one favorable phenomenon, that is that he 
moves several times before he strikes you; but he does 
this so exceedingly quickly that he is very likely to 
administer the fatal stroke too soon for the escape of 
the unfortunate victim. I am not surprised that the 
British Government has put a prize on the cobra's 
scalp, so that his slayer will make more money out of 
•his skin than he could earn in a week at the low wages 
peculiar to India. There is quite a variety of other 
poisonous snakes in that country. As the rank and 
file of the country always go barefoot, many of them 
lose their lives by the venomous reptiles. 

The fruitfulness of Bombay island and the contigu- 
ous continent is wonderful in the extreme. Bananas 
grow spontaneously, and they are very hard to kill 
out when they want to till the land. They are actually 
cheaper in the market than you would have any idea. 
Oranges, lemons, olives, and other tropical fruits 
superabound. The mango, the most delicious fruit 
in the world, grows about Bombay in a species 
peculiar to that locality, which is pronounced the best 
in the world. This fruit comes about four times the 
size of the American peach, has the flavor of the peach, 
the plum, the pear, and the apricot, so as to make it 
really the equivalent of all these delicious fruits. The 
tree, in size and appearance, reminds me of the Amer- 
ican oaks, being one of the largest and most stalwart 
trees I saw in India. It grows in vast abundance in 
all parts of the country, the land resembling a dense 



462 Around the World, Garden of Eden, 

forest as we travel through a great mango orchard. 
The natives are very ingenious iu gathering this valu- 
able fruit. They attach a sack to a bamboo pole, and 
standing on the ground reach up so manipulating 
that the fruit drops into the sack, thus saving it from 
the bruise it would receive in the fall, and at the same 
time protecting the tree from the damage it would 
receive by climbing it. This bamboo abounds through- 
out India and is of incalculable value for the quick- 
ness of its growth, its wonderful strength and its 
long slender trunk, perfectly straight and limbless,, 
resembling cane, except that it is so much larger, 
growing up one to two hundred feet high. The poor 
people build all of their houses out of bamboo and 
mud. It is wonderful how God has provided in every 
country. Glory to His name! 

In Bombay you will find the greatest depot I ever 
saw, and I have been in all the principal cities of the 
world. They say it is the largest in the world, cost- 
ing fifteen millions of rupees, i. e., &ve millions of dol- 
lars. The mind grows dizzy in contemplating the 
future magnitude of this city, as it is surrounded by 
three hundred millions of people; as in all the empire 
there are only eight acres per capita, the trend of 
population pouring into the cities is really incal- 
culable. 

On the B. B. Bailroad, within three hours run we 
reach the Vanguard Mission, which was established by 
our excellent Brother Sherman, of St. Louis, and is 
conducted by Brother and Sister Ashton and Sister 
Angell, with two large and flourishing orphanages. 
The girls are at San Jan Thana and the boys at Pardi 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 463 

Jugurati. God was wonderfully good to Brother 
Sherman in that country, stirring up the oflQcers of 
the British Government to make him the handsome 
donation of thirty acres of beautiful, elevated, healthy 
ground at San Jan, on which, through the philan- 
thropy of American saints, he has been enabled to 
build a splendid bungalow (mission house), and other 
suitable buildings. When I was there and preached 
to the students, Sister Angell interpreting, the Lord 
poured out His Spirit, saving and sanctifying souls, 
and giving us a precious revival. Constrained to cut 
my work short to meet other engagements, 1 immedi- 
ately sent them the "Texas Boys," whose labors God 
signally blessed. I must here remind you that the 
boys' school at Pardi runs in rented property and we 
must make a specialty to remember that work before 
God, asking for suitable ground and money to erect 
the buildings. In that heathen land, we cannot make 
normal headway without real estate. We must have 
land and houses to carry on our schools and mission 
work. We will never get enough of our people into 
that country to evangelize it and save the inhabitants ; 
all we can do is to get enough of the natives converted, 
sanctified and educated to push forward the work and 
capture India for Christ. If you could be there and 
see how God is saving the students in those schools, 
you would realize the importance as never before. 
We must help these missions, not only by our prayers, 
but by our financial support, as the Lord puts it into 
our hands. When I was in India preaching last win- 
ter. Brother Sherman was in America. You can give 
your contributions to him, or send them to the Van- 



464 Around the World, Garden of Eden, ■ 

guard Office in St. Louis, Mo., or remit directly to 
San Jan, Thana, India. Throw away the idea which 
I have often heard that it takes a large per centage 
of what we give the missionaries to carry it to them 
in their fields of labor. It is Satan's falsification. It 
does not take one cent but a postage stamp. I have 
traveled in the old world during the last eleven years 
with Cook's Agents; send a check on any National 
Bank in America and they will cash it in Bombay or 
Calcutta without charging one cent. 

Authorities certify that there are twenty-five hun- 
dred mission schools and colleges in the heathen 
world, and that they are attended by a million of 
students. Now suppose we get this million saved, 
sanctified and filled with the Holy Ghost, which is 
neither unreasonable nor impracticable, because it is 
in harmony with the promise of God. There are a 
thousand millions of heathen in the world. You readily 
see that in that case we have a native preacher for 
every thousand heathen. I have often known Ameri- 
ican pastors in charge of a thousand or more members. 
:0n this linie lies our only hope for the conversion of 
the world; therefore we must, by our prayers, our 
money and our work, do our utmost to get all of these 
pupils, whom God, in His providence, has committed 
to us, truly born from above, sanctified wholly and 
filled with the Spirit. The reason I traveled around 
the world was to acquaint mj'self with the mission- 
aries in their fields of labor and to diagnose the unoc- 
cupied fields, in order to qualify myself to encourage 
the work in the homeland by speech and pen, stirring 
up the Lord's dear people to supply His army with 



Latter Day Propfiectes and Missions. 4G3 

men and women. If I were young I would certainly 
be a missionary. The fire struck me too late in life 
to go in person, except as a transient visitor for the 
encouragement of the work, I expect to do all I can 
while I live for the evangelization of the world, and 
when I leave it, I will everything I possess to the 
missionaries. 

Now we reach the Southern Pentecostal Mission at 
Vasind, Thana, in charge of Brother and Sister Cod- 
ding, Sisters Mattie Long and Florence Williams and 
others whose names are in the Book of Life. These 
Avere sent out by Scottsville, Texas, Camp-meeting, Ft. 
Jessup Camp-meeting, La., and "Living Waters," 
Nashville, Tenn., Rev. J. O. McClurken, Editor. These 
people have a grand field of labor, really an entire 
ancient kingdom which has been there from time im- 
memorial, the Barlies, and not a solitary missionary 
among them until these people came thither in 1905. 
Since their arrival they have been doing mucii evangel- 
istic work; but as they own no property they have a 
very small school. Hence it is of the greatest impor- 
tance that we proceed at once and outfit and equip 
them for the greatest possible efficiency. With three 
thousand dollars they can build houses which would 
cost ten thousand in America. The best mechanics 
there work for from twelve to fifteen cents per day, 
while raw labor costs from two to four cents per day; 
nice stone superabounds which costs nothing but to 
prepare it for the wall. These people are now using 
the only bungalow in all that region, for which they, 
of course, have to pay rent. It is not in the most suit- 
able place for their work, neither is it in the most 



466 Around the World, Garden op Eden, 

healthy location. While I was there Sister Florence 
Williams took fever and it seemed like she could not 
get rid of it, so they moved her away to the Pente- 
costal Mission, because of its location in a more 
healthy region. The territory commanded by this 
Southern Pentecostal Mission contains plenty of 
locations high and healthy, in some one of which they 
will build so soon as we can prepare them financially. 
Let the saints, especially in the great Sunny South, 
take the matter before God in earnest prayer that He 
may in a special manner put His hand on this work, 
preserve the health of the missionaries, bless their 
labors of love, and give them that ancient nation for 
their inheritance. Investment in this region will be 
financially profitable, because it is only two hours' 
run from the great and growing Bombay, directly 
north. Everything within that distance of Bombay is 
bound soon to command a high price. Let all the 
saints in dear old Dixie Land especially hold up this 
mission before God and ask Him to let them enjoy 
the blessing of even a small amount of stock in this 
glorious investment. 

About one hundred and fifty miles on the Short 
Line from Bombay to Calcutta, turning off at Jalgon 
Junction and running out twenty miles on a branch 
road, we come to the Peniel Mission at Dharrangaon, 
in charge of our excellent Brother and Sister Scarf. 
This mission was established by Sister Ferguson, her 
noble husband and Brother Studd, of Los Angeles, Cal. 
This sainted trio have one hundred missionaries in the 
field, supported by faith alone. The government do- 
nated this mission a beautiful and most desirable 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 467 

jjiece of ground, on which to erect buildings. It is 
high and healthj^, and they have already dug a well 
and found excellent water in an abundant supply. 
They much need the financial ability to erect the neces- 
sary buildings. Three thousand dollars will meet the 
emergency. 

The Lord let me go thither and spend a number of 
days, on two different occasions preaching for them. 
They have a charming mission school, consisting of 
twenty-five bright and promising girls. In my first 
visit to them, the Holy Ghost fell on them and they 
prayed all night, a number of them entering into 
victory. During my absence my young men gave them 
a meeting and saw the mighty works of God. When 
I went again I found a number had become preachers. 
We went to the city and preached on the streets. I 
heard them to my delightful edification. I am sure 
they are gifted and God will use them to save the 
lost myriads crowding around them. Within a radius 
of ten miles from this mission we reach one hundred 
thousand souls; and within a radius of fifty miles, we 
reach a million of people, this being the only mission 
in all that boundary. We need a strong force there, 
competent to send out preaching bands to the cities 
and villages, thus evangelizing all of this territory as 
soon as possible, so developing and commanding 
native workers as to establish branch missions to 
reach this million of souls. So soon as they can build 
a house they will establish a boy's school. This is the 
only available way we can permantly reach the hea- 
then nations. We must get some of their people 
within our reach saved, sanctified and filled with the 



468 Around the World, Garden op Eden, 

Spirit, and use them to save the lost millions. Brother 
and Sister Scarf so much need the reinforcement of at 
least two more good missionaries from America. Who 
will go? I feel sure that the thousands of people 
attending the Peniel Mission on the Pacific coast and 
elsewhere will help me to pray for this mission, that 
God shall truly make it like a city built on a moun- 
tain, which cannot be hid. In your prayers night and 
day ask Him to let you bear an humble part by con- 
tributing to the temporal sustenance of the work, 
while you abide in lovely America; which, after my 
peregrinations all around the world, I must with a 
stronger emphasis than ever before pronounce the 
Paradise of the earth. 

"Lives there a man with soul so dead, 
Who never to himself hath said, 

This is my own my native land ; 
Whose heart within him ne'er hath burned 
As home his footsteps he hath turned, 

From wandering on some foreign strand? 
If such there be, go mark him well, 
For him no minstrel raptures swell; 

High though his titles, power, and pelf, 

The wretch concentered all in self. 
Living shall forfeit fair renown 
And doubly dying, shall go down 

To the vile dust from whence he sprung, 

Unwept, unhonored, and unsung." 

Oh, how delightful to live in this country, after 
seeing the Old World, and how the people live there? 
What a glorious privilege for us to live here and send 
the money which God gives us over there to preach 
for us. 

"And I say unto you to make to yourself friends of 
the mammon of unrighteousness, that when life may 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 469 

fail, they may receive you into eternal habitations." 
Luke xvi, 9. This meets the case before us, covers the 
ground and forever silences all cavil. God help us to 
obey this beautiful commandment of our Savior, to 
make to ourselves friends of the mammon of unright- 
eousness. What is the mammon of unrighteousness? 
It is money. How can I make it my friend? By using 
it to save souls. This is well confirmed by the con- 
text; in order that when life may fail you, they may 
receive you into eternal habitations. Oh, how plain 
and beautiful is the teaching of our Savior ! Now how 
does this apply to sending our money to India or any 
other heathen land? We labor in delightful America, 
this healthy country where money actually takes a 
liking to us and comes to abide with us. Your own 
banks will take it and give you a cheque on New York 
without charging you one cent. A nickel stamp will 
carry it to Dharrangaon, Kandish, India. Cook's 
Agent in Bombay will cash the cheque and not charge 
one cent. Twenty-five dollars of your money will sup- 
port a native preacher a whole year. Platoons of 
souls will be saved by the mammon of unrighteousness 
which you, in the providence of God, send to India. 
Life in India is only twenty-four years on an average, 
half of what it is in iVmerica. So you see quite a lot 
of those Indians will die before you do, and be in Hea- 
ven shouting because you ever lived on the earth 
and sent them the Gospel ; therefore, when you die the 
guardian angels will call your name in Heaven, pro- 
claiming the glad news that you are coming now, 
which will be the notification to all of those people 
who have been saved by the Gospel which you sent 



470 Around the World, Garden of Eden, 

■them, to sweep out throngh the pearly gates and meet 
you with shouts of welconie long and loud. Thus they 
will ring out the joyous acclaim, ''Welcome home, 
Brother A; Welcome home, Sister B; for the money 
you sent to India brought to me the glad news of 
salvation. I never before had heard of Jesus the Son 
of God who came all the way from Heaven and died 
to save my soul." O, how glad you will be that God 
ever permitted you to bear an humble, part in saving 
these people who will bless you through all eternity! 
Now on the direct route to Calcutta, our next mis- 
sion is the Christian Alliance, at Bhusawal, Kandisli. 
There we have our noble Brother Banister, his good 
wife and two elect sisters in charge of our English 
church; a mission school of about one hundred, and 
some branch missions in the countr3\ This city is a 
beautiful, growing railroad junction and this work is 
in every way prosperous and progressive. Brother 
Banister is wonderfully filled with the Spirit, the 
signal blessings of God resting on his labors in a 
peculiar manner. When I arrived, escorting me to his 
hired house, he halts one minute to show me the 
four/dation of the splendid bungalow (mission house) ^ 
near his beautiful church edifice and all exceedingly 
delightfully located; but be hcd only laid the founda- 
tion and his money had failed, and so the enterprise 
v/as halted in statu quo, till the arrival of money to 
push it on. He stated to me that he had no idea wlience 
it was to come, as he had simply undertaken it by 
faith. He and his family Avere at the time suffering 
from physical indisposition, which he imputed to the 
unhealthy location of the hired house; therefore the 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions, 471 

building of this mission house in a healthy location 
was imperative. I at once sat down at his table and 
wrote to American friends about it and prayed over 
it and felt that I he.ird from Heaven decisively in the 
affirmative. That was the winter of 1905. I believe 
the money has come and the house has been built. 
Let the saints everywhere pray for this encouraging 
enterprise, that God may continue to spread it out 
all around. Within reaching distance there are mil- 
lions of people who have never heard the name of 
Jesus. Especially may the brothers and sisters of 
the Christian Alliance make a specialty of this work, 
holding it night and day before the mercy-seat for 
souls to be saved and the Lord's money timely and 
copiously to reach this great, growing and promising 
missionary field. At the same time, make the health 
of Brother and Sister Banister a special petition be- 
fore God. They have been there ten j^ears (good 
English people), and their usefulness is constantly 
increasing. 

We now hasten on another hundred miles by rail, 
then I have to leave the road, mount the mail tonga, 
drawn by a pair of ponies at sweeping gallop and 
changed every five miles. We dash away twenty-eight 
miles into the interior to Buldana Berar, where we 
reach the Eastern Pentecostal Mission, sent out by 
the dear saints of good old Yankee Land. Brother 
Wood is a regular gem. Though in India thirty 
years, since the days of Bishop Taylor, and though 
having passed through all the famines, yet he is 
quite stalwart and exceedingly aggressive, along with 
his good wife, whom with her medical dispensary God 



472 Around the World, Garden of Eden, 

is using to bless the bodies as well as the souls of 
those dear people. Sister Perry and two other elect 
sisters and a brother, whose names are in the Book 
of Life, are heroically pressing the battle for God and 
souls. Their location is exceedingly eligible, on beau- 
tiful ground with fifty acres for gardens and meadows 
and two never-failing springs; the latter are very 
valuable in that land where they are bound to irri- 
gate if they would have fruitful gardens the encir- 
cling year, which, with water, is feasible throughout 
that country, where winter never comes and summer 
ever lasts, flowers never fade and fruits never fail. 
Oh, so much like Heaven ! Brother Wood had one large 
bungalow, capacious and commodious, complete and 
in use, and another one rather more capacious, under 
full headway, and I hope complete and occupied by 
this time. They have a grand mission school, more 
than one hundred students. I found the fire burning 
and the tide running high. Oh, what a glorious time 
of salvation and sanctification the Lord gave us! 
Brother Wood is an extraordinary interpreter, speak- 
ing with great life and energy as the Holy Ghost gives 
him utterance. 

Brother and Sister Eicher and another elect brother 
have a mission in the city of Buldana. They wei^ 
constantly in our convention, which was really a union 
of missions. I realized a most cheering phenomenon 
among the missionaries in all that country ; it was 
their perfect love, unity, and co-operation. They 
reminded me of brothers and sisters in the bond of 
consanguinity, visiting and helping each other with 
glad hearts and joyous enthusiasm. The little differ- 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 473 

ences which Satan uses to divide ns in this country 
disappear when we reach that far away land where 
the heathen millions crowd around one, dying with- 
out hope and without God; the world, the flesh, and 
the devil combined against us, all these silly divisions 
are forgotten and it is glorious to see how the mis- 
sionaries love one another. The Lord permitted me 
to attend several conventions and camp-meetings, it 
seeming odd, because it was our mid- winter; but 
there it was the best time of all the year for these 
great meetings. I found a joyous welcome and 
grateful appreciation everywhere I went and the three 
months of my ministry in India I can never forget. 
I can hardly persuade myself now that I am not in 
great India traveling and preaching night and day. 
Oh, how delightful to be young again ; to go thither 
to live and die. This part of the country is two thou- 
sand feet above the sea level and consequently healthy 
and delightful. It has a rich soil, weary of cultiva- 
tion for thousands of years; crops need the quicken- 
ing of fertilization. Let all of the dear saints pray 
for the missions at Buldana, and of the Pentecostal 
and Christian Alliances, and feel it a glorious privi- 
lege, if you cannot go and preach the Word, to sup- 
port those who are there by your prayers night and 
day, and by your finances, as He willeth. 

I now have to leave the railroad again and dart off 
on the mail tonga, twenty-eight miles south, to Yeoto- 
mel, the Free Methodist Camp-meeting, where it is 
my privilege to hear Bishop Sellow, from New York 
City, who, with his good wife, is traveling around the 
world in the interest of missions; also quite a num- 



474 Around the World, Garden op Eden, 

ber of the dear missionaries gathered there to enjoy 
the Feast of Tabernacles, whet their swords, and light 
their torches, the more effectively to press the battle 
for God and souls. This mission is in charge of 
Brother and Sister Taylor, Brother E. F. Warren, 
and a corps of fire-baptized workers. Though I am 
not a member of the Free Methodist Church, I hon- 
estly believe it to be the best in the world, from the 
simple fact that it is easier for people to go to Heaven 
and harder for them to go to Hell through that 
church than any other in all the world, and that is 
the only utility for any church, to keep people out 
of Hell and to take them to Heaven. 

They have about one hundred and fifty students and 
two Bible Schools. The girls are at Yeotomel, and 
the boys at a village in the vicinity. They have ex- 
cellent buildings at Yeotomel, and much need them 
for the boys' school. This mission is in a healthy 
portion of the country, densely populated with a solid 
million of people to save by preaching the everlasting 
Gospel, and you know that the Free Methodists are 
the people to do it. All pray for them night and 
day, and let us be as wise as the children of this 
world, who in time of war always support their 
armies with men and money. You who desire a field 
of labor or a place to glorify God with the resources 
which he has put in your hand, will find a grand 
opening here. 

We now hasten on to the camp-meeting of the Pen- 
tecostal Bands, sent out by Brother Nelson and others 
from 223 North New Jersey Street, Indianapolis, 
Ind., where we meet Brother and Sister Good, Brother 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 475 

and Sister Wiley, and Brother and Sister Whittle, 
in charge of this great work, and quite a number of 
others whose names are in the Book of Life. They 
have two splendid orphan schools, numbering jointly 
several hundred students. These crowded the church 
so that the citizens of Rajnondgaon, the mission home 
and location of the girls' orj)hanage and leper home, 
that of the boys being in the vicinity, were almost 
crowded out. However, they showed a due apprecia- 
tion by standing about the doors and windows and 
in the aisles. In connection with these two orphan- 
ages and Bible Schools, these Western Pentecostal 
people have several other evangelistic stations, where 
they are preaching the Word and God is saving souls. 
This work is already large and growing; a great 
center of missionary operations. It is a splendid 
region of country, with rich soil, healthy climate and 
teeming millions of people, a grand opening for you 
to glorify God with j-our finances and your personal 
labor, if called to the heathen field. We are forced 
to have three separate detachments of Pentecostal 
Holiness people in India. Here at Rajnondgaon, the 
Western Pentecostal people, Brothers Good, Wiley, 
and others; at Vasind, Thana, Brother Codding, 
Sister Mattie Long and others from dear old Dixie 
Land; while our Eastern Pentecostal people. Brother 
Wood, Sisters Perry, Sprague, Tracy, and others, you 
will find at Buldana, Berar. Thus we have the great 
East, West, and South represented by the Pentecostal 
Churches and bands. 

Our camp-meeting at Rajnondgaon for twelve 
days, was wonderful for the outpouring of the Spirit 



476 Around thp World, Garden of Eden, 

in showers of blessing on the dear saints, and exceed- 
ingly fruitful in many conversions bright and clear 
and sanctifications triumphant and glorious. It was 
really an oasis in my pilgrimage. 

We now hasten away on a branch road off into the 
south country, to Dhamptaron, C. P., where it is our 
privilege to attend the American Mennonite Mission, 
with two great orphanages and Bible Schools; two 
hundred and ten boys at Sunderganz; in charge of 
Brother and Sister Burkhart, Brother and Sister 
G. F. Lapp, and Brother Gongleman, and at Kudri, 
three miles distant, two hundred girls in the orphan- 
age Bible School with Brother and Sister B. C. Lapp 
and Sisters Schurtz and Stalter. You see our Mennon- 
ite brethren are doing a great work for the Lord- in 
this great dark land, for which our hearts have long 
sighed and prayed that the Sun of Righteousness 
might arise with healing in His wings. Oh, how won- 
derfully are our prayers now receiving an answer 
of mercy, as the light is coming and the day of salva- 
tion is breaking on India's millions. Light is destined 
soon to interpenetrate the dismal void and blend in 
one grand solid sunburst, , driving away the longj 
dreary night of pagan darkness, ignorance and super- 
stition, and ushering in the long prayed-for glorious 
day of India's redemption from the chains of bondage 
with which Satan has bound her for the last four 
thousand years! 

How I did enjoy preaching the everlasting Gospel 
to the four hundred and ten sable children of the 
Orient, in the good providence of God, and through 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 477 

the instrumentality of our Mennonite brethren, gath- 
ered in these Bible Schools. I feel sure you will all 
pray for them and rejoice in God for the privilege of 
answering your prayers by sending money and mis- 
sionaries, to strengthen their hands and cheer their 
hearts in their labors of love and patience of hope as 
they toil for the redemption of dear old India. I 
claimed these four hundred students for preachers 
without a single exception. They responded with 
enthusiasm. 

God has blessed these missionaries with valuable 
lands for farming and gardening enterprises, which 
are such important auxiliaries in all of these mission 
fields. While with them, I strolled away on a pere- 
grination through a great mango orchard, with which 
I was charmed and electrified and, returning to the 
mission, delighted to learn that it had been donated 
by the government. I do feel that it is the impera- 
tive duty of every lover of Jesus to pray night and 
day for the British Government, which now rules 
six hundred millions of people in the interest of God's 
kingdom in all the earth. She is the leading colon- 
izer, educator and Christianizer among all the nations 
of the earth; her administration being in harmony 
with the blessed Bible and the establishment of God's 
kingdom throughout the whole world. She has ruled 
India for one hundred and fifty years, which have been 
marked with constantly increasing light on those peo- 
ple who through the ages sat in darkness and the 
shadow of death. 

It is now our privilege to visit our dear German 



478 Around the World, Garden of Eden. 

Lutheran brethren at Rai Pur, C. P., and to preach 
for good old Brother Stoll, one of the oldest mission- 
aries in India. I was delighted with his mission 
school, where it was my privilege to meet not only 
the young immortals and preach to them the living 
Word, but some of the dear missionaries. These dear 
people have ten missions dispersed in that region. Do 
pray for them night and day and help them financially 
as the Lord prospers you. 



CHAPTER XXXVI. 



-VORTH INDIA. 



North India is bounded on the north by Turkestan 
and Thibet; on the east by Burmah; south by Central 
India, and west by Beloochistan and Afghanistan. It 
contains eight hundred millions of acres and a popu- 
lation of one hundred millions. As the Aryans, the 
first people to come into India having a written lan- 
guage and history and considerable proficiency in the 
arts and science of civilization, entered India at the 
head waters of the Ganges from the northeast, having 
ascended thither from the Oxus, this part of India was 
first in civilization and culture. Therefore the oldest 
cities are in this region. 

Delhi, the capital of the Moguls, has a population 
of two hundred and fifty thousand. It was the an- 
cient residence of Achbor, the great contemporary of 
Tamerlane, the celebrated Tartar conqueror, who was 
his great military comrade in founding the Mogul 
Empire, which brought India to the front of the 
world, where she stood for two hundred years. Though 
these two men were illiterate barbarians, intellectu- 
ally and influentially they were the greatest men in 
the world in their day, the fourteenth century. 

We have in this region Lucknow, with a population 
of two hundred and sixty-four thousand. This is the 
great center of Methodism in India; the residence of 

479 



480 Around the World, Garden op Eden, 

Bishop Robinson, a mcst excellent man, with whom I 
Avas permitted to associate. He told me the Meth- 
odists had one hundred and fifty thousand members 
in India. Do pray for all of them, that God may so 
sanctify and fill them as to make them all flaming 
preachers of the Gospel. There they are so much 
needed, and their opportunities to win a crown of 
glory that will never fade away are so broad and the 
field so inviting, the harvest so great and the laborers 
so few. 

Isham Das, the first native Methodist preacher ever 
in India, in 1857, on the fifteenth day of May, was 
preaching to an audience of six men, from Luke xii. 
32, "Fear not, little flock, for it is your Father's good 
pleasure to give you the kingdom," when the Sepoy 
Eebellion suddenly broke out with the roar of many 
guns in all directions. The Sepoys were doing their 
best to kill all the English people as quickly as pos- 
sible and to take the government into their own hands ; 
so his audience all leaped and ran for life, and he 
climbed a tree. It did not look much like his text 
was going to be fulfilled, yet it has been wonderfully 
fulfilled already, and while then he was the only native 
Methodist preacher, now we have them by the thou- 
sand. We ought to have the entire hundred and fifty 
thousand Methodists, who should every one unhesi 
tatingly take the silver trumpet and blow Avith all his 
might, like Isham Das was doing when this awful 
bloody war suddenly broke out, threatening the utter 
destruction of all the English people and the annihi- 
lation of the British Government. How wonderfully 
God came to our relief, and the war, though bloody 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 481 

and terrible, wound up in a glorious victory for Britain 
and the kingdom of God. 

At Cawnpore the massacre of all the British people, 
men, women and children, by order of the cruel and 
barbaric Sepoys, after they had all given up their 
arms upon the native leader's solemn promise and 
oath to protect them and to send them away in boats 
down the river to Allahabad, but which he diaboli- 
cally violated, was shocking beyond all possible de- 
scription. When they had embarked on the boats to 
go away, they were fired on by the order of the cruel 
Sepoy, captured and brought ashore; then he ordered 
his soldiers to massacre them indiscriminately, spar- 
ing neither age nor sex. The soldiers refused to do it. 
Then he sent for the butchers, whom he hired to 
massacre them and cast them into a large well. This 
they did, piling in many of them while still alive, 
there to die of suffocation. They actually extermin- 
ated the English population of that city. When the 
war wound up with universal victory for the English, 
they built a monument over that well, superscribing 
on it many beautiful Scriptures. Among them we 
read in a conspicuous place, ^'These are they who have 
gone up through great tribulation, having washed 
their robes and made them white in the blood of the 
Lamb." The beautiful statue of the resurrection angel 
stands on the monument. 

We have a flourishing Methodist Church in that 
city, in charge of Brother and Sister Calkins; the 
latter a Gospel daughter of mine whom the Lord used 
me to call to the ministry, Miss Ida Vornholtz, of 
Cincinnati, who preached very extensively, especially 



482 Around the World, Garden op Eden, 

in Kentucky, along with Iier excellent mother, who is 
now playing on her golden harp. Cawnpore has one 
hundred and sixty thousand inhabitants. 

Agi-a, with two hundred and fifty thousand of a 
population, is one of the celebrated capitals of the 
Mogul Empire. There the traveler pauses, lost in 
unutterable bewilderment as he contemplates the Taj 
Mehal, the finest and most costly tomb ever built by 
mortal hands; the great mausoleum erected by Shah 
Jahn, the mighty Mogul, in honor of his queen, whom 
he loved so dearly, who died in the parturition of a 
son. This mausoleum cost the labor of twenty-two 
thousand men for twenty years. It glitters all over 
with the dazzling splendor of diamonds, pearls, and 
precious stones gathered from the mines of the Orient ; 
therefore it is a thing of beauty, which holds every 
traveler spellbound while he contemplates its radiant 
splendors and gorgeous glory. 

Benares, with one hundred and sixty-five thousand 
population, is the Holy City of India, constantly 
visited by pilgrims from all parts of the empire, 
thronging the fifteen hundred temples which adorn 
this Jerusalem of paganism. The Greeks were pagans, 
having no Bible; yet their idolatry was elevated and 
inspiring compared with that of the Indians, which, 
sad to say, is low, groveling, brutal, and diabolical. 
Humanity is progressive in all phases and environ- 
ments. Paganism is literally Satan's religion. He is 
their great god and his innumerable demons their 
subordinate divinities. Therefore his religion normally 
progresses from bad to worse. Two thousand years 
have flown since Greek idolatry was in the meridian 



Latter Day Peophecies and Missions. 483 

of its glory. At that time these Indians doubtless had 
a much more elevated and humane religion than now. 
They have ixctually deified their vilest lusts, and they 
worship the gross sensualities and the most revolting- 
debaucheries, which are personified and revered by the 
ignorant people. The Brahman priests, descended 
from that lofty Aryan stock, have always been gifted 
in poetry and oratory. They have subsidized these 
gifts conservatively to the perpetuity of their idolatry 
among the people, whose trend is sensual and dia- 
bolical; like the ever-flowing river constantly descend- 
ing from the higher to the lower level. This city of 
lienares, whither they resort by millions to worship 
their gods, is really a pandemonium, where the vilest 
lusts and passions are inflamed and intensified, as the 
trend of idolatry is only to- the cultivation of tht, 
lowest nature, to which the intellectual and the spirit- 
ual are shamefully and suicidally subordinated. 

Allahabad, with her two hundred and fifty thousand 
inhabitants, stands at the junction of the holy Ganges 
River with the holy Jumna. While Benares is the 
regular ancient Jerusalem for all India, situated on 
the holy Ganges, in which the millions of pilgriins 
from the ends of the earth plunge and wash away 
their sins (as they siipterstitiously believe), Allahabad 
is also a holy city, presenting the glorious facilities of 
two holy rivers coming together at that place. The 
juncture of the Jumna with the Ganges is the favor- 
ite place of all India's millions for the holy ablu- 
tions so much appreciated by pilgrims. In this city 
they have a grand convocation of the entire Hindu 
Church, two hundred and seven millions, occupying 



484 Around the World, Garden of Eden^ 

the whole month of January, once in twelve years. 
During this celebrated holy convocation, the twenty- 
fourth day is the holiest of all. My young men were 
in this city at that time, and told me that the crowd 
was so great that actually hundreds, and perhaps 
thousands, fell amid the moving throngs pressing to 
the hallowed spot, the junction of the Jumna with 
the Ganges. They were going thither that they might 
enjoy the holy ablution and get all their sins washed 
away, but were trodden down and suffocated. The 
English soldiers had to come out on their horses and 
take command of the overwhelming multitudes, in 
order to protect them from inadvertent homicide. My 
young men said that on this day they saw a proces- 
sion of five hundred "holy men," their bodies covered 
with ashes and in a state of absolute nudity. You 
must not think Satan has no holiness people. His 
holiness people are as prominent in India as God's 
are in America. Just as God's holiness people are the 
best in His Church, so Satan's holiness people are the 
most Satanic, i. e., the worst in his church. Here is 
the great Hindu Church of Satan, with her two hun- 
dred and seven million members, worshiping the devil 
and believing that he is God. In this great church 
there are many holiness people, who are actually the 
worst people, the most brutal and diabolical, in all 
the land; dominated by the vilest lusts and most 
brutal and demoniacal passions, they delude the peo- 
ple with the most unblushing falsehoods, claiming sin- 
less holiness, when they are actually incarnate devils. 
Darjiling is a beautiful city of one hundred and 
fifty-five thousand people, situated five to seven thou- 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 4S5 

sand feet above the sea, built amid the crags and 
precipices of the Himalaya Mountains. It was built 
mainly by Europeans in India, who find the climate so 
intolerably hot that they must have a summer resort. 
Most of the missionaries go to this city and enjoy a 
rest from their arduous labors during one or two 
months of the hottest season, when the thermometer 
stands at 115 to 120 degrees, as you can see, far above 
blood heat, when Europeans are in great danger of 
dying from the sheer heat. Take notice. All foreign- 
ers in India, as well as from Europe, are called Euro- 
peans; there being no distinction recognized in com- 
mon parlance, as Americans are of European extrac- 
tion. 

Darjiling is quite a curiosity to travelers, from the 
fact that it has no level sites, but is all hewn out of 
the slopes and ravines, the craggy steeps, frightful 
precipices and yawning chasms of the Himalayas, the 
greatest mountain range on the face of the earth. I 
saw but few streets where wagons could run. You 
Would naturally infer, under -the circumstances, that 
pack animals, horses, mules, and donkeys, would be 
all the go; as in a city of this magnitude there must 
be an immense amount of transportation in carrying 
building materals, merchandise, and everything else. 
But in this conclusion you are mistaken. I saw but 
few pack animals. Then you conclude that men do 
this arduous work. Again you are mistaken. To be 
sure there are some packmen, whom you would pos- 
sibly see serving in the city. But to my unutterable 
surprise 1 found the women, by dozens, scores, and 
hundreds, serving in this awful drudgery, carrying 



486 Around the World, Garden of Eden, 

stone, brick, lumber, and building materials, indis- 
criminately, hither and thither throughout the city; 
as well as coal and wood for fuel, and all sorts of 
merchandise, edibles, et cetera. I was literally as- 
tounded to see those toiling women carrying their 
awful loads. Each one has a paraschute of some kind, 
suitably constructed to contain the load she proposes 
to carry. The load rests on the back and is supported 
by a strong strap around the forehead, and so ar- 
ranged that the weight rests entirely on the strong 
bones of the lower limbs and the spinal column, which 
is kept perpetually straight by the strap extended over 
the top of the head. While the women of India are 
the greatest workers in that country, and are wonder- 
fully strong for their size, yet these porters throughout 
Darjiling are mostly Thibetans, as the city is near 
the border of that country. 

Those Thibetan women are much larger and stouter 
than the Indians. Of course in that mountain city 
they have to go up and down the stone stairways from 
street to street, as you must not conceive it like an 
ordinary city, on a plain with streets running at right 
angles. Here they run parallel, the crossing being 
effected by stairways. f)f course many of the streets, 
especially in the ravines, are dovetailed into each 
other. I was delighted with their cheerful and happy 
spirit, generally manifested by frequent singing as 
they always move in groups, a matter of convenience 
among themselves in helping one another. They often 
walked along singing beautiful songs, and I was much 
cheered upon hearing them sing the good religions 
songs which sounded familiar, though in an uti known 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions, 487 

tongue, because I had heard them so much in the 
missions. I thanked God and took courage, in the 
glorious hope of evangelizing that dark land, Thibet, 
which is said to be the last in all Asia to receive the 
Gospel. About ten years ago the Gospel got in from 
China, when that empire extended her government 
over Thibet; our missionaries were enabled to enter 
from the Chinese side, but to this day they utterly 
prohibit us from entering from the west, as the gov- 
ernments are entirely different, and the Chinese Gov- 
ernment still intercepts all ingress from India. So 
you see the wonderful providence of God in the coming 
of the Thibetans into Darjiling as laborers. They are 
being converted, and will of course carry the Gospel 
back into their own country. 

Setting out at four o'clock in the morning, we rode 
our ponies six miles up the mountain to Tiger Summit, 
where we enjoyed a most conspicuous view of a thou- 
sand snow-capped summits, which is especially coveted 
by travelers at the rising of the sun, when his efful- 
gent glory pours in from the great Oriental horizon, 
lighting that world of snowy summits with a splendor 
and beauty absolutely indescribable by mortal tongue. 
Among these summits Mount Everest, the highest on 
the globe (twenty-nine thousand and two feet), 
towers in his majesty, monarch of all he surveys ; great 
Godwin- Austen, second, and Kunchinjinga third only 
to Everest himself in their lofty altitude of twenty- 
eight thousand, two hundred and fifty, and twenty- 
eight thousand, one hundred and seventy-six feet, 
seem to bear upon their heaving bosoms a world of 
perennial snows; whence the rivers rise and never run 



488 Around the World, Garden op Eden, 

dry, whose gelid floods are an everlasting benediction 
to the thirsty millions toiling on the plains below. 
Meanwhile, looking far away into the land of Thibet, 
where pagan night has reigned from time immemorial, 
we are electrified with the splendor and beauty of a 
thousand towering summits 'wrapped in eternal snows. 
These send out the great Yang-tse-Kiang and Hoangho 
Rivers to gladden the millions of China, as well as the 
beautiful Indus, the sacred Ganges and Jumna, and 
the limpid Brahmaputra, to irrigate great India. 

In this immediate vicinity, we have the highest 
bridge in the world, a wire suspension extending 
across the Rangit, six thousand feet high, which is the 
highest in the world, hence it is truly a river of won- 
ders, having the highest cataract and the highest 
bridge on the globe, a suitable concomitant of Mount 
Everest and his companions, the highest mountains in 
the world, and all harmoniously located in Asia, the 
largest grand division of the globe. There is but one 
discount on all these wonders and stupendous majes- 
ties; that is the dark reign of Satan over all the 
Himalaya range, the top of the world, being the center 
of the greatest empire Satan has on the globe. 

We now leave the romantic scenery of the Him- 
alayas, mount our ponies and hasten back to the 
depot, where we gladly exchange them for the iron 
horse, awaiting us at Darjiling. We return as we 
came, over the narrow-gauge; wending our way down 
the mountain slopes, amid craggy steeps, yawning 
chasms and frightful precipices, by zigzags, letter S's, 
and loops, and winding tliroiit>h the tea plantations, 
bright, green, and flourishing on all sides. Down, 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 489 

' down we roll till we reach the dense jungles where the 
tall bamboo and a variety of forest growth with 

1 densely crowded brambles give the tiger, hyena, 

I panther and the bear ample hiding from the keen 

I eyes of the hunter. 

' God, in His great mercy, permitted me to visit a 
number of leper homes and preach to the poor afflicted 
people at Rajnandgaon. It was my privilege to 
preach to forty of these dear sufferers. How the 
grace of God radiated from their haggard faces, 
maimed all over with the cruel tread of this loathsome 
destroyer. x4t Dhamphoron, with the dear Mennonites, 
I enjoyed a similar privilege, and was delighted to 
find sixty poor lepers happy in the triumphs of re- 
deeming ' grace. It was my delightful privilege to 
spend a number of days with pastor Paul Wagner, 
at Purulia, where we have the largest leper asylum 
in the world, containing seven hundred. Oh, how I 
was delighted in preaching to them the glorious Gospel 
of the Son of God, who, in His earthly ministry, 
always manifested such ardent sympathy for the poor 
lepers, invariably cleansing them and sending them 
out to tell their suffering comrades the glad news. 
Consequently they thronged to Him from all points of 
the compass, and hung spellbouud upon the words of 
His eloquent lips, falling before Him and saying, "If 
thou wilt, thou art able to cleanse me." Then He 
would respond, "I will, be thou clean," and immediate- 
ly the leprosy was cleansed. 

Leprosy is the most vivid symbol of inbred sin ; this 
sin is a vile and loathsome impurity of notoriously 
pestilential character, a deadly disease intolerable in 



490 Around the World, Garden of Eden, 

the sight of God and utterly incompetent to endnre 
the severity of His judgments. Therefore, it is not 
simply an ailment to be healed, but a foul and loath- 
some putrifaction to be cleansed and expurgated. 

I found myself surrounded by those seven hundred, 
many of them handless and footless and diversely 
eaten up l\y the unmerciful destroyer; they have a 
church of their own on the asylum grounds, which 
contains twenty acres and are occupied by many build- 
ings, so that they resemble a city. The church is large 
and commodious but has no facility for nocturnal 
illuminations. Therefore all the meetings were held 
in the day time, a circumstance exceedingly congenial 
to my weak eyes. I found them exceedingly prompt at 
all hours, and oh, when have T seen such an appreciative 
audience? Once during the ser^!es of days I was there, 
I used for a text, Romans viii, 28, ''All things work 
together for good to those that love God with Divine 
love." I proceeded to show them how God is every- 
thing to His true people, in a wonderful and myster- 
ious way making apparent calamities a blessing. I was 
reminded of the three hundred millions of jjoor heathen 
in India sitting in darkness and in the shadow of death, 
bowing down to wood and stone, while these lepers are 
shouting in the light of God, and enjoying hona fide 
membership in His kingdom; looking into the wide 
open door whither He is inviting them to enter and to 
participate in membership in the Bridehood, even the 
glorious honor of heavenly queenship. I portraj^ed 
them shouting jubilantly in Heaven among the angels 
and the redeemed spirits, and praising God for ever 
in His providence, permitting: the leprosy to come on 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 491 

tluMii, because it was essentia] for bringing them into 
that Christian asylum where they have heard tlie 
Gospel and followed the Savior; whereas in case the 
leprosy had never struck them, they would most likely 
be to this day in heathen darkness without hope and 
without God in the world. I also assured them that 
while their hands and feet are eaten off, and their 
Itodies terribly maimed and lacerated by the awful 
destroyer, the Lord is soon coming back to take up His 
Bride and raise the bodies of the buried saints, and 
if He tarries the resurrection trump will soon sound 
anyhow, when this mortal shall put on immortality. 
Therefore I exhorted them to rest assured that they 
would soon get their bodies back, the lost members 
restored and all invested with the transfiguration 
glory, when they shall descend with the glorified 
Savior when He comes to take up His Bride and 
receive these bodies, no longer leprous nor mortal, but 
resplendent forever in transfiguration glory. Oh, how 
the few eyes left in the congregation did light up with 
the electric flashes of Heavenly hope. 

On Sunday T preached to them morning and after 
noon throughout my stay with them, devoting the 
evening to Brother Paul's orphan asylum, and early 
morning hours to the shining group of bright little 
children thronging Sister Wagner's Kindergarten. Oh, 
how abundant a laborer is dear Brother Paul Wagner, 
pastor not only of these seven hundred lepers, but of 
an orphan's home of sixty or seventy and of a congre- 
gation of nine hundred converted heathen, to whom he 
dispenses the Bread of Life, assisted by his good wife. 



492 Around the World, Garden op Eden. 

Their family are all preachers in dififerent parts of the 
earth; all of them, native Germans, are members of 
the dear old Lutheran Church; and responsive to the 
call of God for missionary work, labor in Asia, Africa, 
America, and Oceanica. In this city (Cincinnati), T, 
pursuant to her request, visited her sister, the wife 
of Dr. Lange, pastor of the First Presbyteriian Church, 
who told me that her bright little girl, to whom I was 
then talking, was born in Africa, while she was doing 
missionary work. It is very encouraging thus to find 
a family like my own, all preachers; however they are 
specialists on the missionary line, encircling the world 
with the friarian arms of their evangelistic philan- 
thropy. 

As Brother Wagner had notified me that quite a 
number of the members of the leper church who had 
received baptism on Sunday afternoon, requested me 
to preach on that subject for their instruction, I 
therefore took for my subject the baptism which our 
Savior gives with the Holy Ghost and fire, which is 
the only baptism in all the world; the ordinance of 
water being no baptism, but the symbol of the real, 
saving baptism which Jesus Himself administers with 
the Holy Ghost and fire. In my discourse I showed 
them the absolute essentiality of their receiving the 
baptism of Jesus; while they were passing through 
the impressive ceremony of the symbolic baptism of 
water, it was a good time for their faith, inspired by 
their senses, to receive and appropriate the baptism 
which Jesus gives. The native pastor followed me by 
administering the baptismal service. I was delighted 
and edified, though his speech was all in the Bengali 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 493 

language which I knew not. But I realized that the 
Spirit of the Lord was on us and present to do His 
own work, and actually felt that Jesus was there 
baptizing with the Holy Ghost. He baptized about 
one hundred, administering the ordinance by trine 
affusion. Having the subject stand up and lean over 
the fount, he meanwhile ' took up the water with his 
hand, and thrice dropped it on the head, repeating the 
name of the Father, of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost, 
with each affusion. The scene was exceedingly beauti- 
ful and profoundly impressive. I know not that I 
ever enjoyed a baptismal service more. I take it for 
granted you will never forget these lepers. My dear 
friend. Sister Emery^ of New York, now a missionary 
in India, remembered them enough to contribute the 
big end of the liberal sum of money with which Brother 
Paul built the most handsome edifice in the asylum, 
and called it Emery Hospital. These lepers all live 
by the Christian benefactions sent to them from 
Europe and America. While you are praying for 
Brother and Sister Wagner and these dear lepers, 
their orphanage, their kindergarten and their great 
congregation of saved heathen, sincerely ask God to 
bless you with the privilege of sending a contribution 
to Kev. Paul Wagner, Purulia Leper Asylum, Man- 
bium District, India. 

In the good providence of God, we now reach the 
"Sent of God" Mission at Kaglumathpur, Manblum 
District, India, in charge of Brother and Sister Mar- 
tin, assisted by Sisters Anna Graybill and Grace 
Garrett. There is another department of this "Sent 
of God" work at Bripal Perunia, Bankuria District, 



49^ Around the WoRr.n. Gauden of Eden, 

b.jigal, India, in charge of Krother and Sister Zook. 
These beloved people have two orphanages; that of 
the girls at the first mentioned place, and of the boys 
at the latter. When I was with them I realized that the 
Lord was very nigh. He convicted the people of the need 
of the work of grace in the heart so intensely that they 
praj'^ed night and day; bright conversions and glorious 
sanctiflcations showed up the delectable fruits of our 
humble labors. These people show up a beautiful type 
of holiness to the Lord, walking with Jesus in meek- 
ness, lowliness and simplicity. God is wonderfully 
using their humble instrumentality. In His provi- 
dence they are solely dependent upon the financial 
support sent to them by tlie dear American saints. 
Here is an open door for you to glorify God and 
receive a hundredfold in this life, and in the world to 
come life everlasting. Of course you will pray for 
each one of these working groups, the one with Brother 
Martin and the other with Brother Zook. Hold- 
ing up these noble men of God night and day before 
the mercy-seat, yourself join Jesus in His intercessory 
prayer for the great host of India.. 

We now haste away to Arrah, a city of forty-seven 
thousand people in Shahabad District through which 
the sacred and beautiful Ganges rolls its swelling 
tide, while the benighted millions of India look to 
its waters to have their sins washed away, ignorant 
of the cleansing blood, which alone has the potency 
to execute this mighty work. The great valley of the 
Ganges has an exceedingly fertile soil, and under 
judicious cultivation, though worn by the constant 
tillage of thousands of years, would soon regain its 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 495 

virgin vitality, flooding the land with the fruits of the 
earth. The Sone, a beautiful river tributary to the 
Ganges, also irrigates this district. Our excellent 
Brother and Sister Grey are in charge of a small but 
growing and prospering orphanage, and at the same 
time are vigorously pushing the evangelistic work. 
Our beloved Sister Miller, sent out from the "Mount 
of Blessings," Cincinnati, Ohio, and Brother Vaughan, 
of the Friends Church, are helping to press the 
battle for souls. Brother Sampson, whom I believe to 
be the most efficient native preacher I ever met, really 
my choice in great India, through which I traveled six 
thousand miles preaching night and day, in the good 
providence of God is with Brother Grey. I tell you 
he is a jewel, a splendid preacher and a most excellent 
interpreter, for I tried him thoroughly. His son, in 
his teens, is exceedingly bright and promising, and 
when during my sermon I put my hand on his head 
and told him God wanted him for a preacher, to help 
and to succeed his father, and I wanted my mantle to 
fall on him when I left India and that he must get 
sanctified in order to meet these grand and glorious 
responsibilities, he sprang to his feet, tears gushing 
from his eyes and asked me to pray for him that he 
mi^ht get sanctified there. I stopped preaching, opened 
the altar, and the saints rallied around him and others. 
He soon prayed through and rose with shouts of 
victory. 

The Shahabad District is one of the most important 
in India, especailly for the fertility and fruitfulness of 
the soil and the round million of people who tliere sit 
in darkness and the shadow of death. I preached in a 



496 Around the World, Garden of Eden, 

number of villages in the district where they told me 
the name of Jesus had never been spoken nor the blast 
of the silver trumpet heard. This is the only mission 
in it. We ought to enlarge it with all possible expedi- 
dition, supplying Brother Grey with an ample force 
to locate bands of his missionaries in all parts of the 
district. He already has one mission in which I 
preached with great encouragement. We must raise 
the money to buy land and erect suitable buildings for 
the mission. Brother Grey is on the outlook for a 
suitable location, which it is difficult to find, as the 
Ganges i.v here near his efflux into the sea and so large 
that with his tributary, the Sone, he overflows nearly 
all of this country, so in the rainy season much of it 
could only be reached by Europeans in boats ; the 
natives, accustomed to nudity, can go all over it 
wading and swimming. This circumstance augments 
the great fertility and possible productiveness of the 
soil, and is consequently a circumstance in our favor; 
but still it is really indispensable that we find an 
elevated location far above water-mark, on which to 
locate the mission home. For this. Brother Grey is on 
the lookout constantly. Doubtless he will be ready to 
make the purchase by the time we can raise the money, 
which is really a sine qua non. 

Brother and Sister Grey, Sister Miller and Brother 
Vaughan have been sent out by the Revivalist Family. 
I doubt not but that you will hold them up, along with 
their native helpers, before God night ;-\] day, that 
He may keep His hand on them. His everlasting arms 
about them and His providence beneath them in all 
their toils for the establishment of His kingdom in 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions, 497 

far off India. At the same time ask God to let .you 
bear an humble part in the burdens, as well as share 
when the spoils are divided, the )attle having been 
fought and the victory won; I feel sure 3'ou will want 
your name called in the grand review when we shall 
shout the harvest home. 

Calcutta, with her one million one hundred aud 
twenty-five thousand is not only the metropoliii* of 
North India, but the capital and metropolis of the 
empire. It is situated on the Ganges at his great 
swell for the ocean, where he is the Hugli, really a 
great arm of the sea, through which the largest ships 
run up from the Bay of Bengal one hundred miles to 
the city. The age of the English influence in India 
began when, in the sixteenth century, Queen Elizabeth 
chartered the East India Trading Company and sent 
the traders out, which proved the beginning of an 
influence which has grown and developed into the 
dominion over the great empire of India, of that little 
island of the sea ten thousand miles distant. In the 
olden times Delhi, Agra, Lucknow, Benares and 
Allahabad were the chief cities of India, as the 
nations which ruled her were not so potent by sea ai 
by -land ; but since she has become Anglicized, Calcutta, 
Bombay, and Madras, maritime cities, have come to 
the front to stay. Even since the Anglican dominion, 
Warren Hastings, the British Governor-general, shot 
tigers on the very ground where the great solid com- 
mercial blocks of Calcutta now stand. It was then so 
thickly grown with bamboos, brambles, and all sorts 
of undergrowth, that tigers and panthers found ample 
hiding convenient to come out and prey on the people 



498 Around the World, Garden of Eden, 

of the town and their domestic animals. Since the 
great victory over the Sepoys, fifty years ago, the city 
has grown with marvelous rapidity; those jungles 
have been drained and become beautiful building 
grounds; and the city has broadened out into mar 
velous dimensions and is now rapidly growing. The 
British Viceroy lives in the city; it is tbe seat of 
government for all India and Burmah. 

If you ever visit Calcutta, do not forget to go to tbe 
Museum; there you will be edified beyond all expecta 
tion. I asure you my edification and surprise mutually 
culminated while I was walking around contemplating 
the wonders on all sides. When you first enter you see 
the hundred nationalities of India represented beforc- 
you in life size exhibiting all of the original races in 
their diversified complexions; there are all sorts of 
colors from the ebony to the white, showing clearly 
that India, far back in the primitive ages (as this 
dates from the coming of the Aryans. B. 0. 1500), 
received the due appreciation of Noabs three sons, as 
in this panorama we see Shem, Ham, and Japheth well 
represented. You will be astounded at the wonderful 
artistic inventions of the Indians; manifesting shrewd- 
ness, intellect, profundity, genius and patience, beyond 
your most vivid imagination. Having visited the 
Museum of Arts and Sciences and infinitesimal artistio 
souvenirs, now go to the Zoological Gardens and con- 
template the natural hemisphere : thus you will be 
given the clue to all in these hemispheres, the one 
including the artistic and the other the natural world. 
In the Zoological Gardens you not only see all India 
represented, as she came from the creative fiat, but 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 499 

the whole of the torrid zone, which is the great home 
of the animal creation where the largest, most fero- 
cious, dangerous, and beautiful animals live. There 
you will see the great rhinoceros, the unicorn of the 
Bible, mentioned so freqiientl}- as the maximum of 
physical power. With that one short horn between 
his nose and eyes, he tosses up the great Bengal tiger 
or the roaring lion into the air like a schoolboy throw- 
ing up his ball; therefore he is actually the monarch 
of the world. Really his skin is so hard that he is 
proof against the tusk of the wild boar or the claw of 
the tiger. There, as well as everywhere in your pere- 
grinations in India, you will see the great elephant 
weighing ten thousand pounds, hear the lions roar, the 
panthers scream, and the bears growl. You can go to 
their cages and get so very near them that you will 
enjoy the most satisfactory inspection with the utmost 
impunity. The vast diversity of animals you will see 
is far beyond my space to mention. There you will 
see the infinite varieties of the feathered tribes ; from 
the great ostrich, condor, and eagle, down to the beau- 
tiful little humming-bird, and parrots talking on all 
sides. Some of the last named birds are the most 
beautiful you ever saw, their plumage being so bright 
and gaudy that they actually dazzle your eyes. You 
will be interested in the biped department, the inter- 
mediate link between man and the quadrupeds: mon- 
keys leaping on all sides; apes, baboons, gorillas and 
ourangoutang, looking so much like people that you 
feel like saluting them courteously. You cannot af- 
ford to neglect the reptile department, though obnox- 
ious to behold and fearful to contemplate, these awful 



500 Around the World, Garden of Eden, 

symbols of sin. The great rock-snake, forty feet long 
and two feet in circumference, is shocking to look at. 
He is not poisonous, but is ready to take hold of you 
and eat you for his dinner; there you see the cobra, 
so rankly poisonous that if he only gets a stroke at 
you, twenty or thirty minutes are all jovl can live. 
I am glad the British Government has put out so 
liberal a prize for his scalp that a poor coolie can 
get a whole week's wages for killing one cobra and 
presenting his skin to the government officer. It is to 
be hoped that this will result in his extermination. 
He kills many people, because the Indians are too 
poor to wear shoes or even to clothe their bodies so as 
to protect them from his stroke. Though he motions, 
to and fro several times before he strikes, thus giving 
warning, yet he is so quick that he is exceedingly 
dangerous after all. A number of other snakes in 
India are rankly poisonous. We meet snake charmers 
all over that country, who make their living by charm- 
ing these poisonous snakes, extracting their fangs, 
and then exhibiting them for the entertainment of the 
people. A missionary told me that his neighbor dis- 
covered a poisonous snake in his house, and sent at 
once for the charmer. On arrival he quickly caught 
the monster, extracted his narcotic fangs, and carried 
him away with him to use on exhibition. 

Ih Calcutta, at Wellington Square you will find the 
great orphanage of dear Brother and Sister Lee, who 
came to that country more than thirty years ago, in 
the days of Bishop Taylor, and have been there ever 
since, wonderfully used of God in preaching the Gos- 
pel and saving souls. Now they have two large 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 501 

orphanages, numbering jointly about two hundred or 
more pupils. These they gathered up during the 
famine and are preparing them to preach the glorious 
Gospel to their lost consanguinity in that land of 
Satan's dark reign, You cannot make a better dispo- 
sition of the resources God puts in your hands than 
to send to them the temporal support they must have 
in order to push this great work of saving lost souls. 
Never forget to hold them up in your prayers, along 
with their faithful comrades, who are serving with 
them so heroically in the work of the Lord. When I 
preached for them, those bright young mortals won 
my heart, which lingers with them to this day. I 
found them all responsive to the blessed Holy Spirit; 
evidently under His precious influence, seeking salva- 
tion or, if consciously saved, pressing ou for entire 
sanctification. There seemed not to be a dissenting 
voice among them. An American lassie served me as 
interpreter, showing herself an adept. 

They told me about a woman in that country whose 
life and experience were so remarkable that •! be- 
lieve I ought to give you a sketch of the same, as a 
convenient looking-glass revelatory of the Indian life. 
Bishop Robinson, with whom I traveled on ship and 
had ample opportunity to converse, told me that he 
was well acquainted with her personally, and that she 
is still living, though upwards of ninety. Her name 
is Chundra Lela. She is a native of the ancient king- 
dom of Nepal, and her father, a Brahman priest of 
the highest caste, enjoyed financial wealth, and was 
really identified with the royal family; at times he 
actually reigned over the kingdom of Nepal. In the 



502 Around the World, Garden of Eden, 

providence of God she entered into wedlock, and 
within a couple of years incurred the greatest mis- 
fortune possible for a Hindu woman, i. e., was left 
a widow. However, her husband, who had quite a 
lot of money, handed his key to her father before he 
died, ordering him to unlock his trunk, get all of the 
money and give it to her. Her father also soon died, 
leaving her ample financial resources. In India the 
law appertaining to widows strips them of all their 
possessions, reduces them to abject slavery, and even 
adds a compulsory life of shame. Therefore we do not 
wonder that the widows voluntarily burn themselves 
on the funeral pyre of their husbands rather than 
survive and succumb to the awful doom that awaits 
them. This custom they heroically perpetuated- till 
prohibited by the British Government since it got con- 
trol of India. So Chundra Lela was left alone, but, 
in the providence of God, was in good fix financially, 
which finances it is a wonder she was able to keep. 
She shows peculiar and extraordinary financial 
shrejp^dness. Her father was a noble, upright. Brah- 
man priest, and by his personal labors gave her a 
splendid education, teaching her the classical San- 
skrit, which is the sacred language of the Brahmans, 
in which the Vedas and Shastras, containing the holy 
oracles of their religion, are written. Therefore she 
enjoyed the superior advantages of a splendid educa- 
tion, which is very rare in India and really confined 
to the high caste Brahmans. 

From her earliest recollections she had a deep con- 
viction of sin and a longing desire for God in His 
pardoning mercy. So she sets out with all her heart 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 503 

to seek the forgiveness of her sins and the reconciliii- 
tion of God. The priests advise her to resort to pil- 
grimages, to appease the wrath of the gods and find 
their pardoning mercy. As she is alone, she hunts 
up two girls who are in the same condition, convicted 
of sin and longing to know God in His pardoning 
mercy, and to get intelligently saved. So, taking 
them with her for company, she sets out pursuant 
to the advice of the priests on a pilgrimage to Jugger- 
naut, whose temple is in extreme northeast India. 
When she visits the temple and sees the image of the 
god, she is affrighted at his sheer ugliness. His head 
is disproportionately large and his great mouth wide 
open; his body is robust and out of all symmetry and 
his arms and legs are only stubs, with no hftnds nor 
feet; therefore his image actually looked frightful. 
The solution of this which the priests give is the 
statement that when shot by a hunter for a deer in 
that country and left unburied, Krishna's bones were 
put in a box by a farmer and preserved till the gods 
concluded to manufacture a divinity out of him. 
Therefore the divinity maker, employed by the gods 
to do this work, said to the king, who was deeply 
interested in it, to be sure not to give him any atten^ 
tion until he rejjorted the work finished, but the 
king's solicitude was so great that, having waited on 
him quite awhile, he could no longer forbear inter- 
posing and seeing what he bad done. But the very 
moment the king comes and looks on him, the work- 
man evanesces away, never to return, leaving the job 
unfinished. If he had let him alone he would have 
finished the god's limbs, made his hands and feet, and 



504 Around the World. Garden op Eden, 

closed his mouth, trimming him down and adorning 
him with pertinent symmetry and comeliness. 

Chundra Lela presents herself to the priest of Jug- 
gernaut, giving him a cow and a liberal cash donation 
besides, thinking certainly he can take away her bur- 
den of guilt and give rest to her soul, but it all 
proves a failure. While she is there, a great festival 
comes off. A mighty host of people assemble ; they 
put a huge pile on a wagon-bed, and the image 
of Juggernaut on top of it, and wheels under it; then 
they attach many ropes to pull it through the streets 
with the most hideous yells and terrible screams that 
she ever heard; all, old and young, great and small, 
try to get hold of a rope and pull, and not a few 
of them actually throw themselves prostrate under 
the great wheels, which crush them to death; mean- 
while the rains are pouring down and the vast multi- 
tude is pulling the car of Juggernaut through the 
streets with the most terrible excitement she ever saw. 
But her pilgrimage proves a total failure as far as 
the getting rid of her burden is concerned. 

Then the priests tell her to go far away toward the 
noonday sun, five thousand miles to the temple of 
Ramanatha, and she will surely find there a priest 
who will give her the needed relief. So, after the 
India style, they walk barefoot for two thousand miles 
through strange lands, wending their way along their 
lonesome, wearisome pilgrimage, till after years of 
toil they reach the venerable temple of Ramanatha, 
far down on the peninsula near the island of Ceylon, 
out in the sea. Here Ram, the popular god of India, 
was born and reared, his parents being wealthy high 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 505 

caste people. The father wanted to bequeath his 
uubroken estate to Earn; but he had the fortune to 
get a wife whom he so loved that he lost all appre- 
ciation for all other possessions, being delighted with 
her alone, saying to his father to give his estate to 
his brothers and sisters. About this time an inter- 
loper comes from Ceylon, the son of the king, and 
purloins his charming wife and carries her away. In 
his perplexity he gets the monkey to swim across the 
sea and so manages to bring her back, for which he 
was deified and admitted to a place among the gods. 
Here Chundra and her girls avail themselves of the 
blessings of the priest. She denotes a cow and a 
liberal money contribution to him and he does his 
best for her, but still there is no relief; the burden 
is as heavy as ever. 

Then they tell her about a great and venerable 
temple in the far west and advise her to go on another 
pilgrimage thither, as she will certainly find the god 
who can give her the needed relief. Therefore they 
trudge away two thousand miles more over the burn- 
ing sands and beneath the blazing sun, till, after years 
of toil, they reach the venerable temple in the far off 
west where Krishna was brought up, a sinful youth, 
frequently stealing fruit, milk and butter, and other 
things. There they availed themselves of the temple 
service, doing their utmost to obtain the relief for 
which they had gone sighing and crying on those three 
long and laborious pilgrimages, consuming years of 
toil and hardship, their burdens getting heavier in- 
stead of lighter. The priest does the best he can, 
but, like his predecessors. Juggernaut and Ramanatha, 



r>06 Around the World, Garden or Eden, 

signally fails to administer the desired relief from the 
awful burden which is like a millstone, dragging her 
down to the bottomless pit. 

She has all of her life heard of Benares, on the 
holy Ganges, where there are fifteen hundred temples. 
Thither all her friends advise her to go, feeling sure 
that she will be enabled to make a finale of the enter- 
jtrise on svhich she has been so long toiling night and 
day. Therefore, again they trudge on beneath the 
burning tropical sun and over the fiery sands, till they 
find themselves really in the Jerusalem of India's 
religion. Now they go from temple to temple. Oh, 
what a journey to peregrinate the city and pray in 
all the fifteen hundred churches and receive the obla- 
tion of the priests! How sad the heart when the quest 
is ended and the burden of guilt comes heavier than 
ever. 

Having made liberal contributions to the priests, 
pursuant to advice, they now go away to a venerable 
temple high up on the Himalaya Mountains, amid the 
perennial snows, ten thousand feet above the sea level. 
As they trudge on their way towards the north, after 
many days of wearisome journeying they reach the 
foot of the mountains and begin to climb. Terribly 
rough and steep is the ascent, and oh, how wearisome 
the journey! After awhile they reach the snow-line 
and it is so cold on their bare feet that they have to 
take cloth and put bandages on them to keep them 
from being frostbitten. Their path is through snow 
and ice, amid rocks and precipices, where they have 
to hold to shrubs and roots and stones, and some 
places to icicles, to keep from falling in the awful 



Latter Day Prophectes and Missions. 507 

chasm that yawns beneath. Ere long they reach 
their destination and the gloomy old temple looks 
down on them. They go in and bow before the images 
and pray to the gods to forgive them their sins, telling 
the priests all their troubles. Chundra donates a cow 
to the priest, a liberal sum of money for his support, 
and yet no peace, rest, mercy and reconciliation is 
heard from the sanctum sanctorum of the ancient 
temple. Now, with heavy hearts, they bid it adieu 
forever, despairing of soul relief. Before they get 
away from that world of ice and snow, one of her girls 
freezes to death. She and the other one having de- 
scended from the mountain, traveling along, fall in 
with other pilgrims who interchange with them the 
sad story of repeated disappointments. They have now 
spent fourteen years on these pilgrimages. Young 
womanhood is wearing away. One of her girls is dead 
and the other is so exhausted by toil and exposure that 
she, too, soon dies, leaving Chundra Lela alone. 

Now she is passing through nu ancient kingdom 
with other pilgrims, and falling in with some of the 
members of the royal family they find out that she is a 
learned priestess by heredity, her father having been 
ii Brahman priest and having given her a splendid 
education. Therefore they plead with her to stop with 
them, and serve in the priestly office in the family and 
kingdom, teaching them the Sanskrit language and the 
theology of the Vedas and the Shastras. Therefore she 
acquiesces and they, treat her like a queen, sitting at 
her feet and delighted with her teaching. Five years 
roll away in this, to all external appearances, delight- 
ful situation; she has everything that heart could 



508 Around the World, Garden of Eden, 

wish, as they actually believe that she is a goddess 
more than mortal and really worship her. Even- 
tually she became dissatisfied, because she knew that 
she was not saved and that the people were all mis- 
taken about her. Yet they were so delighted with her 
that she knew that they would not let her leave them 
if they had any idea she was going. Consequently she 
stole away and subsequently fell in with the fakirs, 
who practise all sorts of austerities and asceticisms. 
It is the custom of these fakirs to choose their own 
punishment, by which they would kill out sin in their 
bodies and reach the longed-for purity. Some of them 
spend the hot day under the burning sun with fires 
built all around them, so they may almost sweat them- 
selves to death, and at night punish themselves by 
staying in water up to their necks. Others put up 
their arm and let it stay there until it gets paralysed. 
Others walk on their knees over very rough rocks 
and keep them bleeding. Chundra Lela had tried the 
toilsome pilgrimages fourteen years, and now had 
served as a priestess for five years, and still her heart 
is ill at ease and there is a crushing mountain on her 
soul. So, as a last resort, she turns fakir and goes 
into all sorts of self-torture. She adopts the fire and 
water punishment; spending the day out in the sun 
with five fires burning round her and ashes on her 
body. Meanwhile the people crowd around her, 
anxious to hear her teaching, as she was constantly 
teaching them the pedigree of the gods and the doc- 
trines of religion as revealed in the Vedas and 
Shastras, and teaching them the holy Sanskrit lan- 
guage, to their infinite delight and ardent apprecia- 



Eatter Bay Prophecies Awd Missions. 509 

tlon. They wait on her in every possible way, and 
gladly furnish the fuel to keep her five fires burning, 
bowing around her and kissing the ashes from her 
feet; believing that she was a goddess. 

Eventuall}^, she becomes terribly suspicious that the 
religion which her father had preached all his life, and 
which she thought was the only one in the world, after 
all had nothing in it. One thing that shook her up 
exceedingly was that she caught some of the priests 
playing ofif stratagems and falsifications and deceiving 
the people. One said, if a person told a lie and passed 
through a certain jungle a tiger would meet him and 
eat him up. To test the matter she made a false state- 
ment and proceeded to pass through that jungle, but 
saw no tiger. In another case she heard a priest say 
that at certain times an idol, which they worshipped 
there, discharged blood and would stain the cloth on 
which it was standing. She was so anxious to know 
about it, that she had him tell of the time it would 
do this. But she saw nothing of the blood, and the 
priest reprimanded her for coming too soon, and said 
to go away and come another hour that day and she 
would see it. But she having gone away, slipped back 
and concealed herself where she could watch the 
temple. She actually saw the priest kill a goat and 
drop the blood on that cloth until it was stained 
thoroughly. Then when the people came in and saw 
the blood, they were filled with reverence for the priest 
and the idol, believing that it had discharged the blood. 
When the priest cut up the bloody cloth they readily 
bought it at an enormous price, each one wanting a 



510 Around the World, Garden op Eden, 

piece. Other things also she saw in the priests which 
awfully shook her confidence. 

On one occasion she was sailing on a ship on the 
Bay of Bengal when an awful storm came up. There 
was a general outcry for mercy, calling on Ram 
and Vishnu and other gods to deliver them, when an 
old Englishman who was on board lifted up his hand 
and said, there is a God up there who will take care 
of the storm. It surprised her, for she did not know 
there Avere any other gods besides the gods that be- 
longed to the temples. Different things began arous- 
ing her suspicion that she had been mistaken in refer- 
ence to God, as to where He is and what He is. At 
that day there were the fewest number of missionaries 
in India, as that was a long time ago, and this woman 
is nearly ninety years old. She had heard some talk 
incidentally about the missionaries, and had spoken 
to the" priests about them, but they warned her not 
to have anything to do with them, for they were in 
that country for bad motives. 

But eventually, in her travels she heard that there 
svere some missionaries at that place, and through 
curiosity went to hear them. Then the^' told about 
Jesus, Avho has come from Heaven, and died in place 
of all of us sinners, and so atoned for all of our sins, 
so that there is now no trouble in receiving a free 
pardon for the past, and a new heart so that we will 
not want to sin, and certified that they had this new 
heart themselves, though having once been sinners and 
actually ruined by sin. And then they gave their 
experiences, telling how they had been so long in sin, 
had come to God in the name of His Son Jesus, the 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 511 

sinner's Friend and Savior, had thoroughly repented 
of all of their sins and cast themselves on the mercy 
of God, and how He through Christ had granted them 
a free pardon and given them a new heart, and Jesus 
had actually saved them from all their sins and taken 
all their burden of guilt and sin away, so they no 
longer had any burden of sin, but felt light, free and 
happy, contented and joyous all the time because this 
wonderful Savior had taken their sins away, and was 
actually carrying all their burdens and all their sor- 
rows, and they were having constant victory in their 
souls. Meanwhile, those missionaries by their very 
looks and deportment powerfully convinced her that 
the very things they told her were true; that they 
had tested this Jesus whom they preached, and knew 
that everything they told the people was perfectly true 
and reliable. 

The result of attending the meeting of the mission- 
aries was a powerful awakening. She was all stirred 
up and enthused with the good and wonderful news she 
had heard about the Savior, and over everything they 
had told her. She now settled down to the conclusion 
that He was seeking, in all of her long and weary 
pilgrimages and in the terrible sufferings she had en- 
dured as a fakir, punishing her body those long years, 
to get sin out of her. She had actually spent twenty- 
seven years, all told, seeking the God that could save 
her soul from sin. As this Jesus described by the 
missionaries was the one whom they certified had done 
the very thing for them that she had been seeking the 
gods of India to do for her all of these twenty-seven 
years, she told the missionaries all of her troubles, 



512 Around the World, Garden op Eden, 

and they, unlike the priests that she had been trying 
all those twenty-seven years, gladly told her how to 
give her heart to their God, assuring her that He had 
actually come into the world and died to pay the 
debt she owed, which she had been trying to pay by 
those long pilgrimages and terrible austerities and 
asceticisms which she had been practicing. 

As she was an old teacher among the people, well 
known as a priestess, when she returned from the 
missionary meeting they thronged about her, as- 
tounded that she would do such a thing, and told her 
that their priests were all opposed to such a thing 
and were warning them to keep away from the mis- 
sionaries. Therefore, as she was a teaching priestess, 
they thought it awful for her to be going with the 
Christians, and told her that they would do their 
best to get her to join them, and if she did she would 
break her caste and actually lose her standing among 
the people, and her influence for good would be ruined 
forever, and that those missionaries were a floating 
class of people and that they would soon cast her 
away, and then when she had lost her caste she would 
actually have no people. Then she just called on a 
low caste person present to bring her a drink of water, 
and taking it from her hand she drank it there in the 
presence of them all. Then she beckoned to another 
coolie to hand her her pipe and let her smoke. Thus 
in two instances there in the presence of them all she 
broke her caste, so that they would all know that she 
had actually joined the Christians. She smoked then, 
as all heathen do, but as soon as she got into the clear 
light of salvation she saw it was wrong and quit it 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 513 

forever. She then proceeded to receive baptism and 
fully identified herself with the Christians, and as she 
had been a teacher among the Hindus for those twenty- 
seven years, she at once began to preach Christ to 
them, everywhere telling them that among those Chris- 
tians she had learned about Jesus, and that He had 
taken away her burdens and had given her the salva- 
tion she had been seeking those twenty-seven years 
while she had been teaching them their religion; 
though herself not saved. Then they undertook to 
refute the new doctrine that she was teaching them. 
A leading Hindu told her that he knew a priest that 
he could bring to her who would have no trouble to 
show her that she was utterly mistaken in all of that 
new doctrine she was teaching and that there was 
nothing in it. Therefore he went out and hunted up 
the priest and brought him to a meeting; but when 
he arrived she was delighted to see him, because he 
was one of her old students whom she had taught the 
Sanskrit language, the Vedas and the Shastras, and 
thus prepared him for the priestly ofiSce. He was 
also delighted to see her, for he had not met her for 
several years, and instead of refuting her Christian 
teaching, for which they had brought him, he became 
much interested as she told him that since she used 
to teach him, when she really did not know the way 
of salvation, she had been so fortunate as to find the 
very thing she had been seeking all her life. Then she 
went right along witnessing for Jesus, and having 
laid aside the sacred books of Hinduism proceeded at 
once to read and study the Bible, which she had re- 
ceived from the missionaries, the first time she ever 



514 Around the World, Garden of Eden. 

saw it. That was more than thirty years ago, and 
she has been preaching the Gospel ever since. 

This notable case is exceedingly profitable to all of 
the missionaries as an illustration of the real and 
genuine sincerity of the heathens. Many of them, like 
Chundra Lela, are honestly walking in all the light 
they have and doing their very best to find God and 
get saved. Now, when we remember that millions of 
sincere, devout worshipers of the heathen gods, like 
this woman, are so anxious to find the true God and 
get saved, what an incentive should it be to all people 
who know the Lord in the joyous realization of their 
own salvation, to do their utmost to bring the light 
to these poor people who still sit in darkness and the 
shadow of death 1 



CHAPTER XXXVII. 



INDIAN MISCELLANIES. 



Indian widowhood is an awful citadel of Satan. 
There are twenty-one millions of widows in India, who, 
by the rigor of law, custom and religion, are forever 
interdicted from a second marriage. Millions of these 
widows have no knowledge of ever seeing their hus- 
bands. In babyhood they were married to old men, 
perhaps having several wives at the time, and they 
died before the baby wife got old enough even so much 
as to form their acquaintance. Then the baby widows 
were utterly denounced, even by their nearest relatives, 
as awful sinners ; all believing that the terrible calam- 
ity of their widowhood was a just punishment for sins 
they had committed far back in some other incarna- 
tion, when they had lived on the earth in some by-gone 
age. Thus millions of poor girls never know they are 
widows until they reach the age of recognition and 
hear the sad information that they are widows for life, 
which is to them more terrific than their own funeral 
knell, as widowhood in India is regarded as more 
calamitous than death. For this reason, until the 
recent prohibition of the British Government, it was 
customary for the widow to burn herself alive with 
her husband on his funeral pyre. These widows are 
not only reduced to the most abject slavery, but are 
exposed to a compulsory life of shame. Thousands and 

515 



516 Around the World, Garden of Eden, 

multiplied thousands of them are employed as dancing- 
girls in the Hindu temples, where they are all pros- 
tituted in the financial interest of the temple, — most 
horrific to c(yitemplate and an awful illustration of 
the revolting diabolism which characterizes heathen 
worship. No wonder Sister Ramabai at Kedgaon, and 
Sister Sunderbai at Poona, both widows of the high 
caste, and women of splendid intelligence and learn- 
ing, have taken it on themselves to establish asylums 
for the unfortunate widows, jointly accommodating 
more than two thousand. But what are they among 
the twenty-one millions ! Hardly a drop in the bucket. 
There is absolutely no remedy for this awful, wither 
ing, blighting curse on Indian society, except Chris- 
tianity. When the Bible and its religion shall prevail 
over superstition and idolatry, then infantile marriage 
will be done away with and widows will be eligible 
to a second marriage, and the awful custom of expos- 
ing them to a life of shame will be abandoned. 

Child maternity is another awful calamity which is 
actually conducing to dwarf and run out the human 
race in India. It is perfectly common for a man to 
marry a girl while a baby in the cradle, and wait till 
she is eight or nine years old and then take her into 
wifehood, consequently she becomes a mother at the 
early age of ten, and -a grandmother at twenty-five. 
This horrific violation of nature's laws has so dwarfed 
the race that many of them never grow to ordinary 
stature, but abide in perpetual dwarf hood. This 
awful domestic maladministration has cut down the 
average life in India to twenty years, against forty- 
four in England, and about the same in America. 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 517 

Truly Christian civilization is the only remedy for 
this terrible detriment to the human race in conse- 
quence of violating nature's laws. 

The women of India, as a rule, are exposed to hard 
toil and drudgery from early childhood, with the ex- 
ception of the high caste, which is but an insignifi- 
cant per cent, of the whole population. They are 
entirely destitute of education. It is a common thing 
for a man to have several wives, using them as servants 
to do his work. The habit of carrying all the burdens 
on the head, keeps the spinal column perfectly straight, 
giving their bodies a beautifully symmetrical form. 
Fortunatel}' they are saved from the suicidal corset, 
to our shame worn by American women. It has filled 
our land with consumptives, and ought to be pro- 
hibited; to wear it ought to be made a penitentiary 
crime, which would probably send one woman to the 
penitentiary, and the balance would hear of it and 
quit. India's women are not only symmetrical in form, 
but handsome in features and verv active and 
sprightly. The use of a corset and the murderous 
habit of lacing, in America, not only destroys the sym- 
metry of the chest, but conduces to make women hump 
shouldered, causing the neck to bend forward and the 
head to droop — all seriously detrimental to that cor- 
poreal symmetry which is essential to personal beauty, 
and contrasting so unfavorably with the perfectly 
erect posture, symmetry, beauty, and activity charac- 
teristic of Indian women. 

Indian men, lik«5 the women, have seriously shared 
in that domestic maladministration which has stinted 
the race during the roll of the ages and the transition 



518 Around the World, Gardhn op Eden, 

of many generations, having brought down the stature 
and minified the physical magnitude from the giant- 
hood which characterized tlie sons of Noah, to the 
size of men and women one-half that of the happy 
day when they evacuated the ark. This is the reason 
why the plague, which is more or less prevalent 
in India at all times, is so much more detrimental 
to the natives than to Europeans. The former are 
much more likely to be attacked and seldom recover, 
often dying in a few minutes. This is doubtless the 
result of that constitutional debilitation which has 
been superinduced by the above-mentioned woeful 
domestic maladministration. Doubtless this same 
line of suicide ha's superinduced the obvious and ob- 
servable servility characteristic of Indian men as well 
as women; L e., an indifiference in reference to their 
political destination, apparent absence of all thought 
and aspiration for their national independence, and 
a perfect resignation to the rulership of other nations ; 
a hundred thousand Englishmen have no trouble to 
rule the three hundred millions of natives. They seem 
really adapted to the servile social relation, contented 
with wages so low that many of them cannot clothe 
themselves at all, except the loin apparel enforced by 
British law, and have to content themselves with 
eating one meal a day; doubtless in this way they 
more and more superinduce the diminutive stature 
and the dwarfhood which everywhere so obviously 
characterizes the Indian people. They really not only 
remind me of our negro slaves before they were eman- 
cipated, who were so very obsequious and deferential 
to the white people, but seem, if possible, more so. 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 510 

The effect of all this was to elicit the profoundest 
sympathy and evoke my most earnest prayers for their 
salvation. These people actually won my heart by the 
civility, humility, and veneration for those whom they 
regard as their superiors, and these traits everywhere 
characterize them. 

The domestic animals in that country are few con- 
trasted with America, because their places are so 
largely substituted by human muscle. They have some 
horses, camels, and donkeys, but the principal work 
beast is the ox which everywhere abounds. You see no 
carriage** drawn by horses except among the nobility 
scattered about over the country, who are compara- 
tively very few, and are generally government officers. 
I saw the fewest number of four wheeled wagons, — ■ 
scarcely any at all. The transportation is all made 
on the two-wheeled tonga drawn by a yoke of oxen. 
Missionaries do all of their traveling when they leave 
the railroads on these tongas with oxen ; so if you ever 
go there, you will soon get used to riding on this two- 
wheeled tonga, drawn by a yoke of oxen. The natives 
do not eat beef, as the cow is sacred in the Hindu 
religion. When I left the railroad and went off into 
the interior to help the missionaries, I found the turn- 
pike lined with these tongas all the time and with 
camels, carrying their cotton to the depot to ship 
away. 

The wild animals, e. g., the great Bengal tiger, and 
the smaller varieties of tigers, panthers, hyenas, 
leopards, bears, wolves, foxes, and deer, as well as 
elephants and monkeys, still abound in India in a wild 
state. You wonder over this. The explanation is in 



520 Around the World, Garden op Eden, 

tlie fact that the natives are not allowed to use fire- 
arms. India, unlike other countries, was not settled 
by one race but by about a hundred which have never 
united in an effort to establish an independent govern- 
ment; consequently they have in all ages been ruled 
by foreign nations, who will not permit them to keep 
firearms, lest they might revolt and give trouble. 
For this reason, those ferocious animals have always 
remained in the jungles, feeding on the herds and 
flocks of the poor people and frequently killing and 
eating the people. The kings and nobles who own the 
jungles where these wild beasts are permitted to 
remain, frequently go and hunt them for their own 
recreation, eating the bears and deer and perhaps 
some others, and making oil out of the flesh of the 
tigers, hyenas, and panthers, and saving the hides of 
all they kill, with special appreciation. When I was 
traveling through the Nizam's Dominions in south 
India, a man riding in the car with me entered into 
conversation and informed me that we were then run- 
ning through a wild beast jungle, where these fero- 
cious animals above-mentioned abounded, and stated 
that the jungle was reserved for them by the Nizam 
(who was the king of that dominion in the ancient 
succession, but now subject to the English Viceroy). 
He prohibits all other people from coming in there 
and hunting and shooting those wild animals; reserv- 
ing the privilege for himself, that he with his royal 
friends may often come in there and shoot tigers, 
bears, panthers, and hyenas. But my friend informed 
me that those wild beasts often went out of their 
jungles and made inroads into the settlements, devour- 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 521 

ing the cattle and other domestic animals, for which 
the poor people got no remuneration. He stated that 
recently a farmer was out herding his cattle while 
they grazed, and seeing a great tiger approaching one 
of his work oxen, ran out to scare him off, when 
rushing to him the beast struck him a single blow with 
his paw and killed him ; then immediately dashing off, 
killed the ox and proceeded to eat him. He also stated 
that recently there was a case of a tiger breaking into 
a house occupied by an old woman and her daughter, 
killing both of them and devouring them. They often 
come out of the jungle and kill a person, and throwing 
the body upon the back carry it off into the jungle 
and eat it there. A missionary told me that the 
monkeys are so bad where he lives that he can not 
have a garden as they would devour it, and you can 
not do anything with them because the natives 
worship the monkey and they would do violence to 
any person who would hurt one of them. The monkey 
god is very prominent in their idolatry. It seems to 
me that it would pay to transport all these wild 
monkeys off to America where the people would 
readily buy them for pets and shows. 
- Snakes still abound in India, many different species. 
These serpents would kill many people, as the people 
all go barefoot in that hot country and wear but little 
clothing to protect their bodies, were it not for the 
fact that the snakes lie up in their holes during the 
the long period from October to July while there is 
no rain. During this period the snakes hibernate, as 
they do in the winter in cold countries. I was there 
for three months, traveling constantly, and never saw 



522 Around the World, Garden op Eden, 

a snake except in the Zoological Gardens because I 
was tlierfi during the dry season. The rains in that 
country seem all to be brought in by the monsoon 
winds, which only blow during July, August, Septem- 
ber and October. Hence these four months constitute 
the rainy season. When the thunder begins to roar, 
the lightnings to flash and the monsoons to blow, then 
the snakes come out of their dens and, if you do not 
watch them closely, they will come in and bite even 
the inmates of the houses. They remain in motion 
till the rains are over, i.e., four to six months, which 
you may regard as the snake season, and which is 
India's summer. W^hile they lie up during their 
winter, in our sense it is no winter, as the sun 
shines so hot that if you do not wear a tope on your 
head and an umbrella spread over you, he will knock 
you down. During the rainy season the people all 
work hard pitching and cultivating their rice crops, 
which are the great dependence for food. When the 
monsoon rains do not fall sufficiently to grow the rice 
crop, then the famine always comes along. 

The fruits of India are vast in variety and splendid 
in quality. The banana grows in great abundance 
and in many places spontaneously, so that in case they 
want to cultivate the soil with something else they 
find it difficult to kill it out. Oranges, lemons, figs, 
and olives all do well in this country. The mango, 
doubtless the choice fruit of the whole world, abounds 
in India. It grows on a beautiful large tree, resem- 
bling our American oak. A great mango orchard 
reminds you of an immense oak forest. The fruit is 
in the shape of a peach and these are four times as 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 523 

! large as the best American pears. As the fruit 
; is so valuable is would be a great blessing if trans- 
I ported to other countries, but hitherto they have not 
found an available method of its transportation. The 
papeia, which grows on a beautiful tree resembling 
the palm in the fact that it has no limbs but onh' 
long, heavy leaves on top, is the full size of the Amer- 
ican cantaloupe, resembling it in shape, taste, and 
sn.ell ; but is milder and more delicious to the taste, 
and regarded by physicians as exceedingly healthful 
and really ranking as a hygenical tonic, helpful to the 
digestion of other food; therefore it is a most valuable 
fruit. It grows in great abundance, bending the tree 
with its weight. It also grows at all times in the year, 
with no discrimination of seasons whatever. It is 
transported with great convenience. We ate it on all 
tlie ships after we left India till our arrival in 
California. It needs nothing but a warm climate, 
rich soil and irrigation to produce it in vast abun- 
dance, I saw it all over India, but in the splendid 
garden of C. B. Ward, at Yellandu, Nizam's Domin- 
ions, India, I saw it in such vast quantities on the 
trees, ripe and in all stages of growth, that I asked 
him if he could use all of them. He answered me in 
the negative, stating that they used all they could and 
sent the balance to market. There certainly was a 
great quantity, as including his orphanage, he has 
about eighty people to feed. K B. He told me it 
would grow all right in Florida and Southern Cali- 
fornia and to tell the people in those countries to 
write to him and he would send them seed. I have no 
doubt but that fortunes could be made out of it by 



524 Around the Would, Oarden op Eden, 

growing it in those localities and shipping to our 
cities throughout the conti' ent, which is perfectly 
feasible, and when the people get a taste of it, they 
will certainly set great store on it. 

The famine problem has not only been a great 
puzzle in India, but in all parts of Christendom, 
through sympathy with India. I believe I can give 
you its final solution. India has splendid soil and is 
level and beautiful, really an exception to all other 
countries in which I have traveled in those respects. 
x\s rice is the great staple, when the monsoon rains 
fail the rice crop also fails, and the famine always 
comes. There is another farinaceous grain suitable 
for bread, which does well in this country, i. e., the 
joawry. Wheat grows here, but is too valuable for 
the poor people to live on ; therefore they ship it away 
in great quantities, selling it to other countries for 
money and depend on the rice and other cheaper 
edibles. This joawry is cultivated like corn, and you 
would mistake it for sorghum cane. It produces on 
the top a great ball of grain resembling sorghum or 
broomcane seed. The poor people grind it and make 
bread out of it. I have often eaten it and am very 
fond of it; could live on it like a king. It does not 
cost more than one-tenth of its equivalent in wheat or 
barley. 

The great thing to do to forever prevent famine in 
India is to irrigate the soil which is rich, level, and 
nice, and will, with the needed irrigation and cultiva- 
tion, produce an abundance of grain responsive to the 
hand of industry, economy and frugality. Rice is 
quickly grown, and is sown and grown during the 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 525 

monsoon rains, which occupy July, August, Septem- 
ber and October. The other eight months are equally 
well adapted to the growth of 'the joawry, as well as 
a number of other farinaceous and leguminous edibles, 
and an infinite variety of fruits, including the delicious 
and inestimable papeia, which grows on the melon tree 
and needs nothing but rich soil and plenty of water 
to produce it in superabundance the entire encircling 
year. Now, if we can solve the problem of irrigation, 
the whole famine dilemma spontaneously evanesces. 
In India we have four great rivers, all rising in the 
Himalaya Mountains, fed by the eternal snows and ice 
fields. These are the Indus, the Ganges, the Jumna, 
and the Brahmaputra. While these rivers contain 
seas of water, they do not flow south of the Himalaya 
mountain range, which cuts off the great peninsula 
constituting south India to itself. Besides, in north 
and central India there are regions which have in by- 
gone ^ears been smitten with the famine, ae well as 
the great Deccan, central in the peninsula, which has 
suffered more than any other section of the empire. 
Now let us see how we can manage to irrigate all of 
this countrj^ so as to perpetuate an ample supply of 
food throughout the year. Among other places in 
south India which have suffered severely during the 
famines, we may mention those lands Avithin the 
watersheds of the Godavery River. 

A few years ago the Canadian Baptists launched a 
mission in that country and have done a great Avork 
for the souls of the people. But, as John Wesley says, 
we are to care for bodies as well as for souls, these 
good people led off the enterprise of damming that 



526 Around the World, Garden op Eden, 

river, so as to retain all the water which is gotten 
throughout the range of its tributaries. They put 
dams along at different places, the one located nearest 
the mouth being very large and strong so as to retain 
all of the surplus water of its predecessors. With 
this arrangement, retaining the water which in former 
years had been wasted in the sea, and using it for 
irrigation as needed, they have not only been able to 
produce an ample supply of food for all the people, 
and utterly to do away with the famines, which in 
former years were frequent and sore, but the news 
of their prosperity having gone abroad has actually 
quadrupled their population; but still they have no 
famine, but plenty of food. I received this report 
from one of the leading brethren of that mission, whom 
I saw face to face. The Lord let me travel through 
their country, and it seemed to be very flourishing. 
I saw the finest crops of joawry on which I ever laid 
my eyes ; whereas on the same tour in passing through 
other countries with the same fertile, black soil, the 
crops were very stinted for the want of rain. This 
joawry, which is the bread of India, can get along 
with very little water and do well. 

Now what is true of the Godavery River, is equally 
practicable all over India. In south India we have 
the Adyar, Koum, Krishnu, Godavery, Melar, Pennar, 
Canvery, and Bema. These rivers are felicitously dis- 
persed throughout the great Deccan, which occupies 
the whole interior of south India, i. e., the great penin- 
sula. It is two thousand feet above sea level, and has 
suffered more from drought and famine than any other 
[)art of this great country. It contains three hundred 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 527 

millons of acres and a population of forty millions. 
It is healthful and delightful. If adequately irrigated 
it would actually compare respectably with any other 
section of the continent. You see above, eight rivers, 
and the wonderful results of damming the Godavery 
and husbanding his waters for irrigating purposes. 
The same can be done with these other eight rivers. 
I have traveled through that country and have seen 
them. Their beds all abound in stone, nicely strati- 
fled and eminently suitable to build the dams with 
but little trouble, little hauling of rocks, as they are 
right on the spot. I know no country on earth where 
labor is so cheap; stout, able-bodied men working 
gladly all day for four cents, and women and children 
ail delight to labor with their hands at two cents per 
capita, and the best mechanics, such as we would 
need to superintend and execute the important work 
in the erection of the walls, for fourteen cents a day. 
As it would so largely augment the revenue, it would 
actually pay the government richly to have this work 
done. 

In central India, which reaches from the Vyndyah 
Mountains conterminously with the central provinces, 
we have, besides the mouth of the great Indus, which 
comes down like a flood, the Indrawati, the Tapti, the 
Waraha, the Nerbudda, the Lagournji, and the Ale- 
mandi, — six beautiful rivers, which are small enough 
to dam and retain their waters for irrigating pur- 
poses. These rivers are also amply supplied with 
stone in their beds, precisely of the right kind, ele- 
gantly stratified and nicely workable. Therefore all 
of these regions could be so irrigated as to produce 



528 Around the World, Garden of Eden, 

an abundant supply of food. In north India, besides 
those great rivers, Indus, Ganges, Jumna, and the 
Brahmaputra, which are too large and strong to dam, 
and of course not necessary, as they always afford an 
abundant supply of water, there are among their trib- 
utaries the Sone, Rangit, Chenaub, Chenanga, Munga, 
Gogra, Sind, Sutleg, and Jhehun. These eight beauti- 
ful rivers are all suitable in size to be arrested in their 
flow away to the sea by dams and the water retained 
for irrigating purposes. During the eight months of 
the year between the monsoon seasons, the water in 
these rivers is so low as not to interfere with the work 
of building the dams. Therefore we have eight months 
every year, or six at least, in which these dams could 
be built with all convenience. Besides these twenty- 
two rivers which I have mentioned as suitable to be 
utilized and appropriated by the judicious use of dams 
across them, there are many more of a similar charac- 
ter, which I have not mentioned. 

N. B. Do not forget to remember this famine prob- 
lem which has swept so many millions into a Christ- 
less eternity. Join me in prayer that the blessed Holy 
Spirit may wake up the good people and concentrate 
them in this glorious enterprise, and especially that 
He may move the officers of the British Government 
to give it the necessary encouragement and financial 
help to secure its execution. 

The railroads of India are a glorious God-send to 
that dark land, and oh, what a blessing to the mis- 
sionaries! The British Government has built them 
throughout that great country. I traveled six thou- 
sand miles on them during the three months of my 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 529 

evangelistic work in that country. The reason I did 
not e-angelize China was because she is not supplied 
with railroads sufficiently for evangelism to amount to 
anything; and of course I had no time at my age 
(seventy-two years) to stop and learn a language, as 
the missionaries all do. I preached night and day, 
not in their native tongue, but through an interpreter. 
India is actually the best evangelistic field I know. 
Therefore her Pentecost is at hand if the Church will 
be true to her glorious trust and vast responsibility. 
How you will be surprised when I tell you I traveled 
all over India at one-third of a cent a mile on the regu- 
lar passenger train and one-half a cent on the mail 
trains which make better time than the passengers. 
I know you want me to explain myself, as you are ut- 
terly bewildered as to how I could travel so cheaply 
that I could not miss mj^ railroad expenses. 

Since the Lord sanctified me thirty-eight years ago 
I have preached constantly and lived by faith with- 
out so much as insinuating a contribution. Of course, 
in that heathen land, helping the missionaries, who are 
dependent on the American saints for their support, 
I would not permit a word to be said about my re- 
muneration ; however, the people at difi'erent places 
would informally, now and then, just stick a little 
money in my hand. In that utterly unexpected way 
plenty came in to defray my traveling expenses. But 
you are puzzled over the secret, why I could purchase 
tickets for so insignificant a sum. In that country 
they have four grades of fare. The first class is about 
what it is in America ; the second class is about one- 
half; then comes the intermediate class, which is less 



530 Around the World, Garden of Eden, 

than half the cost of a second class ticket. Last of 
all in the financial grade we have the third class pas- 
sage, which is what I have told you, only one-third 
of a cent per mile for the passenger train and a half 
a cent for the mail. The reason why this third class 
is so very cheap is because it is designed for the poor 
people who constitute about nine-tenths of the whole 
population, the coolies, who almost dispense with 
clothing and live cheaper than you could possibly 
think. They constantly throng the trains in great 
multitudes. They dump them in much like we do 
sheep, swine and cattle, with naked board seats, 
crowded together like sardines in a can, actually 
getting five times as many into the same space as in 
America. Well, you think, surely I did not squeeze 
in with them and travel in so uncomfortable a plight. 
You are correct. I did not, though I traveled on that 
same third class ticket for just what those poor 
coolies go. Now you are prepared to see the great 
favor which the British Government confers on the 
missionaries. They carry us for the same price which 
they charge the coolies, but do not put us in with them. 
We go in a third class car, but it is an European 
compartment and none others permitted to enter it. 
It has room for ten persons. Frequently I had the 
compartment all alone, from the simple fact that I 
was the only European on board, except the rich peo- 
ple, who travel first class. Those poor coolies travel 
in such great crowds that they would fill all the tliird 
class cars tight as they could cram, and running 
along hunting a place to get in they would look into 
my compartment and see me there alone. (The cars 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 531 

are all entered from either side, all along the line, 
and not from the end as in America. All the cars 
are numbered, so you can tell where you belong, and 
have nothing to do but hunt the grade and get in 
wherever you can find room.) These coolies, about to 
be utterly crowded out and left, would come and look 
in at me sitting there alone with a whole apartment 
to myself. Well, I was so deeply in love with them 
and so earnestly praying for them that I would just 
bid them welcome, and they would pour in and fill the 
car. Soon a train guard would pass along, whose 
duty it is to see that every one is in his own place, 
and looking in would see me and know that those 
coolies had no right to get in there. So he would im- 
mediately skedaddle them all out and leave me with 
a whole car to myself to make the run. In India they 
do not have extra beds for guests, travelers and visi- 
tors; but we all carry our own beds. Therefore I had 
mine, and those seats, being ten feet long, were just 
ready to put down the bed and go to sleep. If you 
have a trunk or any other baggage, the coolies are 
just ready to pick up everything you have, bring it and 
put it in your car, and though they expect you t© 
give them a quarter of a cent apiece for their service, 
you do not have to pay the railroad anything for carry- 
ing all your stuflE — bed, trunk, valise, lunch and every- 
thing else. So I know you will frankly admit with 
me that the British Grovernment has brought us under 
obligations to pray for them night and day for their 
wonderful kindness to the missionaries. The reason 
why I give you this information is because I want to 
present to you all the possible encouragement to go 



532 Around the World, Garden of Ei)bn„ 

and evangelize India, the greatest field I know in all 
the earth, and really I do not believe it has an equal. 
If I were not too old, I would take all India for my 
field of labor. I would not have to learn a language 
to serve it with the greatest efficiency, as I could turn 
evangelist and preach through interpreters. 



CHAPTER XXXVIII. 

BURMAH, RANGOON, ADONIRAM JUDSON. 

While India, China, and Thibet have only eight acres 
per capita, Burmah has sixty, as her population is only 
ten and a half millions. She has a good productive 
soil, yielding abundantly to the hand of industry. I 
interviewed my good old friend. Dr. Phinney of 
Rochester, N. Y., who has been there fourteen years, 
in reference to the cause of the sparse population in 
this country comparitively with her neighbors. Ha 
gave me two explanations: one, the intestine wars, 
, which had prevailed among the different nations of 
that country from time immemorial until the British 
got possession of it, through whom God had blessed it 
with peace and prosperity ; the other, the awful prev- 
alence of smallpox and cholera raging throughout the 
country, and killing off the inhabitants who had sur- 
vived those bloody wars, for the people have not found 
out the pertinent remedies for healing those awful 
diseases. I can corroborate his testimony as to the 
cholera for it struck me there at Rangoon, the great 
and flourishing capital and metropolis of Burmah, and 
almost killed me. I surely did get face to face with 
the king of terrors; but Jesus had robbed him of his 
terror, and I found him meek and innocent as a lamb, 
having no power to hurt me but simply to take this 
frail body, the legitimate trophy of the victory he won 

533 



534 Around the World, Garden op Eden, 

over my progenitors in the garden of Eden. But after 
he takes it he cannot hold it, for the Lion of the tribe 
of Judah shall break every chain, not only from my 
soul but from my body; but if He tarrieth I must 
await the resurrection to receive the benefit of the 
victory He gained over the latter. 

The climate of Burmah is very enervating to natives 
of northern latitudes; besides we ran directly on tlie 
equator, where I had to wait ten days for a shi]); 
meanwhile the awful, suffocating equatorial heat was 
exceedingly hard on a man over whom cholera had 
trodden rough shod. Hence the difficulty and prolixity 
of my convalescence; having to wait my northbound 
sailing for the gelid breezes of Boreas to revive my 
prostrate constitution, as we steamed through the 
stormy Sea of China. The sparsity of population in 
Burmah has made her an asylum, open wide to the 
almond-eyed Chinaman, the sable Indian, and the 
tawny Malay, as well as the crowded denizens of 
Oceanica. So Burmah is really the asylum of the 
Orient, where all the crowded peoples can come and 
find ample room. She not only has no famine but 
exports large quantities of food to China, India, ana 
other countries. Our ship carried awaj- five million 
pounds of rice for other people to eat, besides large 
supplies of other edibles. 

In 1812 Adoniram Judson and William Jewel were 
ordained to preach the Gospel in Massachusetts. 
Accompanied by their wives, the ensuing year they 
sailed for the Orient, landing at Rangoon, the capital 
and metropolis of Burmah, then but a small seaport 
town, but now a flourishing city of three hundred 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 535 

thousand inhabitants and growing rapidly. They 
landed on the thirteenth day of July when it was so 
exceedingly hot and sickly. Brother Jewel and his 
wife did not tarry long, but Brother and Sister Judson 
were the very people for the place. They preached 
heroically for seven years without having a single 
convert or receiving any special encouragement. The 
[)hysicians decided that their children would surely 
die if they stayed there, and advised them to return to 
America with them forthwith if they would save their 
lives; but they could not get their own consent to give 
uj) lliat awfully dark, hard field. Therefore they sent 
their children to America and stayed, preaching Jesus 
lo those poor lost people. When they committed their 
little ones to the sea captain to carry them to Amierica, 
having prayed for them and kissed them, they handed 
them out with these significant words, "Jesus, I do 
this for Thee." As they had no visible encouragement, 
having no converts, their friends all advised them to 
leave; but they held on with the pertinacity of a 
drowning man. Ere long the angels came and took 
the little sister (Mrs. Judson), but the brother's 
work was not finished ; so he held on thirty-seven years; 
longer, when he also received his heavenly passport. 
Brother Phinney, who has been there fourteen years, 
told me they now have four hundred and seventy thou- 
sand members, eighty-six churches, eight hundred and 
twenty-six preachers, one hundred and seventy-five 
missionaries, and missions without number. It is the 
most wonderful missionary success in modern times. 
How do we explain it? Judson went there and just 
held on despite all discouragement, verifying the an- 



53() Around the World, Garden of Eden, 

cient motto, "Perseverantia omnia vinoit." "Perse- 
verance conquers all things." Oh, that all the mis- 
sionaries in all lands would emulate this heroic ex- 
ample! Judson saw much fruit of his labor before 
the angels came for him; but only by faith did he 
catch a glimpse of the great harvest which has been 
reaped by his successors. Brother Phinney told me 
that every interest has multiplied about ten times 
since he came there fourteen years ago.- At that time 
there were only four thousand, seven hundred members, 
against forty-seven thousand now; eighty-six preach 
ers, as against eight hundred and twenty-eight now; 
twenty missionaries, against one hundred and seventy- 
five now; and eight churches, against eighty-six now. 
Hence you see the great harvest that has been reaped 
in the last fourteen years. Brother Judson was only 
permitted to gather the first fruits. 

We now find a great publishing house there, print- 
ing Bibles and Testaments in several different lan- 
guages spoken in the great Orient. These are carried 
by missionaries into all parts of those dark lands. 
Besides, they are printing good, religious books in 
vast quantities, and Sunday school literature which 
they send out to the many Sunday schools which they 
have organized throughout that country. Rangoon 
stands on the great Irawadi River, at the junction of 
the Sing Sang. The former is amply voluminous for 
the largest ships to ascend up from the sea seventeen 
miles. 

In Burmah the Baptists are not alone in the great 
missionary enterprises, but other denominations are 
there lending a helping hand. Among them, the Meth- 



Latter Day PROPHEcni:s axd Missions. 537 

odists have a conference in that country, which was 
in session when I was there, presided over by Bisliop 
Robinson, of Luckuow, India. Christianity has a 
stronger hold on Burmah than on any other Oriental 
lieathen land. While the climate with its indigenous 
diseases would present a more terrible front than any 
other, yet Christianity has walked steadfastly on, and 
this day occupies the pre-eminence. Her unparalleled 
success, from a human standpoint, must be imputed 
to the indefatigable perseverance of Brother and Sister 
Judson, who absolutely suffered nothing to disturb 
them, but toiled the harder as formidable storms of 
discouragement accumulated against them. Thus they 
have left all their successors the valuable example of 
inflexible stickability, as a condition of success. In 
your prayers remember this work before God and 
walk in the light He gives you in reference to the 
encouragement you administer, assured that Heaven 
will reward you. 



CHAPTER XXXIX. 



SINGAPORE AND OCEAXICA. 



Sailing from Rangoon to Singapore, our ship stopped 
only at Penang, a beautiful city of two hundred thou- 
sand inhabitants, situated on the Malay Peninsula. 
This has recently, in the good providence of God, 
come under the government of Great Britain, which 
is really a sunburst in the way of encouragement to 
the friends of the Lord's kingdom. Cholera still had 
his heavy grip on me, though somewhat relaxed, con- 
sequently I did not go ashore ; but my young men 
spent the time of the ship's tarrying in the city, and 
had the good fortune to meet the Methodist presiding 
elder, and brought me the good news that we have a 
real encouraging missionary work on that peninsula. 
Oh, what light burst in on those thirty millions of 
Mohammedans and heathens ! A few years ago they 
discovered lead ore on that peninsula, which they have 
wrought and brought into market, greatly to the 
financial prosperity of that whole country, and it has 
proved exceedingly helpful financially to the mission- 
ary enterprises which the Methodist Church has 
brought into that country. My young men said that 
the presiding elder reported a big work there; quite a 
number of prosperous circuits, with their pastors 
spreading out through those teeming populations bear- 
ing the light of God's truth and the Holy Spirit. We 

638 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 539 

also have a Christian school of six hundred pupils in 
the city; which, in the providence of God, ought to 
prove a lighthouse transmitting hallowed illumina- 
tions throughout that whole peninsula. The govern- 
ment was Mohammedan about a thousand years, until 
the recent fall into the hands of Great Britain; not 
vi et armis, but by colonization and diplomacy. This 
Malay peninsula has hitherto had no missionaries, but 
the Moslem prophet has held indisputed sway while 
the dark centuries have rolled away. We should all 
take these thirty millions of deluded people on our 
hearts before God, that we may reinforce the missions 
which have already been launched in that country 
and multiply them a thousand fold. 

We now land at Singapore, which belongs to Great 
Britain and stands on an island of the same name. 
It has a population of three hundred thousand and is 
the great commercial citj, not only of the peninsula 
but of Oceanica, which dots the sea all around with 
those large, fertile, beautiful, and populous islands, 
Java, Sumatra, Borneo, Celebes, et cetera, containing 
jointly a population of one hundred and fifty millions, 
'all conveniently centralized in Singapore. When I 
arrived T saw the streets thronged with jinrikishas, 
nice little sedans on two wheels, protected from sun 
and rain by a buggy top, and drawn by a Chinese 
coolie whithersoever the passenger willeth, trotting off 
with the velocity of a fleet horse, and seemingly as 
active and indefatigable as the quadruped. There 
under the equator the sun has murli power and his 
heat is always intense. The climate is one also ad- 
dicted to much falling rain, descending copiously 



540 Around the World, Garden of Eden, 

every day, and keeping gardens and fields abundantly 
irrigated and the kingdom of nature flourishing on all 
sides during the encircling year. Meanwhile these 
coolies never stop: but run, regardless of sun or rain, 
with their bodies in a state of nudity in either case, 
except the loin apparel required by law. There I saw 
a clear case of animals being literally superseded by 
human muscle. The coolies convey you so cheaply 
that no cabmen can possibly compete with them, 
therefore horses and donkeys all retreat before these 
Chinese coolies who have left their own country and 
migrated thither to seek their fortunes. They are very 
inconsistent in their notorious attitude against im- 
migration, when they are doing so much of it them- 
selves, i. e., not only pouring into America, but more 
so into those different Oriental countries, Japan, Bur- 
mah, Malay, and the islands. 

God, in His good providence, put me in the house 
of Dr. West, presiding elder of the district, and his 
good wife, my neighbors from Crawfordsville, Indiana, 
whom He has sent into this far off land, accompanied 
by our excellent Brother and Sister Buchanan, and 
Brother Wiley, to preach His glorious Gospel to the 
sable thousands, long sequestered in these dark re- 
gions of the antipodean world, where no missionary 
had preceded them, that, like Paul, they may not 
build on another man's foundation. The great Physi- 
cian wonderfully used the kind and humble instru- 
mentality of Brother West in my convalescence from 
cholera, which had held me in his cruel clutches eleven 
days before my arrival. Fortunately for me my ship 
delayed her sailing ten days longer, giving me the 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 541 

best hcspital in the world there in the family of our 
beloved presiding elder, and his noble companions, 
Brother and Sister Buchanan, whom Gcd sent to my 
relief as ministering angels. 

On the night preceding our landing, a thief stole 
from me all the money I had, fifty-seven and a half 
dollars in British gold. It had been given to me dur- 
ing my peregrinations in India to pay the postage on 
my Translation of the New Testament, which I every- 
where donated with great pleasure to God's people, 
while the}' kindly gave me postage money. Therefore, 
on arriving in Cincinnati, when I sent away the books 
I enjoyed a double blessing; the one in the donation 
of the books to God's faithful workers in India and 
elsewhere in my world missionary tour, and the other 
in the privilege of paying all the postage on them 
which they had kindly given to me, but which the 
thief had stolen. Therefore I enjoyed in my own ex- 
perience a verification of Romans viii, 28, "All things 
work together for good to them that love God with 
Divine love." When I sent off that great lot of books, 
Testaments and Commentaries, to the Lord's dear 
missionaries and, through the thief, not only enjoyed 
the privilege of sending the books, but of paying the 
postage on them (which, to my surprise, was much less 
than I anticipated), I actually rejoiced in God for the 
privilege. The thief was aboard the British India 
steamship with me. As you know, he never can get 
to Heaven without a true repentance, which invariably 
restores all ill-gotten gains, and as the crime was com- 
mitted in the uttermost part of the earth, twelve 
thousand miles from my home, therefore, if the thief 



542 Around the World, Garden of Eden, 

gets convicted and wants to make restitution, he can- 
not reach me to do it. Consequently I now request 
you all to pray for his conviction, and when he makes 
his confession tell him just to restore the money to 
any missionary he can find. Rest assured it will be 
satisfactory with God, for that will be the very same 
as if he restored it to me, since I have already willed 
the missionaries everything I shall leave in this world 
when I reach my translation, which can be nothing 
but my books and the royalty that will normally accu- 
mulate on them till the trumpet blows. 

Dr. Wes.t there at Singapore is presiding elder of 
the district and president of the Bible College in that 
city, in which he is educating about one hundred young 
people preparatory to the evangelization of the penin- 
sula- and the islands dotting the sea round about, 
which have been more neglected by the missionary 
societies than any other region in the great heathen 
Orient. The importance of this Bible College there 
in the center of this vast heathen population is so 
great that I must recommend it to your prayers and 
benefactions. In this college they are teaching the 
Bible in Chinese and in the Malay languages, and 
some others which are spoken in these regions, and 
preparing the students to go out and preach the Gos- 
pel in the different tongues of their nativity. As we 
find it so difficult to reach the Chinese in their own 
country, here in Singapore there are myriads of them, 
also in the peninsula and the islands, with no such 
obstructions in the way of reaching them as in their 
own country. Here we have a grand open door to 
educate them, not only for the peninsula and the 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 543 

islands clustering around this great and growing 
English metropolis, where we have all the liberty we 
want and ample protection of the civil law, but they 
\vill also go back to China and preach there. 

For Dr. ^Vest and the missionaries, we need an 
r.niple endowment for this college to establish it on 
an independent basis, as those students who are all 
converts out of those heathen nations have no ability 
to pay tuition. It is really important that this college 
should be taken in hand by the missionary society, 
adopted and provided for. I wrote to Bishops Thoburn 
and Oldham on the subject, hoping that God would 
use them to help me to call attention to this enter- 
prise which is fraught with incalculable value to the 
Lingdom of God, as we are laboring to establish it in 
the great, dark Orient. Let us all make a specialty 
of this Bible College for God, and at the same time 
let us ask Him what He would have us do by way of 
lending a helping hand. Dr. West has work scattered 
about in those densely populated islands, as well as 
on the peninsula, whence bright young men and women 
whom God has saved are coming to this Bible College 
to qualify themselves to preach the everlasting Gospel 
to their own people. As those countries are not only 
in the torrid zone, but are directly under the equator, 
the heat is so intense as to disqualify Americans and 
Europeans to Avork there without imperilling their 
lives; but it is not so with the natives who have been 
born and reared on the spot. To them, the climate is. 
healthful. Therefore this Bible College in Singapore is 
our grand opportunity to supply all of those neglected 
countries with native preachers of the Gospel, and at 



544 Around the World, Garden of Eden. 

the same time the best opportunity to reach China, 
as the fight on the part of the Chinese is not against 
tho Gospel, but simply against foreigners. Therefore, 
when we can prepare their own people to preach to 
them, there will be no impediment. 

This region of country stands higli in the commer- 
cial world. The island of Java, directly under the 
shadow of Singapore, with a population of thirty-seven 
millions, has notoriety for producing the best coffee 
in the world, while China supplies all nations with tea. 

Take these toiling brothers and sisters, with their 
arduous labors, on your heart before God night and 
day, and tell your friends about this grand open door 
to glorify the Prince of life and send the light across 
the two greatest oceans in the world, the Indian and 
the Pacific. Thus there may be rejoicing in Heaven 
over the rising of the great Sun of righteousness on 
these dark lands, which have hitherto been neglected 
by the missionary societies which have established 
work in India, Africa, China, and Japan. Address 
Dr. West, Singapore, Malaysia, S. S. 



CHAPTER XL. 



CHINA AND THIBET. 



Thibet is under the government of China and only 
open to missionaries entering from that country; 
our way is still blockaded from India, therefore in 
this cursory reference I take them together. They 
give us a population of about five hundred millions of 
the most inaccessible pagans on the globe. Till very 
recently Thibet had been fast closed up from ages 
immemorial; then some of the missionaries got in 
from China. Therefore our hope for that Satan-ridden 
land is through the territory of her strong neighbors. 

I did not spend much time in China, only visiting 
Hongkong and Shanghai; this from the fact that I 
am so exceedingly fond of preaching that I am not 
satisfied anywhere unless I am at it. For that work I 
have two impediments in China. The most formidable 
one is the absence of railroads, without which my 
length of time could not have been utilized to much 
advantage, and the other, the constant reports meet- 
ing us in India that they were killing the missionaries. 
vTherefore it would perhaps have been impossible to 
have explored the couutry away from the coast, as 
they actually would not have permitted me. There- 
fore I delightfully spent the time in India, and 
becoming very homesick expedited my homeward 
bound tour as much as I could, even leaving my young 

545 



546 Around the World, Garden of Eden. 

men preaching in Japan. When I arrived with all 
possible expedition, out-traveling correspondence and 
reaching my dear "Old Kentucky Home" at midnight, 
after an absence of nine months, I first learned from 
the lips of my dear wife that our beloved and only 
surviving daughter had gone to Heaven while I was 
in the middle of the Pacific Ocean. Then of course I 
felt that, with all my expedition, I had tarried too 
long and the angels had stolen a march on me, cap- 
turing the one whom I expected long to survive and 
represent me and her sainted mother on the battle- 
field. 

Hong Kong is a great and beautiful city, built much 
after the European style, as it belongs to Great 
Britain. It is the grand center of English merchan- 
dise in China and contains a population of about 
seven hundred thousand. I was much gratified to find 
the Anglo-Saxons thus permanently established in 
that great heathen empire; not only owning the city 
but a section of the contiguous country. Therefore 
the Lion has already got his paw on the Dragon. I 
saw much of the country from the ship but only 
disembarked at these two great cities. In Shanghai I 
was delighted to meet Bishop Bashford and Doctor 
Parker, and would have much enjoyed a longer stay, 
but the homesickness already confessed expedited me. 
I visited in that city the great work of the Southern 
Methodists which was launched about thirty-five years 
ago. With a beginning small and insignificant, we 
now have a college of two hundred students, preparing 
to preach the unsearchable riches of Christ to their 
people who have bowed to wood and stone from ages 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 547 

immemorial. They told me that twice that number 
were anxious to enjoy the benefit of that college if 
they only had room. A hint to the wise is sufficient. 
Let us see at once that none of these bright children 
of the Orient are excluded from that Bible College. 
When it was first launched, the ground was a bog 
and cost very little. They tell me that it is now, with 
the improvements on it, college, church, reisidences 
and other conveniences, worth five hundred thousand 
dollars. The site which when purchased was in the 
suburbs amid a dismal morass, is now in the solid city, 
thoroughly drained, ornamented, and a real charm to 
every passer-by. Therefore we must take this matter 
at once before God, and especially do I appeal to the 
saints of dear old Dixie Land. It is an absolute sine 
qua non that we double the capacity of our college 
building and welcome the other two hundred who are 
willing to become students of the blessed Bible, that 
they may preach to the people of their consanguinity 
that glorious Gospel of God's interceding Son, which 
is now the jubilee of their own souls. 

As it is so difficult to utilize foreigners in that 
greatest heathen nation on the globe, let this fact be 
an inspiration to us to all the more appreciate all the 
native help that we can get ; therefore, let none of these 
children of the "Celestial Empire," be for any consid- 
eration excluded from this Bible College. Not only 
must we utilize this Bible College to the greatest 
possible advantage in the Christian education of these 
Chinese youths, and in qualifying them to teach their 
people the blessed Bible, but we must, by the grace of 
God, get that Anglo-Chinese College wrapped in the 



548 Around the World, Garden op Eden, 

fires of the Holy Ghost; thus getting back to the 
Pentecostal age. If we can bring their ability and 
Pentecostal power to evangelize great dark China and 
Thibet through the instrumentality of their own peo- 
ple, that will be light in darkness sure enough. Pente- 
cost was not simply a day, but a dispensation, and we 
are still living in that dispensation, which is for the 
Chinese and Thibetans as really as it ever was for the 
Jews and Samaritans. Let all the Southern Meth- 
odists, and all others whom the Lord shall call, rally 
to the support of this Anglo-Chinese Bible College in 
Shanghai, as never before; unhesitatingly contributing 
all necessary money for the accommodation of the four 
hundred students and as many more as we can get, if 
it is four thousand. Then put in a corps of sanctified 
and Spirit-filled teachers, who will be capable, through 
the endowment, not only to teach them the Bible, but 
to get them beautifully and intelligently saved, wholly 
sanctified and copiously filled with the Holy Ghost 
sent down from Heaven. Best assured this is the true 
economy by which to evangelize those five hundred 
millions of Mongolians, whom we have on our hands 
by the positive command of our glorious risen Savior, 
Acts ii, 9, and dare not go back, as it is the irrevoca- 
ble and inestimable ipse dixit of the Almighty. We 
are already well established in our own property 
worth a half a million dollars, there in Shanghai, a 
city rapidly approximating a million of people. They 
dare not molest us as we have the ample protection of 
international law. 

Those Mongolians are the most exclusive and most 
unapproachable race of people in the world, as we see 



Latter Day Prophecips and Missions. 54d 

now manifested in their repellency and even hostility 
to all the other nations of the earth who migrate into 
their country; hence the wisdom and plausibility of 
evangelizing Mongolians with Mongolians. You see 
the contract is so heavy, including five hundred 
millions, that we have no time to lose. Therefore let 
us take hold of the work in good earnest. Also let us 
augment the corps of teachers in proportion to the 
additional work needed for the faithful instruction of 
this great host of pupils, and as many more as we can 
get; and besides make it an absolute sine qua non to 
have all the teachers so sanctified and filled with the 
Holy Ghost as to qualify them, not simply on intel- 
lectual and educational lines, but especially that they 
may be endued with the Holy Ghost and power requi- 
site for their efficiency as spiritual guides; so as to 
keep the institution constantly wrapped in a Pente- 
costal flame. Then, so fast as the students graduate 
in the Bible curriculum, send them out as mission- 
aries throughout that vast empire, to preach Jesus to 
the millions who have been degraded by idol worship 
from ages immemorial. Let there be a union of prayer 
going up from the millions of hearts fired with re- 
deeming love, for the evangelization of these five hun- 
dred millions of Mongolians. 

We have a great encouragement in China owing to 
the unity of the language spoken by those teeming • 
millions throughout that vast empire. In India one 
hundred languages are spoken. When the mission- 
aries learn one, they are all right for that nation ; but 
if they want to go and teach in another nation, they 
have the great work of learning another language. 



550 Around the World, Garden op Eden, 

As I did all of my preaching through interpreters, on 
the railroads I would run from one nationality into 
another before I knew it, till some one would tell me. 
But since the Chinese all speak one language, you see 
the great convenience enjoyed in our Anglo-Chinese 
BiJt)le College. We actually have but one language to 
learn, and then we are ready to preach everywhere. 
However, there are different dialects of that language 
used in different localities, but it is nothing to learn 
a dialect comparatively with the great work of mas- 
tering a language, so that you can preach in it readily 
and fluently. In our college in Shanghai the pupils all 
know the Chinese language, as it is their vernacular; 
but we have to teach them the English language so 
that they can have accass to English literature and read 
our good books, explaining the Bible to them. When 
they get saved and filled with the Holy Spirit they 
are ready to go out and preach Jesus to their people 
in their own language and be better understood than 
ourselves in case we have studied it ever so long. 

China and Thibet constitute not only the greatest 
missionary field in the world, but in many respects 
they are the most interesting. The unity of language 
already mentioned is a great consideration in our 
favor. Again, the climate is congenial, as the entire 
field is in the temperate zone, stretching over the 
latitudes of the United States of America, and hence 
is comfortable and agreeable to our health. 

When the cholera struck me at Rangoon, Burmah, 
I was in the torrid zone and sailing towards the 
equator, where I had to wait for a ship ten days. 
Though the paroxysms lasted but an hour, and I 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 551 

thought I had survived the cholera, yet it clung to 
me in a sense, because I was nauseated and repelled 
all nutriment, and it seemed that I would starve to 
death. Meanwhile I was full of pains and suffering 
awfully. In that condition I must have died pretty 
soon of sheer inanition ; but that noble presiding elder, 
Dr. West, with whom I spent the ten days at Singa- 
pore, urged me to go north as quickly as possible, 
assuring me I could not recuperate in that climate. 
During the days I had to wait for my ship, by his 
medical skill, he kept me alive and largely mitigated 
the pains from which I was suffering; yet T could not 
regain my strength and must soon have died of weak- 
ness. When we sailed for China, the northern breezes 
meeting me soon began to revive my faint and appar- 
ently dying body. While sailing through the China 
^ea for several days the voyage was really stormy, 
and nearly all on board suffered terribly with seasick- 
ness; meanwhile I was reviving rapidly under the 
effect of those north winds. As I was so feeble. 
Bishop Sellow, of the Free Methodist Church, who 
was sailing with me and suffering from se^^ sickness, 
said it was God's signal mercy that was saving me 
from seasickness, for it certainly would have killed 
me as, in my extreme feebleness, I would have sunken 
under it. But I must say, to His glory, that I never 
do have seasickness. Therefore I am a good sailor and 
well adapted to plow the ocean. If I could recall the 
meridian of my manhood, doubtless I would continue 
to help the missionaries in all lands by my personal 
labor. It is perfectly delightful to preach to those 
poor heathen who have never heard of Jesus, whom I 



552 Around the World, Garden op Eden, 

found so very appreciative that, with unflagging inter- 
est, they listened spellbound just as long as I would 
talk to them; and when I made iny appeal for seek- 
ers, responded by dozen, scores, and hundreds, accord- 
ing to the size of my congregation. In this country, 
the elect having largely been reached already, we are 
wasting much ammunition on the non-elect, who have 
already rejected the Holy Ghost and grieved Him 
away, crossed the dead line, and will never be saved, 
but will go from the blaze of Gospel day into the 
dismal midnight of endless woe, there to spend their 
eternity. But among the pagan millions we have 
access to the elect who have never heard the Gospel 
and are consequently ready and waiting and hail it 
with enthusiasm. I do not wonder that the Apostle 
Paul made it a rule to avoid the track of every prede- 
cessor, that he might utilize this fleeting life as fruit- 
fully as possible, preaching the Gospel to those who 
had not been hardened by rejecting Him. 

When I stood on the Himalaya Mountains, I en- 
joyed a grand view of Thibet, but was not allowed to 
enter it. The country is only accessible from China, 
and is in the temperate zone, like China. The most 
of our mission work is in the torrid zone, which in- 
cludes four-fifths of Africa, the most of India, all of 
Australia, all of Oceanica, and the most of South 
and Central America. During my tour around the 
world, I spent four months out of nine preaching in 
the torrid zone. 

The plague peculiar to the torrid zone is always in 
India and many other countries in that climate. It 
consists in the fe\'er rising so high that it burns up 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 553 

the vital organs and superinduces immediate death. 
People having a weak heart, take it and drop dead in 
a minute or two. There is a bowel trouble peculiar to 
the torrid zone which is really terrific. In that cli- 
mate there are poisonous germs which one is liable 
to take in food or water, which develop these danger- 
ous diseases. Dr. West, of Singapore, said I got one 
of them some way and it gave me cholera. In the 
same way, this incurable dysentery is contracted. 
The germ hatches out a bug, which gets into the intes- 
tines and multiplies exceedingly rapidly. It will soon 
eat through the intestines, and in that case it is 
utterly impossible to save the life of the victim. ' Our 
people who go to live in the Philippine Islands en- 
counter this serious trouble. During my homeward- 
bound tour I sailed from Hong Kong, China, to San 
Francisco, Cal., with a man who had gone from Indian- 
apolis to Manila, Philippine Islands, and had been 
attacked with this dysentery, and his physician told 
him his only chance to live was to come to America. 
He aimed to go to the hospital in San Francisco and 
receive treatment for the removal of these microbic 
bugs from his intestines. He said he knew he had 
them, for he had seen them by a microscopic examina- 
tion. He told me about a neighbor of his in Manila 
who had the same trouble and, pursuant to the same 
advice, was sailing to San Francisco for treatment 
and died the day before the ship landed. Those cruel 
bugs had eaten through the intestines, after which 
there was no possible remedy. 

The torrid zone is so exceedingly hot that foreigners 
are very liable to contract some of these terrible and 



554 Around the World, Garden op Eden. 

fatal diseases. But here we have China and Tliibet, 
in the temperate zone like our own country, and with 
one great common language spoken throughout. There 
is nothing to do but to learn it thoroughly and then 
in your peregrination pick up the different dialects, 
and you are all right on the languages, which is a con- 
sideration more important than you are likely to ap- 
prehend. As language is the vehicle of thought, and 
the only method by which we can transmit the Gospel 
message to the people we are commissioned to evan- 
gelize and save, therefore it is the great sine qua non 
of the missionary. When you have but one languare 
to learn you are likely to become exceedingly pro- 
ficient in speaking and writing it. Therefore China 
and Thibet, with their five hundred millions of be 
nighted pagans constitute a most charming field of 
labor for our people. The above arguments all apply 
to Japan also, thus adding fifty millions more to thi^* 
great heathen world, which we can so conveniently 
reach by simply crossing one ocean, the beautiful and 
placid Pacific. Do join me in prayer night and day 
that God shall lay these five hundred millions o' 
heathen like mountains on the hearts of Americai: 
Christians. 



CHAPTER XLL 

WHAT SHALL WE DO WITH CHIXA AND THIBET ? 

We dare give but one answer to this question. That 
answer you can read for yourself in Matthew xxviii, 
10, which is our Lord's commission, ''Go, disciple all 
the heathens." There is but one way to make a dis- 
ciple of the heathen, and that way is to get them truly 
and genuinely saved. The wrong translation of this in 
the E. v., "Go teach," has led people astray. The 
teaching comes in after the commandment to make 
disciples of them. Therefore our first work is to get 
the soul really born from above, regenerated by the 
Holy Ghost. 

All the time I was preaching in India, the papers 
were flooded with reports about the massacres in 
China. Six years ago (1900) the Boxers, i. e., revolu 
tionists, sprung up in China with a determination to 
drive all foreigners out of the empire. That is the 
end for which all these massacres are perpetrated. 
They determined to rid their country of foreigners. 
As we sailed along between China and Japan, we 
passed close by Massacre Island, so named because 
six years ago two hundred and sixteen missionaries 
were diabolically murdered on that island. They per- 
suaded the missionaries to embark on a ship, telling 
them that they would give them a chance of transit 
to go away from the country. Therefore, knowing 

655 



556 Around the World, Garden of Eden, 

their lives were in danger in China, as the Boxers had 
already been killing some of the missionaries, they got 
aboard the ship and were carried away to that lonely 
island in mid sea, and there all were compelled to dis- 
embark. The island does not contain more than four 
or five acres, and is surrounded on all sides by the 
deep sea; therefore, of course, there was no chance for 
them to escape. Then the Boxers turned in on them 
and butchered every one of them, and sailed away, 
leaving the bodies for the vultures to devour. 

A few days before my arrival at Shanghai a lot of 
Roman Catholic priests had been murdered but a 
short distance from that city. Bishop Bashford, who 
seemed anxious to mitigate the matters, which were 
calculated to intimidate missionaries from coming 
thither, stated that they did not attack the Protestant 
missionaries, but it was especially Jesuites whom they 
murdered. We can take no comfort over any discrim- 
ination made on the occasion between the Catholics 
and Protestants. Those ignorant pagans really know 
no difference between the people who are called Chris- 
tians. That time they happened to kill the Roman 
Catholics. I trow next time they will get a lot of 
Methodist preachers. The truth of the matter is, 
missionary work in China at present exposes every one 
to martyrdom. Then shall we not desist for the pres- 
ent? By no means, but we must press the battle 
harder, and be the more courageous. No one has any 
business going ofif as a missionary who is not ready 
for martyrdom. The Baptist missionary motto — an 
ox standing between the plow and the altar, ready for 
sacrifice or service — is very beautiful. According to 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 557 

history, two hundred millions of our predecessors 
have sealed their faith with their blood. We are no 
better than they. Jesus Himself was a martyr, stand- 
ing at the head of the row. We should all be ready 
every moment to do two things : the one, to witness 
for Jesus; and the other, to die. In India we have 
terrible fevers, small-pox, cholera, and plague, which 
kill the people quickly. No one is fit to go as a mis- 
sionary thither unless he is willing to die of any of 
these diseases for Jesus. You say, "O, Brother Godbey, 
you put the standard too high; I am afraid you will 
scare off all who would be missionaries." You need 
not be afraid. The great Holiness Movement now 
girdles the world, preaching entire sanctification with 
the infilling of the Holy Ghost and perfect love, which 
casts out fear; therefore you can stay at home and 
make money to carry them across the great Pacific, 
and God will raise up plenty of missionaries who are 
ready for martyrdom in China, or for those awful dis- 
eases in India. 

So the matter is settled ; Jesus settled it on the 
shore of the sea of Galilee one thousand eight hun- 
dred and seventy-three years ago, when He gave the 
commission to His apostles and their successors till 
He comes again. When He speaks all cavil must cease 
forever. He tells us to go and make disciples of those 
people. While we all ought to be ready to suffer 
martyrdom, and I am satisfied that many are now 
saying, "Lord, send me, and if Thou dost need a 
martyr, I put in the first bid," yet God has given us 
intelligence as well as the grace needed to prepare us 
for martyrdom. When the teeming millions of by-gone 



558 Around the World, Gardsn of Eden, 

ages suffered uiartyrdom, Christianity was young in 
the world and the political powers were in the hand-* 
of her enemies. Now it is not so; but to our infinite 
consolation the reverse is true. As, in the providence 
of God, we have fleets and armies, why not use them 
for His glory? 

When I was in Joppa, Palestine, in 1895, Rolla 
Floyd, an AmericLn Christian, who has been in that 
country forty years and was serving -me as guide, 
pointed out a house to me, stating that in 1852 two 
American missionaries were murdered in that house. 
I asked him if our Government paid no attention to it. 
He proceeded to state that information was at once 
sent to Washington City, to the President, who forth- 
with ordered a warship to go directly to Joppa. On 
arrival the captain of the vessel sent for the governor 
of Joppa, stating that he wanted to see him. When 
he came aboard the ship, the captain demanded him 
to surrender to him the murderers of our missionaries. 
He excused himself, saying he knew nothing about it 
and could not find them. Then the captain told him 
he would give him three days to find those murderers 
and bring them to him, and if, he failed, he was going 
at that time to turn his cannons loose on the city. 
A couple of hours before the time expired, the gov- 
ernor sent him the murderers. The captain hung them 
on the bars of the ship till they were dead, tied rocks 
to them, sunk them in the deep sea, and sailed away. 

We have missionaries at Joppa now at work. I 
preached for them on the tour. We have them at Jeru- 
salem, Hebron, Ramallah, and other places in the Holy 
Laud, and they are not molested. If we had not pro- 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 559 

tected them, they would have murdered every one of 
them; as that country is under the Turkish Govern- 
ment, which would kill every Christian in the empire 
if it was not afraid. 

In 1860, the Druses, a very barbaric Mohammedan 
sect, massacred fourteen hundred Christians in and 
about Damascus. A French army was at once 
dispatched to Damascus. On arrival the commanding 
general arrested the governor and his officers, not for 
committing the massacre, for they knew they had not 
done it, but for his delinquency in protecting the 
Christians from the Druses who did the slaughter in 
cold blood, and they knew it. He hanged them all, 
not for the massacre, but because they did not prevent 
it. When the Sultan supplied his place with another 
governor, the first thing the new governor did after 
arriving at Damascus was to join the Christian 
Church and receive baptism, lest the sad fate of his 
predecessor might overtake him. If the French army 
had not thus retaliated, the Mohammedans would have 
murdered all the Christians in the empire. Immediate- 
ly after this massacre, the Christian powers forced the 
Sultan to give the Christians in that country an 
asylum of refuge. This he did by cutting great, rich, 
fruitful and delightful Mount Lebanon out of his 
empire and turning it over to the Christians with an 
independent government; the governor being appoint- 
ed by the Christian powers. I passed through it twice 
last October. It is really a delightful home for all the 
Christians who prefer to live under an independent 
government of their own, there surrounded by the 
Turkish empire. 



560 Around the World, Garden op Edbn> 

Shall we not profit by these happy illustrations and 
resort to a similar policy in China ? Do you ask : "O 
Brother Godbey, do you mean that we should take 
their government from them ?" I mean no such thing, 
nor that we shall in any way interfere with it; but 
simply that we shall require that government to 
protect our people sojourning in their country, 
whether missionaries, merchants, railroad and tele- 
graph men, or travelers. How shall we do this? More 
conveniently than you think. Let the great powers of 
Christendom, Britain, America, Russia, Germany and 
F'rance, form a quintuple protectorate for China; 
partitioning her territory among them according to 
their convenience; each furnishing her quota of sol- 
diers, Britain locating hers in Hongkong which 
belongs to her; America, hers in Manila, which 
belongs to her. Russia borders on China and could 
select her own place in her own territory. Let 
Germany and France locate theirs at their own con- 
venience. Now this would be no additional expense to 
these different powers, because they have their soldiers 
on hand anyhow and could keep them about as cheaply 
at one place as at another. This done, let them respect- 
fully notify China that she must protect our people 
in her territory or we vrilldo so. Then, in case of a 
massacre, let them demand the surrender of the 
murderers. 

Will not the organization of this protectorate pro- 
voke a war with China? Nay, verily ^ You need not 
think China has grown so oblivious to the aAvful 
thrashing the little Japs gave her only ten years ago, 
as now to undertake the five greatest nations of the 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 561 , 

world : in that case she knows she would sufifer certain 
and signal defeat and actually jeopardize her OAvn 
national existence. Then let us have the quintuple 
Christian protectorate dropped over great China; with 
the distinct understanding that she must protect our 
people. In this procedure, there is nothing meddle- 
some as regards China's national rights and inter- 
ests; it is simply a scheme adopted in the interest of 
all Christendom, conservative of our Lord's commis- 
sion to evangelize all nations. 

Perhaps some of you halt over the character of the 
Christianity in Russia, where Ave have the Greek 
Church, and in Germany and France, where there is 
the Roman Catholic. You must remember that there 
is a sprinkling of Protestants in Russia and France, 
and multiplied thousands of them in Germany, where 
the Protestant movement originated with Martin 
Luther. Besides, as it appertains to our Lord's great 
commission to preach the Gospel to all the world and 
to disciple all the heathens, Greeks, Romans and 
Protestants are all in perfect harmony, alike recog- 
nizing that commission in its full force and sending 
their missionaries to the ends of the earth. An apology 
in this connection is due the great Russian Empire 
with her three hundred millions of subjects, and that 
is, that in all probability the majority of them are in 
a state of barbarism, and a large per cent, of the 
minority only half civilized; while the Czar, the 
nobility and many others are members of the Greek 
Christian Church, they generally are in a very low 
spiritual experience, if any at all. In this we are not 
reflecting on them, because they have made great 



562 Around the World, Garden of Eden, 

progress in civilization from the Goths, Huns, Van- 
dals, and lleruli, all wild barbarians, who conquered 
the Roman Empire A. D. 47G, and became the ances- 
tors of great Russia, the predominant power of Asia. 
In union there is strength. ''United we stand, divided 
we fall," the United States' motto, is worthy the ap- 
preciation of all nations. It is high time we were all 
united in the evangelization of the world. 

These Mongolians, the most numerous race on the 
globe, are exceedingly worthy of our appreciation, 
aside from the pre-eminent consideration of the ines- 
timable value of every human soul, regardless of race 
or nationality. Jesus gives us an everlasting verdict, 
proclaiming forever the indisputable fact that the 
meanest, most ignorant and ignoble soul is per se of 
inconceivable value; from the fact that He vacated 
the throne of His glory in Heaven, came to this world 
and laid down His life to redeem that soul. Besides, 
these Mongolians are really a noble people. We see 
this illustrated in their unflinching integrity, inde- 
fatigable perseverance, and untiring patience. They 
beat all the people you ever saw to hold on and stand 
firm. 

Bishop Bashford, while we were in China, related 
to us some thrilling and notable examples illustrative 
of these stirring traits of character, which transpired 
during the persecutions. On a certain occasion the 
mob had come into the mission and killed all the 
Americans. Having captured two Christian Chinese 
girls who were helping in the mission, they undertook 
to make them recant, but finding them solid and in- 
dexible, and thinking ir scare them into submission, 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions., 563 

they turpentined them in order to burn th^m. Still 
they could not scare them into acquiescence. Then 
they proceeded to cut off the foot of one of them, and 
the hand of the other, thus maiming and mutilating 
them in hopes of scaring them into submission. But 
it all proved utterly in vain, so they proceeded to burn 
them. Numbers of similar cases transpired during 
the persecutions, in all of which the native Christians 
showed a most beautiful heroism and left the world 
in glorious triumph. Rest assured that those people 
are of infinite value in the sight of Him who laid 
down His life to redeem them from sin, death, and 
Hell. They are people notorious for their immuta- 
bility, retaining the same customs and habits and 
institutions for thousands of years. When we get 
them saved, you will find that they will stand solid 
as Gibraltar. In that respect they are like the Ger- 
mans, who put us Anglo-Saxons to blush by their 
stability and perseverance. 

The royal family of China are Manchu Tartars, who 
were placed on the throne by that great conqueror, 
Tamerlane, who, in the fourteenth century, rolled hi« 
conquering tide over large parts of Asia, and among 
them subjugated China. It is said that while pushing 
the war against the Chinese, the tide turned terrifi- 
cally against him, and they whipped him twelve times 
in succession. Then, while the rain was falling and 
he had taken shelter in a ruined building, his atten- 
tion was arrested by a spider building her web. He 
saw her climbing up a pillar to a certain altitude and 
then swinging off, making for a beam to which she 
wanted to attach her web, but not quite able to reach 



5G4 Around the World, Garden of Eden. 

it. Resuming her undertaking, she climbed the pillar 
again, swung off and made another effort, only again 
to fail. So she continued until she actually made her 
twelfth effort and failed. Then the thoughts of the 
great man, if he was a barbarian, began to revolve 
vigorously as he soliloquized : ''Have I not fought the 
Chinese twelve times, and suffered an equal number of 
defeats? This spider has made twelve fruitless efforts 
to reach the beam and attach her web, and now enters 
again the thirteenth one, so I will see how she comes 
out." So he now most intentely watches the spider, 
and sees her climb the pillar and swing off of the 
beam, and, behold, she reaches it, abides on it, and 
attaches her web, so that she can run hither and 
thither ad libitum. Then he thanks God for sending 
the spider to reveal to him his coming victory and to 
cheer his despondent heart. Rising he goes at once 
to his army and tells them the good news that God is 
going to give them victory, and had revealed it to 
him by the patient spider, which he saw make the 
twelfth effort, failing every time, but finally reaching 
a glorious success in the thirteenth effort. It had the 
desired effect; it enthused new life and energy intc 
his men. They fought with unprecedented energy and 
heroism, won the day, and seated a Manchu Tartar 
on the throne of China, a successor of whom sits there 
to-day. 



CHAPTER XLII. 



JAPAX. 



During tTie demiurgic days of by-gone eternity, long 
before man was created, and the sun, which measures 
man's day, had received his glorious luminosity, and 
rode out on his fiery chariot, monarch of the ethereal 
world; when God's days measured the world's chro- 
nology (2 Peter iii, 8), at an epoch we know not when, 
several thousand volcanoes broke out on the bottom 
of the Pacific Ocean and continued to roll up their 
burning lava till vast territories mounted high above 
the rolling billows. Some of them were so high that 
when I passed through Japan the other day I saw 
them capped with their snowy diadems. This was in 
the ages when "one day with God was about a thou- 
sand years." While God's day approximates a thou- 
sand years, it is not definite like man's days; as He 
carries no embargoes. The dsLjs mentioned in the first 
chapter of the TJible, before the sun took his place 
in his flaming palace and became recognized as the 
king of day, were not twenty-four hour days, but 
creative periods. This follows as a legitimate sequence, 
since there was no sun there to measure them. 

These volcanoes that rose from the Pacific formed 
that vast series of islands which now constitute the 
Japanese Empire, which consists of four large islands 
and many small ones. The largest island, Hondo, con- 

565 



566 Around the World, vVarden of Eden, 

tains the most valuable territory and the great cities 
of Tokyo, with her two millions; Yokohama, with her 
nine hundred thousand; Kobe and Yeddo, about the 
-same size, and many other large and flourishing 
towns. Kiushiu, in the southwest, contains nine coun- 
ties; Shikoku, in the south, contains four counties; 
while Yezo, in the north, is the land of the Ainos, 
who are said to be the aborigines. 

This great and beautiful island empire slumbered 
in the recesses of historic obscurity till the days of 
Nebuchadnezzar, B. C. 660. Then it first moved out 
in the national panorama which that potent monarch 
caused to pass before the eyes of the world. As this 
empire is entirely of volcanic origin, having been 
raised from the bottom of the ocean by the dynamics 
of Vulcan, far back in the pre-Adamic ages, you are 
not surprised when I tell you that it is still quite 
volcanic, and, as a normal consequence, earthquaky 
and typhoonic. Japan is celebrated for her beauty, 
an infinite variety of most charming flowers blooming 
and brightening on all sides. 

The religion of Japan, primitively nature worship, 
was exceedingly simple in its character. There were 
no gorgeous temples nor splendid pageantry of ritual 
ceremonies; but generally a simple shrine in a hewn 
stone with no ornamentation but a few significant 
figures, or a very cheap, plain temple. They had no 
idols in the paganistic sense, but worshiped their 
ancestors and heroes, and poured out libations to the 
sun, moon, and stars. This simple, primeval mode of 
uorship of the Japanese had the complete monopoly 
of the people through tke primitive ages, which run 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 567 

back beyond all history and into the blank pages of 
by-gone and unknown eternity. In the fifth century 
of the Christian Era, Buddhism and Confucianism were 
brought over the sea from China. Buddha almost 
swept the country, receiving many followers and in- 
fluentially superseding Confucius, who received, how- 
ever, a few followers. At the present Buddhism and 
Bhintoism are about equal numerically ; the former far 
transcending the latter influentially. Buddha has, in 
all, four hundred millions of followers, but mostly in 
China. Confucius, who was a native of China, five 
hundred B, C, has a considerable following in Japan. 
These three great and good men — Buddha of India, 
Confucius of China, and Zoroaster of Persia— were all 
contemporaneous in five hundred B. C, and were great 
reformers in their day and generation, doing vast 
good. They taught the ignorant people to seek wis- 
dom, to love one another, and to practice virtue and 
philanthropy, rather than to run after their idols 
which they had made with their own hands and wiiich 
had no power to save them. They all had great fol- 
lowings of multiplied millions, who, after they were 
dead, drifted again probably into deeper idolatry 
than ever before, carrying with them the names and 
memories of these great men and idolizing them. Oh, 
how they would have rejoiced in the glorious light of 
God's revealed Word! How they would have hailed 
His Son with shouts of welcome ; how they would have 
received Him into their hearts and lives, gladly turned 
preachers of His glorious Gospel, and gone to the ends 
of the earth, telling the good news of redeeming grnce 
and dying love, could they have but known of Him! 



568 Around the World, Garden of Eden, 

Oh, how they would plond with the millions who bear 
their name, and not only worship their memory, bnt 
their statues, to receive with glad hearts God's blessed 
Book and to rejoice in the discipleship of His glorified 
Son ; gladly turning their backs forever on idolatry, 
they would go to preaching to the lost millions of 
earth. 

Buddhism was exceedingly popular with the Japs 
and is yet the prevailing religion of the empire. A. D. 
1540, a Portugese Koman Catholic priest came into 
Japan preaching Christ; telling the people they had 
nothing to do but come to Him and believe on Him, 
then receive baptism, and they would sweep into 
Heaven with a shout when they died. The Buddhist 
priests had been telling them that if they did not 
reach perfection in this life, so they could get back into 
the divinity, whence they had emanated, they would 
die and be born again on earth in another body, and 
might come back to the world as some animal, or even 
a tree or stone. And there was no telling how often 
they would have to go through this painful process 
of births and deaths. Both the Brahman and Buddhist 
priests teach that old doctrine of transmigration. 
*. e., that our souls were created far back in by-gone 
eternity, and have animated thousands of bodies be- 
fore this one. They say that if we do not obey the 
priests and live perfect lives, when we die, instead of 
going into the divinity whence we came, we will have 
to be born into some other body, suffer through life, 
die again, and go on through this alternation of births 
and deaths indefinitely. They actually teach that you 
are liable to eighty-four million eight hundred and 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 569 

forty thousand births and deaths, in this indefinite 
run of metempsychosis. In this way the priests pre- 
sent the greatest possible incentives to the people to 
be obedient to all of their commands, so that they 
may get back into the divinity and be happy forever. 
They are very particular in their requirements ; telling 
you that a small irregularity, either socially or re- 
ligiously, may so mar your life as to disqualify you 
for admission into the Parametma, where all is bliss 
and rest forever. 

Buddha started out preaching love, wisdom, virtue, 
benevolence, and philanthropy, which were so cheer- 
ing to the people that they followed him in multitudes, 
hoping for relief from the old Brahman yoke, which 
was so heavy. But, as the Brahmans had actually 
enslaved the people by their priestcraft, holding up 
before them this indefinite run of births and deaths 
through the limitless range of metempsychosis, and 
knowing no final and perfect rest, peace and happi- 
ness until they could get back to the Parametma, who 
had created them far back in the beginning of the 
eternal ages; after this these Brahman priests so 
pressed on Buddha that he admitted their doctrine of 
re-incarnation into his curriculum. 

The Theosophists of America, who are simply Bud- 
dhists, are now preaching boldly this doctrine of re- 
incarnation, i. e., the old metempsychosis of the 
Brahman priests, who invented it when they launched 
the different castes, nine hundred B. C. These Brah- 
mans are of the old Aryan stock, the descendents of 
Japheth, who came from the region of the Oxus, 
northwest of the Himalaya Mountains, fifteen hun- 



570 Around the World, Garden op Eden, 

dred years B. C. They were then learned in the classi- 
cal Sanskrit language, and they have been distin- 
guished for their learning ever since, though wofully 
degenerated in morals. Through the devices of casti- 
fication and metempsychosis, they have held the poor 
Indians in bondage these two thousand eight hun- 
dred years, and this day rule them with a rod of iron. 
Buddha, though beginning so nobly, breaking down 
under the over-mastering tide of their influence and 
power, spoiled his religion by adopting these two 
pestilential heresies, transmigration of souls and the 
recognition of caste. 

Fortunately, in China and Japan they have no 
castes, from the simple fact that they never accepted 
the Brahman religion. But they did take Buddhism 
with its awful heresy of metempsychosis. Therefore, 
when this Roman Catholic priest preached to the 
Japanese that if they would just repent of their sins, 
receive the Lord Jesus as their Savior and get bap- 
tized, instead of going through this indefinite range 
of births and deaths, through the illimitable series of 
transmigration, it pleased the Japanese so that they 
fell in with it in a hurry and the new religion wa?; 
carrying everything before it so that it looked as 
though it would take the country. One reason why it 
took so fast was because the shogun who was on the 
throne at that time did not like Buddhism. Therefore 
he fell in with the priest, giving his religion a glorious 
boon. But it was not long till they found the Jesuits, 
i. e., these Roman Catholic priests, were engaged in 
plotting against the government. This raised an 
awful hubbub, resulting in the expulsion of all the 



Latter Day Propiiect^s and Missions. 571 

Roman Catholics and of a few Protestants who had 
then come into the empire. They actually made a 
clean sweep, killing every one that did not skedaddle, 
leaving not a person in all tlie empire who dared to 
wear the Christian name. They proclaimed aloud in 
their papers the utter extermination of the "evil sect." 

The emperor in Japan is called the Mikado. He 
claims direct descent from the sun goddess. The pres- 
ent emperor claims to be the one hundred and twenty- 
ninth in the succession from Jimmu Tenno, the first 
Mikado, and the immediate posterity of the sun god- 
dess, who in the beginning of the ages established him- 
self on the throne of Japan. After the flight of centu- 
ries and ages, it so supervened that the shogunate, i. e,. 
the nobility, manoeuvred to supersede the Mikado by 
establishing one of their number on the throne, recog- 
nizing the sovereignty of the Mikado but relieving him 
of the labor and responsibility supervening on his 
administration. This change took place A. D. 1273, 
and continued six hundred years; meanwhile one of 
the shoguns occupied the throne in lieu of the Mikado. 

When they detected the stratagem of the Jesuits 
to get hold of the government, they expelled them witt 
all foreigners from the empire, and kept the doors 
locked tightly against the whole world for two hun- 
dred years. Eventually in 1873 Commodore Perry, 
with his magniflcant fleet, steamed into the harbor of 
Yeddo, at the time their capital, and asked admission, 
but was rejected ; however he did not leave, but remain- 
ed till the ensuing year, pleading with them to enter 
into a treaty of peace, amity and commerce with the 
United States. He finally succeeded, and purchase^l 



572 Around the World, Garden of Eden, 

some land from them on which the Americans could 
build some mercantile houses and residences. After 
he had succeeded in making this treaty in 1874, he 
sailed away. This treaty with the United States was 
followed by a treaty with a number of the western 
nations. Therefore, that country that had been shut 
out of the world from time immemorial was awakened 
from her long slumber, and enlivened by the presence 
of strangers of different nationalities. 

Then the priests took advantage of the excitement 
superinduced by the foreigners on all sides, to har- 
angue the people everywhere and arouse their old-time 
prejudices against foreigners, telling them that they 
would all be ruined if they did not get rid of them. At 
the same time they laid the blame of admitting the 
foreigners on the shoguns, who had been ruling the 
country six hundred years, and everywhere labored 
to convince the people that the Mikado was the legiti- 
mate leader and that the shoguns had usurped the 
government out of the hands of the Mikado. In this 
way they succeeded in arousing Yeddo and in creating 
a popular revolution. The Mikado had managed to 
make out his geneological tables, tracing his lineage 
back to Jimmu Tenno, the first emperor Avho in the 
beginning of the ages had fought his way to the throne 
which he had inherited as the legal heir of the sun 
goddess. Thus aroused into a general revolution by 
the priests, the people rose up, dethroned the shogun 
and enthroned the Mikado, who has been on the throne 
ever since. Though the end of the revolution was to 
run out all the foreigners, they soon found there were 
so many they could not get them all out. At the san:e 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 573 

time the popular mind underwent another revolution, 
changing right about and concluding that they did 
not want to run the foreigners out, but needed them 
there to teach them the arts and sciences of western 
civilization. Therefore, changing their policy, they 
not only concluded to keep all foreigners that had 
come, but to give all others that wanted to come a 
hearty welcome, and they have been at it ever since. 
So rapidly have they made progress in the adoption of 
American arts, sciences, inventions and civilization, 
that they have actually been denominated, "The Yan- 
kees of the East." 

Amid these great and rapid social revolutions, they 
had actually changed the government from a despotism 
to a constitutional monarchy, with a House of Repre- 
sentatives and a House of Peers, thus really adopting 
the government of Great Britain ; this is a grand 
movement in the direction of Christian civilization. 
They presented to the Mikado a written obligation 
restricting his power and dividing it with the House 
of Lords and the House of Representatives, which he 
cheerfully signed, — a noble step out of heathen despo- 
tism in the direction of Christian liberty. This ne\^ 
government was inaugurated in 1889 and the first 
section of these two departments of its representation 
was held in 1890. This new government was really a 
sunburst of better things for the Japanese Empire. 

Japan has a population of fifty millions. She has 
fewer animals I suppose in proportion to her popula- 
tion than any other country on the globe. Her terri- 
tory is so densely populated, with a person to every 



574 Around the World, Garden of Eden, 

four or five acres, that there is no room for wild 
animals. There are also fewer domestic animals than 
I ever saw in any other country — exceedingly few 
horses, cattle and sheep — more swine and goats than 
almost anything else as they are used for food. 
Ploughs are drawn by human muscle. The soil is 
black and loose and has been very fertile, and is so yet, 
when quickened by a fertilizer. On the streets of 
Tokyo, with her two millions of people, I do not think 
I saw a vehicle drawn by animals; but the jinrikisha, 
a nice little two-wheeled vehicle with one seat and a 
buggytop, is drawn by a man as fast as a horse would 
pull it everywhere you want to go. The same is true 
in the transportation of luggage. I almost concluded 
that draught animals in other countries were a nuis- 
ance. It is astonishing to see the extent to which 
animals are superseded by human muscle in all of that 
country. 

The Japanese are bright, active and sprightly; 
exceedingly sociable and friendly. They won me on all 
sides. Oh, how much I fell in love with them! That 
nation in the last dozen years has wonderfully and 
even paradoxically moved up to the front of the world. 
At this point they need our prayers, lest getting very 
inflated by their victory over the Chinese ten years 
ago, and by their triumph over the Russians two years 
ago, they become belligerent, get into trouble with 
some great nation and incur a great downfall. When 
I was there and they were boasting of their victory 
over the Russians, T warned them to keep humble and 
lie low; humility is the secret of power, political as 
well as spiritual. I assured them that they would 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 575 

make a mistake in ascribing tlieir victories to the 
Nvisdom of the Mikado and his council, and the bravery 
of his soldiers. I told them that while I admitted they 
are bi-ave in combat, and wise in council, yet those 
things did not give them the victory over that nation 
wliicli outnumbered them six to one. Russia deserved 
tJie thrashing for her maltreatment of the Jews, and 
God simply used Japan to give it to her; thus humili- 
ating her in the eyes of the world by raising up a 
small, weak nation to give her the chastisement she so 
richly deserved. 



CHAPTER XLIII. 

THE HOPE OF THE SUN-RISE EMPIRE. 

In 1871 there was not a Christian in all Japan that 
anybody knew, as they had made it a specialty to 
expel every one of them and to close the door against 
the whole world for two hundred years antecedently, 
when they found those Jesuitical Roman Catholio 
priests plotting against the government. While the 
Jups want our civilization, arts, and sciences, and are 
favorable k) Christianity, yet they are determined to 
hold their government tight in their own hands, and 
will not tolerate anything looking like intrenchment 
on the sovereign independency of the island empire, 
which they believe to be the top of the creation and 
the pick and choice of the whole world. There the first 
rays of the Oriental sun pour in from the eastern 
horizon, put old Erebus to rout, chasing the dreary 
night away, and flood the world with the glories of the 
rising sun. 

In 1873, when Commodore Perry with his magnifi- 
cent fleet, steamed into the harbor at Yeddo and asked 
permission to enter Japan, and, though positively 
refused, held on till the ensuing year, when he finally 
succeeded in unbolting the door which had been locked 
tight against the whole world for two hundred years; 
he made a treaty pursuant to which the Yankees were 
permitted to come and trade with the Japanese. We 

576 



La .ter Pay Prophecies and^ Missions. 577 

are safe in the conclusion that then there were not 
ten Christians in all the great Sun-rise Empire; now 
there are fifty thousand and they are rapidly increas- 
ing. The government officers all encourage Chris- 
tianity, the Mikado himself having out of his own 
purse made an exceedingly liberal contribution to the 
Y. M. C. A. for the especial benefit of his army ; mean- 
while every door is tl rown wide open. 

While I was preaching to a splendid audience in 
Brother Cowman's mission in Tokyo I told them how 
they are called the Yankees of the East, and we 
Americans the Yankees of the West, so as we have the 
same name, we ought to be faithful brethren in the 
work of the ^ord, establishing His kingdom in all the 
earth. I wan. 2d them to be our blood brothers, help- 
ing us to carry the Gospel to the Chinese, Indians, and 
Oceanic islanders; they responded "Amen" from all 
parts of the Louse. I opened the altar and seekers 
promptly came. Those Japs went to work like heroes 
to lead their fellow-citizens to the "Lamb of God that 
taketh away the sin of the world." I found Brother 
Saka, the native pastor, who was converted and educa- 
ted in America, a noble Christian, a fine scholar aud 
in every respect a most excellent leader of his people. 
He served me as interpreter, but I saw that he was 
encumbered with work, that he really did not have 
time to give me all the service I needed. When he told 
liie that they were really short of interpreters, I gave 
special attention to that interest and the Lord came to 
iny relief, imparting the gift of interpretation to a 
number of the young Christians, and among them tlie 
son of our noble Brother Kilbourne, a youth but in his 



5tS AiiOuNi) TPHE WokLb, drAUDENOF Eden/ 

tfeensj "wfio cknie^to the front ready to serve in that 
iinportaiit work of interpretation. 

But an abseirce of nine months from my dear ones 
in the "Old Kentucky Home" had already filled me 
with solicitude to reach my native land ; theref6r6, 
bidding my friends in' Japan a loving adieu arid 
leaving my young men to press the work with these 
young people on whom the gift of interpretation had 
fallen ready to serve them, I embarked for America. 

The mission launched by Brother arid Sister Oow- 
taia,n four arid one half years ago, who during my visit 
were absent in America, is in an exceedingly pros- 
perous Condition. It is heroically led by our excellent 
native preacher^ Brother Saka, who is well educated 
in his native literature, and also a splendid English 
scholar; while Brother and Sister Kilbourne, Brother 
and Sister Whitney, and Sister Minnie Uppferriian are 
courageously pressing the battle, jubilant in the work 
of the Lord, along with a very bright cohort of native 
workers. 

I was delighted in teaching them the Bible and 
found the whole school earnestly seeking sanctifica- 
tion, with the exception of a minority who already 
enjoyed it. The Bible School in that city of two million 
is the glorious hope of all that region. It has this 
vast population from which to draw patronage, and to 
prepare with salvation, sanctificatit)n, and the endue- 
ment of the Holy Spirit; filling and firing them, and 
edifying them with Biblical knowledge, so as to send 
them out as fiaming heralds of the glorious Gospel, 
proclaiming the glad tidings of salvation throughout 
tiie beautiful gieen islands of the Orient. They have a 



Latter Day PRoniEciES and Missions. 579 

large, floi>ri,sliing mission in the city, where I met so 
many native Christians that I could hardly realize 
that I was in a heathen land, but unconsciously drift- 
ed away and settled down in the conclusion that I was 
preaching to an American audience. In the car I fell 
in with a native Japanese, elegantly dressed in full 
American costume, so I could scarcely identify him 
as a Jap. I found him speaking the English language 
as if it were his vernacular. I was delighted with his 
acquaintance. He told me that he had spent eight or 
ten years in America, had been converted and educated 
in the Moody School and returned to his own country 
to preach the Gospel. He was holding evangelistic 
meetings in Tokyo and said the Lord was wonderfully 
blessing his labors, and converting people daily in 
his meetings. 

Our ship was crowded with Japanese coming to 
America and Honolulu. I preached in the latter place 
and found many saved Japanese. In my precipitate 
flight for home, I, as usual, kept the Sabbath, stopping 
and preaching in Los Angeles and there, among others, 
found a Jap seeking at the altar, who prayed through 
and gave us a cheering testimony. We should hail all 
of these Japanese welcome to America, as they do us 
to their country, and invariably make them a specialty 
in our prayers, always bringing them into our Sunday 
schools and getting them saved and sanctified and then 
sending them back as missionaries to evangelize Japan 
like the young man above mentioned. There they have 
no trouble about studying the language as it is their 
vernacular; therefore they will make the most efficient 
preachers for the evangelization of their own country. 



580 Around the World, Garden of Eden, 

Brother Kilbourne and others told me that they had 
quite a number of out-stations where they constantly 
go and preach. Therefore you see this Bible School 
in the great city of Tokyo, close to Yokohama and 
within striking distance of three millions of people, is 
the very best thing to evangelize all of that country. 
1 claimed all of the students, male and female, for 
preachers, and told them that God was using me to 
call them. Sister Minnie Upperman reported to me 
that a number of the girls told her that they are going 
to preach and some of them went at it before my short 
visit had expired. I found the students all bright, 
intelligent, susceptible and exceedingly promising. 
As we find it so difficult to reach China, while Japan 
throws every door wide open, and bids us all welcome 
to the land of sunshine and flowers, therefore the avail- 
able economy on the part of Christendom is to make 
Japan a specialty and to press the battle with all 
possible expedition, rolling the Gospel tide over the 
great island empire, then utilizing them in the evan- 
gelization of their neighbors in the great "Celestial 
Empire." We have fifty thousand Japanese already 
living in Shanghai, and fifty thousand more scattered 
elsewhere in China, not a few of them serving as 
teachers in the schools. I told Brother Kilbourne that 
they should by all means establish a Japanese mission 
in Shanghai with all possible expedition, in order to 
get them saved, that they being already on the ground, 
may turn missionaries and evangelize that country. 
Of this there is a glorious feasibility, from the fact 
that the Japs are so quick and susceptible. Therefore, 
with due effort on our, part, we can speedily prepare 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 081 

them for the great and beautiftil work of evangelizing 
China. To this end let us all pray and labor that God 
may put His hand upon Japan, speedily rescue her 
from the heathen Orient, and utilize her as a ^rand 
and glorious recruit to His evangelistic force for the 
salvation of the five hundred millions of Mongolians in 
China and Thibet, the one hundred and fifty millions in 
Oceanica, the three hundred millions in India, and the 
two hundred millions in Africa. Oh, what an accession 
will these fifty millions of bright and sprightly Japs 
prove to our evangelistic force in the great Orient, 
where they are already convenient to run hither and 
thither without crossing the great ocean ! Besides, 
they are not only acclimated but are naturally so 
susceptible to education and action, and are so 
sprightly and hardy, that they are pre-eminently 
adapted to Oriental evangelization, which proves 
detrimental, difficult and perilous to Americans. 

Therefore let us hold up this great missionary center 
established by Brother Cowman and his helpers, in 
the capital and metropolis of the empire, with the 
facilities of the Bible School to educate preachers by 
dozens, scores, and hundreds, sending them into all 
parts of the beautiful island empire. May we night 
and day invoke the hand of the Almighty to rest upon 
the work in all of its ramifications. In His providence, 
they will doubtless establish hundreds of out-stations 
which, in due time, will develop into vigorous citadels 
augmenting the perhianent work in all parts of the 
country, till those beautiful, rich, flowery islands of 
the sea shall all be illuminated by the glorious rising 
of the blessed Sun of righteousness, and be iuundated 



582 Around the World, Garden of Eden, 

with the salvation which He, with His own precious 
blood, purchased on Calvary, for all the sons and 
daughters of Adam's ruined race. He honored us 
with the glorious commission to carry the glad tidings 
to the ends of the earth ; leaving it with us, not as a 
permissive privilege, but as a positive command to 
"disciple all the heathens." We are left without a 
choice; we absolutely must obey this great command- 
ment, or meet an awful responsibility when we shall 
face the lost heathen millions at the Judgment seat of 
Christ, and account for their blood, clinging to our 
hands by reason of our shameful delinquency. It is 
high time we should awake from our long sleep of 
hundreds of years. We will soon see Him coming in 
a cloud, accompanied by His mighty angels, to receive 
His waiting bride from every nation under Heaven. 
O how we should all be at our post, diligently toiling 
to get her ready for her heavenly Spouse who certainly 
will not much longer delay. Let all of the saints in 
all lands make the "Sun-rise Empire" a specialty 
before God ; at the same time entreating Him to let us 
all enjoy the precious privilege of lending the most 
efficient helping hand, prayerfully, influentially and 
financially. In behalf of Brother and Sister Cowman's 
work; while it is of course the normal work of every 
true heart in all Christendom, yet especially we expect 
all the dear saints who are identified with the 
"Revivalist Family" and the International Apostolic 
Holiness Union to show their hand in the special 
interest of this great and growing enterprise. Fortu- 
nately it centralizes at the capital and metropolis 
cf the empire; a suitable center from which to radiate 



Latter Day ProphecjkS'AND Missions;. 583 

in all directions and carry the Gospel throughout that 
land. Constantly pray for that Bible School, that it 
may be so flooded with the Holy Ghost that all those 
bright sons and daughters of Japan, so fortunate as 
to enjoy a place in its consecrated halls, shall actually 
prove Scriptural ministers, Hebrews i, 7, "He raaketh 
His ministers a flame of fire." Oh, that the Spirit may. 
so fill the teachers in this school that they will see that 
every pupil is sanctified wholly and filled with the 
Holy.Ghostj so that, gladly recognizing their heavenly 
culling, tbey will all go out as flaming heralds of the 
everlasting Gospel. 

, aChe Lord, permitted me also to visit the great South- 
ern Methodist work at Kobe, in charge of Brother 
Newton and his good wife, my old comrades in arms. 
For years Ire was the beloved pastor of my dear family, 
and afterwards, in the providence of God, was sent 
away, by my good old conference to the far-off land, 
then without a hundred people in the whole empire 
professing the name of Christ. Brother Newton is 
now assisted in his superintendency by our excellent 
Brother Matthews of j 'nnossee, who, in the absence 
of Brother Newton serving the work in his peregrin 
ations in their many encour-iging stations, kindly 
served me during my sojouri ; patiently, to my un- 
utterable delight, escorted me round about and show- 
ed me the different departments of that great and 
prosperous work of the Lord. The situation is nio.-^t 
delightful; on a beautiful ominenco. adorned with 
evergreens, and not only ovorkxiking that magnificent 
city, approximating a million, but commanding a most 
conspicuous view of the harbor (which, by tlio way, 



584 Around the World, *3ardbn of Eden, 

is first-class), and all the shipmen. Brother Newton, 
on arrival in the city, looking aronnd, in the provi- 
dence' of God, reached this spot, at that time, unen- 
cumbered with settlements, and purchased it with the 
favor of the authorities, in order to secure the Bible 
College wihch he contemplated founding. He was 
enabled to secure it very cheaply. At the present the 
capacious college buildings, and quite a number of 
nice residences occupied by the teachers and mission- 
aries, with commodious outbuildings, really present 
the aspect of a beautiful little city per se. This place 
is on the opposite side of Hondo, Japan's largest 
island, from Tokyo ; Kobe, also being a great commer- 
cial center. Therefore, like Brother Cowman's work 
in Tokyo, this is an important center; rays fla;shing 
out in all directions will illuminate that whole section 
of country. 

This Bible College is in an exceedingly prosperous 
condition, attended by about two hundred students 
and fast growing. Here the sons and daughfers of the 
great island empire are coming from all directions 
and are delighted to enjoy the blessings of these sacred 
lialls. I am intimately acquainted with Brother 
Newton, superintendent of this great missionary work. 
He is a man of high culture, with a mind enriched by 
a thorough classical education, and his heart filled 
with the blessed Ijoly Spirit; certainly thle right man 
in the right place. . 

Now while we cdmmend this great work to all the 
saints for youi" prayerful and financial support, we 
especially appeal io' our brothers, sisters, and com- 
rades in dear bid Dixie Land to rally heroically to the 



Latter Day PnoPHEcr^-s and Ifrv^ioNs. 5S") 

i^iSCiie of the lovely "Sun-rise Empire'' from the blitck 
hand of pagan night, which has held it in an inflexible 
grip, to our clear historic inforiliatioh, from the days 
of Nebuchadnezzar, 660 B. C, and the Lord alone 
knows how long antecedently. Now at this late day 
6f the Christian Era, the Sun of righteousness, with 
healing in His" wings, is rising on these flbwery islands, 
which have nestled in the bosom of the deep since, 
responsive to the stentorian voice of Jehovah, uttere 1 
in volcanic thunder-peals, they leaped from the bed 
of the ocean, long before Adam and Eve in the Garden 
of Eden ever looked out on never-fading flowers and 
never failing fruits. 

Now that the glorious Sun of righteouness has 
risen on these beautiful islands, let us all wake up and 
move harmoniously with His progressive splendor. 
May we joyfully labor to take away every obstruction 
that impedes the rolling waves of these glorious illu- 
minations, which, to our infinite gratification, are now 
lighting the dark Orient from thousands of rising 
missionary centers, which serve Him as obediient 
satellites, reflecting the light which He transmits in 
all directions. Be sure you hold up your brothers 
and sister's in this distant heathen land, toiling night 
and day before God, that He may keep them radically 
emptied of everything out of harmony with His sweet 
will, and copiously filled with the Holy Ghost. May 
He make them a perpetual inspiration to the j^oung 
immortals thronging those literary halls from day to 
day, and to all the people whom, in the providence of 
' God, they shall meet in the out-stations. The hope 
■of Japan is in these young people whom God has. given 



ffSOt Aroitxp'tiie World, Garden of Eden; 

the missionaries. If thej can. get them tliopoughly 
saved, radlically sanctified and copiously filled with 
the Holy Ghost, thus, making them. Pentecostal preach- 
ers, they will save this great empire from the crushing 
trend of idolat y. Our work is to prepare the Japane^^e 
to do their own preaching. God save us from the 
heresy of denying to our contemporary heathen^ the 
Pentecostal blessing, which He has for. them just so 
certainly as He had it for the Jerusalemites, Acts ii, 39, 
"For the promise is unto you, and to your children, 
and to all that are af^ir off, even so many as the Lord 
our God shall call.'' He is now sending us to bless 
the Japanese with the Gospel call; therefore we dare 
not withhold from them the gift of the Holy Ghost, 
which you can clearly st^ God has for them. The Pen- 
tecostal revival at Jerusalem is as fresh in the mind 
of God to-day as the events of yesterday ; therefore 
we must stee that the heathens in our ministry all 
receive it. 

God will not dwell in an unclean heart; you must 
get Him to sanctify you wholly so that He may come 
in and fill you and use you to save others. Therefore 
let all the saints of the Sunny South constantly hold 
up our brothers and sisters in heathen lands before 
God, impleading Him to keep them radically emptied 
of carnality and copiously filled with the Holy Ghost, 
that they may have power and grace to lead tli« 
heathen auditors into the same experience, so that 
they may be like the Pentecosteans of New Testament 
times, who "went everywhere preaching the Word," 
inundating Judea, Galilee, and Samaria with the glad 
tidings of salvation and the fires of the Holy Ghost. 



Latter Day Puophepies and Missions. 587 

These Japanese converts may roll the same tide of 
Gospel grace over Hondo, Kiushiu, Shikoku, Yezo, and 
the many smaller islands constituting this beautiful 
empire. What has been done once, through the same 
unchangeable, omnipotent grace, can be done again. 
Therefore, let us all thank God, take courage and set 
out afresh to execute the work our Savior gave us at 
the beginning, i. e., the evangelization of the whole 
world. Let us hurry to augment Christendom with 
the accession of beautiful Japan, that we may have a 
firm foothold and a strong citadel in the great Orient 
to fortify us, encourage our hearts and strengthen our 
hands, while we push the war to the glorious finale. 
In the ^reat day coming 

He shall have dominion 

O'er river, sea and shore; 
Far as the eagle's pinion 

Or dove's light wing can soar. 

Now, remember, it is the glorious privilege of all of 
us who cannot go to help our comrades on the field, 
to do so night and day by our prayers, and ever and 
anon by our financial support. 

A question as to the origin of the Japanese very 
naturally arises. Of course a very considerable ele- 
ment of them are Mongolians, having come from China. 
I doubt not the correctness of their claim, which they 
themselves maintain, to Hebrew origin. God led 
Abraham out on the plain of Mamre, beneath the 
heavenly hosts as they twmkled and flashed brilliantly 
in that Oriental sky, telling him to look up and count 
the stars. He said to him, "So shall thy seed be." 
While to our infinite consolation, this promise has its 



588 Around the World, 'Garden of Eden, 

glorious fulfillment in the countless millions saved by 
the blood of His omnipotent Son, we have no right to 
restrict it to the spiritual realm, when God was so 
■clear arid explicit in His promises of temporal bless- 
ings bestowed on Abraham. Not only did the ten 
tribes remain dispersed in the Chaldean Empire, 
which, under Nebuchadnezzar, covered the earth; but 
we must remember that the Ishmaelites, the Edomites, 
-and the children of his second wife, Keturah, have 
been multiplying and dispersing in the earth in all 
ages. The latter were all settled by Abraham in the 
east country. . As the ten tribes are lost, certainly the 
normal conclusion that they were dispersed through- 
out the Chaldean Empire legitimately supervenes. 
Europe, the wild west, sparsely populated and little 
known, was too insigniflcant to attract the attention 
of Nebuchadnezzar. The argument that the ten tribes 
went to the west is rather strained; whereas the con- 
clusion that they dispersed freely throughout the Chal- 
dean Empire, which included all Asia and northern 
Africa, is normal and encumbered with no objections. 
Therefore there is no doubt but that all these Oriental 
countries have multiplied millions of people who are 
truly the consanguinity of our father Abrahau'. Con- 
sequently, that the Japs can claim kinship with him, 
we certainly have no right to call in question. As a 
people, they are noted for their small stature, activity 
and valor in combat. These have brought their nation 
to a place at the front of the world within the last doz- 
en years. This increases the ur*:':ency on our part to 
take them from the dark roll of pngauism and plac3 
them in the shining catalogue of Christendom, 



CHAPTEE XLIV. 

HONOLULU AND THE HAWAIIANS. 

This group df beautiful islands in the midst of tlie 
Pacific Ocean, like Japan, originated entirely from 
volcanic action, which began long ages before man 
was created and continues to the present day. The 
ascending smoke constantly reminds us that the great 
interior of the earth is in a molten state, all on fire 
and ready in a moment to disgorge the consuming 
floods and melt this earth by fervent heat; not only 
burning all sin out of it, but all the effects of sin, and 
sanctifying it for the descension of the New Jeru- 
salem, Rev. xxi, 10, which shall descend to view after 
this earth has been sanctified by fire, 2 Peter 3rd chap., 
and after it has been renovated by the intervention of 
the omnific fiat, Rev. 1st chap., and has become the 
final inheritance of the glorified saints, Matt, v, 5. 
These Hawaiian Islands, like Japan, are floriferous in 
the extreme, abounding in beautiful verdure, mosses 
and ferns, which survive with innumerable other ever- 
greens the encircling year. They are down near the 
Tropic of Cancer, where winter never comes and sum- 
mer ever lasts. 

Honolulu is a beautiful city of forty-seven thousand. 

On these islands we have forty thousand natives. 

sixty-five thousand Japanese, twenty thousand Chinese, 

ten thousand Americans, and five thousand Koreans. 

'589 



590 Around tht- World, Garden of Eden. 

These Hawaiians, like the American Indians, had no 
books when discovered by our people, consequently 
they are utterly incompetent to give any account of 
their origin. They resemble the American Indians 
much, and are doubtless the same race; but, while 
it is only about twenty-one hundred miles to Amer- 
ica, and the Indians in their frail bark canoes never 
could have made the journey, the presumption is that 
their ancestors in the long ago were dropped there in 
shipwreck, and never got away. Without any knowl- 
edge of letters, they could leave no record for the in- 
formation of their successors. Their complexion is 
brown and their stature gigantic. They seem to have 
enjoyed a more abundant supply of food than the 
Asiatics, who, in the main, have retrogressed into com- 
parative dwarf hood. They are reported as exceed- 
ingly generous, philanthropic, and kind-hearted, 
though intellectually, perhaps, dropping below naedi- 
rocity. Like the American Indians they are constantly 
decreasing numerically, so that with the present trend 
they will in a few generations become extinct. 

Ten years ago, during the Jap-Chinese War, their 
king became alarmed lest the Chinese would come and 
take possession of his country and it would thus pass 
out of his hands. Consequently he came to America 
and asked the President to protect them. He respond- 
ed in the affirmative and sent them a Governor-general 
for that purpose. The king has since died without a 
successor, of course leaving the country in the hands 
of the President of the United States, who perpetuates 
the governorship from year to year. Therefore the 
Hawaiian Islands ma^^ be considered indefinitely 



LA*rTBR ©At PkoPHEdiiES' AND Missioisrs. 891 

hereafter, a part of the United States. Their sertii- 
tropical climate, like that of Florida, can be profitably 
utilized^, by our people in the growth of bananas, 
oranges, lemons, figs, and the Indian papeia, etc. 
In these islands we haVe one hundred and forty-five 
thousand pagans and ten thousand nominal Christians^ 
We ought to utilize these islands as a convenient 
and profitable location for training-schools for the 
evangelization of Asia. Brother Mayfield, who with 
his good wife had charge of the Peniel Mission in 
Honolulu, told me that these hundred and forty-five 
thousand had so come into contact with the English 
language that they could preacli to them very success- 
fully without an interpreter, as they are so much 
nearer and more convenient to the United States than 
Asia, which certainly is a grand oppbrtuiiity for us to 
push missionary enterprise among them. Get tlie Jap- 
anese saved and educate them for missionaries and 
send them to their own country; get the Chinese saved 
and use them for missionaries to their own people; and 
utilize the Koreans in the same way; meanwhile it will 
certainly be a glorious privilege to get those forty-five 
thousand Ha waiians saved, for the sake of their own 
souls and the blood that bought them. The Yankee 
saints would sustain missionary training schools in 
Honolulu, and other eligible places on those islands, 
with less money than in the different countries of 
Asia ; whereas we would have just as good an opportu- 
nity to utilize them as preachers to their own people, 
MS if the training-school was in Japan, China, or 
Korea. There certainly is a wide open door and a 
broad opportunity, incalculably to facilitate the evan- 



592, Around the World, Garden of Eden, 

gelization of Japan, China, and Korea, by the economy 
above represented. It is a great work to learn a 
language, such as that of China and Japan whereas 
on these islands those Japanese, Chinese and Koreans 
can all be reached by the English language, though 
they will understand their own and are therefore qual- 
ified to go to their native land and preach to their 
own people. 

The same economy which I recommend lor the 
Hawaiian Islands would also have its pertinent force 
here in America, where we have thousands of Chinese 
and Japanese, who, in case they were well saved, 
would with great delight return and preach to their 
own people, as they have already notable examples. 
Brother Saka, the native pastor of Brother Cowman's 
great work, was saved, sanctified and called to preach, 
while living in California, having migrated thither to 
seek his fortune among the Americans. He found it 
and it was a good one, the kingdom of God and the 
silver trumpet. Let us take notice everywhere and 
put our hands on the emigrants from these pagan 
lands ; then by the help of God, get them saved, sancti- 
fied and filled with the Holy Ghost, and send then 
back to preach to their own people. We are command- 
ed to be as wise as serpents and as harmless as doves. 

At Honolulu I embarked for the last time on my 
long tour of nine m» r^ths around the world. Three 
days winged their flight while we plowed the billowy 
deep and behold, the lofty mountains, the towering 
peaks of the Sierra Nevadas, heaved upon our enrap- 
tured vision ! In the good providence of God, we 
steered safely through the Golden Gate, and made our 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 593 

landing. My meditations ran back five years to when 
I was preaching in Sister Wakefield's mission in Oak- 
land, in full view of every ship entering the Golden 
Gate. While we were all looking for our elect sister 
and her lovely daughter to arrive from their home in 
Honolulu, the shocking news reached our ears that 
the ship had sunk in the Golden Gate ; our dear friends 
were lost along with several hundred others. We came 
on the same track across the great ocean, having stop- 
ped at Honolulu where they embarked, but God, in 
His gteat mercy, answered my constant prayer and 
kept His strong arm under our ship. My little grand* 
children, Emma and John Hill, of ten and nine years, 
had prayed during the long nine months of my absence 
that God would neither let the ship sink nor the train 
wreck but would bring me back and let us meet again. 
T had sailed from New York on a ticket to San Fran 
Cisco by way of the ea^t, carrying us through England 
France, Italy, Greece, Turkey, Syria, Palestine, Egypt 
India, Oceanica, China, and Japan to San Francisco 
Oh, how my heart was flooded with overflowing grat 
itude when I once more disembarked on the soil of my 
beloved native land! 

Here I yield to the pressure, tarry and preach one 
night, then board the train for Chicago the ensuing 
morning and, in the good providence of God, am 
accompanied by dear Brother S. Henry Bolton and his 
better-half, our sweet singer in Israel. We travel side 
by side all the day long as we run to Los Angeles, 
where we stopped to keep the Sabbath. Meanwhile he 
entertains me by the beautiful songs which the blessed 
Holy Spirit has given him, for the edification and 



594 Around the World, Garden of Eden, 

inspiration of Israel's host, toiling in the vineyard of 
the Lord and pressing the battle for God and souls. 
Best assured they were a feast to my soul all the day 
long. He also read his Bible to me and versified some 
of that into the beautiful songs of Zion and cheered 
my heart with the music; of Heaven. He is about to 
publish a Hymnal, which, for capacity, vivacity, in- 
spiration and financial economy, will certainly stand 
at the front, and ever lift its clarion notes amid the 
many bugle-blasts which float upon the celestial ether, 
cheering the onward march of the Lord's host to 
Victory* 

When a student in college, I wrote poetry, actuatoJ 
by Napoleonic ambition to mako a poet of myself. I 
was very fond of Horace, the celebrated lyric. I 
continued my aspirations to be a poet, till I read from 
his racy pen this significant sentence, ''PoGta nascltiir 
non fit," "The poet is born not made." I burned all 
of my poetry and never wrote any more. I knew it 
was mechanical and I was not born a poet; so I gave 
it up forever. Not so with Brother Bolton. He is a 
born poet and it dropped from his pen naturally as the 
dews of Hermon on the thirsty leaflets, while oui 
train ran along the bank of the great Pacific which T 
liad just crossed. 

O, what a majestic water is the Pacific Ocean! 
Eleven thousand miles long nnd ten thousand miles 
wide; actually containing more water than the whole 
world besides, including the other four oceans. Tt has 
not long been known to civilized man. When discover- 
ed by Balboa, no ship had ever crossed it It Avas not 



Latter Day Prophecies and Missions. 595 

long till Captain Cook sailed around the world and 
repeated the same exploring expedition, three times 
over. 

During my tour I was deeply impressed by my 
observations in all lands, as I saw how the world is 
wearing out. Those vast river valleys, the Nile, the 
Indus, the Ganges, and the innumerable beautiful 
plains over which I traveled in Palestine, Egypt, Syria, 
Italy, Greece, India, China, and Japan, showed so 
plainly the exhaustion of fertility and the necessity of 
fertilization in order to be productive; meanwhile I 
was impressed with Hebrews, i, 10, "And thou Lord, at 
the beginning didst lay the foundation of the earth, 
- the heavens are the works of thy hands: these shall 
perish but thou dost remain ; truly all these shall grow 
old like a garment and thou shalt roll them up like a 
uook, and as a garment they shall be changed; but 
thou thyself dost remain and thy years shall not fail." 
Truly this world, though it has lasted long, is wearing 
out and will soon be changed. We are informed that 
in the good time coming there will be no sea. The 
immense debris accumulating in the beds of the oceans 
and seas during the long roll of the ages, is depositing 
an immense soil of incalculable fertility. Doubtless 
this will be utilized in the growth of fruits and flowers 
during the coming celestial age of the world. In my 
peregrinations aroimd the world this impressive real- 
ity, everywhere commanded my meditative attention. 
Oh, how we need an awakening throughout this conti- 
nent in the interests of the soil, which in the old world 
was so very rich and productive but has everywhere 
been so lamentably exhausted. If there is any possible 



596 . Around the World, Garden op Eden. 

chance, by drainage and tillage, to make the earth 
produce suiStenance, it should be done. 

Now to the dear holiness people of all lands, eccle- 
asticisms and nationalities, this book with its forty- 
six predecessors is lovingly and prayerfully dedicated, 
hoping, in God, that His hand will hold it, and His 
Spirit illuminate it, and His providence make it a 
blessing to the millions who will never travel round 
the world. We hope in His good providence and 
through His superabounding mercy, that the author 
and the readers shall meet where parting is forever at 
an end. Glory to God in the highest! Hallelujah 
forever! Amen. 



THE END. 



A NEW 

NEW TESTAMENT 
TRANSLATION 

By W. B. Godbey. 

^ _ — eJ* ^* <^* 

From the original Greek, using as 
basis the Tischendorf Manuscript. 

^^* 5^* f^f 

IN THIS VOLUME IS INCLUD- "^^^ 



I 



ED A HARMONY OF THE 

GOSPELS AND SYNOPSIS, 

MAKING IT A COM- 

PLETE REFERENCE 

BOOK FOR BIBLE 

STUDENTS. 



^ 



t^* (J* t^v 

A COMPANION VOLUME TO 

Qodbey's 
New Testament Commentary. 




IHolineee Book!ete« 

Pentecostal. ] 
HoT^U 6vangeticat. 

Salvation Papers. S. A. Keen. lOo. 

The Better Way. Abridged. B.OarrA3)INII. lOO. 

The Double Cure. M. W . Knapp. 10c. 

Gifts and Graces. W. B. Godbey. lOo. 

Victory. W. B. GoDBET. 10c. 

Sins Versus Infirmities. B. S. Ta-SXOB. lOo. 

Canaanltes. B. S. Tati^cr. 10c. 

Salvation Melodies. From " Tears and Triumphs.*' lOo, 

Pentecostal Sanctiflcatlon. S. A. Keen. lOo. 

Holy Land. W. B. Godbey. 10c. 

Pentecostal Church. Abridged. S. O. Rees. lOo. 

Pentecostal Preacl:er8. From " Bolts." M. W. Knapt». lOo. 

Sanctified Life. Abridged. B. Carrabine. lOo. 

Pentecostal Light. A. M. Hills. lOc. 

Romanism to Pentecost. J.S.Dempster. lOo. 

Types of the Spirit. G.D.Watson. lOo. 

Spirit of Jesus. E. H. Dashiell. lOo. 

Pentecostal Wine from "Bible Qrapes." By CARBAniiri!, Kbtes, and 
others. 140 pp. 20c. 

Impressions. M. w . Knapp. 140 pp. 20(5. 

Life of Madam Ouyon. Introduction by ABsrE O. Morrow. 20c, 

River of Death, jfil. W. Knapp. (For the young.j 15o. 

Morning Olorles. Abbie C. Morrow. (For the Young.) 20o. 

Flashes from Lightning Boltg. M. W. Knapp. 15c. 

Burning Coals. From Fire from Heaven. Seth C. ReeSo 10c. 

Joy and Relolclng. Pentecostal Bible ReadlngSo Abbie O. Morrow 
and C. W. MoCrossan. 10c. 

The Heart-Cry of Jesus. Byron J. ReeS. lOo. 

Pentecostal Messengers. Seth C. Rees, B. CARRADinh, W. B. God- 
bey, A. M. Hills, and others. lOc. 

Sparks from Revival Kindlings. M. W. Knapp. lOc. 

Light and Shadow. Christian Science Exposed. Forrest W. Beers. 
15c. 

Jesus Only. Tear Book. By' Godbey, CARRAZtmii:, Rbes and oth- 
ers. 25c. 

Pentecostal Aggressiveness. M. "W. KnApp. ICc. 

Paul to the Thessalonians. "W. B. Godbey. 10c. 

Out of Egypt Into Canaan. (Reprint.) M. V/. KnApp. 260, 

Food for Lambs. Abridged. A.M. Hills. lOc. 

Pentecostal Kernels. D. B. Updegraff. 10c. 

The Holy Nation. B. Xi. Selle. lOc. 

Whosoever Gospel. A.M. Hills. lOc. 

Trumpet Calls to the Unconverted. V. YRr;^ J, Tf.T.~.ri. Z:?,r-. 

£Iectric Shocks from Pentecostal Bactoncs. ioodand iiro from Sal- 
vation Park Camp-meeting. iJcc. 

The Return of Jesus. W. B. Godbey aiid Detii C. nr-;.!. 10c. 

Soul Laws in Sexual, Sf^'f ;a!, qp'J Spjrituai Li;e. F. H. J . eatii. TOo. 

Life of Faith Through Cioo. M— .ler. Abbii3 C. i.io3.no\7. LOc. 

Modern Miracles. H.T.Davis. 25c. 

Any number will be senb on receipt of price. Special rates by 
the quantit V. 

One doii.-ir and forty cents' worth of the above not prepaid and 
God's Revivalist for one year, only :f-i OfT, 

Agents and Book Evangel- (g) Addioss 

ists wanted wherever Y (jon'a Uiovn-Ai-ir/r Office. 

English IS spoken. I Cinci.uiaii, u. 



God's Revivalist 



A Full Salvation Journal. 



PENTECOSTAL! MISSIONARY! 

Published "WEEKLY in the Interest of 

THE KINGDOM OF HEAVEN 

"In essentials, - UNITY; 

In non-essentials, - LISEf^TY; 
In all things, - ~ - CHARITY." 

LOYAL! EVANGELICAL! 



QOD, WHOM WE SERVE, 

Proprietor, 



A Paper FREE from Questionable Advertisements. 



/^D IC/^'F' To promoto deep spirituality among all believers. 

WD«JCrV/l* To map;iufy the New Testament standard of 

piety and doctrine, especially • mphazing Scriptural Regeneration 
for sinners and the Baptism with the Holy Ghost for all of God's 
children. 
To help spread the Gospel of Holiness over "all the world." 
To oppose the formality, worldliness and ecclesiastical usurpa- 
tion which threatens the very life of the believer. 

To proclaim the freedom of individual conscience in all matters 
not sinful. 



By God's grace we expect to keep it one of THE BEST 
PAPERS ISSUED. 

Agents Wanted. Price, $1 Per year. 

Qod's Revivalist Office, 

Cincinnati, Ohio, U. S. A. 



DEG 12 ISD^ 



